Fri, 28 Nov 2014 14:21:02 -0500 largefiles: eliminate a duplicate message when removing files in verbose mode
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Fri, 28 Nov 2014 14:21:02 -0500] rev 23658
largefiles: eliminate a duplicate message when removing files in verbose mode There is no --after for addremove, so the printing for addremove can be hoisted out of the 'not after' check. The difference between the two remove messages reflects the existing difference between core remove and core addremove styles for printing the file. There are still some pre-existing issues here. Core addremove only prints on inexact matches or when verbose. But since the largefiles that are being removed are passed to removelargefiles() as a pattern list, there is never an inexact match, which would keep the largefiles from being printed at all unless verbose is specified. Therefore, the output is a little more aggressive than core. The addremove print style here is also inconsistent with core- it should use matcher.uipath(f) instead of f. These can be fixed once a matcher is passed in.
Wed, 17 Dec 2014 21:51:09 -0500 largefiles: ensure that the standin files are available in getlfilestoupload()
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Wed, 17 Dec 2014 21:51:09 -0500] rev 23657
largefiles: ensure that the standin files are available in getlfilestoupload() The function only adds the hash content of the file to the set to upload if the file in the ctx is a standin. It is called by overrides.summaryremotehook(), which is called in the summary method. The largefiles extension switches 'lfstatus' on in summary, so the standins shouldn't be visible when obtaining a context there. The reason this wasn't noticed before is that the 'lfstatus' attribute is only being set on the unfiltered repo because of how repoview delegates attribute assignment. Therefore any filtered view will return a context containing standins, whether or not 'lfstatus' was set in the various overrides methods. That will be fixed in the next patch. But without this change, the next patch would have test failures for 'summary --large' stating there are no files to upload.
Thu, 18 Dec 2014 09:22:09 -0800 merge: move checking of unknown files out of manifestmerge()
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Thu, 18 Dec 2014 09:22:09 -0800] rev 23656
merge: move checking of unknown files out of manifestmerge() This moves most reading of filelogs out of manifestmerge, making it easy for a narrow clone extension to filter out or translate unwanted actions before any filelogs are read. The only call left is inside of copies.mergecopies(), which can be overridden separately at a lower level.
Sat, 13 Dec 2014 23:52:22 -0800 merge: extract method for checking for conflicting untracked file
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Sat, 13 Dec 2014 23:52:22 -0800] rev 23655
merge: extract method for checking for conflicting untracked file Now that the functionality is collected in one place, let's extract it to a method.
Mon, 15 Dec 2014 16:45:19 -0800 merge: create 'cm' action for 'get or merge' case
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Mon, 15 Dec 2014 16:45:19 -0800] rev 23654
merge: create 'cm' action for 'get or merge' case We still have one case of a call to _checkunknownfile() in manifestmerge(): when force=True and branchmerge=True and the remote side has a file that the local side doesn't. This combination of arguments is used by 'hg merge --force', but also by rebase and unshelve. In this scenario, we try to create the file from the contents from the remote, but if there is already a local untracked file in place, we merge it instead.
Fri, 12 Dec 2014 23:18:36 -0800 merge: don't overwrite untracked file at directory rename target
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Fri, 12 Dec 2014 23:18:36 -0800] rev 23653
merge: don't overwrite untracked file at directory rename target When a directory was renamed and a new untracked file was added in the new directory and the remote directory added a file by the same name in the old directory, the local untracked file gets overwritten, as demonstrated by the broken test case in test-rename-dir-merge. Fix by checking for unknown files for 'dg' actions too. Since _checkunknownfile() currently expects the same filename in both contexts, we need to add a new parameter for the remote filename to it.
Tue, 18 Nov 2014 20:29:25 -0800 merge: remove constant tuple element from 'aborts'
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Tue, 18 Nov 2014 20:29:25 -0800] rev 23652
merge: remove constant tuple element from 'aborts' The second element of the tuples in the 'aborts' list is always 'ud', so let's remove it.
Wed, 19 Nov 2014 11:51:31 -0800 merge: collect checking for unknown files at end of manifestmerge()
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Wed, 19 Nov 2014 11:51:31 -0800] rev 23651
merge: collect checking for unknown files at end of manifestmerge() The 'c' and 'dc' actions include creating a file on disk and we need to check that no conflicting file exists unless force=True. Move two of the calls to _checkunknownfile() to a single place at the end of manifestmerge(). This removes some of the reading of filelogs from the heart of manifestmerge() and collects it in one place close to where its output (entries in the 'aborts' list) is used. Note that this removes the unnecessary call to _checkunknownfile() when force=True in one of the code paths.
Wed, 19 Nov 2014 11:48:30 -0800 merge: introduce 'c' action like 'g', but with additional safety
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Wed, 19 Nov 2014 11:48:30 -0800] rev 23650
merge: introduce 'c' action like 'g', but with additional safety _checkunknownfile() reads the filelog of the remote side's file. For narrow clones, the filelog will not exist for all files and we need a way to avoid reading them. While it would be easier for the narrow extension to just override _checkunknownfile() and make it ignore files outside the narrow clone, it seems cleaner to have manifestmerge() not care about filelogs (considering its name). In order to move the calls to _checkunknownfile() out, we need to be able to tell in which cases we should check for unknown files. Let's start by introducing a new action distinct from 'g' for this purpose. Specifically, the new action will be just like 'g' except that it will check that for conflicting unknown files first. For now, just add the new action type and convert it to 'g'.
Wed, 19 Nov 2014 11:44:00 -0800 merge: structure 'remote created' code to match table
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Wed, 19 Nov 2014 11:44:00 -0800] rev 23649
merge: structure 'remote created' code to match table This does duplicate the call to _checkunknownfile(), but it will simplify future patches.
Mon, 22 Dec 2014 15:48:39 -0800 pushkey: run hook after the lock release
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 22 Dec 2014 15:48:39 -0800] rev 23648
pushkey: run hook after the lock release The pushkey operation used to be in its own wireprotocol command and (in practice) always be lock free when running the hook. With bundle2, it happen in a greater scheme and a hook running locking command would get stuck. We now run such hooks after the lock release as similar hook do. Bundle2 test are altered to ensure we are lockfree at hook running time.
Fri, 12 Dec 2014 15:31:28 -0800 setup: use changes since latest tag instead of just distance
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 12 Dec 2014 15:31:28 -0800] rev 23647
setup: use changes since latest tag instead of just distance For a Mercurial built on the merge from stable into default right after 3.2.2 was released -- 19ebd2f88fc7 -- the version number produced was "3.2.2+4". This is potentially misleading, since in reality the built Mercurial includes many more changes compared to 3.2.2. Change the versioning scheme so that we take into consideration all the changes present in the current revision that aren't present in the latest tag. For 19ebd2f88fc7 the new versioning scheme results in a version number of "3.2.2+256". This gives users a much better idea of how many changes have actually happened since the latest release. Since changessincelatesttag is always greater than or equal to the latesttagdistance, this will produce version numbers that are always greater than or equal to the old scheme. Thus there's minimal compatibility risk.
Fri, 12 Dec 2014 15:29:39 -0800 setup: use changessincelatesttag from archive if present
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 12 Dec 2014 15:29:39 -0800] rev 23646
setup: use changessincelatesttag from archive if present changessincelatesttag gives one a better idea of how much the code has changed since. Since changessincelatesttag is always greater than or equal to the latesttagdistance (see previous patch for why), this will always produce version numbers greater than or equal to the previous scheme.
Fri, 12 Dec 2014 15:27:13 -0800 archive: store number of changes since latest tag as well
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 12 Dec 2014 15:27:13 -0800] rev 23645
archive: store number of changes since latest tag as well This is different from latesttagdistance in that while latesttagdistance is defined to be the length of the longest path to the latest tag, changessincelatesttag is the number of changes contained in @ that aren't contained in the latest tag. So, if 't' is the latest tag in the repository below: t | v --o--o----o \ \ ..o..o..@ then latesttagdistance is 2, but changessincelatesttag is 4. Note that changessincelatesttag is always greater than or equal to the latesttagdistance -- that's because changessincelatesttag counts all the changes in the longest path since the latest tag, and possibly others. This is an important fact that we'll take advantage of in upcoming patches.
Mon, 22 Dec 2014 17:26:21 -0600 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 22 Dec 2014 17:26:21 -0600] rev 23644
merge with stable
Mon, 22 Dec 2014 17:27:31 -0500 demandimport: blacklist distutils.msvc9compiler (issue4475) stable
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Mon, 22 Dec 2014 17:27:31 -0500] rev 23643
demandimport: blacklist distutils.msvc9compiler (issue4475) This module depends on _winreg, which is windows-only. Recent versions of setuptools load distutils.msvc9compiler and expect it to ImportError immediately when on non-Windows platforms, so we need to let them do that. This breaks in an especially mystifying way, because setuptools uses vars() on the imported module. We then throw an exception, which vars doesn't pick up on well. For example: In [3]: class wat(object): ...: @property ...: def __dict__(self): ...: assert False ...: In [4]: vars(wat()) --------------------------------------------------------------------------- TypeError Traceback (most recent call last) <ipython-input-4-2781ada5ffe6> in <module>() ----> 1 vars(wat()) TypeError: vars() argument must have __dict__ attribute Which is similar to the problem we run into.
Thu, 11 Dec 2014 22:51:29 -0800 largefiles: don't duplicate 'actions' into 'actionbyfile'
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Thu, 11 Dec 2014 22:51:29 -0800] rev 23642
largefiles: don't duplicate 'actions' into 'actionbyfile'
Thu, 11 Dec 2014 22:07:41 -0800 merge: make calculateupdates() return file->action dict
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Thu, 11 Dec 2014 22:07:41 -0800] rev 23641
merge: make calculateupdates() return file->action dict This simplifies largefiles' overridecalculateupdates(), which no longer has to do the conversion it started doing in 38e55e55ae4d (largefiles: rewrite merge code using dictionary with entry per file, 2014-12-09). To keep this patch small, we'll leave the name 'actionbyfile' in overrides.py. It will be renamed in the next patch.
Thu, 11 Dec 2014 21:58:49 -0800 merge: let _forgetremoved() work on the file->action dict
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Thu, 11 Dec 2014 21:58:49 -0800] rev 23640
merge: let _forgetremoved() work on the file->action dict By moving the conversion from the file->action dict after _forgetremoved(), we make that method shorter by removing the need for the confusing 'xactions' variable.
Thu, 11 Dec 2014 21:06:16 -0800 merge: let _resolvetrivial() work on the file->action dict
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Thu, 11 Dec 2014 21:06:16 -0800] rev 23639
merge: let _resolvetrivial() work on the file->action dict By moving the conversion from the file->action dict after _resolvetrivial(), we greatly simplify and clarify that method.
Thu, 11 Dec 2014 20:56:53 -0800 merge: let bid merge work on the file->action dict
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Thu, 11 Dec 2014 20:56:53 -0800] rev 23638
merge: let bid merge work on the file->action dict By moving the conversion from the file->action dict after the bid merge code, bid merge can be simplified a little. A few tests are affected by this change. Where we used to iterate over the actions first in order of the action type ('g', 'r', etc.) [1], we now iterate in order of filename. This difference affects the order of debug log statements. [1] And then in the non-deterministic order of files in the manifest dictionary (the order returned from manifest.diff()).
Mon, 08 Dec 2014 13:24:10 -0800 merge: write manifestmerge() using dictionary with entry per file
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Mon, 08 Dec 2014 13:24:10 -0800] rev 23637
merge: write manifestmerge() using dictionary with entry per file In the same vein as 38e55e55ae4d (largefiles: rewrite merge code using dictionary with entry per file, 2014-12-09), rewrite manifestmerge() itself as dictionary with the filename as key. This will let us simplify some of the other code in merge.py and eventually drop the conversion in the largefiles code. No difference in speed could be detected (well within the noise level when run in Mozilla repo).
Wed, 17 Dec 2014 12:21:07 -0800 repoview: backout ced3ecfc2e57
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Dec 2014 12:21:07 -0800] rev 23636
repoview: backout ced3ecfc2e57 Monkey patching repoview does not really work and making it really work will be really hard. So we better have it broken without complexity than broken with extra complexity.
Wed, 17 Dec 2014 12:19:33 -0800 largefile: explain why no monkey patching on a repoview
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Dec 2014 12:19:33 -0800] rev 23635
largefile: explain why no monkey patching on a repoview The comment requested for investigations, here they are.
Wed, 17 Dec 2014 12:10:16 -0800 largefile: backout ca54fb3d71ce
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Dec 2014 12:10:16 -0800] rev 23634
largefile: backout ca54fb3d71ce The hack for method monkey patching on repoview has been ruled out as fragile, so we are rolling it back. We'll expand the explanation in the next changeset.
Thu, 18 Dec 2014 12:33:17 -0800 incoming: handle phases the same as pull
Eric Sumner <ericsumner@fb.com> [Thu, 18 Dec 2014 12:33:17 -0800] rev 23633
incoming: handle phases the same as pull Now that bundlerepo can move phases safely, 'hg incoming' can share its phase handling code with pull to better reflect what would actually show up.
Thu, 18 Dec 2014 12:22:43 -0800 bundlerepo: retract phase boundary
Eric Sumner <ericsumner@fb.com> [Thu, 18 Dec 2014 12:22:43 -0800] rev 23632
bundlerepo: retract phase boundary This patch makes bundrepo retract the phase boundary for new commits to 'draft' status, which is consistent with the behavior of 'hg unbundle'. The old behavior was for commits to appear with the same phase as their nearest ancestor in the base repository. This affects several classes of operation: * Inspecting a bundle with the -B flag * Treating a bundle file as a peer (old: everything public, new: everything draft) * Incoming command (neither old or new behavior is sensible -- fixed in next patch)
Thu, 18 Dec 2014 11:38:48 -0800 bundlerepo: implement safe phasecache
Eric Sumner <ericsumner@fb.com> [Thu, 18 Dec 2014 11:38:48 -0800] rev 23631
bundlerepo: implement safe phasecache This patch makes bundlerepo use a subclass of phasecache that will allow phase boundaries to be moved around, but will never write them to the underlying repository.
Thu, 18 Dec 2014 11:30:10 -0800 localrepo.__getitem__: add slicing support
Eric Sumner <ericsumner@fb.com> [Thu, 18 Dec 2014 11:30:10 -0800] rev 23630
localrepo.__getitem__: add slicing support This allows the python slice syntax to be used with revision numbers when indexing into a repository, such as repo[8:]
Tue, 16 Dec 2014 14:34:53 -0800 ignore: resolve ignore files relative to repo root (issue4473) (BC)
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 16 Dec 2014 14:34:53 -0800] rev 23629
ignore: resolve ignore files relative to repo root (issue4473) (BC) Previously these would be considered to be relative to the current working directory. That behavior is both undocumented and doesn't really make sense. There are two reasonable options for how to resolve relative paths: - relative to the repo root - relative to the config file Resolving these files relative to the repo root matches existing behavior with hooks. An earlier discussion about this is available at http://mercurial.markmail.org/thread/tvu7yhzsiywgkjzl. Thanks to Isaac Jurado <diptongo@gmail.com> for the initial patchset that spurred the discussion.
Wed, 17 Dec 2014 18:53:38 -0800 test-hgignore: add testing for ui.ignore
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Dec 2014 18:53:38 -0800] rev 23628
test-hgignore: add testing for ui.ignore I couldn't find any tests for this, and we're going to make changes here in upcoming patches.
Wed, 10 Dec 2014 22:09:46 -0500 tests: add missing globs for Windows
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Wed, 10 Dec 2014 22:09:46 -0500] rev 23627
tests: add missing globs for Windows I couldn't figure out how to glob the first chunk for Windows, so it's been conditionalized.
Thu, 18 Dec 2014 23:24:17 -0500 share: use the 'sharedpath' attr on repo instead of reloading from the file
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Thu, 18 Dec 2014 23:24:17 -0500] rev 23626
share: use the 'sharedpath' attr on repo instead of reloading from the file Seems like a useful optimization, and now the exact file content is not a concern.
Thu, 18 Dec 2014 23:16:37 -0500 share: fix source repo lookup on Windows
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Thu, 18 Dec 2014 23:16:37 -0500] rev 23625
share: fix source repo lookup on Windows The stored path contains platform specific separators, so splitting on '/.hg' returned the string unmodified on Windows. The source was then looked for in $source/.hg/.hg, which obviously fails. This caused cascading errors in test-share.t relating to the recent bookmark support.
Mon, 22 Dec 2014 03:20:50 +0100 help: suggest '-v -e' to get built-in aliases for extensions (issue4461)
Chingis Dugarzhapov <chingis.dug@gmail.com> [Mon, 22 Dec 2014 03:20:50 +0100] rev 23624
help: suggest '-v -e' to get built-in aliases for extensions (issue4461) If extension name matches one of command names, suggest user to type 'hg help -v -e <extension>' to get full list of built-in aliases
Thu, 18 Dec 2014 10:11:38 -0800 test-check-commit-hg: clarify misleading "commit message rules" error
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Thu, 18 Dec 2014 10:11:38 -0800] rev 23623
test-check-commit-hg: clarify misleading "commit message rules" error The test case doesn't only check the commit message, but also the patch, which can result in confusing output like + Revision df6f06d17100 does not comply to commit message rules + ------------------------------------------------------ + 32: adds double empty line + + even when there are no double blank lines in the commit message. Drop the "commit message" part to make it less confusing.
Sun, 21 Dec 2014 13:02:59 +0000 keyword: handle resolve to either parent
Christian Ebert <blacktrash@gmx.net> [Sun, 21 Dec 2014 13:02:59 +0000] rev 23622
keyword: handle resolve to either parent Merged files are considered modified at commit time even if only 1 parent differs. In this case we must use the change context of this parent for expansion. The issue went unnoticed for long because it is only apparent until the next update to the merge revision - except in test-keyword where it was always staring us in the face.
Sun, 21 Dec 2014 12:53:57 +0000 keyword: update test file syntax
Christian Ebert <blacktrash@gmx.net> [Sun, 21 Dec 2014 12:53:57 +0000] rev 23621
keyword: update test file syntax
Mon, 22 Dec 2014 14:49:05 -0600 branches: deprecate -a
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 22 Dec 2014 14:49:05 -0600] rev 23620
branches: deprecate -a
Sun, 21 Dec 2014 15:06:54 -0500 largefiles: fix a spurious missing file warning with forget (issue4053) stable
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sun, 21 Dec 2014 15:06:54 -0500] rev 23619
largefiles: fix a spurious missing file warning with forget (issue4053) If an uncommitted and deleted file was forgotten, a warning would be emitted, even though the operation was successful. See the previous patch for 'remove -A' for the exact circumstances, and details about the cause.
Sun, 21 Dec 2014 15:04:13 -0500 largefiles: fix a spurious missing file warning with 'remove -A' (issue4053) stable
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sun, 21 Dec 2014 15:04:13 -0500] rev 23618
largefiles: fix a spurious missing file warning with 'remove -A' (issue4053) The bug report doesn't mention largefiles, but the given recipe doesn't fail unless the largefiles extension is loaded. The problem only affected normal files, whether or not any largefiles are committed, and only files that have not been committed yet. (Files with an 'a' state are dropped from dirstate, not marked removed.) Further, if the named normal file never existed, the warning would be printed out twice. The problem is that the core implementation of remove() calls repo.status(), which eventually triggers a dirstate.walk(). When the file isn't seen in the filesystem during the walk, the exception handling finds the file in dirstate, so it doesn't complain. However, the largefiles implementation called status() again with all of the original files (including the normal ones, just dropped). This time, the exception handler doesn't find the file in dirstate and does complain. This simply excludes the normal files from the second repo.status() call, which the largefiles extension has no interest is processing anyway.
Sun, 21 Dec 2014 14:42:46 -0500 largefiles: introduce the 'composelargefilematcher()' method stable
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sun, 21 Dec 2014 14:42:46 -0500] rev 23617
largefiles: introduce the 'composelargefilematcher()' method This is a copy/paste (with the necessary tweaks) of the composenormalfilematcher method currently on default, which does the inverse- this trims the normal files out of the matcher. It will be used in the next patch.
Thu, 18 Dec 2014 09:37:14 -0800 context: return dirstate parents in workingctx.ancestors()
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Thu, 18 Dec 2014 09:37:14 -0800] rev 23616
context: return dirstate parents in workingctx.ancestors() workingctx.ancestors() was not returning the dirstate parents as part of the result set. The only place this function is used is for copy detection when committing a file, and that code already checks the parents manually, so this change has no affect at the moment. I found it while playing around with changing how copy detection works.
Wed, 17 Dec 2014 17:26:12 -0800 backout: add --commit option
Mateusz Kwapich <mitrandir@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Dec 2014 17:26:12 -0800] rev 23615
backout: add --commit option Mercurial backout command makes a commmit by default only when the backed out revision is the parent of working directory and doesn't commit in any other case. The --commit option changes behaviour of backout to make a commit whenever possible (i.e. there is no unresolved conflicts). This behaviour seems more intuitive to many use (especially git users migrating to hg).
Sat, 13 Dec 2014 11:32:46 -0800 share: add option to share bookmarks
Ryan McElroy <rmcelroy@fb.com> [Sat, 13 Dec 2014 11:32:46 -0800] rev 23614
share: add option to share bookmarks This patch adds the -B/--bookmarks option to the share command added by the share extension. All it does for now is create a marker, 'bookmarks.shared', that will be used by future code to implement the sharing functionality.
Wed, 17 Dec 2014 13:25:24 -0600 highlight: ignore Unicode's extra linebreaks (issue4291)
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 17 Dec 2014 13:25:24 -0600] rev 23613
highlight: ignore Unicode's extra linebreaks (issue4291) Unicode and Python's unicode.splitlines() treat several extra legacy ASCII codepoints as linebreaks, even though the vast bulk of computing and Python's own str.splitlines() do not. Rather than introduce line numbering confusion, we filter them out when highlighting.
Thu, 18 Dec 2014 21:53:55 +0100 test: fix typo in test-help.t
André Sintzoff <andre.sintzoff@gmail.com> [Thu, 18 Dec 2014 21:53:55 +0100] rev 23612
test: fix typo in test-help.t
Mon, 15 Dec 2014 09:40:02 -0800 templatekw: remove unneeded showtags
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Mon, 15 Dec 2014 09:40:02 -0800] rev 23611
templatekw: remove unneeded showtags Now that we have the machinery of namespaces in-place, we use that instead of hand-rolling our own template function. Note, this can only be used for tags because both branches and bookmarks have special case logic for 'default' and the current bookmark (which is something outside the namespace api for now).
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 23:19:09 -0700 namespaces: generate template keyword when registering a namespace
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 23:19:09 -0700] rev 23610
namespaces: generate template keyword when registering a namespace For any namespace, we generate a template keyword. For example, given a namespace 'babar', we automatically have the ability to use it in a template: hg log -r . -T '{babars % "King: {babar}\n"}' Furthermore, we only generate this keyword for a namespace if one doesn't already exist. This is necessary for 'branches' and 'bookmarks' since both of those have concepts of 'current' (something outside the namespace api) and also allows extensions to override default behavior if desired.
Sun, 14 Dec 2014 19:15:37 -0800 templatekw: add helper method to generate a template keyword for a namespace
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Sun, 14 Dec 2014 19:15:37 -0800] rev 23609
templatekw: add helper method to generate a template keyword for a namespace This marks our second feature of the namespace api: automatic template keyword. This patch adds a method that takes in a namespace and uses the node-to-name map to output the list of names.
Sun, 14 Dec 2014 18:54:50 -0800 namespaces: add names method to return list of names for a given node
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Sun, 14 Dec 2014 18:54:50 -0800] rev 23608
namespaces: add names method to return list of names for a given node In the previous patch, we added a node-to-name map property. This patch just exposes that interface to the api.
Mon, 15 Dec 2014 00:24:23 -0800 namespaces: add nodemap property
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Mon, 15 Dec 2014 00:24:23 -0800] rev 23607
namespaces: add nodemap property This patch adds a node-to-name map property to the namespace. This is necessary because we cannot simply invert the name-to-node map because we do not assume the name-to-node map to be unique (for example, consider named branches: many nodes have one branch name). The node-to-name is helpful in log commands where we are already iterating over a set of nodes and want to display some kind of naming information to the user.
Sun, 14 Dec 2014 19:12:27 -0800 namespaces: add method to get template name of namespace
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Sun, 14 Dec 2014 19:12:27 -0800] rev 23606
namespaces: add method to get template name of namespace This patch adds the public api for getting the template name of a namespace so that the next patch can use it to generate a template keyword automatically.
Mon, 15 Dec 2014 00:09:52 -0800 namespaces: add template name of a namespace
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Mon, 15 Dec 2014 00:09:52 -0800] rev 23605
namespaces: add template name of a namespace The template name property will be used in upcoming patches to automatically generate a template keyword. For example, given a namespace called 'babars', we will automatically generate a template keyword 'babar' such that we can use it in the following way, $ hg log -r . -T '{babars % "King: {babar}\n"}'
Fri, 19 Dec 2014 00:11:56 +0900 memctx: remove redundant test for issue4470 from test-commit.t
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 19 Dec 2014 00:11:56 +0900] rev 23604
memctx: remove redundant test for issue4470 from test-commit.t Because: - the test to avoid regression for issue4470 was already added to test-commit-amend.t by previous patch It is also a part of test series about manifest calculation issues of memctx in test-commit-amend.t. - this is the only test using "commit --amend" in test-commit.t
Fri, 19 Dec 2014 00:11:56 +0900 memctx: calculate manifest more efficiently
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 19 Dec 2014 00:11:56 +0900] rev 23603
memctx: calculate manifest more efficiently Before this patch, "memctx._manifest" updates all entries in the (parent) manifest. But this is inefficiency, because almost all files may be clean in that context. On the other hand, just updating entries for changed "files" specified at construction causes unexpected abortion, when there is at least one newly removed file (see issue4470 for detail). To calculate manifest more efficiently, this patch replaces "pman.iteritems()" for the loop by "self._status.modified" to avoid updating entries for clean or removed files Examination of removal is also omitted, because removed files aren't treated in this loop (= "self[f]" returns not None always).
Thu, 18 Dec 2014 16:41:59 -0600 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 18 Dec 2014 16:41:59 -0600] rev 23602
merge with stable
Thu, 18 Dec 2014 14:59:28 -0600 Added signature for changeset 6dad422ecc5a stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 18 Dec 2014 14:59:28 -0600] rev 23601
Added signature for changeset 6dad422ecc5a
Thu, 18 Dec 2014 14:59:23 -0600 Added tag 3.2.3 for changeset 6dad422ecc5a stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 18 Dec 2014 14:59:23 -0600] rev 23600
Added tag 3.2.3 for changeset 6dad422ecc5a
Thu, 18 Dec 2014 14:18:28 -0600 pathauditor: check for Windows shortname aliases stable 3.2.3
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 18 Dec 2014 14:18:28 -0600] rev 23599
pathauditor: check for Windows shortname aliases
Tue, 16 Dec 2014 13:08:17 -0500 pathauditor: check for codepoints ignored on OS X stable
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Tue, 16 Dec 2014 13:08:17 -0500] rev 23598
pathauditor: check for codepoints ignored on OS X
Tue, 16 Dec 2014 13:07:10 -0500 darwin: omit ignorable codepoints when normcase()ing a file path stable
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Tue, 16 Dec 2014 13:07:10 -0500] rev 23597
darwin: omit ignorable codepoints when normcase()ing a file path This lets us avoid some nasty case collision problems in OS X with invisible codepoints.
Tue, 16 Dec 2014 13:06:41 -0500 encoding: add hfsignoreclean to clean out HFS-ignored characters stable
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Tue, 16 Dec 2014 13:06:41 -0500] rev 23596
encoding: add hfsignoreclean to clean out HFS-ignored characters According to Apple Technote 1150 (unavailable from Apple as far as I can tell, but archived in several places online), HFS+ ignores sixteen specific unicode runes when doing path normalization. We need to handle those cases, so this function lets us efficiently strip the offending characters from a UTF-8 encoded string (which is the only way it seems to matter on OS X.)
Thu, 11 Dec 2014 15:42:49 -0500 test-casefolding.t: demonstrate a bug with HFS+ ignoring some codepoints stable
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Thu, 11 Dec 2014 15:42:49 -0500] rev 23595
test-casefolding.t: demonstrate a bug with HFS+ ignoring some codepoints
Fri, 12 Dec 2014 13:40:44 -0500 manifest: disallow setting the node id of an entry to None stable
Augie Fackler <augie@google.com> [Fri, 12 Dec 2014 13:40:44 -0500] rev 23594
manifest: disallow setting the node id of an entry to None manifest.diff() uses None as a special value to denote the absence of a file, so setting a file node to None means you then can't trust manifest.diff(). This should also make future manifest work slightly easier.
Fri, 12 Dec 2014 15:29:54 -0500 context: stop setting None for modified or added nodes stable
Augie Fackler <augie@google.com> [Fri, 12 Dec 2014 15:29:54 -0500] rev 23593
context: stop setting None for modified or added nodes Instead use a magic value, so that we can identify modified or added nodes correctly when using manifest.diff(). Thanks to Martin von Zweigbergk for catching that we have to update _buildstatus as well. That part eluded my debugging for some time.
Sat, 13 Dec 2014 13:33:48 -0500 largefiles: don't actually remove largefiles in an addremove dry run stable
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sat, 13 Dec 2014 13:33:48 -0500] rev 23592
largefiles: don't actually remove largefiles in an addremove dry run The addlargefiles() method already properly handled dry runs.
Wed, 17 Dec 2014 15:11:26 -0800 bundle2: lowercase part types
Eric Sumner <ericsumner@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Dec 2014 15:11:26 -0800] rev 23591
bundle2: lowercase part types Since the capitalization no longer carries any meaning (previous diff), this patch normalizes all of the bundle2 part type strings to lower case.
Wed, 17 Dec 2014 21:14:19 -0800 bundle2.bundlepart: make mandatory part flag explicit in API
Eric Sumner <ericsumner@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Dec 2014 21:14:19 -0800] rev 23590
bundle2.bundlepart: make mandatory part flag explicit in API This makes all bundle2 parts mandatory unless they are expressly made advisory via the keyword parameter or the bundlepart.mandatory property.
Wed, 17 Dec 2014 15:09:43 +0900 memctx: calculate manifest correctly with newly-removed files (issue4470)
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 17 Dec 2014 15:09:43 +0900] rev 23589
memctx: calculate manifest correctly with newly-removed files (issue4470) Before this patch, "memctx._manifest" tries to get (and use normally) filectx also for newly-removed files, even though "memctx.filectx()" returns None for such files. To calculate manifest correctly even with newly-removed files, this patch does: - replace "man.iteritems()" for the loop by "self._status.modified" to avoid accessing itself to newly removed files this also reduces loop cost for large manifest. - remove files in "self._status.removed" from the manifest In this patch, amending is confirmed twice to examine both (1) newly removed files and (2) ones already removed in amended revision.
Wed, 17 Dec 2014 15:09:43 +0900 memctx: calculate manifest including newly added files correctly
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 17 Dec 2014 15:09:43 +0900] rev 23588
memctx: calculate manifest including newly added files correctly Before this patch, "memctx._manifest" calculates the manifest according to the 1st parent. This causes the disappearance of newly added files from the manifest. For example, if newly added files aren't listed up in manifest of memctx, they aren't listed up in "added" field of "status" returned by "ctx.status()", and "{diff()}" (= "patch.diff") in "committemplate" shows nothing for them. To calculate manifest including newly added files correctly, this patch puts newly added files (= ones in "self._status.added") into the manifest. Some details of changes for "test-commit-amend.t" in this patch: - "touch foo" is replaced by "echo foo > foo", because newly added empty file can't be shown in "diff()" output without "diff.git" configuration - amending is confirmed twice to examine both (1) newly added files and (2) ones already added in amended revision
Wed, 17 Dec 2014 15:09:38 +0900 memctx: calculate exact status being committed from specified files
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 17 Dec 2014 15:09:38 +0900] rev 23587
memctx: calculate exact status being committed from specified files Before this patch, "memctx._status" is initialized by "(files, [], [], [], [], [], [])" and this causes "memctx.modified" to include not only modified files but also added and removed ones incorrectly. This patch adds "_status" method to calculate exact status being committed according to "files" specified at construction time. Exact "_status" is useful to share/reuse logic of committablectx. This patch is also preparation for issues fixed by subsequent patches. Some details of changes for tests in this patch: - some filename lines are omitted in "test-convert-svn-encoding.t", because they are correctly listed up as "removed" files those lines are written out in "localrepository.commitctx" for "modified" and "added" files by "ui.note". - "| fixbundle" filterring in "test-histedit-fold.t" is omitted to check lines including "added" correctly "fixbundle" discards all lines including "added".
Fri, 12 Dec 2014 12:31:41 -0800 bundle2._processpart: forcing lower-case compare is no longer necessary
Eric Sumner <ericsumner@fb.com> [Fri, 12 Dec 2014 12:31:41 -0800] rev 23586
bundle2._processpart: forcing lower-case compare is no longer necessary Encoding whether or not a part is mandatory in the capitalization of the parttype is unintuitive and error-prone. This sequence of patches separates these concerns in the API to reduce programmer error and pave the way for a potential change in how this information is transmitted over the wire. Since the parttype and mandatory bit are separated in bundle2.unbundlepart (see previous patch), there is no longer a need to remove the mandatory bit before working with the parttype.
Fri, 12 Dec 2014 11:26:56 -0800 bundle2.unbundlepart: decouple mandatory from parttype
Eric Sumner <ericsumner@fb.com> [Fri, 12 Dec 2014 11:26:56 -0800] rev 23585
bundle2.unbundlepart: decouple mandatory from parttype Encoding whether or not a part is mandatory in the capitalization of the parttype is unintuitive and error-prone. This sequence of patches separates these concerns in the API to reduce programmer error and pave the way for a potential change in how this information is transmitted over the wire. This patch separates the two pieces of information when reading the part header so that it's unnecessary to know how they were combined during transmission.
Mon, 15 Dec 2014 15:00:54 -0500 memctx: fix manifest for removed files (issue4470)
Augie Fackler <augie@google.com> [Mon, 15 Dec 2014 15:00:54 -0500] rev 23584
memctx: fix manifest for removed files (issue4470) filectxfn returns None for removed files, so we have to check for None before computing the new file content hash for the manifest. Includes a test that proves this works, by demonstrating that we can show the diff of an amended commit in the committemplate.
Fri, 12 Dec 2014 15:53:17 -0500 convert: on svn failure, note libsvn version (issue4043)
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Fri, 12 Dec 2014 15:53:17 -0500] rev 23583
convert: on svn failure, note libsvn version (issue4043) We have our own fast-path logic to see if something passes a sniff test for being a Subversion repository, but it's possible for a user to svnsync a repo using svn 1.8 and then use svn 1.7 bindings (as in the bug) to try and convert the repo. If we at least tell the user the version of libsvn that we used, they might get enough of a hint to check on their own for format incompatibilities between their svn{admin,sync} and the libsvn used by hg.
Mon, 15 Dec 2014 13:32:34 -0800 vfs: add a 'split' method
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 15 Dec 2014 13:32:34 -0800] rev 23582
vfs: add a 'split' method This method has the same behavior as the 'os.path.split' function, but having it in vfs will allow handling of tricky encoding situations in the future. In the same patch, we replace the use of 'os.path.split' in the transaction code.
Mon, 15 Dec 2014 13:27:46 -0800 vfs: add a 'reljoin' function for joining relative paths
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 15 Dec 2014 13:27:46 -0800] rev 23581
vfs: add a 'reljoin' function for joining relative paths The vfs.join method only works for absolute paths. We need something that works for relative paths too when transforming filenames. Since os.path.join may misbehave in tricky encoding situations, encapsulate the new join method in our vfs abstraction. The default implementation remains os.path.join, but this opens the door to other VFSes doing something more intelligent based on their needs. In the same go, we replace the usage of 'os.path.join' in transaction code.
Thu, 18 Dec 2014 12:07:03 -0600 subrepo: fix git subrepo ui argument
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 18 Dec 2014 12:07:03 -0600] rev 23580
subrepo: fix git subrepo ui argument
Sat, 13 Dec 2014 19:44:55 -0500 subrepo: drop the 'ui' parameter to revert()
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sat, 13 Dec 2014 19:44:55 -0500] rev 23579
subrepo: drop the 'ui' parameter to revert() This no longer needs to be explicitly passed because the subrepo object tracks the 'ui' reference since fcbc66b5da6a. See the change to 'archive' for details about the differences between the output level in the root repo and subrepo 'ui' object. The only use for 'ui' in revert is to emit status and warning messages, and to check the verbose flag prior to printing the action to be performed on a file. The local repo's ui was already being used to print a warning message in wctx.forget() and for 'ui.slash' when walking dirstate in the repo.status() call. Unlike other methods where the matcher is passed along and narrowed, a new matcher is created in each repo, and therefore the bad() method already used the local repo's ui.
Sat, 13 Dec 2014 19:36:50 -0500 subrepo: drop the 'ui' parameter to removefiles()
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sat, 13 Dec 2014 19:36:50 -0500] rev 23578
subrepo: drop the 'ui' parameter to removefiles() This no longer needs to be explicitly passed because the subrepo object tracks the 'ui' reference since fcbc66b5da6a. See the change to 'archive' for details about the differences between the output level in the root repo and subrepo 'ui' object. The only use for 'ui' in remove is to emit status and warning messages, and to check the verbose flag prior to printing files to be removed. The bad() method on the matcher still uses the root repo's ui, because narrowing the matcher doesn't change the ui object. The local repo's ui was already being used to print a warning message in wctx.forget() and for 'ui.slash' when walking dirstate in the repo.status() call.
Sat, 13 Dec 2014 19:23:30 -0500 subrepo: drop the 'ui' parameter to forget()
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sat, 13 Dec 2014 19:23:30 -0500] rev 23577
subrepo: drop the 'ui' parameter to forget() This no longer needs to be explicitly passed because the subrepo object tracks the 'ui' reference since fcbc66b5da6a. See the change to 'archive' for details about the differences between the output level in the root repo and subrepo 'ui' object. The only use for 'ui' in forget is to emit status and warning messages, and to check the verbose flag prior to printing files to be forgotten. The bad() method on the matcher still uses the root repo's ui, because narrowing the matcher doesn't change the ui object. The local repo's ui was already being used to print a warning message in wctx.forget() and for 'ui.slash' when walking dirstate in the repo.status() call.
Sat, 13 Dec 2014 14:26:38 -0500 subrepo: drop the 'ui' parameter to cat()
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sat, 13 Dec 2014 14:26:38 -0500] rev 23576
subrepo: drop the 'ui' parameter to cat() This no longer needs to be explicitly passed because the subrepo object tracks a 'ui' reference since fcbc66b5da6a. See the change to 'archive' for details about the differences between the output level in the root repo and subrepo 'ui' object. The only use for 'ui' in cat is to emit a status message when a subrepo is missing. The bad() method on the matcher still uses the root repo's ui, because narrowing the matcher doesn't change the ui object.
Sat, 13 Dec 2014 14:53:46 -0500 subrepo: drop the 'ui' parameter to archive()
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sat, 13 Dec 2014 14:53:46 -0500] rev 23575
subrepo: drop the 'ui' parameter to archive() The current state of subrepo methods is to pass a 'ui' object to some methods, which has the effect of overriding the subrepo configuration since it is the root repo's 'ui' that is passed along as deep as there are subrepos. Other subrepo method are *not* passed the root 'ui', and instead delegate to their repo object's 'ui'. Even in the former case where the root 'ui' is available, some methods are inconsistent in their use of both the root 'ui' and the local repo's 'ui'. (Consider hg._incoming() uses the root 'ui' for path expansion and some status messages, but also calls bundlerepo.getremotechanges(), which eventually calls discovery.findcommonincoming(), which calls setdiscovery.findcommonheads(), which calls status() on the local repo 'ui'.) This inconsistency with respect to the configured output level is probably always hidden, because --verbose, --debug and --quiet, along with their 'ui.xxx' equivalents in the global and user level hgrc files are propagated from the parent repo to the subrepo via 'baseui'. The 'ui.xxx' settings in the parent repo hgrc file are not propagated, but that seems like an unusual thing to set on a per repo config file. Any 'ui.xxx' options changed by --config are also not propagated, because they are set on repo.ui by dispatch.py, not repo.baseui. The goal here is to cleanup the subrepo methods by dropping the 'ui' parameter, which in turn prevents mixing subtly different 'ui' instances on a given subrepo level. Some methods use more than just the output level settings in 'ui' (add for example ends up calling scmutil.checkportabilityalert() with both the root and local repo's 'ui' at different points). This series just goes for the low hanging fruit and switches methods that only use the output level. If we really care about not letting a subrepo config override the root repo's output level, we can propagate the verbose, debug and quiet settings to the subrepo in the same way 'ui.commitsubrepos' is in hgsubrepo.__init__. Archive only uses the 'ui' object to call its progress() method, and gitsubrepo calls status().
Sat, 13 Dec 2014 22:44:22 -0500 subrepo: use 'self.ui' instead of 'self._repo.ui'
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sat, 13 Dec 2014 22:44:22 -0500] rev 23574
subrepo: use 'self.ui' instead of 'self._repo.ui' They are now equivalent, but the former is slightly more readable.
Sat, 13 Dec 2014 20:43:01 -0500 subrepo: reset 'self.ui' to the subrepo copy of 'ui' in the hgsubrepo class
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sat, 13 Dec 2014 20:43:01 -0500] rev 23573
subrepo: reset 'self.ui' to the subrepo copy of 'ui' in the hgsubrepo class Creation of the subrepo's '_repo' object creates a new 'ui' by combining the parent repo's 'baseui' and reading in the subrepo's hgrc file. This simply avoids 'self.ui' and 'self._repo.ui' pointing to different objects, which seems like a potential source of bugs. Git and Svn subrepos are unchanged, because they don't have their own ui, and have always used their parent's for their configuration.
Sat, 13 Dec 2014 15:19:38 -0500 subrepo: rename the '_ui' member to 'ui'
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sat, 13 Dec 2014 15:19:38 -0500] rev 23572
subrepo: rename the '_ui' member to 'ui' The localrepository class has a 'ui' member, so keeping the names the same will allow for duck typing with subrepo instances when accessing 'ui'. Changing this is easier than finding all of the localrepository instance uses and renaming that to '_ui'.
Sat, 13 Dec 2014 15:13:07 -0500 subrepo: drop the '_ui' member in the subrepo subclasses
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sat, 13 Dec 2014 15:13:07 -0500] rev 23571
subrepo: drop the '_ui' member in the subrepo subclasses This member has existed in the base class since fcbc66b5da6a.
Tue, 09 Dec 2014 09:35:04 -0500 graphmod: attempt to clarify documentation of groupbranchiter()
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Tue, 09 Dec 2014 09:35:04 -0500] rev 23570
graphmod: attempt to clarify documentation of groupbranchiter() Thanks to Pierre-Yves for checking my cleanups here and helping me understand the algorithm well enough to help document it.
Mon, 08 Dec 2014 15:20:28 -0500 graphmod: rename graph-topological config to graph-group-branches
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Mon, 08 Dec 2014 15:20:28 -0500] rev 23569
graphmod: rename graph-topological config to graph-group-branches The latter suggests what the change is slightly better.
Thu, 04 Sep 2014 19:28:17 +0200 groupbranchiter: allow callers to select the first branch
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 04 Sep 2014 19:28:17 +0200] rev 23568
groupbranchiter: allow callers to select the first branch Instead of just bootstrapping the algorithm with the first revision we see, allow callers to pass revs that should be displayed first. All branches are retained until we can display such revision. Expected usage is to display the current working copy parent first.
Thu, 04 Sep 2014 19:05:36 +0200 groupbranchiter: support for non-contiguous revsets
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 04 Sep 2014 19:05:36 +0200] rev 23567
groupbranchiter: support for non-contiguous revsets The algorithm now works when some revisions are skipped. We now use "first included ancestors" instead of just "parent" to link changesets with each other.
Fri, 14 Nov 2014 20:08:59 +0000 groubranchhiter: indent most of the inner code
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 14 Nov 2014 20:08:59 +0000] rev 23566
groubranchhiter: indent most of the inner code We are going to add an additional layer of indentation to support non-contiguous revset. We do it in a pure code movement changeset to help the readability of the next changeset.
Fri, 14 Nov 2014 17:37:59 +0000 graphlog: add a way to test the 'groupbranchiter' function
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 14 Nov 2014 17:37:59 +0000] rev 23565
graphlog: add a way to test the 'groupbranchiter' function We add an experimental config option to use the topological sorting. I first tried to hook the 'groupbranchiter' function in the 'sort' revset but this was useless because graphlog enforces revision number sorting :( As the goal is to advance on the topological iteration logic, I see this experimental option as a good way to move forward. We have to use turn the iterator into a list because the graphlog is apparently not ready for pure iterator input yet.
Thu, 04 Sep 2014 18:19:32 +0200 graphmod: add a function for topological iteration
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 04 Sep 2014 18:19:32 +0200] rev 23564
graphmod: add a function for topological iteration This changeset introduces a function to perform topological (one branch after the other) iteration over a set of changesets. This first version has a lot of limitations, but the approach should be flexible enough to allow many improvements in the future. This changeset aims to set the first stone more than providing a complete solution. The algorithm does not need to know the whole set of nodes involved before emitting revision. This makes it a good candidate for usage in place like `hg log` or graphical tools that need a fast first result time.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 15:27:12 -0700 namespaces: add branches
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 15:27:12 -0700] rev 23563
namespaces: add branches Note that the exception-catching from the previous branchtip check is moved up to catch exceptions from the try block surrounding the namespace lookup.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 15:27:33 -0700 namespaces: add tags
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 15:27:33 -0700] rev 23562
namespaces: add tags
Sun, 14 Dec 2014 19:11:44 -0800 namespaces: remove weakref; always pass in repo
Ryan McElroy <rmcelroy@fb.com> [Sun, 14 Dec 2014 19:11:44 -0800] rev 23561
namespaces: remove weakref; always pass in repo It turns out that maintaining a reference of any sort (even weak!) to the repo when constructed doesn't work because we may at some point pass in a repoview filtered by something other than what the initial repo was.
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 23:27:54 -0700 changectx: use names api to simplify and extend node lookup
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 23:27:54 -0700] rev 23560
changectx: use names api to simplify and extend node lookup Previously, changectx had to know about each type of name (bookmark, tag, etc.) to look up. Now, we use repo.namenodes to simplify (and extend) this.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 15:28:40 -0700 namespaces: add a method to the first matching node for a given name
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 15:28:40 -0700] rev 23559
namespaces: add a method to the first matching node for a given name
Sun, 14 Dec 2014 12:53:50 -0800 namespaces: add bookmarks to the names data structure
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Sun, 14 Dec 2014 12:53:50 -0800] rev 23558
namespaces: add bookmarks to the names data structure This marks the first use of abstracting our different types of named objects (bookmarks, tags, branches, etc.) and upcoming patches will use this to simplify logic.
Sun, 14 Dec 2014 16:22:24 -0800 namespaces: add a convenience property for the weakref _repo
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Sun, 14 Dec 2014 16:22:24 -0800] rev 23557
namespaces: add a convenience property for the weakref _repo
Sun, 14 Dec 2014 15:35:57 -0800 namespaces: pass repo to __init__
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Sun, 14 Dec 2014 15:35:57 -0800] rev 23556
namespaces: pass repo to __init__ We store repo as a weakref so that we can prevent a cycle between namespaces and localrepo.
Sun, 14 Dec 2014 15:04:40 -0800 namespaces: add a function to turn single results into lists
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Sun, 14 Dec 2014 15:04:40 -0800] rev 23555
namespaces: add a function to turn single results into lists
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 11:25:51 -0700 namespaces: add a method to register new namespaces
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 11:25:51 -0700] rev 23554
namespaces: add a method to register new namespaces
Sun, 14 Dec 2014 12:29:28 -0800 namespaces: introduce a generic way to map between names and nodes
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Sun, 14 Dec 2014 12:29:28 -0800] rev 23553
namespaces: introduce a generic way to map between names and nodes This patch begins the work to provide a way to register a namespace to handle 'names'. Benefits of this would be, - improved templating: This would provide {name} which could output any branch, bookmark, tag, or any extension registered namespace all without having the extension doing any extra work - improved tab completion: Since this provides a single source of all 'names', tab completion would not need to know of each namespace - changeset lookup: Similar to before, a unified place to get all 'names' will allow finding changesets without any extension code having to reimplement this Also, d226fe36e362 has shown us that for internal code which expects a certain type of method or behavior, we should provide an easy way for extensions to check this behavior.
Sun, 14 Dec 2014 19:27:58 +0100 statichttprepo: update profile of __call__ in mock vfs object
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 14 Dec 2014 19:27:58 +0100] rev 23552
statichttprepo: update profile of __call__ in mock vfs object New code paths could fail because the old statichttprepo profile couldn't handle the usual parameters. Instead, reuse a more generic profile also used in readonlyvfs.
Sun, 14 Dec 2014 21:00:58 +0100 tests: avoid git diffstat singular/plural output difference
Mathias De Maré <mathias.demare@gmail.com> [Sun, 14 Dec 2014 21:00:58 +0100] rev 23551
tests: avoid git diffstat singular/plural output difference 'git diff --stat' output changed with regard to the amount of changes/insertions/deletions shown. In older git versions (1.7.7.6), output was shown as: 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletions(-) In newer versions, output is shown as: 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) This patch uses a regex to handle both cases.
Sun, 14 Dec 2014 11:34:51 +0100 subrepo: add revert support without backup for git subrepos
Mathias De Maré <mathias.demare@gmail.com> [Sun, 14 Dec 2014 11:34:51 +0100] rev 23550
subrepo: add revert support without backup for git subrepos Previously, git subrepos did not support reverting. This change adds basic support for reverting when '--no-backup' is specified. A warning is given (and the current state is kept) when a revert is done without the '--no-backup' flag.
Sat, 01 Nov 2014 22:56:49 -0700 match: make 'always' and 'exact' functions, not classes
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Sat, 01 Nov 2014 22:56:49 -0700] rev 23549
match: make 'always' and 'exact' functions, not classes There is no reason for classes 'always' and 'exact' not to be just functions that return instances the plain 'match' class.
Sat, 13 Dec 2014 14:31:55 -0800 share: implement shared bookmark functionality
Ryan McElroy <rmcelroy@fb.com> [Sat, 13 Dec 2014 14:31:55 -0800] rev 23548
share: implement shared bookmark functionality This does not cause any behavioral change unless a 'bookmarks.shared' marker file exists. A future change will add UI to create this file when a repository is shared.
Sat, 13 Dec 2014 13:56:05 -0800 debugindex: respect --debug flag to show full nodeids
Kyle Lippincott <spectral@google.com> [Sat, 13 Dec 2014 13:56:05 -0800] rev 23547
debugindex: respect --debug flag to show full nodeids
Fri, 12 Dec 2014 14:06:36 -0800 localrepo.clone: add a way to override server preferuncompressed
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 12 Dec 2014 14:06:36 -0800] rev 23546
localrepo.clone: add a way to override server preferuncompressed Without this patch, if the server sets preferuncompressed, there's no way for clients to override that and force a non-streaming clone. With this patch, we extend the meaning of --pull to also override preferuncompressed and force a non-streaming clone.
Fri, 12 Dec 2014 14:02:56 -0800 hg.clone: set 'stream' depending on whether --pull was requested or not
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 12 Dec 2014 14:02:56 -0800] rev 23545
hg.clone: set 'stream' depending on whether --pull was requested or not In an upcoming patch we'll differentiate between the two in localrepo.
Fri, 14 Nov 2014 05:53:04 -0800 merge: perform case-collision checking on final set of actions
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Fri, 14 Nov 2014 05:53:04 -0800] rev 23544
merge: perform case-collision checking on final set of actions When there are multiple common ancestors, we should check for case collisions only on the resulting actions after bid merge has run. To do this, move the code until after bid merge. Move it past _resolvetrivial() too, since that might update actions. If the remote changed a file and then reverted the change, while the local side deleted the file and created a new file with a name that case-folds like the old file, we should fail before this patch but not after. Although the changes to the actions caused by _forgetremoved() should have no effect on case collisions, move it after that, too, so the next person reading the code won't have to think about it. Moving it past these blocks of code takes it to the end of calculateupdates(), so let's even move it outside of the method, so we also check collisions in actions produced by extensions overriding the method.
Thu, 17 Apr 2014 22:47:38 +0200 spelling: fixes from proofreading of spell checker issues
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Thu, 17 Apr 2014 22:47:38 +0200] rev 23543
spelling: fixes from proofreading of spell checker issues
Sat, 13 Dec 2014 09:45:00 +0100 tests: allow more flexibility in git diffstat output
Mathias De Maré <mathias.demare@gmail.com> [Sat, 13 Dec 2014 09:45:00 +0100] rev 23542
tests: allow more flexibility in git diffstat output The output of 'git diff --stat' changed in git 1.7.10 and 1.7.11. To ensure the tests work with earlier versions of git as well, the output is now wrapped with a whitespace regex.
Thu, 11 Dec 2014 21:21:21 -0800 merge: move cd/dc prompts after largefiles prompts
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Thu, 11 Dec 2014 21:21:21 -0800] rev 23541
merge: move cd/dc prompts after largefiles prompts By moving the cd/dc prompts out of calculateupdates(), we let largefiles' overridecalculateupdates() so the unresolved values (i.e. 'cd' or 'dc' rather than 'g', 'r', 'a' and missing). This allows overridecalculateupdates() to ask the user whether to keep the normal file or the largefile before the user gets the cd/dc prompt. Whichever answer the user gives, we make overridecalculateupdates() replace 'cd' or 'dc' action, saving the user one annoying (and less clear) question.
Sun, 30 Nov 2014 22:47:53 -0500 addremove: automatically process a subrepository's subrepos
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sun, 30 Nov 2014 22:47:53 -0500] rev 23540
addremove: automatically process a subrepository's subrepos Since addremove on the top of a directory tree will recursively handle sub directories, it should be the same with deep subrepos, once the user has explicitly asked to process a subrepo. This really only has an effect when a path that is a subrepo (or is in a subrepo) is given, since -S causes all subrepos to be processed already. An addremove without a path that crosses into a subrepo, will still not enter any subrepos, per backward compatibility rules.
Sun, 09 Nov 2014 23:46:25 -0500 addremove: support addremove with explicit paths in subrepos
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sun, 09 Nov 2014 23:46:25 -0500] rev 23539
addremove: support addremove with explicit paths in subrepos Git and svn subrepos are currently not supported.
Mon, 24 Nov 2014 23:51:26 -0500 addremove: add support for the -S flag
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Mon, 24 Nov 2014 23:51:26 -0500] rev 23538
addremove: add support for the -S flag Git and svn subrepos are currently not supported. It doesn't look like git or svn have these commands natively, so that's an area for a git or svn expert.
Mon, 24 Nov 2014 22:27:49 -0500 commit: propagate --addremove to subrepos if -S is specified (issue3759)
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Mon, 24 Nov 2014 22:27:49 -0500] rev 23537
commit: propagate --addremove to subrepos if -S is specified (issue3759) The recursive addremove operation occurs completely before the first subrepo is committed. Only hg subrepos support the addremove operation at the moment- svn and git subrepos will warn and abort the commit.
Wed, 26 Nov 2014 16:13:38 -0500 subrepo: store the ui object in the base class
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Wed, 26 Nov 2014 16:13:38 -0500] rev 23536
subrepo: store the ui object in the base class This will be used in the next patch to print a warning from the base class. It seems better than having to explicitly pass it to a new method, since a lot of existing methods also require it.
Wed, 26 Nov 2014 15:16:22 -0500 commit: abort if --addremove is specified, but fails
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Wed, 26 Nov 2014 15:16:22 -0500] rev 23535
commit: abort if --addremove is specified, but fails This will be required when subrepo support is added, in order to ensure consistent commits when a subrepo flavor doesn't support addremove.
Wed, 26 Nov 2014 14:27:36 -0500 addremove: warn when addremove fails to operate on a named path
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Wed, 26 Nov 2014 14:27:36 -0500] rev 23534
addremove: warn when addremove fails to operate on a named path It looks like a bad path is the only mode of failure for addremove. This warning is probably useful for the standalone command, but more important for 'commit -A'. That command doesn't currently abort if the addremove fails, but it will be made to do so prior to adding subrepo support, since not all subrepos will support addremove. We could just abort here, but it looks like addremove has always silently ignored bad paths, except for the exit code.
Sun, 09 Nov 2014 19:57:02 -0500 scmutil: pass a matcher to scmutil.addremove() instead of a list of patterns
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sun, 09 Nov 2014 19:57:02 -0500] rev 23533
scmutil: pass a matcher to scmutil.addremove() instead of a list of patterns This will make it easier to support subrepository operations.
Wed, 10 Dec 2014 23:46:47 -0500 tests: fix a typo in test-walkrepos.py
Enrique A. Tobis <enrique@tobis.com.ar> [Wed, 10 Dec 2014 23:46:47 -0500] rev 23532
tests: fix a typo in test-walkrepos.py
Wed, 03 Dec 2014 13:50:28 -0800 merge: extract _resolvetrivial() function
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Wed, 03 Dec 2014 13:50:28 -0800] rev 23531
merge: extract _resolvetrivial() function We would eventually like to move the resolution of modify/delete and delete/modify conflicts to the resolve phase. However, we don't want to move the checks for identical content that were added in 902554884335 (merge: before cd/dc prompt, check that changed side really changed, 2014-12-01). Let's instead move these out to a new _resolvetrivial() function that processes the actions from manifestmerge() and replaces any false cd/dc conflicts. The function will also provide a natural place for us to later add code for resolving false 'm' conflicts.
Tue, 09 Dec 2014 22:10:51 -0800 largefiles: start by finding files of interest
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Tue, 09 Dec 2014 22:10:51 -0800] rev 23530
largefiles: start by finding files of interest Instead of iterating over 'g' action, first find the set of all files that are largefiles in p1. Then iterate over these files. This prepares for considering actions other than 'g'.
Tue, 09 Dec 2014 22:03:53 -0800 largefiles: rewrite merge code using dictionary with entry per file
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Tue, 09 Dec 2014 22:03:53 -0800] rev 23529
largefiles: rewrite merge code using dictionary with entry per file In overridecalculateupdates(), we currently only deal with conflicts that result in a 'g' action for either the largefile or a standin. We will soon want to deal cases with 'cd' and 'dc' actions here. It will be easier to reason about such cases if we rewrite it using a dict from filename to action. A side-effect of this change is that the output can only have one action per file (which should be a good change). Before this change, when one of the tests in test-issue3084 received this input (the 'a' in the input was a result of 'cd' conflict resolved in favor of the modified file): 'g': [('.hglf/f', ('',), 'remote created')], 'a': [('f', None, 'prompt keep')], and the user chose to keep the local largefile, it produced this output: 'g': [('.hglf/f', ('',), 'remote created')], 'r': [('f', None, 'replaced by standin')], 'a': [('f', None, 'prompt keep')], Although 'a' actions are processed after 'r' actions by recordupdates(), it still worked because 'a' actions have no effect on merges (only on updates). After this change, the output is: 'g': [('.hglf/f', ('',), 'remote created')], 'r': [('f', None, 'replaced by standin')], Similarly, there are several tests in test-largefiles-update that get inputs like: 'a': [('.hglf/large2', None, 'prompt keep')], 'g': [('large2', ('',), 'remote created')], and when the user chooses to keep the local largefile, they produce this output: 'a': [('.hglf/large2', None, 'prompt keep'), ('.hglf/large2', None, 'keep standin')], 'lfmr': [('large2', None, 'forget non-standin largefile')], In this case, it was not a merge but an update, so the 'a' action does have an effect. However, since dirstate.add() is idempotent, it still has no obserable effect. After this change, the output is: 'a': [('.hglf/large2', None, 'keep standin')], 'lfmr': [('large2', None, 'forget non-standin largefile')],
Tue, 09 Dec 2014 09:53:26 -0800 largefiles: put same 'action' object back in 'newglist'
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Tue, 09 Dec 2014 09:53:26 -0800] rev 23528
largefiles: put same 'action' object back in 'newglist' The items we put in 'newglist' are always the same as what we found in actions['g'], so let's just put the same item into the list instead of creating a new one.
Mon, 08 Dec 2014 15:20:42 -0800 largefiles: don't unnecessarily sort merge action lists
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Mon, 08 Dec 2014 15:20:42 -0800] rev 23527
largefiles: don't unnecessarily sort merge action lists The action lists returned from calculateupdates() (in merge.py) are not required to be sorted. In fact, since they result from iteration over the unordered manifest, they are unlikely to be sorted. Moreover, some of the lists are appended to after they are returned from manifestmerge(). The lists are instead sorted in applyupdates(). Therefore, let's not sort the lists generated in largefiles' overridecalculateupdates().
Tue, 09 Dec 2014 16:49:55 -0800 merge: don't treat 'diverge' and 'renamedelete' like actions
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Tue, 09 Dec 2014 16:49:55 -0800] rev 23526
merge: don't treat 'diverge' and 'renamedelete' like actions See earlier patch for motivation.
Tue, 09 Dec 2014 14:18:31 -0800 merge: move dr/rd warning messages out of applyupdates()
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Tue, 09 Dec 2014 14:18:31 -0800] rev 23525
merge: move dr/rd warning messages out of applyupdates() As preparation for making 'dr' and 'rd' actions no longer actions, move the reporting from applyupdates() to its caller update(). This way we won't have to pass additonal arguments to applyupdates() when they are no longer actions. Also, the warnings are equally unrelated to applyupdates() as they are to recordupdates(), as they don't result in any changes to either the working copy or the dirstate. See earlier patch for additional motivation.
Fri, 05 Dec 2014 16:13:26 -0800 merge: don't report progress for dr/rd actions
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Fri, 05 Dec 2014 16:13:26 -0800] rev 23524
merge: don't report progress for dr/rd actions It is easier to reason about certain algorithms in terms of a file->action mapping than the current action->list-of-files. Bid merge is already written this way (but with a list of actions per file), and largefiles' overridecalculateupdates() will also benefit. However, that requires us to have at most one action per file. That requirement is currently violated by 'dr' (divergent rename) and 'rd' (rename and delete) actions, which can exist for the same file as some other action. These actions are only used for displaying warnings to the user; they don't change anything in the working copy or the dirstate. In this way, they are similar to the 'k' (keep) action. However, they are even less action-like than 'k' is: 'k' at least describes what to do with the file ("do nothing"), while 'dr' and 'rd' or only annotations for files for which there may exist other, "real" actions. As a first step towards separating these acitons out, stop including them in the progress output, just like we already exclude the 'k' action.
Wed, 10 Dec 2014 10:32:51 +0100 subrepo: add partial diff support for git subrepos
Mathias De Maré <mathias.demare@gmail.com> [Wed, 10 Dec 2014 10:32:51 +0100] rev 23523
subrepo: add partial diff support for git subrepos So far, git subrepositories were silently ignored for diffs. This patch adds support for git subrepositories, with the remark that --include and --exclude are not supported. If --include or --exclude are used, the subrepo is ignored.
Wed, 10 Dec 2014 08:41:21 +0100 subrepo: extend git version check to 3 digits
Mathias De Maré <mathias.demare@gmail.com> [Wed, 10 Dec 2014 08:41:21 +0100] rev 23522
subrepo: extend git version check to 3 digits This allows more flexibility when a version check is required. Some git features are introduced in a version where only the 3rd digit changes.
Wed, 10 Dec 2014 08:33:03 +0100 subrepo: move git version check into a separate method
Mathias De Maré <mathias.demare@gmail.com> [Wed, 10 Dec 2014 08:33:03 +0100] rev 23521
subrepo: move git version check into a separate method This allows checking the git version in other methods, instead of only being able to check if the version is ok or not.
Thu, 11 Oct 2012 23:22:02 +0200 rebase: show a note for updated mq patches
Mads Kiilerich <mads@kiilerich.com> [Thu, 11 Oct 2012 23:22:02 +0200] rev 23520
rebase: show a note for updated mq patches It deserves more than a debug message. Show a note like: updating mq patch p0.patch to 5:9ecc820b1737 The message could also refer to "qrefresh" instead. Same same.
Wed, 10 Dec 2014 06:20:35 +0100 rebase: improve debug messages while processing the list of rebases
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Wed, 10 Dec 2014 06:20:35 +0100] rev 23519
rebase: improve debug messages while processing the list of rebases
Wed, 10 Dec 2014 06:20:35 +0100 rebase: show warning when rebase creates no changes to commit
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Wed, 10 Dec 2014 06:20:35 +0100] rev 23518
rebase: show warning when rebase creates no changes to commit Similar to graft: note: rebase of 6:eea13746799a created no changes to commit
Tue, 09 Dec 2014 03:45:26 +0100 rebase: show more useful status information while rebasing
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Tue, 09 Dec 2014 03:45:26 +0100] rev 23517
rebase: show more useful status information while rebasing Show status messages while rebasing, similar to what graft do: rebasing 12:2647734878ef "fork" (tip) This gives more context for the user when resolving conflicts.
Sun, 07 Dec 2014 20:04:45 +0100 tests: make 'saved backup' globbing less narrow in rebase tests
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 07 Dec 2014 20:04:45 +0100] rev 23516
tests: make 'saved backup' globbing less narrow in rebase tests Globbing the hash made it harder to maintain tests with run-tests -i when it was so far by the generated test output. The hashes are stable and we just need to add a (glob).
Tue, 09 Dec 2014 03:37:06 +0100 tests: stabilise mq rebase tests
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Tue, 09 Dec 2014 03:37:06 +0100] rev 23515
tests: stabilise mq rebase tests Prepare for including hashes in output ... and less globbing make the tests easier to update.
Tue, 09 Dec 2014 14:45:12 -0500 test-graft: use strip extension instead of mq extension
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Tue, 09 Dec 2014 14:45:12 -0500] rev 23514
test-graft: use strip extension instead of mq extension It only needs strip, no reason to load all of mq.
Thu, 04 Dec 2014 13:52:46 -0800 transaction: remove the 'onabort' mechanism
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 04 Dec 2014 13:52:46 -0800] rev 23513
transaction: remove the 'onabort' mechanism It has no known users. If someones needs similar functionality, a new 'addabort' method similar to 'addfinalize' should be added.
Thu, 04 Dec 2014 13:51:41 -0800 transaction: remove the redundant 'onclose' mechanism
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 04 Dec 2014 13:51:41 -0800] rev 23512
transaction: remove the redundant 'onclose' mechanism It is superseded by the 'addfinalize' function and all its user have been migrated.
Thu, 04 Dec 2014 16:35:03 -0800 fncache: document the fact fncache is outdate at hook run time
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 04 Dec 2014 16:35:03 -0800] rev 23511
fncache: document the fact fncache is outdate at hook run time Using 'addfinalize' to generate 'fncache' means that no pending version of the file will be generated for the hooks. We would have to use the 'addfilegenerator' method to get such result. However the 'fncachevfs' (who decide that a write is necessary) have no access to the transaction to register such file generation at add time. Having the transaction accessible to the 'vfs' is too much trouble for no benefit. This outdated 'fncache' file at hook time is not expected to be an issue. The previous move from 'onclose' to 'addfinalize' had no impact on this timing. I'm documenting it now because I looked at it.
Thu, 04 Dec 2014 13:49:45 -0800 fncache: drop dedicated 'onclose' function in favor of 'tr.addfinalize'
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 04 Dec 2014 13:49:45 -0800] rev 23510
fncache: drop dedicated 'onclose' function in favor of 'tr.addfinalize' Now that we have a shiny generic mechanism, we can use it.
Tue, 09 Dec 2014 13:32:19 -0600 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 09 Dec 2014 13:32:19 -0600] rev 23509
merge with stable
Tue, 09 Dec 2014 12:39:23 -0600 graft: drop cset description from empty commit message
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 09 Dec 2014 12:39:23 -0600] rev 23508
graft: drop cset description from empty commit message This is either already redundant in the output or too verbose in quiet mode.
Tue, 09 Dec 2014 03:38:23 +0100 graft: show hashes in user-facing messages
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Tue, 09 Dec 2014 03:38:23 +0100] rev 23507
graft: show hashes in user-facing messages Graft was in various places just showing the revision number in status messges. Instead, also show the stable and more useful short hash.
Tue, 09 Dec 2014 03:38:23 +0100 graft: give helpful warning for empty grafts
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Tue, 09 Dec 2014 03:38:23 +0100] rev 23506
graft: give helpful warning for empty grafts It was just showing a status message with the internal revision number. Instead, show a warning like note: graft of 27:3aaa8b6725f0 "28" created no changes to commit (message tweaked in-flight by mpm)
Tue, 09 Dec 2014 03:38:23 +0100 graft: show more useful status information while grafting
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Tue, 09 Dec 2014 03:38:23 +0100] rev 23505
graft: show more useful status information while grafting Show status messages with first line of commit description and names, like grafting 12:2647734878ef "fork" (tip) This gives more context for the user when resolving conflicts.
Tue, 09 Dec 2014 03:37:55 +0100 tests: test coverage for empty graft
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Tue, 09 Dec 2014 03:37:55 +0100] rev 23504
tests: test coverage for empty graft A future change will add a warning to the quiet rebase.
Sun, 07 Dec 2014 10:54:29 -0500 largefiles: drop the unfiltered repo usage in overridepurge()
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sun, 07 Dec 2014 10:54:29 -0500] rev 23503
largefiles: drop the unfiltered repo usage in overridepurge() Now that repoview supports replacing methods, we don't need this hack.
Sun, 07 Dec 2014 10:52:56 -0500 repoview: allow methods on the proxy class to be replaced
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sun, 07 Dec 2014 10:52:56 -0500] rev 23502
repoview: allow methods on the proxy class to be replaced It doesn't seem to be a common idiom for repo instances, but the status() method is replaced in largefiles' purge() override. Since __setattr__ is implemented in repoview to setattr() on the unfiltered repo, the replacement method wouldn't get called unless it was invoked with the unfiltered repo, because the filtered repo remains unchanged. Since this doesn't seem to be commonly used, I didn't bother to filter out methods that perhaps shouldn't be replaced, such as changelog().
Mon, 08 Dec 2014 15:41:54 -0800 log: fix log revset instability stable
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Mon, 08 Dec 2014 15:41:54 -0800] rev 23501
log: fix log revset instability The log/graphlog revset was not producing stable results since it was iterating over a dict. Now we sort before iterating to guarantee a fixed order. This fixes some potential flakiness in the tests.
Fri, 05 Dec 2014 14:27:32 -0800 log: fix log -f slow path to actually follow history stable
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Fri, 05 Dec 2014 14:27:32 -0800] rev 23500
log: fix log -f slow path to actually follow history The revset created when -f was used with a slow path (for patterns and directories) did not actually contain any logic to enforce follow. Instead it was depending on the passed in subset to already be limited (which was limited to :. but not ::.). This fixes it by adding a '& ::.' to any -f log revset. hg log -f <file> is still broken, in that it can return results that aren't actually ancestors of the current file, but fixing that has major perf implications, so we'll deal with it later.
Wed, 26 Nov 2014 23:23:33 -0800 obsstore: cache size computation for fm1 node
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 26 Nov 2014 23:23:33 -0800] rev 23499
obsstore: cache size computation for fm1 node We have two different types of node type (sha1 and sha256, only sha1 is used now) and therefor different sizes for them. We now compute the value once instead of redoing the computation every loop. This has no visible performance impact.
Wed, 26 Nov 2014 23:21:20 -0800 obsstore: prefetch struct.calcsize
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 26 Nov 2014 23:21:20 -0800] rev 23498
obsstore: prefetch struct.calcsize This function is widely used and worth but be at module level. No specific performance boost is visible, but this is more consistent.
Wed, 26 Nov 2014 16:58:31 -0800 obsstore: disable garbage collection during initialization (issue4456)
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 26 Nov 2014 16:58:31 -0800] rev 23497
obsstore: disable garbage collection during initialization (issue4456) Python garbage collection is triggered by container creation. So code that creates a lot of tuples tends to trigger GC a lot. We disable the gc during obsolescence marker parsing and associated initialization. This provides an interesting speedup (25%). Load marker function on my 58758 markers repo: before: 0.468247 seconds after: 0.344362 seconds The benefit is a bit less visible overall. With python2.6 on my system I see: after: 0.60 before: 0.53 The difference is probably explained by the delaying of a costly GC. (but there is still a win). Marking involved tuples, lists and dicts as ignorable by the garbage collector should give us more benefit. But this is another adventure. Thanks goes to Siddharth Agarwal for the lead.
Thu, 04 Dec 2014 05:43:15 -0800 dirstate: use the 'nogc' decorator
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 04 Dec 2014 05:43:15 -0800] rev 23496
dirstate: use the 'nogc' decorator Now that we have a generic way to disable the gc, we use it. however, we have too use it in a baroque way. See inline comment for details.
Thu, 04 Dec 2014 05:43:40 -0800 util: add a 'nogc' decorator to disable the garbage collection
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 04 Dec 2014 05:43:40 -0800] rev 23495
util: add a 'nogc' decorator to disable the garbage collection Garbage collection behave pathologically when creating a lot of containers. As we do that more than once it become sensible to have a decorator for it. See inline documentation for details.
Fri, 05 Dec 2014 22:58:02 -0500 generate-working-copy-states: open() in binary mode when writing content
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Fri, 05 Dec 2014 22:58:02 -0500] rev 23494
generate-working-copy-states: open() in binary mode when writing content This avoids changes to the hashes on Windows in test-merge-force.t like so: @@ -594,12 +594,12 @@ content2 M missing_content2_content3_content4-tracked - <<<<<<< local: 443153eb5b88 - test: local\r (esc) - content4 - ||||||| base - ======= - content2 - >>>>>>> other: 9b2ccd328a08 - test: remote\r (esc) + <<<<<<< local: 0447570f1af6 - test: local + content4 + ||||||| base + ======= + content2 + >>>>>>> other: 85100b8c675b - test: remote missing_content2_content3_content4-tracked.orig: content4
Fri, 05 Dec 2014 16:45:52 -0800 largefiles: don't use 'r' action for standin that doesn't exist
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Fri, 05 Dec 2014 16:45:52 -0800] rev 23493
largefiles: don't use 'r' action for standin that doesn't exist When merging and the remote has turned a normal file into a largefile and the user chooses to keep the local largefile, we use the 'r' action for the remote largefile standin. This is wrong, since that file does not exist in the parent of the working copy. Use 'k', which does nothing but debug logging, instead.
Fri, 05 Dec 2014 16:51:37 -0800 largefiles: don't use 'r' action for normal file that doesn't exist
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Fri, 05 Dec 2014 16:51:37 -0800] rev 23492
largefiles: don't use 'r' action for normal file that doesn't exist When merging and the remote has turned a largefile into a normal file and the user chooses to keep the local largefile, we use the 'r' action for the remote normal file. This is wrong, since that file does not exist in the parent of the working copy. Use 'k', which does nothing but debug logging, instead.
Tue, 02 Dec 2014 12:23:12 -0800 rebase: handle revtodo as a special value when storing/restoring state
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 02 Dec 2014 12:23:12 -0800] rev 23491
rebase: handle revtodo as a special value when storing/restoring state Revtodo happens to share its value with nullrev, but this is an implementation details, so we move away from it. After this changeset one can successfully change the values for all the constants and the tests still pass, but doing so would require more refactoring if we want to avoid breaking backward compatibility on the state file.
Tue, 02 Dec 2014 09:46:20 -0800 rebase: add a 'revtodo' constant
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 02 Dec 2014 09:46:20 -0800] rev 23490
rebase: add a 'revtodo' constant The state mapping is using '-1' to mark revisions that have not been rebased yet. We introduce and use a constant for that purpose. This will help emphasize the fact the value means something other than nullrev.
Thu, 04 Dec 2014 07:03:02 -0800 rebase: use '>= 0' to know is a revision was rebased
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 04 Dec 2014 07:03:02 -0800] rev 23489
rebase: use '>= 0' to know is a revision was rebased The fact that the state for "not yet rebased" is -1 is an implementation details. So we change the comparisons to some semantically more correct.
Tue, 02 Dec 2014 17:35:21 -0800 patchbomb: introduce a 'patchbomb.confirm' option
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 02 Dec 2014 17:35:21 -0800] rev 23488
patchbomb: introduce a 'patchbomb.confirm' option When set to true, this option will make patchbomb always ask for confirmation before sending the email. Confirmation is a powerful way to prevent stupid mistakes when the sending patches. This should let me get rid of my global alias adding --confirm to hg email. I know that some people may get bitten when moving from a machine with confirm configured to a machine where it is not, but I think it is worth the risk.
Tue, 02 Dec 2014 17:24:52 -0800 patchbomb: add a 'patchbomb.intro' option
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 02 Dec 2014 17:24:52 -0800] rev 23487
patchbomb: add a 'patchbomb.intro' option This option allows the user to control the default behavior for including an introduction message. This avoids having to tirelessly skip the intro for people contributing to Mercurial. The three possibles values are: - always, - auto (default, current behavior), - never. I was thinking of ("true", "false", "") (empty value being auto) but I ruled it out as too confusing. This new config option reuses the pre-existing 'patchbomb' section.
Tue, 02 Dec 2014 16:51:32 -0800 patchbomb: extract 'getoutgoing' closure into its own function
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 02 Dec 2014 16:51:32 -0800] rev 23486
patchbomb: extract 'getoutgoing' closure into its own function This continues my crusade against closure complication.
Thu, 20 Nov 2014 16:27:55 -0800 perf: add a perfloadmarkers command
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 20 Nov 2014 16:27:55 -0800] rev 23485
perf: add a perfloadmarkers command It is used to benchmark the obsstore initialization time.
Wed, 19 Nov 2014 03:38:51 +0100 rebase: move base calculation from rebasenode() to defineparents()
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Wed, 19 Nov 2014 03:38:51 +0100] rev 23484
rebase: move base calculation from rebasenode() to defineparents() We want to collect all calculation in one place.
Fri, 05 Dec 2014 10:53:25 -0800 largefiles: remove redundant checks for false modify/delete conflicts
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Fri, 05 Dec 2014 10:53:25 -0800] rev 23483
largefiles: remove redundant checks for false modify/delete conflicts In a34a99181f36 (largefiles: don't show largefile/normal prompts if one side is unchanged, 2014-12-01), overridecalculateupdates() started checking for false modify/delete conflicts in large files and their standins. Then, in the very next changeset, 902554884335 (merge: before cd/dc prompt, check that changed side really changed, 2014-12-01), calculateupdates() itself started checking for false modify/delete conflicts in all files. Since "large files and their standins" is a subset of "all files", we can now drop the checks in overridecalculateupdates().
Wed, 03 Dec 2014 14:03:20 -0800 merge: make 'keep' message more descriptive
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Wed, 03 Dec 2014 14:03:20 -0800] rev 23482
merge: make 'keep' message more descriptive Most merge action messages don't describe the action itself, they describe the reason the action was taken. The only exeption is the 'k' action, for which the message is just "keep" and instead there is a code comment folling it that says "remote unchanged". Let's move that comment into the merge action message.
Thu, 04 Dec 2014 23:08:27 -0500 addremove: restore the relative path printing when files are named
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Thu, 04 Dec 2014 23:08:27 -0500] rev 23481
addremove: restore the relative path printing when files are named This fixes the previously mentioned issue with 3778884197f0, and undoes its corresponding test change. The test change demonstrates the correctness when a file is specified (i.e. the glob is required on Windows because relative paths use '\' and absolute paths use '/'). It is admittedly very subtle, but there will be a more robust test in the addremove -S v3 series.
Thu, 04 Dec 2014 23:04:55 -0500 match: introduce uipath() to properly style a file path
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Thu, 04 Dec 2014 23:04:55 -0500] rev 23480
match: introduce uipath() to properly style a file path Several methods print files relative to the repo root, unless files are named on the command line, in which case they are printed relative to cwd. Since the check relies on the 'pats' parameter, which needs to be replaced by a matcher when adding subrepo support, this logic gets folded into the matcher to tidy up the callers. Prior to 3778884197f0, this style decision was based off of whether or not the 'pats' list was empty. That change altered the check to test match.anypats() instead, in order to make paths printed consistent when -I/-X is specified. That however, changed the style when a file is given to the command. So now we test the pattern list to get the old behavior for files, as well as test -I/-X to get the consistency for patterns.
Fri, 05 Dec 2014 12:10:56 -0600 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 05 Dec 2014 12:10:56 -0600] rev 23479
merge with stable
Sun, 16 Nov 2014 23:41:44 -0800 update: don't overwrite untracked ignored files on update stable
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Sun, 16 Nov 2014 23:41:44 -0800] rev 23478
update: don't overwrite untracked ignored files on update When looking for untracked files that would conflict with a tracked file in the target revision (or the remote side of a merge), we explcitly exclude ignored files. The code was added in 7e30f5f2285f (merge: refactor unknown file conflict checking, 2012-02-09), but it seems like only unknown, not ignored, files were considered since the beginning of time. Although ignored files are mostly build outputs and backup files, we should still not overwrite them. Fix by simply removing the explicit check.
Tue, 02 Dec 2014 17:11:01 -0800 update: add tests for untracked local file stable
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Tue, 02 Dec 2014 17:11:01 -0800] rev 23477
update: add tests for untracked local file We don't seem to have any tests for updating to another revision when there are untracked files on the local side that conflict with the those on the remote side, so let's add tests. This shows how we overwrite untracked ignored files when updating to a revision that tracks the file.
Wed, 03 Dec 2014 11:02:52 -0800 merge: don't overwrite conflicting file in locally renamed directory
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Wed, 03 Dec 2014 11:02:52 -0800] rev 23476
merge: don't overwrite conflicting file in locally renamed directory When the local side has renamed a directory from a/ to b/ and added a file b/c in it, and the remote side has added a file a/c, we end up overwriting the local file b/c with the contents of remote file a/c. Add a check for this case and use the merge ('m') action in this case instead of the directory rename get ('dg') action.
Wed, 03 Dec 2014 10:56:07 -0800 merge: don't ignore conflicting file in remote renamed directory
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Wed, 03 Dec 2014 10:56:07 -0800] rev 23475
merge: don't ignore conflicting file in remote renamed directory When the remote side has renamed a directory from a/ to b/ and added a file b/c in it, and the local side has added a file a/c, we end up moving a/c to b/c without considering the remote version of b/c. Add a check for this case and use the merge ('m') action in this case instead of the directory rename ('dm') action.
Sun, 23 Nov 2014 15:08:50 -0800 merge: duplicate 'if f in copied' into each branch
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Sun, 23 Nov 2014 15:08:50 -0800] rev 23474
merge: duplicate 'if f in copied' into each branch
Sun, 23 Nov 2014 14:09:10 -0800 merge: branch code into {n1 and n2, n1, n2} top-level cases
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Sun, 23 Nov 2014 14:09:10 -0800] rev 23473
merge: branch code into {n1 and n2, n1, n2} top-level cases There are three high-level cases that are of interest in manifestmerge(): 1) The file exists on both sides, 2) The file exists only on the local side, and 3) The file exists only on the remote side. Let's make this clearer in the code. The 'if f in copied' case will be broken up into the two applicable branches in the next patch.
Tue, 02 Dec 2014 16:39:59 -0800 update: remove redundant and misplaced merge tests
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Tue, 02 Dec 2014 16:39:59 -0800] rev 23472
update: remove redundant and misplaced merge tests The "nothing to merge" case is covered by test-merge-default.t. The "uncommitted changes" case is covered by test-merge1.t (and others). The "merge -f" case is covered by test-merge-force.t.
Fri, 21 Nov 2014 13:02:45 -0800 largefiles: use clearer debug messages in actions
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Fri, 21 Nov 2014 13:02:45 -0800] rev 23471
largefiles: use clearer debug messages in actions In overridecalculateupdates(), 'g' (get) actions may be converted into other actions. In most of these cases, it does not make sense to keep the action's message. For example, 'remote created' does not make sense for an 'r' (remove) action.
Fri, 21 Nov 2014 11:44:57 -0800 largefiles: don't clobber merge action message with user message
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Fri, 21 Nov 2014 11:44:57 -0800] rev 23470
largefiles: don't clobber merge action message with user message The message in the action is used for debugging and should not be the same as the question presented to the user. Use a different variable for the user message, so the 'msg' variable already in scope does not get overwritten.
Tue, 02 Dec 2014 20:31:19 -0800 bookmarks: factor out repository lookup from writing bookmarks file
Ryan McElroy <rmcelroy@fb.com> [Tue, 02 Dec 2014 20:31:19 -0800] rev 23469
bookmarks: factor out repository lookup from writing bookmarks file This will allow the share extension to extend bookmarks functionality to share bookmarks between repositories.
Thu, 04 Dec 2014 12:02:02 -0500 parsers: ensure revlog index node tree is initialized before insertion
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Thu, 04 Dec 2014 12:02:02 -0500] rev 23468
parsers: ensure revlog index node tree is initialized before insertion Currently, the revlog index C implementation assumes its node tree will be initialized before a new element is inserted by revnum. For example, revlog.py executes 'self.index.insert(-1, e)' in _addrevision(). This is only safe because the node tree has been initialized by a "node in self.nodemap" check made in addrevision(). (For context, this was discovered while developing an experimental revlog mixin which stores "elided nodes" via a separate code path from _addrevision(); that new code path segfaults without this patch.)
Wed, 03 Dec 2014 22:56:42 +0900 revset: add 'only' to DoS-safe symbols
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Wed, 03 Dec 2014 22:56:42 +0900] rev 23467
revset: add 'only' to DoS-safe symbols There is no reason to disable it in hgweb because the same query can be written without using 'only()'.
Wed, 03 Dec 2014 22:52:54 +0900 revset: move 'only' so that functions are sorted alphabetically
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Wed, 03 Dec 2014 22:52:54 +0900] rev 23466
revset: move 'only' so that functions are sorted alphabetically
Tue, 02 Dec 2014 22:42:41 -0500 tests: drop unnecessary glob that causes a warning on Windows
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Tue, 02 Dec 2014 22:42:41 -0500] rev 23465
tests: drop unnecessary glob that causes a warning on Windows This was triggered by 3778884197f0.
Wed, 03 Dec 2014 10:01:24 -0800 merge: add test with conflicting file and remote directory rename
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Wed, 03 Dec 2014 10:01:24 -0800] rev 23464
merge: add test with conflicting file and remote directory rename Changset 88629daa727b (merge: demonstrate that directory renames can lose local file content, 2014-12-02) should clearly have added the reverse version of the test: where the remote side renamed a directory, added a new file in that directory, and the local directory added a conflicting file in the source directory. Add such a test now, and also touch up the ones already added slightly (e.g. 'local' was a stupid value for content that can be on either side of a merge).
Wed, 03 Dec 2014 15:03:29 -0800 graft: use a real conflict for the tests
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Wed, 03 Dec 2014 15:03:29 -0800] rev 23463
graft: use a real conflict for the tests One of the graft tests grafts a changeset that changes a file's content from 'a' to 'b' onto a branch that has changed the file's content from 'a', via 'b', and then back to 'a' again. To prepare for not considering this a file in need of merging, let's use 'c' as the file's new content to make sure it has to be considered conflicting. There's a second similar case further down where an ancestor is grafted. Make sure that is also considered a conflict.
Wed, 03 Dec 2014 14:33:29 -0800 add: use lexists so that broken symbolic links are added
John Coomes <john.coomes@oracle.com> [Wed, 03 Dec 2014 14:33:29 -0800] rev 23462
add: use lexists so that broken symbolic links are added This restores the add behavior prior to d8cdd46f426d and matches the behavior of addremove.
Tue, 02 Dec 2014 05:12:59 +0100 rebase: avoid redundant repo[rev].rev() - just keep working in rev space
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Tue, 02 Dec 2014 05:12:59 +0100] rev 23461
rebase: avoid redundant repo[rev].rev() - just keep working in rev space
Tue, 02 Dec 2014 05:12:59 +0100 rebase: always store rev in state, also when collapsing
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Tue, 02 Dec 2014 05:12:59 +0100] rev 23460
rebase: always store rev in state, also when collapsing
Tue, 02 Dec 2014 05:12:53 +0100 rebase: clarify naming of variables holding node hashes - don't call them rev
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Tue, 02 Dec 2014 05:12:53 +0100] rev 23459
rebase: clarify naming of variables holding node hashes - don't call them rev
Thu, 27 Nov 2014 00:24:25 -0800 bookmarks: factor out bookmark file opening for easier extensibility
Ryan McElroy <rmcelroy@fb.com> [Thu, 27 Nov 2014 00:24:25 -0800] rev 23458
bookmarks: factor out bookmark file opening for easier extensibility
Tue, 02 Dec 2014 17:19:20 -0600 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 02 Dec 2014 17:19:20 -0600] rev 23457
merge with stable
Tue, 18 Nov 2014 22:18:05 -0800 diff: explicitly honor all diffopts
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 18 Nov 2014 22:18:05 -0800] rev 23456
diff: explicitly honor all diffopts 'hg diff' should naturally honor all diffopts.
Tue, 18 Nov 2014 22:16:46 -0800 annotate: explicitly only honor whitespace diffopts
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 18 Nov 2014 22:16:46 -0800] rev 23455
annotate: explicitly only honor whitespace diffopts The whitespace ones are the only ones the annotate logic cares about anyway, so there's no visible impact.
Tue, 18 Nov 2014 21:47:47 -0800 notify: explicitly honor all diffopts
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 18 Nov 2014 21:47:47 -0800] rev 23454
notify: explicitly honor all diffopts The notify output doesn't seem to be parseable anyway, what with the maxdiff config option. Plus it is designed mainly for servers where hopefully the admins are doing sensible things.
Tue, 18 Nov 2014 22:13:05 -0800 jsonchangeset: don't honor whitespace and format-changing diffopts
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 18 Nov 2014 22:13:05 -0800] rev 23453
jsonchangeset: don't honor whitespace and format-changing diffopts JSON is meant to be parsed by computers, and format changes can break them.
Tue, 18 Nov 2014 21:49:05 -0800 transplant: don't honor whitespace and format-changing diffopts
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 18 Nov 2014 21:49:05 -0800] rev 23452
transplant: don't honor whitespace and format-changing diffopts transplant uses diff purely internally.
Tue, 18 Nov 2014 21:38:19 -0800 hgk: don't honor whitespace and format-changing diffopts
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 18 Nov 2014 21:38:19 -0800] rev 23451
hgk: don't honor whitespace and format-changing diffopts The diff-tree command is a plumbing command in Git, which means it is expected to have a stable output format. Ensure that our output is stable too.
Tue, 18 Nov 2014 17:36:24 -0800 patchbomb: don't honor whitespace and format-changing diffopts (BC)
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 18 Nov 2014 17:36:24 -0800] rev 23450
patchbomb: don't honor whitespace and format-changing diffopts (BC) The whitespace diffopts break lossless transmission, and the format-changing ones make import harder. We expect parsers to be able to read git-style diffs, though.
Wed, 26 Nov 2014 11:45:21 -0800 merge: add more thorough tests for --force
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Wed, 26 Nov 2014 11:45:21 -0800] rev 23449
merge: add more thorough tests for --force With generate-working-copy-states.py generalized to support arbitrarily many changesets, we can use it for generating test cases for merge: use one changeset each for base, remote and local. With the various working copy states, this is a total of 104 cases. The first candidate for additional testing is 'hg merge --force'. Even though the force option is deprecated, it is convenient for testing because it can be tested without first needing to revert any changes. Except for the lack of checking for uncommitted changes, it differs in only a few cases from unforced merge. The new tests cover all the cases in the existing test-merge-force.t, except for the unforced merge case, which is covered in several other files anyway, so nothing remains of the file after this patch.
Wed, 26 Nov 2014 10:25:27 -0800 merge: display modify/delete conflict prompts in sorted order
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Wed, 26 Nov 2014 10:25:27 -0800] rev 23448
merge: display modify/delete conflict prompts in sorted order The order is determined by manifest.diff(), which currently is not sorted. There are currently no tests for this, but we will soon add some that would be flaky without this patch.
Sun, 09 Nov 2014 00:10:29 -0800 generate-working-copy-states: accept depth arguments on command line
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Sun, 09 Nov 2014 00:10:29 -0800] rev 23447
generate-working-copy-states: accept depth arguments on command line Add a parameter to generate-working-copy-states.py that indicates how many changesets are wanted. This number impacts all the subcommands. The current 'filelist' subcommand becomes 'filelist 2', the current 'base' and 'parent' subcommands become 'state 2 1' and 'state 2 2' respectively, while 'wc' becomes 'state 2 wc'. See earlier patch for motivation.
Sat, 08 Nov 2014 23:37:54 -0800 generate-working-copy-states: generalize for depth
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Sat, 08 Nov 2014 23:37:54 -0800] rev 23446
generate-working-copy-states: generalize for depth The script can currently generate filenames and contents for exactly two changesets plus the working copy. For some tests (e.g. of plain dirstate status), only one changeset is needed, while for others (e.g. merge), three changesets are needed. Let's prepare for such tests by generalizing the code for any number of changesets.
Sat, 29 Nov 2014 14:39:33 -0800 generate-working-copy-states: make 'tracked' a string
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Sat, 29 Nov 2014 14:39:33 -0800] rev 23445
generate-working-copy-states: make 'tracked' a string The only places the 'tracked' variable is only used is where it's converted to a string, so let's simplify by using the string value directly.
Tue, 02 Dec 2014 13:28:07 -0800 merge: demonstrate that directory renames can lose local file content
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Tue, 02 Dec 2014 13:28:07 -0800] rev 23444
merge: demonstrate that directory renames can lose local file content When a directory has been renamed on the local branch and a file has been added in the old location on a remote branch, we move that new file to the new location. Unfortunately, if there is already a file there, we overwrite it with the contents from the remote branch. For untracked local files, we should probably abort, and for tracked local files, we should merge the contents. To start with, let's add a test to demonstrate the breakage. Also note that while files merged in from a remote branch are normally (and unintuitively) reported as modified, these files are reported as added.
Fri, 28 Nov 2014 03:09:19 +0100 mq: drop updateheader - inserthgheader and insertplainheader is enough
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 28 Nov 2014 03:09:19 +0100] rev 23443
mq: drop updateheader - inserthgheader and insertplainheader is enough
Fri, 28 Nov 2014 03:09:06 +0100 mq: smarter handling of plain headers
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 28 Nov 2014 03:09:06 +0100] rev 23442
mq: smarter handling of plain headers 6333412245ec and 5ccced6eab0b fixed issue4453 with a simple insertplainheader function that fixed the regression but didn't make the implementation more stable. Now we introduce plain header handling similar to how we handle hg patches. The whole header is scanned for fields to update while determining the best position for inserting the field if it is missing. It also makes sure there is an empty line between headers and body.
Sun, 30 Nov 2014 23:30:31 -0500 largefiles: drop the override for 'fetch'
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sun, 30 Nov 2014 23:30:31 -0500] rev 23441
largefiles: drop the override for 'fetch' The fetch extension has been calling cmdutil.bailifchanged() since a014fdc97154, so this is redundant. Add test coverage to prevent regression. It doesn't look like there is any testing for fetch with largefiles.
Tue, 02 Dec 2014 11:06:38 -0800 rebase: ignore negative state when updating back to original wc parent stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 02 Dec 2014 11:06:38 -0800] rev 23440
rebase: ignore negative state when updating back to original wc parent The state mapping also contains some magic negative values (detached parent, ignored revision). Blindly reading the state thus lead to unfortunate usage of the negative value as an update destination. We now filter them out. We do a minor alteration of the test to catch this.
Fri, 21 Nov 2014 15:50:38 -0800 bundle2-push: provide transaction to reply unbundler
Eric Sumner <ericsumner@fb.com> [Fri, 21 Nov 2014 15:50:38 -0800] rev 23439
bundle2-push: provide transaction to reply unbundler This patch series is intended to allow bundle2 push reply part handlers to make changes to the local repository; it has been developed in parallel with an extension that allows the server to rebase incoming changesets while applying them. This diff adds an experimental config option "bundle2.pushback" which provides a transaction to the reply unbundler during a push operation. This behavior is opt-in because of potential security issues: the response can contain any part type that has a handler defined, allowing the server to make arbitrary changes to the local repository.
Mon, 24 Nov 2014 16:04:44 -0800 bundle2.processbundle: let callers request default behavior
Eric Sumner <ericsumner@fb.com> [Mon, 24 Nov 2014 16:04:44 -0800] rev 23438
bundle2.processbundle: let callers request default behavior This patch series is intended to allow bundle2 push reply part handlers to make changes to the local repository; it has been developed in parallel with an extension that allows the server to rebase incoming changesets while applying them. The default transaction getter for processbundle is a private function that raises an exception; this diff lets calling code pass None as the transaction getter to explicitly request this default behavior. The next diff will check a config option to determine whether to provide a transaction to the reply bundle processor. If one shouldn't be provided, the code needs a way to specify that the default behavior should be used.
Fri, 21 Nov 2014 15:06:38 -0800 push: elevate phase transaction to cover entire operation
Eric Sumner <ericsumner@fb.com> [Fri, 21 Nov 2014 15:06:38 -0800] rev 23437
push: elevate phase transaction to cover entire operation This patch series is intended to allow bundle2 push reply part handlers to make changes to the local repository; it has been developed in parallel with an extension that allows the server to rebase incoming changesets while applying them. Most pushes already open a transaction in order to sync phase information. This diff replaces that transaction with one that spans the entire push operation. This transaction will be used in a later patch to guard repository changes made during the reply handler.
Fri, 21 Nov 2014 14:32:57 -0800 pull: extract transaction logic into separate object
Eric Sumner <ericsumner@fb.com> [Fri, 21 Nov 2014 14:32:57 -0800] rev 23436
pull: extract transaction logic into separate object This patch series is intended to allow bundle2 push reply part handlers to make changes to the local repository; it has been developed in parallel with an extension that allows the server to rebase incoming changesets while applying them. Aside from the transaction logic, the pulloperation class is used primarily as a logic-free data structure for storing state information. This diff extracts the transaction logic into its own class that can be shared with push operations.
Tue, 18 Nov 2014 20:00:37 -0800 record: don't honor format-changing diffopts (issue4459)
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 18 Nov 2014 20:00:37 -0800] rev 23435
record: don't honor format-changing diffopts (issue4459) record does support the whitespace options, so honor those. In upcoming patches we'll replace all the other uses.
Tue, 18 Nov 2014 17:22:03 -0800 patch.difffeatureopts: add a feature for format-changing diffopts
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 18 Nov 2014 17:22:03 -0800] rev 23434
patch.difffeatureopts: add a feature for format-changing diffopts Typically, callers that are interested in this set are also interested in the others. We still add it as a first-class flag for convenience.
Tue, 18 Nov 2014 17:09:26 -0800 patch.difffeatureopts: add a feature for whitespace diffopts
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 18 Nov 2014 17:09:26 -0800] rev 23433
patch.difffeatureopts: add a feature for whitespace diffopts These aren't exactly format-breaking features -- just ones for which patches applied to a repo will produce incorrect commits, In any case, some commands like record and annotate only care about this feature.
Tue, 18 Nov 2014 17:10:14 -0800 patch.difffeatureopts: add a feature for diff.git
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 18 Nov 2014 17:10:14 -0800] rev 23432
patch.difffeatureopts: add a feature for diff.git This deserves to be its own feature -- indeed, this is often the only feature several commands care about.
Tue, 18 Nov 2014 21:43:38 -0800 patch: rename diffopts to diffallopts
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 18 Nov 2014 21:43:38 -0800] rev 23431
patch: rename diffopts to diffallopts This is meant to be used when all features are explicitly requested. diffopts is kept as an alias for now -- it will go away soon.
Tue, 18 Nov 2014 16:53:22 -0800 patch: add a new function to initialize diffopts by feature
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 18 Nov 2014 16:53:22 -0800] rev 23430
patch: add a new function to initialize diffopts by feature Not all callers are interested in all diffopts -- for example, commands like record (which use diff internally) break when diffopts like noprefix are enabled. This function will allow us to add flags that callers can use to enable only the features they're interested in.
Tue, 18 Nov 2014 16:00:54 -0800 patch.diffopts: use a dict for initialization
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 18 Nov 2014 16:00:54 -0800] rev 23429
patch.diffopts: use a dict for initialization In upcoming patches we'll conditionally add to and remove from the dict.
Fri, 21 Nov 2014 22:24:45 -0500 largefiles: split the creation of a normal matcher out of its install method
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Fri, 21 Nov 2014 22:24:45 -0500] rev 23428
largefiles: split the creation of a normal matcher out of its install method Refactoring addremove to support subrepos will need the ability to keep passing the same matcher and narrowing it, instead of monkey patching scmutil's matcher.
Mon, 01 Dec 2014 21:48:32 -0800 addremove: print relative paths when called with -I/-X (BC)
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Mon, 01 Dec 2014 21:48:32 -0800] rev 23427
addremove: print relative paths when called with -I/-X (BC) For "hg addremove 'glob:*.py'", we print any paths added or removed as relative to the current directory, but when "hg addremove -I 'glob:*.py'" is used, we use the absolute path (relative from the repo root). It seems like they should be the same, so change it so we use relative paths in both cases. Continue to use absolute paths when no patterns are given.
Mon, 01 Dec 2014 19:34:11 -0600 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 01 Dec 2014 19:34:11 -0600] rev 23426
merge with stable
Mon, 01 Dec 2014 18:51:10 -0600 merge with i18n stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 01 Dec 2014 18:51:10 -0600] rev 23425
merge with i18n
Mon, 01 Dec 2014 11:21:30 -0200 i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with 3bd577a3283e stable
Wagner Bruna <wbruna@softwareexpress.com.br> [Mon, 01 Dec 2014 11:21:30 -0200] rev 23424
i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with 3bd577a3283e
Sat, 29 Nov 2014 14:32:12 +0900 i18n-ja: synchronized with edf29f9c15f0 stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 29 Nov 2014 14:32:12 +0900] rev 23423
i18n-ja: synchronized with edf29f9c15f0
Mon, 01 Dec 2014 18:39:19 -0600 Added signature for changeset 902554884335 stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 01 Dec 2014 18:39:19 -0600] rev 23422
Added signature for changeset 902554884335
Mon, 01 Dec 2014 18:39:14 -0600 Added tag 3.2.2 for changeset 902554884335 stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 01 Dec 2014 18:39:14 -0600] rev 23421
Added tag 3.2.2 for changeset 902554884335
Mon, 01 Dec 2014 02:30:21 +0100 merge: before cd/dc prompt, check that changed side really changed stable 3.2.2
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Mon, 01 Dec 2014 02:30:21 +0100] rev 23420
merge: before cd/dc prompt, check that changed side really changed Before, merging would in some cases ask "wrong" questions about "changed/deleted" conflicts ... and even do it before the resolve phase where they can be postponed, re"resolved" or answered in bulk operations. Instead, check that the content of the changed file really did change. Reading and comparing file content is expensive and should be avoided before the resolve phase. Prompting the user is however even more expensive. Checking the content here is thus better. The 'f in ancestors[0]' should not be necessary but is included to be extra safe.
Mon, 01 Dec 2014 02:11:29 +0100 largefiles: don't show largefile/normal prompts if one side is unchanged stable
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Mon, 01 Dec 2014 02:11:29 +0100] rev 23419
largefiles: don't show largefile/normal prompts if one side is unchanged
Mon, 01 Dec 2014 02:11:17 +0100 tests: add test-issue3084.t cases for 'changed but same' as for 'unchanged' stable
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Mon, 01 Dec 2014 02:11:17 +0100] rev 23418
tests: add test-issue3084.t cases for 'changed but same' as for 'unchanged' Use suffix -same for cases where file changed but content is the same - that is the case where manifestmerge doesn't detect that a file is unchanged. (The suffix -id is already used for cases where the file didn't change - that is the trivial case where manifestmerge detects that the file is unchanged.) These new tests are good but the results are bad. There shouldn't be any merge conflicts or prompts when one side didn't change.
Mon, 01 Dec 2014 02:10:57 +0100 tests: clean-up of largefiles tests in test-issue3084.t stable
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Mon, 01 Dec 2014 02:10:57 +0100] rev 23417
tests: clean-up of largefiles tests in test-issue3084.t Prepare for adding more test cases to the systematic testing, moving the test from ac3b3a2d976d to another section.
Sat, 29 Nov 2014 19:17:47 -0800 pushkey: gracefully handle prepushkey hook failure (issue4455) stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 29 Nov 2014 19:17:47 -0800] rev 23416
pushkey: gracefully handle prepushkey hook failure (issue4455) This allow to gracefully report the failure of the bookmark push and carry on. Before this change set. Local push would plain quit and wireprotocol would failed in various ungraceful way.
Sat, 29 Nov 2014 19:13:35 -0800 hook: raise a more specialized HookAbort exception when a hook fails stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 29 Nov 2014 19:13:35 -0800] rev 23415
hook: raise a more specialized HookAbort exception when a hook fails We need to gracefully handle some aborts for pushkey, especially because it leads to a user-facing crash over the wireprotocols. So we need a more specialized exception to catch.
Mon, 01 Dec 2014 15:04:34 -0600 help: fix typo in files help stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 01 Dec 2014 15:04:34 -0600] rev 23414
help: fix typo in files help
Mon, 01 Dec 2014 05:18:12 -0800 revset: fix first and last for generatorset (issue4465) stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 01 Dec 2014 05:18:12 -0800] rev 23413
revset: fix first and last for generatorset (issue4465) The code was just plain wrong.
Fri, 28 Nov 2014 02:57:33 +0100 mq: fix update of headers that occur in the "wrong" order stable
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 28 Nov 2014 02:57:33 +0100] rev 23412
mq: fix update of headers that occur in the "wrong" order Mq tried to insert headers in the right order. Sometimes it would stop searching before checking all headers and it could thus duplicate a header instead of replacing it.
Fri, 28 Nov 2014 20:16:15 +0100 subrepo: add status support for ignored files in git subrepos
Mathias De Maré <mathias.demare@gmail.com> [Fri, 28 Nov 2014 20:16:15 +0100] rev 23411
subrepo: add status support for ignored files in git subrepos Retrieving the status of a git subrepo did not show ignored files. Using 'git ls-files', we can retrieve these files and display the correct status.
Wed, 26 Nov 2014 15:37:01 -0800 manifest: document the extra letter in working copy manifest node
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 26 Nov 2014 15:37:01 -0800] rev 23410
manifest: document the extra letter in working copy manifest node As the second developer to get confused by this in November, I'm adding some documentation for the next poor soul.
Fri, 28 Nov 2014 10:59:02 -0800 hgweb: send proper HTTP response after uncaught exception stable
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Fri, 28 Nov 2014 10:59:02 -0800] rev 23409
hgweb: send proper HTTP response after uncaught exception This patch fixes a bug where hgweb would send an incomplete HTTP response. If an uncaught exception is raised when hgweb is processing a request, hgweb attempts to send a generic error response and log that exception. The server defaults to chunked transfer coding. If an uncaught exception occurred, it was sending the error response string / chunk properly. However, RFC 7230 Section 4.1 mandates a 0 size last chunk be sent to indicate end of the entity body. hgweb was failing to send this last chunk. As a result, properly written HTTP clients would assume more data was coming and they would likely time out waiting for another chunk to arrive. Mercurial's own test harness was paving over the improper HTTP behavior by not attempting to read the response body if the status code was 500. This incorrect workaround was added in ba6577a19656 and has been removed with this patch.
Sun, 30 Nov 2014 20:06:53 +0100 tests: test rebase of merge of target ancestors
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 30 Nov 2014 20:06:53 +0100] rev 23408
tests: test rebase of merge of target ancestors
Sun, 30 Nov 2014 19:36:03 +0100 tests: test coverage of parent order with p1 outside rebase set
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 30 Nov 2014 19:36:03 +0100] rev 23407
tests: test coverage of parent order with p1 outside rebase set
Sun, 30 Nov 2014 19:35:54 +0100 tests: add test for rebasing merges with ancestors of the rebase destination
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 30 Nov 2014 19:35:54 +0100] rev 23406
tests: add test for rebasing merges with ancestors of the rebase destination This shows sub-optimal behaviour. The user gets a merge prompt that it is very hard to justify.
Sun, 30 Nov 2014 19:26:53 +0100 merge: 0 is a valid ancestor different from None
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 30 Nov 2014 19:26:53 +0100] rev 23405
merge: 0 is a valid ancestor different from None Most internal functions can take either a hash or an integer. Merge did however not handle 0 as revision 0. Now it does.
Thu, 27 Nov 2014 12:25:01 -0600 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 27 Nov 2014 12:25:01 -0600] rev 23404
merge with stable
Tue, 25 Nov 2014 19:40:54 -0800 revert: look for copy information for all local modifications stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 25 Nov 2014 19:40:54 -0800] rev 23403
revert: look for copy information for all local modifications Renaming a file over an existing one marks the file as modified. So we track rename source in modified file too.
Mon, 24 Nov 2014 18:42:56 -0800 rename: properly report removed and added file as modified (issue4458) stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 24 Nov 2014 18:42:56 -0800] rev 23402
rename: properly report removed and added file as modified (issue4458) The result of 'hg rm' + 'hg rename' disagreed with the one from 'hg rename --force'. We align them on 'hg move --force' because it agrees with what 'hg status' says after the commit. Stopping reporting a modified file as added puts an end to the hg revert confusion in this situation (issue4458). However, reporting the file as modified also prevents revert from restoring the copy source. We fix this in a later changeset. Git diff also stop reporting the add in the middle of the chain as add. Not sure how important (and even wrong) it is.
Wed, 26 Nov 2014 14:54:16 -0800 manifest: fix a bug where working copy file 'add' mark was buggy stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 26 Nov 2014 14:54:16 -0800] rev 23401
manifest: fix a bug where working copy file 'add' mark was buggy Because the same dictionary was used to (1) get node from parent and (2) store annotated version, we could end up with buggy values. For example with a chain of renames: $ hg mv b c $ hg mv a b The value from 'b' would be updated as "<old-a>a", then the value of c would be updated as "<old-b>a'. With the current dictionary sharing this ends up with: '<new-c>' == '<old-a>aa' This value is double-wrong as we should use '<old-b>' and a single 'a'. We now use a read-only value for lookup. The 'test-rename.t' test is impacted because such a chained added file is suddenly detected as such.
Wed, 26 Nov 2014 17:22:09 +0300 merge: be precise about what merged into what in short desc stable
anatoly techtonik <techtonik@gmail.com> [Wed, 26 Nov 2014 17:22:09 +0300] rev 23400
merge: be precise about what merged into what in short desc
Tue, 11 Nov 2014 20:32:10 -0800 docker: add Docker files for running an Apache mod_wsgi server
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Tue, 11 Nov 2014 20:32:10 -0800] rev 23399
docker: add Docker files for running an Apache mod_wsgi server I frequently find myself wanting to run hgweb in a production-like environment, with a real HTTP server and multiple WSGI workers. This patch introduces a Docker environment for running Mercurial under Apache + mod_wsgi. With just a few command executions, it is possible to spin up a Docker container running hgweb. The container is tailored for Mercurial developers wanting to run Mercurial from a source checkout. It is **not** meant to be something suitable for production use. The container provides a default hgweb environment with an empty repository that allows pushes. You can thus start a container and push your favorite repository there for quick testing. The container is designed to allow customizations. Users can provide their own hgweb configurations and mount existing directories containing repositories into the container. The behavior of the container and how to control things is documented in the README.rst file.
Mon, 24 Nov 2014 16:17:02 -0800 merge: use None as filename for base in 'both created' conflicts
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Mon, 24 Nov 2014 16:17:02 -0800] rev 23398
merge: use None as filename for base in 'both created' conflicts Instead of using a file that we know is not in the common ancestor's maniffest, let's use None. This is safe as the only place that cares about the value (applyupdates) already checks if the item exists in the ancestor.
Mon, 24 Nov 2014 16:42:36 -0800 merge: break out "both renamed a -> b" case
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Mon, 24 Nov 2014 16:42:36 -0800] rev 23397
merge: break out "both renamed a -> b" case We can further limit the scope of the 2-way merge case by breaking out the case where the file was not created from scratch on both sides but rather renamed in the same way (and is therefore a 3-way merge). This involves copying some code, but it makes it clearer which case the "Note:" in the code refers to.
Mon, 24 Nov 2014 16:16:34 -0800 merge: separate out "both created" cases
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Mon, 24 Nov 2014 16:16:34 -0800] rev 23396
merge: separate out "both created" cases When 'f' is not in 'ma', 'a' will be 'nullid' and all the if/elif conditions that check whether some one nodeid is equal to 'a' will fail, and the else-clause will instead apply. We can make that more explicit by creating a separate 'm' action for the case where 'a' is 'nullid'. While it does mean copying some code, perhaps it makes it a little clearer which codepaths are possible, and which cases the "Note:" in the code refers to. It also lets us make the debug action messages a little more specific.
Mon, 24 Nov 2014 16:11:22 -0800 merge: indent to prepare for next patch
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Mon, 24 Nov 2014 16:11:22 -0800] rev 23395
merge: indent to prepare for next patch
Tue, 25 Nov 2014 17:30:05 -0600 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 25 Nov 2014 17:30:05 -0600] rev 23394
merge with stable
Tue, 25 Nov 2014 02:31:52 -0600 factotum: convert Plan 9 quoted string to Python string
David Eckhardt <David.Eckhardt@cs.cmu.edu> [Tue, 25 Nov 2014 02:31:52 -0600] rev 23393
factotum: convert Plan 9 quoted string to Python string
Tue, 25 Nov 2014 02:27:31 -0600 plan9: setup check for current python build
Jeff Sickel <jas@corpus-callosum.com> [Tue, 25 Nov 2014 02:27:31 -0600] rev 23392
plan9: setup check for current python build
Wed, 19 Nov 2014 22:27:55 -0500 add: check for the existence of a file matched inexactly before adding it
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Wed, 19 Nov 2014 22:27:55 -0500] rev 23391
add: check for the existence of a file matched inexactly before adding it The change in 10697f29af2b created a problem on Windows and OS X: --- /usr/local/mercurial/tests/test-issue660.t +++ /usr/local/mercurial/tests/test-issue660.t.err @@ -47,6 +47,8 @@ Should succeed - shadow removed: $ hg add b + adding b/b + b/b does not exist! Prior to the failing 'hg add', the file 'b/b' was added and committed, then 'b' was recursively deleted from the filesystem, file 'b' was created and the delete was recorded with 'hg rm --after'. This add is attempting to record the existence of file 'b'. A filesystem that is not case sensitive prevents dirstate.walk() from skipping its step 3, and step 3 has the effect of inserting removed files into the walk list. The Linux code doesn't run through step 3, and didn't exhibit the problem. It's not clear why a non case sensitive filesystem triggers step 3, given that the path normalization occurs in step 2. Prior to 10697f29af2b, part of the check here was 'f not in repo.dirstate' instead of 'f not in wctx'. Files in the 'r' state are filtered out of context.__contains__() but not dirstate.__contains__(). Therefore the removed file name wasn't added to the list of files to add when checking against dirstate. That change was to allow removed files to be readded, but adding a file that doesn't exist is nonsensical. If the user specifies a missing file, it will be an exact match and will still fail.
Thu, 20 Nov 2014 22:33:40 -0500 tests: choose the proper environment variable style for the platform
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Thu, 20 Nov 2014 22:33:40 -0500] rev 23390
tests: choose the proper environment variable style for the platform Windows was printing out 'commit $HG_NODE' instead of the actual hash.
Thu, 20 Nov 2014 20:07:34 -0500 tests: fix another multi-statement hook for Windows
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Thu, 20 Nov 2014 20:07:34 -0500] rev 23389
tests: fix another multi-statement hook for Windows The double quotes are necessary, otherwise it tries to pipe into a program named 'short'. An '&' could serve as a command separator on Windows instead of ';', but I don't see any obvious way to swap these depending on the platform. In this case though, there really wasn't a need for multiple statements.
Wed, 19 Nov 2014 23:41:40 -0500 run-tests: set a default largefiles usercache in the default hgrc file
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Wed, 19 Nov 2014 23:41:40 -0500] rev 23388
run-tests: set a default largefiles usercache in the default hgrc file This fixes a test failure introduced in 4be754832829 on Windows and OS X, where the cached largefile wasn't being deleted because the named .cache directory didn't exist. It only existed on Linux because the test suite sets $HOME to the directory of the test being run, and Linux uses $HOME/.cache by default. Most of the other largefiles tests explicitly set this value at the top of their scripts, but test-largefiles-update.t didn't pick that up when it was created. Those scripts that do set a value will override this. We could just set the parameter in the test-largefiles-update.t script, but there are a few other non obvious tests that exercise largefiles too. These largefiles end up being cached in the user's real cache, so proper hygiene dictates that this not be left to each individual test script.
Mon, 24 Nov 2014 09:50:27 -0800 merge: remove obsolete check for untracked files in 'dm' action
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Mon, 24 Nov 2014 09:50:27 -0800] rev 23387
merge: remove obsolete check for untracked files in 'dm' action Since 0776a6cababe (merge: don't use unknown(), 2012-02-09), untracked files are no longer included in the manifest diff, so there is no need to check exclude them when renaming files for directory moves with the 'dm' action.
Sun, 23 Nov 2014 23:10:34 -0800 merge: remove dead assignment in applyupdates()
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Sun, 23 Nov 2014 23:10:34 -0800] rev 23386
merge: remove dead assignment in applyupdates()
Fri, 21 Nov 2014 13:06:04 -0800 merge: move calculateupdates() before applyupdated()
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Fri, 21 Nov 2014 13:06:04 -0800] rev 23385
merge: move calculateupdates() before applyupdated() calculateupdates() happens before applyupdates(), so move it before in the code. That also moves it close to manifestmerge(), which is a good location as calculateupdates() is the only caller of manifestmerge().
Mon, 24 Nov 2014 11:28:46 -0800 merge: remove unused variables from _checkcollision()
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Mon, 24 Nov 2014 11:28:46 -0800] rev 23384
merge: remove unused variables from _checkcollision()
Tue, 25 Nov 2014 18:37:28 +0900 largefiles: avoid exec-bit examination on the platform being unaware of it stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Tue, 25 Nov 2014 18:37:28 +0900] rev 23383
largefiles: avoid exec-bit examination on the platform being unaware of it Changeset 24600c9d7f4e introduced the examination of exec bit of largefiles in "hg status --rev REV" case, but it doesn't avoid it on the platform being unaware of exec-bit (e.g. on NTFS of Windows).
Sat, 22 Nov 2014 17:09:04 -0600 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sat, 22 Nov 2014 17:09:04 -0600] rev 23382
merge with stable
Thu, 20 Nov 2014 16:30:57 -0800 changegroup: fix file linkrevs during reorders (issue4462) stable
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Thu, 20 Nov 2014 16:30:57 -0800] rev 23381
changegroup: fix file linkrevs during reorders (issue4462) Previously, if reorder was true during the creation of a changegroup bundle, it was possible that the manifest and filelogs would be reordered such that the resulting bundle filelog had a linkrev that pointed to a commit that was not the earliest instance of the filelog revision. For example: With commits: 0<-1<---3<-4 \ / --2<--- if 2 and 3 added the same version of a file, if the manifests of 2 and 3 have their order reversed, but the changelog did not, it could produce a filelog with linkrevs 0<-3 instead of 0<-2, which meant if commit 3 was stripped, it would delete that file data from the repository and commit 2 would be corrupt (as would any future pulls that tried to build upon that version of the file). The fix is to make the linkrev fixup smarter. Previously it considered the first manifest that added a file to be the first commit that added that file, which is not true. Now, for every file revision we add to the bundle we make sure we attach it to the earliest applicable linkrev.
Thu, 20 Nov 2014 16:39:32 -0800 merge: consistently use single quotes for non-user-facing strings
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Thu, 20 Nov 2014 16:39:32 -0800] rev 23380
merge: consistently use single quotes for non-user-facing strings Because I'm getting tired of searching for both 'O' and "O".
Thu, 13 Nov 2014 11:12:47 +0000 localrepo: add a currenttransaction method
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 13 Nov 2014 11:12:47 +0000] rev 23379
localrepo: add a currenttransaction method This method returnx the current transaction or None: it will allow a cache writer to hook in an existing transaction.
Thu, 13 Nov 2014 11:11:17 +0000 repoview: extract actual hidden cache writing in its own function
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 13 Nov 2014 11:11:17 +0000] rev 23378
repoview: extract actual hidden cache writing in its own function This will allow the generation of this cache within the transaction. Relying on the transaction will reduce the chance of reader seeing bad cache.
Fri, 21 Nov 2014 13:58:49 +0800 templates: fix broken "less" & "more" links in paper style (issue4460) stable
Anton Shestakov <engored@ya.ru> [Fri, 21 Nov 2014 13:58:49 +0800] rev 23377
templates: fix broken "less" & "more" links in paper style (issue4460) "/search", which is an invalid command in hgweb, was mistakenly used for "[show] more [revsets]" and "[show] less [revsets]" links on search page in templates "paper" (and those which inherit paper, such as coal) before and worked fine until 6e1fbcb18a75, which made hgweb more strict about invalid commands.
Wed, 19 Nov 2014 01:36:17 +0000 push: stop independent usage of bundle2 in syncphase (issue4454) stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 19 Nov 2014 01:36:17 +0000] rev 23376
push: stop independent usage of bundle2 in syncphase (issue4454) The phase-syncing code was using bundle2 if the remote supported it. It was doing so without regard to bundle2 activation on the client. Moreover, the phase push is now properly included in the unified bundle2 push, so having extra code in syncphase should be useless. If the remote is bundle2-enabled, the phases should already be synced. The buggy verification code was leading to a crash when a 3.2 client was pushing to a 3.1 server. The real bundle2 path detected that their versions were incompatible, but the syncphase code failed to, sending an incompatible bundle2 to the server. We drop the useless and buggy code as a result. The "else" clause is de-indented in the process.
Wed, 19 Nov 2014 23:15:07 -0800 dirstate: speed up repeated missing directory checks
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Wed, 19 Nov 2014 23:15:07 -0800] rev 23375
dirstate: speed up repeated missing directory checks In a mozilla repo with tip at bb3ff09f52fe, hg update tip~1000 && time hg revert -nq -r tip . displays ~4:20 minutes. With tip~100, it runs in ~11 s. With revision 100000, it did not finish in 12 minutes. Revert calls dirstate.status() with a matcher that matches each file in the target revision. The main problem [1] lies in dirstate._walkexplicit(), which looks for matching deleted directories by checking whether each path is prefix of any path in the dirstate. With m files in the dirstate and n files in the target revision that are not in the dirstate, this is clearly O(m*n). Let's improve by keeping a lazily initialized set of all the directories in the dirstate, so the time becomes O(m+n). After this patch, the 4:20 minutes become 5.5 s, while for a single missing path, it slows down from 1.092 s to 1.150 s (best of 4). The >12 min case becomes 5.8 s. [1] A narrower optimization would be to make revert take the fast path for '.' and '--all'.
Wed, 19 Nov 2014 17:07:27 -0800 revert: access status fields by name rather than index
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Wed, 19 Nov 2014 17:07:27 -0800] rev 23374
revert: access status fields by name rather than index For better readability.
Wed, 19 Nov 2014 18:35:14 +0900 subrepo: remove "_getstorehashcachepath" referred by no other code paths
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 19 Nov 2014 18:35:14 +0900] rev 23373
subrepo: remove "_getstorehashcachepath" referred by no other code paths
Wed, 19 Nov 2014 18:35:14 +0900 subrepo: replace direct file APIs around "writelines" by "vfs.writelines"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 19 Nov 2014 18:35:14 +0900] rev 23372
subrepo: replace direct file APIs around "writelines" by "vfs.writelines" This patch also replaces "self._getstorehashcachepath" (building absolute path up) by "self._getstorehashcachename" (building relative path up), because "vfs.writelines" requires relative path.
Wed, 19 Nov 2014 18:35:14 +0900 vfs: add "writelines"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 19 Nov 2014 18:35:14 +0900] rev 23371
vfs: add "writelines" This patch allows "writelines" to take "mode" and "notindexed" arguments, because subsequent patch for subrepo requires both.
Wed, 19 Nov 2014 18:35:14 +0900 vfs: add "notindexed" argument to invoke "ensuredir" with it in write mode
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 19 Nov 2014 18:35:14 +0900] rev 23370
vfs: add "notindexed" argument to invoke "ensuredir" with it in write mode This patch uses "False" as default value of "notindexed" argument, even though "vfs.makedir()" uses "True" for it, because "os.mkdir()" doesn't set "_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NOT_CONTENT_INDEXED" attribute to newly created directories.
Wed, 19 Nov 2014 18:35:14 +0900 subrepo: replace direct file APIs around "readlines" by "vfs.tryreadlines"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 19 Nov 2014 18:35:14 +0900] rev 23369
subrepo: replace direct file APIs around "readlines" by "vfs.tryreadlines" This patch also replaces "self._getstorehashcachepath" (building absolute path up) by "self._getstorehashcachename" (building relative path up), because "vfs.tryreadlines" requires relative path. This patch makes "_readstorehashcache()" return "[]" (returned by "vfs.tryreadlines()"), when cache file doesn't exist, even though "_readstorehashcache()" returned '' (empty string) in such case before this patch. "_readstorehashcache()" is invoked only by the code path below in "_storeclean()": for filehash in self._readstorehashcache(path): if filehash != itercache.next(): clean = False break In this case, "[]" and '' don't differ from each other, because both of them cause avoiding iteration of "for loop".
Wed, 19 Nov 2014 18:35:14 +0900 vfs: add "readlines" and "tryreadlines"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 19 Nov 2014 18:35:14 +0900] rev 23368
vfs: add "readlines" and "tryreadlines" This patch allows "readlines" and "tryreadlines" to take "mode" argument, because "subrepo" requires to read files not in "rb" (binary, default for vfs) but in "r" (text) mode in subsequent patch.
Wed, 19 Nov 2014 18:35:14 +0900 subrepo: add "_cachestorehashvfs" to handle cache store hash files via vfs
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 19 Nov 2014 18:35:14 +0900] rev 23367
subrepo: add "_cachestorehashvfs" to handle cache store hash files via vfs This "vfs" object will be used by subsequent patches to handle cache store hash files without direct file APIs. This patch decorates "_cachestorehashvfs" with "@propertycache" to delay vfs creation, because it is used only for cooperation with other repositories. In this patch, "/" is used as the path separator, even though "self._repo.join" uses platform specific path separator (e.g. "\\" on Windows). But it is reasonable enough, because "store" and other management file handling already include such implementation, and they work well.
Wed, 19 Nov 2014 18:35:14 +0900 subrepo: remove "_calcfilehash" referred by no other code paths
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 19 Nov 2014 18:35:14 +0900] rev 23366
subrepo: remove "_calcfilehash" referred by no other code paths
Wed, 19 Nov 2014 18:35:14 +0900 subrepo: replace "_calcfilehash" invocation by "vfs.tryread"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 19 Nov 2014 18:35:14 +0900] rev 23365
subrepo: replace "_calcfilehash" invocation by "vfs.tryread" "_calcfilehash" can be completely replaced by simple "vfs.tryread" invocation. def _calcfilehash(filename): data = '' if os.path.exists(filename): fd = open(filename, 'rb') data = fd.read() fd.close() return util.sha1(data).hexdigest() Building absolute path "absname" up by "self._repo.join" for files in "filelist" is avoided, because "vfs.tryread" does so internally.
Wed, 19 Nov 2014 18:35:14 +0900 subrepo: replace "os.path.exists" by "exists" via wvfs of the parent
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 19 Nov 2014 18:35:14 +0900] rev 23364
subrepo: replace "os.path.exists" by "exists" via wvfs of the parent Existance of specified "path" should be examined by "exists" via wvfs of the parent repository, because the working directory of the parent repository may be in UTF-8 mode. Wide API should be used via wvfs in such case. In this patch, "/" is used as the path separator, even though "path" uses platform specific path separator (e.g. "\\" on Windows). But it is reasonable enough, because "store" and other management file handling already include such implementation, and they work well.
Wed, 19 Nov 2014 18:35:14 +0900 subrepo: avoid redundant "util.makedirs" invocation
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 19 Nov 2014 18:35:14 +0900] rev 23363
subrepo: avoid redundant "util.makedirs" invocation "util.makedirs" for the (sub-)repository root of "hgsubrepo" is also executed in the constructor of "localrepository", if "create" is True and ".hg" of it doesn't exist. This patch avoids redundant "util.makedirs" invocation in the constructor of "hgsubrepo".
Wed, 19 Nov 2014 08:50:08 -0800 merge: remove confusing comment about --force
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Wed, 19 Nov 2014 08:50:08 -0800] rev 23362
merge: remove confusing comment about --force manifestmerge() has a piece of code that's roughly: if not force and different: abort else: # if different: old untracked f may be overwritten and lost ... The comment only talks about what happens when 'different' is true, and in combination with the if-block above, that must mean that it is only about what happens when 'force and different'. It seems quite fine that files are overwritten when 'force' is true, so let's remove the comment. As it stands, it can easily be interpreted as a TODO (which is how I interpreted it at first).
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 22:23:06 -0700 phases: read pending data when appropriate
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 22:23:06 -0700] rev 23361
phases: read pending data when appropriate If we are called by a hook and pending data exists, read those.
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 21:27:48 -0700 bookmark: read pending data when appropriate
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 21:27:48 -0700] rev 23360
bookmark: read pending data when appropriate If we are called by a hook and pending data exists, read it.
Wed, 12 Nov 2014 16:54:57 +0000 test-bundle2: check visible data in pre/post-transaction hooks
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 12 Nov 2014 16:54:57 +0000] rev 23359
test-bundle2: check visible data in pre/post-transaction hooks We are about to make bookmarks and phases available for hooks. Therefore we need a witness for this new availability. We introduce the new hooks in a distinct changeset to reduce the noise in the ones with actual changes.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 22:19:05 -0700 transaction: write pending generated files
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 22:19:05 -0700] rev 23358
transaction: write pending generated files Such file are generated with a .pending prefix. It is up to the reader to implement the necessary logic for reading pending files. We add a test to ensure pending files are properly cleaned-up in both success and error cases.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 21:57:32 -0700 transaction: have _generatefile return a boolean
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 21:57:32 -0700] rev 23357
transaction: have _generatefile return a boolean The function returns True if any files were generated. This will be used to know if any pending files have been written.
Mon, 29 Sep 2014 01:29:08 -0700 transaction: allow generating files with a suffix
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 29 Sep 2014 01:29:08 -0700] rev 23356
transaction: allow generating files with a suffix This will allow us to generate temporary pending files. Files generated with a suffix are assumed temporary and will be cleaned up at the end of the transaction.
Wed, 19 Nov 2014 09:52:05 -0600 transaction: fix some docstring grammar
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 19 Nov 2014 09:52:05 -0600] rev 23355
transaction: fix some docstring grammar
Wed, 12 Nov 2014 14:57:41 +0000 transaction: accept a 'location' argument for registertmp
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 12 Nov 2014 14:57:41 +0000] rev 23354
transaction: accept a 'location' argument for registertmp This will allow generation of temporary files outside of store. This will be useful for bookmarks.
Tue, 18 Nov 2014 23:51:58 -0500 tests: handle differences between missing file error strings on Windows and Unix
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Tue, 18 Nov 2014 23:51:58 -0500] rev 23353
tests: handle differences between missing file error strings on Windows and Unix
Tue, 18 Nov 2014 22:02:00 -0500 run-tests: don't warn on unnecessary globs mandated by check-code.py
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Tue, 18 Nov 2014 22:02:00 -0500] rev 23352
run-tests: don't warn on unnecessary globs mandated by check-code.py When test output is processed, if os.altsep is defined (i.e. on Windows), TTest.globmatch() will cause a warning later on if a line has a glob that isn't necessary. Unfortunately, the regex checking in check-code.py doesn't have this context. Therefore we ended up with cases where the test would get flagged with a warning only on Windows because a glob was present, because check-code.py would warn if it wasn't. For example, from test-subrepo.t: $ hg -R issue1852a push `pwd`/issue1852c pushing to $TESTTMP/issue1852c (glob) The glob isn't necessary here because the slash is shown as it was provided. However, check-code mandates one to handle the case where the default path has backslashes in it. Break the cycle by checking against a subset of the check-code rules before flagging the test with a warning, and ignore the superfluous glob if it matches a rule. This change fixes warnings in test-largefiles-update.t, test-subrepo.t, test-tag.t, and test-rename-dir-merge.t on Windows. I really hate that the rules are copy/pasted here (minus the leading two spaces) because it would be nice to only update the rules once, in a single place. But I'm not sure how else to do it. I'm open to suggestions. Splitting some of the rules out of check-code.py seems wrong, but so does moving check-code.py out of contrib, given that other checking scripts live there. There are other glob patterns that could be copied over, but this is enough to make the current tests run on Windows.
Tue, 18 Nov 2014 16:14:32 -0800 update: remove unnecessary check for unknown files with --check
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Tue, 18 Nov 2014 16:14:32 -0800] rev 23351
update: remove unnecessary check for unknown files with --check As far as I and the test suite can tell, the checks in manifestmerge() already report the errors (whether or not --check is given), so we don't need to call merge.checkunknown(). Since this is the last call to the method, also remove the method.
Tue, 18 Nov 2014 12:29:30 -0600 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 18 Nov 2014 12:29:30 -0600] rev 23350
merge with stable
Sun, 16 Nov 2014 22:03:57 -0500 tests: move a multi-statement debuglocks hook into a shell script for Windows
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sun, 16 Nov 2014 22:03:57 -0500] rev 23349
tests: move a multi-statement debuglocks hook into a shell script for Windows Before this patch, a part of "test-push-hook-lock.t" fails unexpectedly on Windows environment, because semicolon (";") isn't recognized as the command separator by "cmd.exe". This is fixed the same way as a similar issue in 7c253c23de3b.
Sun, 16 Nov 2014 16:26:15 -0500 tests: fix globs for Windows
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sun, 16 Nov 2014 16:26:15 -0500] rev 23348
tests: fix globs for Windows test-largefiles-update.t, test-subrepo.t, test-tag.t, and test-rename-dir-merge.t still warn about no result returned because of unnecessary globs that test-check-code-hg.t wants, relating to output for pushing to, pulling from and moving X to Y.
Tue, 04 Nov 2014 12:46:00 -0500 run-tests: include quotes in the HGEDITOR value when storing sys.executable
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Tue, 04 Nov 2014 12:46:00 -0500] rev 23347
run-tests: include quotes in the HGEDITOR value when storing sys.executable This fixes test-install.t on Windows that broke in 2122b82b6987 when shlex.split() was added to the debuginstall command: @@ -7,8 +7,11 @@ checking installed modules (*mercurial)... (glob) checking templates (*mercurial?templates)... (glob) checking commit editor... + Can't find editor 'c:\Python27\python.exe -c "(omitted)"' in PATH + (specify a commit editor in your configuration file) checking username... - no problems detected + 1 problems detected, please check your install! + [1] What happens is that shlex.split() on Windows turns this: c:\Python27\python.exe -c "import sys; sys.exit(0)" into this: ['c:Python27python.exe', '-c', 'import sys; sys.exit(0)'] While technically a regression, most programs on Windows live in some flavor of 'Program Files', and therefore the environment variable needs to contain quotes anyway to handle the space. This wasn't handled prior to the shlex() change, because it tested the whole environment variable to see if it was an executable, or split on the first space and tested again.
Mon, 17 Nov 2014 01:48:43 +0100 mq: when adding headers in plain mode, separate them from message (issue4453) stable
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Mon, 17 Nov 2014 01:48:43 +0100] rev 23346
mq: when adding headers in plain mode, separate them from message (issue4453) c87f2a5a6e49 did a clean-up in one direction ... but we want it in the other direction.
Mon, 17 Nov 2014 01:48:19 +0100 mq: introduce insertplainheader - same naive implementation as before stable
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Mon, 17 Nov 2014 01:48:19 +0100] rev 23345
mq: introduce insertplainheader - same naive implementation as before
Sun, 16 Nov 2014 19:57:40 +0100 mq: when setting message in plain mode, separate it from header (issue4453) stable
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 16 Nov 2014 19:57:40 +0100] rev 23344
mq: when setting message in plain mode, separate it from header (issue4453) Fix inconsistent handling of plain header separation in mq patcheader - and contrary to c87f2a5a6e49, do it in the direction of having an empty line between header and description. Plain patches are like mails and should thus have an empty line between headers and body in compliance with RFC 822 3.1.
Sun, 16 Nov 2014 00:40:29 -0800 setdiscovery: avoid a full changelog graph traversal
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Sun, 16 Nov 2014 00:40:29 -0800] rev 23343
setdiscovery: avoid a full changelog graph traversal We were definitely being suboptimal here: we were constructing two full sets, one with the full set of common nodes (i.e. a graph traversal) and one with all nodes. Then we subtract one set from the other. This whole process is O(commits) and causes discovery to be significantly slower than it should be. Instead, keep track of common incrementally and keep undecided as small as possible. This makes discovery massively faster on large repos: on one such repo, 'hg debugdiscovery' over SSH with one commit missing on the client and five on the server went from 4.5 seconds to 1.5. (An 'hg debugdiscovery' with no commits missing on the client, i.e. connection startup time, was 1.2 seconds.)
Fri, 14 Nov 2014 19:40:30 -0800 ancestor: add a way to remove ancestors of bases from a given set
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 14 Nov 2014 19:40:30 -0800] rev 23342
ancestor: add a way to remove ancestors of bases from a given set This and missingancestors can share state, which will turn out to be perfect for set discovery.
Fri, 14 Nov 2014 17:21:00 -0800 ancestor: add a way to add to bases of a missing ancestor object
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 14 Nov 2014 17:21:00 -0800] rev 23341
ancestor: add a way to add to bases of a missing ancestor object This will be useful for setdiscovery, since with that we incrementally add to our knowledge of common nodes.
Sun, 16 Nov 2014 00:39:29 -0800 ancestor: add a way to test whether a missing ancestor object has bases
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Sun, 16 Nov 2014 00:39:29 -0800] rev 23340
ancestor: add a way to test whether a missing ancestor object has bases This is pretty trivial so there's no unit test coverage for it. This will be used by setdiscovery.
Fri, 14 Nov 2014 16:53:40 -0800 ancestor: remove now-unused missingancestors function
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 14 Nov 2014 16:53:40 -0800] rev 23339
ancestor: remove now-unused missingancestors function Callers should use revlog.incrementalmissingrevs instead.
Fri, 14 Nov 2014 16:52:40 -0800 revlog: switch findmissing* methods to incrementalmissingrevs
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 14 Nov 2014 16:52:40 -0800] rev 23338
revlog: switch findmissing* methods to incrementalmissingrevs This will allow us to remove ancestor.missingancestors in an upcoming patch.
Sun, 16 Nov 2014 00:39:48 -0800 revlog: add a method to get missing revs incrementally
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Sun, 16 Nov 2014 00:39:48 -0800] rev 23337
revlog: add a method to get missing revs incrementally This will turn out to be useful for discovery.
Sat, 15 Nov 2014 19:26:20 -0800 test-ancestor: add support for multiple tests against one incremental object
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Sat, 15 Nov 2014 19:26:20 -0800] rev 23336
test-ancestor: add support for multiple tests against one incremental object In upcoming patches we'll add more operations to the object, and this prepares for testing those operations.
Fri, 14 Nov 2014 23:50:01 -0800 test-ancestor: move naive missing ancestor algorithm into a class
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 14 Nov 2014 23:50:01 -0800] rev 23335
test-ancestor: move naive missing ancestor algorithm into a class This mirrors the change to the real missing ancestor algorithm in a previous patch.
Fri, 14 Nov 2014 23:44:38 -0800 ancestor.missingancestors: turn into a state-keeping class
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 14 Nov 2014 23:44:38 -0800] rev 23334
ancestor.missingancestors: turn into a state-keeping class This allows multiple efficient missing ancestor queries against the same set of bases. In upcoming patches we'll also define ways to grow the set of bases. The fact that the test output hasn't changed establishes this patch's correctness.
Fri, 14 Nov 2014 13:47:25 -0800 ancestor.missingancestors: calculate start point after filtering revsvisit
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 14 Nov 2014 13:47:25 -0800] rev 23333
ancestor.missingancestors: calculate start point after filtering revsvisit Any revs that are filtered out are also in basesvisit, which means they wouldn't be returned in the missing list anyway. There's no need to explore such revs or their ancestors. The 'if not revsvisit' check moves down because we can't call max() on an empty set.
Fri, 14 Nov 2014 11:33:52 -0800 ancestor.missingancestors: don't discard from basesvisit
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 14 Nov 2014 11:33:52 -0800] rev 23332
ancestor.missingancestors: don't discard from basesvisit We only actually care about whether revsvisit is empty, so we can let basesvisit grow to arbitrary size. It turns out that this actually helps performance. For a large repo with hundreds of thousands of commits, hg perfrevset 'only(0, tip)' (basically the worst case, involving a full DAG traversal) goes from 1.63 seconds to 1.50. hg perfrevset 'only(tip, 0)' remains unchanged at 1.98 seconds.
Sat, 15 Nov 2014 10:55:34 -0800 test-ancestor: use random testing for missing ancestors
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Sat, 15 Nov 2014 10:55:34 -0800] rev 23331
test-ancestor: use random testing for missing ancestors We're going to make changes to the missing ancestor algorithm, and random testing will give us much more confidence than a fixed set of tests.
Sat, 15 Nov 2014 18:52:44 -0800 test-ancestor: define a main function
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Sat, 15 Nov 2014 18:52:44 -0800] rev 23330
test-ancestor: define a main function We're going to add to it in upcoming patches.
Fri, 14 Nov 2014 14:50:03 -0800 test-ancestor: test iteration for lazyancestors
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 14 Nov 2014 14:50:03 -0800] rev 23329
test-ancestor: test iteration for lazyancestors This has some test coverage in test-revlog-ancestry.py, but not very much.
Fri, 14 Nov 2014 14:36:25 -0800 ancestor.lazyancestors: take parentrevs function rather than changelog
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 14 Nov 2014 14:36:25 -0800] rev 23328
ancestor.lazyancestors: take parentrevs function rather than changelog Principle of least privilege, and it also brings this in line with missingancestors.
Sun, 16 Nov 2014 00:24:23 -0500 remove: avoid a bogus warning about no tracked files when removing '.'
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sun, 16 Nov 2014 00:24:23 -0500] rev 23327
remove: avoid a bogus warning about no tracked files when removing '.' Previously, any files relative to the root of the repo that match the -I patterns would be deleted, but the command exited with 1 after printing a warning: $ hg remove -S -I 're:.*.txt' . removing sub1/sub2/folder/test.txt removing sub1/sub2/test.txt not removing .: no tracked files
Wed, 12 Nov 2014 23:15:20 -0500 remove: support remove with explicit paths in subrepos
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Wed, 12 Nov 2014 23:15:20 -0500] rev 23326
remove: support remove with explicit paths in subrepos
Sat, 15 Nov 2014 21:36:19 -0500 remove: recurse into subrepositories with --subrepos/-S flag
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sat, 15 Nov 2014 21:36:19 -0500] rev 23325
remove: recurse into subrepositories with --subrepos/-S flag Like 'forget', git and svn subrepos are currently not supported. Unfortunately the name 'remove' is already used in the subrepo classes, so we break the convention of naming the subrepo function after the command.
Sat, 15 Nov 2014 13:50:43 +0900 cmdserver: protect pipe server streams against corruption caused by direct io
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 15 Nov 2014 13:50:43 +0900] rev 23324
cmdserver: protect pipe server streams against corruption caused by direct io Because pipe-mode server uses stdio as IPC channel, other modules should not touch stdio directly and use ui instead. However, this strategy is brittle because several Python functions read and write stdio implicitly. print 'hello' # should use ui.write() # => ch = 'h', size = 1701604463 'ello', data = '\n' This patch adds protection for such mistakes. Both stdio files and low-level file descriptors are redirected to /dev/null while command server uses them.
Sat, 15 Nov 2014 13:04:41 +0900 cmdserver: postpone creation of pipe server until run()
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 15 Nov 2014 13:04:41 +0900] rev 23323
cmdserver: postpone creation of pipe server until run() This makes it easy to swap file descriptors while running command server.
Sat, 15 Nov 2014 12:43:35 +0900 cmdserver: use given streams as pipe channels like other commands
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 15 Nov 2014 12:43:35 +0900] rev 23322
cmdserver: use given streams as pipe channels like other commands Because commandserver itself is an hg subcommand, it shouldn't use stdio directly in principle.
Fri, 14 Nov 2014 16:38:58 -0800 revset.only: use cl.findmissingrevs
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 14 Nov 2014 16:38:58 -0800] rev 23321
revset.only: use cl.findmissingrevs ancestor.missingancestors is really an implementation detail.
Fri, 14 Nov 2014 09:33:28 -0800 manifestmerge: use already existing fl2 synonym for m2.flags(f)
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Fri, 14 Nov 2014 09:33:28 -0800] rev 23320
manifestmerge: use already existing fl2 synonym for m2.flags(f) Probably not a noticeable performance gain, but shortens the code slightly.
Thu, 13 Nov 2014 23:12:15 -0800 merge: drop underscore prefix from _checkunknown()
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Thu, 13 Nov 2014 23:12:15 -0800] rev 23319
merge: drop underscore prefix from _checkunknown() The method has been called from commands.py since 3eab42088be4 (update: just merge unknown file collisions, 2012-02-09), so drop the underscore prefix that suggests that it's private.
Wed, 12 Nov 2014 14:47:48 +0000 transaction: drop special handling for phases and bookmarks generation
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 12 Nov 2014 14:47:48 +0000] rev 23318
transaction: drop special handling for phases and bookmarks generation We are still doing double backups, but now that we have proper location handling this is less of an issue. Dropping this simplifies the code before we add some pending-related logic. This also ensures we actually test the new 'location' mechanism.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 20:53:42 -0700 transaction: use 'location' instead of 'vfs' objects for file generation
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 20:53:42 -0700] rev 23317
transaction: use 'location' instead of 'vfs' objects for file generation The argument is now a location name. The location must be present in the 'vfsmap' provided to the transaction at creation time.
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 01:59:32 +0000 transaction: use 'location' instead of 'vfs' in the addbackup method
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 01:59:32 +0000] rev 23316
transaction: use 'location' instead of 'vfs' in the addbackup method This unlock the backup of file outside of store (eg: bookmarks).
Fri, 14 Nov 2014 00:14:23 +0000 addbackup: handle file in subdirectory
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 14 Nov 2014 00:14:23 +0000] rev 23315
addbackup: handle file in subdirectory The current naming scheme ('journal.backups.<file>') resulted is bad directory name when 'file' was in a subdirectory. We now extract the directory name and create the backupfile within it. We plan to use file in a subdirectory for cachefile.
Fri, 14 Nov 2014 14:54:55 +0000 addbackup: use the vfs for the backup destination too
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 14 Nov 2014 14:54:55 +0000] rev 23314
addbackup: use the vfs for the backup destination too The backup file location was always computed using the opener, bypassing the 'location' setting. (And making the feature broken.)
Thu, 13 Nov 2014 11:17:36 +0000 transaction: set backupentries version to proper value
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 13 Nov 2014 11:17:36 +0000] rev 23313
transaction: set backupentries version to proper value Now that all mechanisms are in place, we can advertise it with a proper new version.
Thu, 13 Nov 2014 11:17:09 +0000 transaction: support cache file in backupentries
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 13 Nov 2014 11:17:09 +0000] rev 23312
transaction: support cache file in backupentries We do not want to abort if anything wrong happen while handling a cache file. Cache file have way to be invalidated and if old/bad version stay no misbehavior will happen. Proper value will eventually be computed and the wrong will be righten. This changeset use the transaction reporter (usually writing on stderr) to write details about failed cache handling. This will only apply to write operation using a transaction. The usual update during read only operation will stay a debug message. I was on the way to bring these message back to debug level when I realised it could be a feature. People with write access to the repository are likely to have the power to fix error related to cache (and it is valuable to fix them). So let the things as is for now.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 21:04:35 -0700 transaction: use the location value when doing backup
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 21:04:35 -0700] rev 23311
transaction: use the location value when doing backup We finally use the 'location' value coupled with the 'vfsmap' to restore backup for the right file.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 20:49:39 -0700 transaction: pass a vfs map to the transaction
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 20:49:39 -0700] rev 23310
transaction: pass a vfs map to the transaction The goal is to allow access to file outside ofthe store directory from the transaction. The obvious target are the `bookmarks` file. But we can envision usage for cache too. We keep passing a main opener explicitly because a lot of code rely on this default opener. The main opener (operating on store) is using an empty key ''.
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 01:52:46 +0000 transaction: change the on disk format for backupentries
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 01:52:46 +0000] rev 23309
transaction: change the on disk format for backupentries We need to store new data to improve the current transaction logic: - location: We want to generate and backup file outside of the 'store' (eg: bookmarks, or various cache files). This requires knowing and preserving where each file is located. The value of this new field is a string. It will be used as a key for a vfs mapping. - cache: We would like to handle cache file in the transaction code. This Will help to have cache consistent with the repository state and avoid performance issue on big repository like Mozilla. However, failure to handle cache file should not result in a transaction failure. We add a new field that carry this information. The value is boolean, A True value mean any error while handling this file can be ignored. Those two mechanisms are not implemented yet, but they are now persisted in the on disk file. Support for new mechanisms is coming in later changeset. We update the file format now and will introduce the new features in later changeset. The format version is set to 0 until we actually support the new feature. This will prevent misunderstanding between incomplete and final client. Support for reading both version 1 and (future) version 2 could be achieved (using default value when reading version 1) but has not been seen as necessary for now.
Thu, 13 Nov 2014 15:47:15 -0500 silenttestrunner: add environment variable to make tests noisy again
Augie Fackler <augie@google.com> [Thu, 13 Nov 2014 15:47:15 -0500] rev 23308
silenttestrunner: add environment variable to make tests noisy again As I've been working on complicated extension code it's been handy to be able to get standard unittest verbose output so I can find crashers more efficiently.
Fri, 14 Nov 2014 05:58:59 -0800 largefiles: update comments to refer to the right overridden method
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Fri, 14 Nov 2014 05:58:59 -0800] rev 23307
largefiles: update comments to refer to the right overridden method This cleans up leftovers from b228ad1f79d7 (largefiles: override calculateupdates instead of manifestmerge, 2014-03-02).
Thu, 13 Nov 2014 21:36:38 -0800 revlog: cache chain info after calculating it for a rev (issue4452)
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Thu, 13 Nov 2014 21:36:38 -0800] rev 23306
revlog: cache chain info after calculating it for a rev (issue4452) This dumb cache works surprisingly well: on a repository with typical delta chains ~50k in length, unbundling a linear series of 5000 revisions (changelogs and manifests only) went from 60 seconds to 3.
Wed, 22 Oct 2014 21:38:30 -0700 manifest: add matches() method
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Wed, 22 Oct 2014 21:38:30 -0700] rev 23305
manifest: add matches() method Move the code in context._manifestmatches() into a new manifest.matches(). It's a natural place for the code to live and it allows other callers to easily use it. It should also make it easier to optimize the new method in alternative implementations of the manifest (same reasoning as with manifest.diff()).
Wed, 12 Nov 2014 22:20:36 -0800 context.status: pass status tuple into _buildstatus
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Wed, 12 Nov 2014 22:20:36 -0800] rev 23304
context.status: pass status tuple into _buildstatus By passing a status tuple (instead of the current list), we can access the status fields by name and make it a little more readable.
Wed, 12 Nov 2014 22:07:31 -0800 context.status: avoid de- and reconstructing status tuple
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Wed, 12 Nov 2014 22:07:31 -0800] rev 23303
context.status: avoid de- and reconstructing status tuple We can just modify the status tuple we got from dirstate.status() instead of deconstructing it and constructing a new instance, thereby simplifying the code a little.
Wed, 12 Nov 2014 16:51:11 -0800 context.status: make _dirstatestatus() return an status tuple
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Wed, 12 Nov 2014 16:51:11 -0800] rev 23302
context.status: make _dirstatestatus() return an status tuple Letting _dirstatestatus() return an scmutil.status instance also means that _buildstatus() will always return such an instance, so we can remove the conversion from the call sites.
Wed, 12 Nov 2014 21:19:07 -0800 context.status: wipe deleted/unknown/ignored fields when reversed
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Wed, 12 Nov 2014 21:19:07 -0800] rev 23301
context.status: wipe deleted/unknown/ignored fields when reversed It makes no sense to request reverse status (i.e. changes from the working copy to its parent) and then look at the deleted, unknown or ignored fields. If you do, you would get the result from the forward status (changes from parent to the working copy). Instead of giving a nonsensical answer to a nonsensical question, it seems a little saner to return empty lists. It might be best if we could prevent the caller accessing these lists, but it's doubtful it's worth the trouble.
Wed, 12 Nov 2014 23:50:21 -0800 patch.trydiff: add support for noprefix
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Wed, 12 Nov 2014 23:50:21 -0800] rev 23300
patch.trydiff: add support for noprefix
Wed, 12 Nov 2014 23:29:14 -0800 mdiff.unidiff: add support for noprefix
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Wed, 12 Nov 2014 23:29:14 -0800] rev 23299
mdiff.unidiff: add support for noprefix
Thu, 13 Nov 2014 00:13:48 -0800 diff: add a --noprefix option
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Thu, 13 Nov 2014 00:13:48 -0800] rev 23298
diff: add a --noprefix option See previous patch descriptions for the motivation. The tests reflect the current state of the world -- as we add support we'll see changes in the test output.
Thu, 13 Nov 2014 00:08:44 -0800 patch.diffopts: add support for noprefix
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Thu, 13 Nov 2014 00:08:44 -0800] rev 23297
patch.diffopts: add support for noprefix In an upcoming patch we'll enable support as an option to 'hg diff' as well. The tests reflect the current state of the world -- as we add support we'll see changes in the test output.
Wed, 12 Nov 2014 23:47:25 -0800 patch.diffopts: allow a setting to be forced in plain mode
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Wed, 12 Nov 2014 23:47:25 -0800] rev 23296
patch.diffopts: allow a setting to be forced in plain mode Upcoming patches will add an option that will almost certainly break diff output parsers when enabled. Add support for forcing an option to something in plain mode, as a fallback. Options passed in via the CLI are not affected, though -- it is assumed that any script passing the option in explicitly knows what it is doing.
Wed, 12 Nov 2014 23:44:17 -0800 patch.diffopts: break get function into if statements
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Wed, 12 Nov 2014 23:44:17 -0800] rev 23295
patch.diffopts: break get function into if statements We're going to add another condition here, and with the current structure that becomes just too confusing.
Wed, 12 Nov 2014 23:25:32 -0800 mdiff.diffopts: add a new noprefix option
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Wed, 12 Nov 2014 23:25:32 -0800] rev 23294
mdiff.diffopts: add a new noprefix option By popular demand, we introduce an option to disable the 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes in diff output. This makes copying and pasting filenames from diff output easier. This option will be implemented and documented in upcoming patches. To ensure that existing scripts that parse output don't break, we will ensure that this prefix is disabled in plain mode. A straight 'hg export | hg import' without HGPLAIN=1 will still be broken though, but there's little that can be done about that.
Wed, 12 Nov 2014 23:19:44 -0800 mdiff.diffopts: add doc comment for nobinary
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Wed, 12 Nov 2014 23:19:44 -0800] rev 23293
mdiff.diffopts: add doc comment for nobinary
Sat, 08 Nov 2014 17:08:09 +0000 changelog: register changelog.i.a as a temporary file
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 08 Nov 2014 17:08:09 +0000] rev 23292
changelog: register changelog.i.a as a temporary file The file is registered to make sure the transaction is cleaned up in all cases.
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 09:27:08 +0000 transaction: allow registering a temporary transaction file
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 09:27:08 +0000] rev 23291
transaction: allow registering a temporary transaction file During the transaction, files may be created to store or expose data involved in the transaction (eg: changelog index data are written in a 'changelog.i.a' for hooks). But we do not have an official way to record such file creation and make sure they are cleaned up. The lack of clean-up is currently okay because there is a single file involved and a single producer/consumer. However, as we want to expose more data (bookmarks, phases, obsmarker) we need something more solid. The 'backupentries' mechanism could handle that. Temporary files can be encoded as a backup of nothing '('', <temporarypath>)'. We "need" to attach it to the same mechanism as we use to be able to use temporary transaction files outside of .'store/' and 'backupentries' is expected to gain such feature. This changeset makes it clear that we should rename 'backupentries' to something more generic.
Thu, 13 Nov 2014 10:22:47 +0000 transaction: always generate file on close
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 13 Nov 2014 10:22:47 +0000] rev 23290
transaction: always generate file on close The conditionnal was buggy and file were only generated if "onclose" was defined. By luck, "onclose" was always defined.
Sun, 09 Nov 2014 12:31:34 -0500 remove: move most of the implementation into cmdutils.remove()
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sun, 09 Nov 2014 12:31:34 -0500] rev 23289
remove: move most of the implementation into cmdutils.remove() This will allow access to the reusable parts from subrepos, similar to add(), forget(), etc.
Tue, 11 Nov 2014 20:08:19 -0800 revlog: increase I/O bound to 4x the amount of data consumed
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 11 Nov 2014 20:08:19 -0800] rev 23288
revlog: increase I/O bound to 4x the amount of data consumed This doesn't affect normal clones since they'd be bound by the CPU bound below anyway -- it does, however, improve generaldelta clones significantly. This also results in better deltaing for generaldelta clones -- in generaldelta clones, we calculate deltas with respect to the closest base if it has a higher revision number than either parent. If the base is on a significantly different branch, this can result in pointlessly massive deltas. This reduces the number of bases and hence the number of bad deltas. Empirically, for a highly branchy repository, this resulted in an improvement of around 15% to manifest size.
Tue, 11 Nov 2014 20:01:19 -0800 revlog: bound based on the length of the compressed deltas
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 11 Nov 2014 20:01:19 -0800] rev 23287
revlog: bound based on the length of the compressed deltas This is only relevant for generaldelta clones.
Tue, 11 Nov 2014 19:54:36 -0800 revlog: compute length of compressed deltas along with chain length
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 11 Nov 2014 19:54:36 -0800] rev 23286
revlog: compute length of compressed deltas along with chain length In upcoming patches to the revlog, we're going to split up the notions of bounding I/O and bounding CPU.
Tue, 11 Nov 2014 21:41:12 -0800 revlog: store fulltext when compressed delta is bigger than it
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 11 Nov 2014 21:41:12 -0800] rev 23285
revlog: store fulltext when compressed delta is bigger than it This is a very silly case and not particularly likely to happen in the wild, but it turns out we can hit it in a couple of places. As we tune the storage parameters we're likely to hit more such cases. The affected test cases all have smaller revlogs now.
Tue, 11 Nov 2014 21:39:56 -0800 revlog: make a predicate clearer with parens
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 11 Nov 2014 21:39:56 -0800] rev 23284
revlog: make a predicate clearer with parens
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 13:06:24 +0000 transaction: extract backupentry registration in a dedicated function
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 13:06:24 +0000] rev 23283
transaction: extract backupentry registration in a dedicated function We are about to use the 'backupentry' mechanism to allow cleaning up transaction-related temporary files (such as 'changelog.i.a'). We start by extracting the entry registration into its own method for easy reuse. At that point, I would like to rename the backup-file related variable to something generic but I'm a bit short of ideas.
Sat, 08 Nov 2014 16:35:15 +0000 transaction: pass the transaction to 'postclose' callback
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 08 Nov 2014 16:35:15 +0000] rev 23282
transaction: pass the transaction to 'postclose' callback This mirrors the API for 'pending' and 'finalize' callbacks. I do not have immediate usage planned for it, but I'm sure some callback will be happy to access transaction related data.
Sat, 08 Nov 2014 16:31:38 +0000 transaction: pass the transaction to 'finalize' callback
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 08 Nov 2014 16:31:38 +0000] rev 23281
transaction: pass the transaction to 'finalize' callback The callback will likely need to perform some operation related to the transaction (eg: registering file update). So we better pass the current transaction as the callback argument. Otherwise callback that needs it has to rely on horrible weak reference trick. This allow already allow us to slay a wild weak reference usage.
Sat, 08 Nov 2014 16:27:50 +0000 transaction: pass the transaction to 'pending' callback
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 08 Nov 2014 16:27:50 +0000] rev 23280
transaction: pass the transaction to 'pending' callback The callback will likely need to perform some operation related to the transaction (eg: backing files up). So we better pass the current transaction as the callback argument. Otherwise callback that needs it has to rely on horrible weak reference trick. The first foreseen user of this is changelog._writepending. We would like it to register the temporary file it create for cleanup purpose.
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 10:22:17 +0000 transaction: gather backupjournal logic together in the __init__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 10:22:17 +0000] rev 23279
transaction: gather backupjournal logic together in the __init__ The initialisation of file-backup related variable were a bit scattered, we gather them together.
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 01:38:48 +0000 transaction: handle missing file in backupentries (instead of using entries)
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 01:38:48 +0000] rev 23278
transaction: handle missing file in backupentries (instead of using entries) The case where a backup of a missing file was requested was previously handled by the 'entries' list. As the 'backupentries' is about to gain ability to backup files outside of '.hg/store', we want it to be able to handle the missing file too. Reminder: using 'addbackup' on a missing file means that such file needs to be deleted if we rollback the transaction.
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 01:23:40 +0000 test-hup: use ls instead of echo
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 01:23:40 +0000] rev 23277
test-hup: use ls instead of echo Having one file entry per line makes it easier to analyse diffs.
Sat, 08 Nov 2014 00:48:41 +0900 largefiles: move "copyalltostore" invocation into "markcommitted"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 08 Nov 2014 00:48:41 +0900] rev 23276
largefiles: move "copyalltostore" invocation into "markcommitted" Before this patch, while "hg convert", largefiles avoids copying largefiles in the working directory into the store area by combination of setting "repo._isconverting" in "mercurialsink{before|after}" and checking it in "copytostoreabsolute". This avoiding is needed while "hg convert", because converting doesn't update largefiles in the working directory. But this implementation is not efficient, because: - invocation in "markcommitted" can easily ensure updating largefiles in the working directory "markcommitted" is invoked only when new revision is committed via "commit" of "localrepository" (= with files in the working directory). On the other hand, "commitctx" may be invoked directly for in-memory committing. - committing without updating the working directory (e.g. "import --bypass") also needs this kind of avoiding For efficiency of this kind of avoiding, this patch does: - move "copyalltostore" invocation into "markcommitted" - remove meaningless procedures below: - hooking "mercurialsink{before|after}" to (un)set "repo._isconverting" - checking "repo._isconverting" in "copytostoreabsolute" This patch invokes "copyalltostore" also in "_commitcontext", because "_commitcontext" expects that largefiles in the working directory are copied into store area after "commitctx". In this case, the working directory is used as a kind of temporary area to write largefiles out, even though converted revisions are committed via "commitctx" (without updating normal files).
Sat, 08 Nov 2014 00:48:41 +0900 largefiles: avoid printing messages while transplanting by "_lfstatuswriters"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 08 Nov 2014 00:48:41 +0900] rev 23275
largefiles: avoid printing messages while transplanting by "_lfstatuswriters" Putting "lambda *msg, **opts: None" (= avoid printing messages always) into "_lfstatuswriters" while transplanting makes explicit passing "printmessage = False" for "updatelfiles()" useless. This patch also removes setting/unsetting "repo._istransplanting" in "overridetransplant", because there is no code path referring it.
Sat, 08 Nov 2014 00:48:41 +0900 largefiles: update standins only at the 1st commit of "transplant --continue"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 08 Nov 2014 00:48:41 +0900] rev 23274
largefiles: update standins only at the 1st commit of "transplant --continue" Before this patch, "hg transplant --continue" may record incorrect standins, because largefiles extension always avoid updating standins while transplanting, even though largefiles in the working directory may be modified manually at the 1st commit of "hg transplant --continue". But, on the other hand, updating standins should be avoided at subsequent commits for efficiency reason. To update standins only at the 1st commit of "hg transplant --continue", this patch uses "automatedcommithook", which updates standins by "lfutil.updatestandinsbymatch()" only at the 1st commit of resuming. Even after this patch, "repo._istransplanting = True" is still needed to avoid some status report while updating largefiles in "lfcommands.updatelfiles()". This is reason why this patch omits not "repo._istransplanting = True" in "overriderebase" but examination of "getattr(repo, "_istransplanting", False)" in "updatestandinsbymatch".
Sat, 08 Nov 2014 00:48:38 +0900 largefiles: avoid redundant "updatelfiles" invocation in "overridetransplant"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 08 Nov 2014 00:48:38 +0900] rev 23273
largefiles: avoid redundant "updatelfiles" invocation in "overridetransplant" At "hg transplant --merge REV", largefiles newly coming from the 2nd parent (= REV) are marked as "a"(dded) by "patch.patch()", and have to be marked as "n"(ormal) after commit. But until changeset 3100d1cbce32, such largefiles were still marked as "a" unexpectedly even after commit, because no additional entry is added to filelog of such largefiles and they aren't listed in "repo[newnode].files()" in this case: "newnode" is one of newly committed changeset (= result of "repo.commit()"). "updatelfiles" invocation in "overridetransplant" shadows this problem by forcibly synchronizing lfdirstate to dirstate. Now, "updatelfiles" invocation in "overridetransplant" is redundant, because changeset 3100d1cbce32 made "markcommitted" use "ctx.files()" to get targets of "synclfdirstate" instead of "repo[newnode].files()".
Wed, 12 Nov 2014 15:18:30 -0600 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 12 Nov 2014 15:18:30 -0600] rev 23272
merge with stable
Sat, 08 Nov 2014 13:14:19 +0900 util.system: remove unused handling of onerr=ui
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 08 Nov 2014 13:14:19 +0900] rev 23271
util.system: remove unused handling of onerr=ui In our code, onerr is None or util.Abort. It smells bad to overload ui and exception class.
Sat, 08 Nov 2014 13:06:22 +0900 util.system: use ui.system() in place of optional ui.fout parameter
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 08 Nov 2014 13:06:22 +0900] rev 23270
util.system: use ui.system() in place of optional ui.fout parameter
Sat, 08 Nov 2014 12:57:42 +0900 ui: introduce util.system() wrapper to make sure ui.fout is used
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 08 Nov 2014 12:57:42 +0900] rev 23269
ui: introduce util.system() wrapper to make sure ui.fout is used This change is intended to avoid future problem of data corruption under command server. out=ui.fout is mandatory as long as command server uses stdout as IPC channel.
Wed, 12 Nov 2014 22:21:51 +0900 hook: remove redundant code to redirect http hook output to client stream
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Wed, 12 Nov 2014 22:21:51 +0900] rev 23268
hook: remove redundant code to redirect http hook output to client stream out=ui and out=ui.fout should be the same here. ui.fout was introduced at afccc64eea73, which was not available when out=ui was added at c37f35d7f2f5.
Wed, 12 Nov 2014 21:53:44 +0900 hgk: forward command output to ui.fout consistently
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Wed, 12 Nov 2014 21:53:44 +0900] rev 23267
hgk: forward command output to ui.fout consistently Nobody would want to run hgk in command server, but it should work in principle. This fixes possible data corruption of command-server channel.
Tue, 11 Nov 2014 18:43:19 -0600 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 11 Nov 2014 18:43:19 -0600] rev 23266
merge with stable
Tue, 11 Nov 2014 17:25:09 -0600 Added signature for changeset 643c58303fb0 stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 11 Nov 2014 17:25:09 -0600] rev 23265
Added signature for changeset 643c58303fb0
Tue, 11 Nov 2014 17:24:47 -0600 Added tag 3.2.1 for changeset 643c58303fb0 stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 11 Nov 2014 17:24:47 -0600] rev 23264
Added tag 3.2.1 for changeset 643c58303fb0
Mon, 10 Nov 2014 13:20:56 -0500 run-tests: use a try/except ladder instead of looking for a specific version
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Mon, 10 Nov 2014 13:20:56 -0500] rev 23263
run-tests: use a try/except ladder instead of looking for a specific version This ensures we get json instead of simplejson in as many places as possible.
Mon, 10 Nov 2014 13:27:25 -0500 hghave: use a less brittle have-json check
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Mon, 10 Nov 2014 13:27:25 -0500] rev 23262
hghave: use a less brittle have-json check
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 12:39:19 -0700 sortdict: add insert method
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 12:39:19 -0700] rev 23261
sortdict: add insert method Future patches will allow extensions to choose which order a namespace should output in the log, so we add a way for sortdict to insert to a specific location.
Sun, 09 Nov 2014 13:15:28 -0800 sortdict: add iteritems method
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Sun, 09 Nov 2014 13:15:28 -0800] rev 23260
sortdict: add iteritems method Future patches will start using sortdict for log operations where order is important. Adding iteritems removes the headache of having to remember to use items() if the object is a sortdict.
Sat, 08 Nov 2014 23:13:39 -0800 addremove: add back forgotten files (BC)
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Sat, 08 Nov 2014 23:13:39 -0800] rev 23259
addremove: add back forgotten files (BC) After running "hg forget README && hg addremove", README will still be reported as removed, while "hg forget README && hg add README" adds it back so it gets reported as clean. It seems like they should behave the same. Furthermore, it seems like no files should remain untracked after 'hg addremove && hg commit' (or 'hg commit -A'). For these reasons, change the behavior of addremove so it does add forgotten files back. The problem is with scmutil._interestingfiles(), which reports the file as removed, so scmutil.addremove() does not add it. Fix by teaching _interestingfiles() to report forgotten files separately from removed files and make addremove() add forgotten files back. However, do not treat forgotten files as sources for rename detection. Note that since removed and forgotten files are treated the same before this change, forgotten files were considered sources for rename detection. Also update the other caller, marktouched(), in the same way as addremove().
Mon, 10 Nov 2014 14:51:18 -0800 add: add back forgotten files even when not matching exactly (BC)
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Mon, 10 Nov 2014 14:51:18 -0800] rev 23258
add: add back forgotten files even when not matching exactly (BC) I accidentally did 'hg forget .' and tried to undo the operation with 'hg add .'. I expected the files to be reported as either modified or clean, but they were still reported as removed. It turns out that forgotten files are only added back if they are listed explicitly, as shown by the following two invocations. This makes it hard to recover from the mistake of forgetting a lot of files. $ hg forget README && hg add README && hg status -A README C README $ hg forget README && hg add . && hg status -A README R README The problem lies in cmdutil.add(). That method checks that the file isn't already tracked before adding it, but it does so by checking the dirstate, which does have an entry for forgotten files (state 'r'). We should instead be checking whether the file exists in the workingctx. The workingctx is also what we later call add() on, and that method takes care of transforming the add() into a normallookup() on the dirstate. Since we're changing repo.dirstate into wctx, let's also change repo.walk into wctx.walk for consistency (repo.walk calls wctx.walk, so we're simply inlining the call).
Tue, 11 Nov 2014 10:16:54 -0800 context.status: explain "caching reasons" more fully
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Tue, 11 Nov 2014 10:16:54 -0800] rev 23257
context.status: explain "caching reasons" more fully Where we "load earliest manifest first for caching reasons", elaborate on what "caching reasons" refers to. Text provided by Matt in http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.comp.version-control.mercurial.devel/73235/focus=73578.
Tue, 11 Nov 2014 10:35:06 -0500 localrepo: rename revlog.maxchainlen to format.maxchainlen
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Tue, 11 Nov 2014 10:35:06 -0500] rev 23256
localrepo: rename revlog.maxchainlen to format.maxchainlen This is more consistent with other option names, as spotted by Pierre-Yves. Thanks!
Thu, 06 Nov 2014 14:20:05 -0800 revlog: add config variable for limiting delta-chain length
Mateusz Kwapich <mitrandir@fb.com> [Thu, 06 Nov 2014 14:20:05 -0800] rev 23255
revlog: add config variable for limiting delta-chain length The current heuristic for deciding between storing delta and full texts is based on ratio of (sizeofdeltas)/(sizeoffulltext). In some cases (for example a manifest for ahuge repo) this approach can result in extremely long delta chains (~30,000) which are very slow to read. (In the case of a manifest ~500ms are added to every hg command because of that). This commit introduces "revlog.maxchainlength" configuration variable that will limit delta chain length.
Thu, 06 Nov 2014 14:08:25 -0800 debugrevlog: fix computing chain length in debugrevlog -d
Mateusz Kwapich <mitrandir@fb.com> [Thu, 06 Nov 2014 14:08:25 -0800] rev 23254
debugrevlog: fix computing chain length in debugrevlog -d The chain length was computed correctly only when generaldelta feature was enabled. Now it's fixed. When generaldelta is disabled the base revision in revlog index is not the revision we have delta against - it's always previous revision. Instead of incorrect chainbaseandlen in command.py we are now using two single-responsibility functions in revlog.py: - chainbase(rev) - chainlen(rev) Only chainlen(rev) was missing so it was written to mimic the way the chain of deltas is actually found during file reconstruction.
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 10:13:01 +0000 transaction: factorise append-only file registration
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 10:13:01 +0000] rev 23253
transaction: factorise append-only file registration The addition is done in two different places but differs slightly. We factorise this addition to ensure it is consistent in all places.
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 13:00:48 +0000 transaction: document `tr.add`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 13:00:48 +0000] rev 23252
transaction: document `tr.add`
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 10:05:38 +0000 transaction: drop backupentries logic from startgroup and endgroup
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 10:05:38 +0000] rev 23251
transaction: drop backupentries logic from startgroup and endgroup The `startgroup` and `endgroup` methods are used in a very specific context to wrap a very specific operation (revlog truncation). It does not make sense to perform any other operations during such a "group" (eg:file backup). There is currently no user of backupfile during a "group" so we drop the group-specific code and restrict authorized operations during "group".
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 10:00:15 +0000 transaction: document startgroup and endgroup
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 10:00:15 +0000] rev 23250
transaction: document startgroup and endgroup These enigmatic methods are only used in repair. We document them to clarify there purpose and user.
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 09:31:57 +0000 transaction: mark backup-related attributes private
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 09:31:57 +0000] rev 23249
transaction: mark backup-related attributes private As the transaction is gaining more functions and attributes, it is important to clarify what is part of the public API.
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 01:30:29 +0000 transaction: document the contents of `tr.backupentries`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 01:30:29 +0000] rev 23248
transaction: document the contents of `tr.backupentries` Now that all items are known we can document it.
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 01:33:16 +0000 transaction: drop the third item in `tr.backupentries`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 01:33:16 +0000] rev 23247
transaction: drop the third item in `tr.backupentries` This third item is always None and never used.
Mon, 10 Nov 2014 10:44:42 -0800 rebase: fix rebase with no common ancestors (issue4446) stable 3.2.1
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Mon, 10 Nov 2014 10:44:42 -0800] rev 23246
rebase: fix rebase with no common ancestors (issue4446) The new rebase revset didn't check for the case when there are no common ancestors. Now it does. The new behavior should be the same as the pre-3.2 behavior. Added a test.
Thu, 06 Nov 2014 10:57:13 -0500 test-run-tests: accept more levels of precision and trailing ws (issue4440) stable
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Thu, 06 Nov 2014 10:57:13 -0500] rev 23245
test-run-tests: accept more levels of precision and trailing ws (issue4440) simplejson produces slightly different output from the built-in json module, specifically: * It uses 0.000 instead of 0.0000 * It likes to put a trailing space after a comma This change works around both of those variations.
Mon, 10 Nov 2014 17:29:15 -0600 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 10 Nov 2014 17:29:15 -0600] rev 23244
merge with stable
Fri, 07 Nov 2014 17:54:59 -0800 changegroup.cg2packer: lookup 'group' via inheritance chain
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 07 Nov 2014 17:54:59 -0800] rev 23243
changegroup.cg2packer: lookup 'group' via inheritance chain This lets extensions insert themselves in the class hierarchy.
Thu, 23 Oct 2014 17:00:38 -0700 context.status: only filter suspect symlinks in the dirstate status
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Thu, 23 Oct 2014 17:00:38 -0700] rev 23242
context.status: only filter suspect symlinks in the dirstate status We don't care about filtering out symlinks that have already been committed with full content, only those that have been accidentally resolved in the working directory.
Thu, 23 Oct 2014 16:19:56 -0700 context.status: inline _poststatus()
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Thu, 23 Oct 2014 16:19:56 -0700] rev 23241
context.status: inline _poststatus() By inlining _poststatus() into _buildstatus(), it becomes clearer that it is only called for the workingctx.
Sun, 12 Oct 2014 00:06:40 -0700 context.status: remove now-empty _prestatus()
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Sun, 12 Oct 2014 00:06:40 -0700] rev 23240
context.status: remove now-empty _prestatus()
Sat, 11 Oct 2014 23:30:08 -0700 context.status: call _dirstatestatus() from within _buildstatus()
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Sat, 11 Oct 2014 23:30:08 -0700] rev 23239
context.status: call _dirstatestatus() from within _buildstatus() By making the call to _dirstatestatus() within _buildstatus(), it becomes clearer that it's called only for the workingctx.
Sun, 12 Oct 2014 00:00:13 -0700 context.status: move manifest caching trick to _buildstatus()
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Sun, 12 Oct 2014 00:00:13 -0700] rev 23238
context.status: move manifest caching trick to _buildstatus() In basectx._buildstatus(), we read the manifests for the two revisions being compared. For "caching reasons" unknown to me, it is better to read the earlier manifest first, which basectx._prestatus() takes care of. However, if the 'self' context is a committablectx and the 'other' context is the parent of the working directory (as in the very common case of plain "hg status"), there is no need to read any manifests at all -- all that's needed is the dirstate status. To avoid reading the manifests, _prestatus() is overridden in committablectx and avoids calling its super method, and _buildstatus() calls its super method only if the 'other' context is not the parent of the working directory. It seems easier to follow what's happening if we move the pre-fetching to _buildstatus() just before the place where the manifests are fetched. We just need to add an extra check that the revision is not None to handle the case that was previously handled by subclass overriding. That also makes it safe for committablectx._prestatus() to call its parent, although the latter now becomes empty, so we won't bother.
Sat, 11 Oct 2014 23:18:53 -0700 context.status: remove unused arguments from _matchstatus()
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Sat, 11 Oct 2014 23:18:53 -0700] rev 23237
context.status: remove unused arguments from _matchstatus()
Thu, 23 Oct 2014 13:43:20 -0700 context.status: remove overriding in workingctx
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Thu, 23 Oct 2014 13:43:20 -0700] rev 23236
context.status: remove overriding in workingctx The workingctx method simply calls the super method. The only effect it has is that it uses a different default argument for the 'other' argument. The only in-tree caller is patch.diff, which always passes an argument to the method, so it should be safe to remove the overriding. Having the default argument depend on the type seems rather dangerous anyway.
Mon, 20 Oct 2014 14:20:43 -0400 synthrepo: when adding files, ensure new path is not a directory
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Mon, 20 Oct 2014 14:20:43 -0400] rev 23235
synthrepo: when adding files, ensure new path is not a directory
Mon, 20 Oct 2014 13:59:13 -0400 synthrepo: synthesized dates must be positive, fit in 32-bit signed ints
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Mon, 20 Oct 2014 13:59:13 -0400] rev 23234
synthrepo: synthesized dates must be positive, fit in 32-bit signed ints
Thu, 06 Nov 2014 01:48:29 +0100 discovery: test coverage for issue4438 / 86c35b7ae300 / 73cfaa348650
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Thu, 06 Nov 2014 01:48:29 +0100] rev 23233
discovery: test coverage for issue4438 / 86c35b7ae300 / 73cfaa348650 The randomness in the discovery protocol made this problem hard to reproduce. The test mocks random.sample to make sure we hit the problem every time. The set iteration order also made the output unstable ... but with the issue fixed, it is stable.
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 21:33:45 -0500 hgweb: fix a crash when using web.archivesubrepos stable
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 21:33:45 -0500] rev 23232
hgweb: fix a crash when using web.archivesubrepos A matcher is required when enabling the subrepo option on archival.archive(), because that calls match.narrowmatcher(), which accesses fields on the object. It's therefore probably a bad idea to default the matcher to None on archive(), but that's a fix for default.
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 20:31:58 -0500 tests: introduce a subrepository to test-archive.t stable
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 20:31:58 -0500] rev 23231
tests: introduce a subrepository to test-archive.t This will be used in an upcoming patch to add coverage for web.archivesubrepos.
Tue, 04 Nov 2014 21:45:26 -0800 test-status-rev: add tests for plain dirstate and inter-revision status
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Tue, 04 Nov 2014 21:45:26 -0800] rev 23230
test-status-rev: add tests for plain dirstate and inter-revision status We have tests for the status across from '.^' to the working copy. It makes sense to have the similar tests for the inter-revision status between '.^' and '.' and for the dirstate status in the same place.
Tue, 04 Nov 2014 21:22:46 -0800 test-status-rev: remove unnecessary initial commit
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Tue, 04 Nov 2014 21:22:46 -0800] rev 23229
test-status-rev: remove unnecessary initial commit The initial commit was there when we had a group of tests that compared against an empty base, but since those tests no longer exist, we can drop the empty commit.
Tue, 04 Nov 2014 16:10:20 -0800 test-status-rev: use one glob for each expected status
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Tue, 04 Nov 2014 16:10:20 -0800] rev 23228
test-status-rev: use one glob for each expected status It's getting a little hard to read the ~30 calls to 'hg status' with one per file. Instead, let's use one glob for each expected status. For example, modified files can be listed with 'glob:content1_*_content[23]-tracked'. That also nicely becomes an explanation for why each status is expected.
Tue, 04 Nov 2014 15:36:35 -0800 test-status-rev: remove duplicate tests
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Tue, 04 Nov 2014 15:36:35 -0800] rev 23227
test-status-rev: remove duplicate tests The second group of tests in test-status-rev compare to an empty revision. The first group of tests that compare to the first commit should be testing all the same states with the missing_* files, so drop the second group of tests.
Thu, 06 Nov 2014 22:48:20 -0800 changegroup: sparsely populate fnodes stable
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Thu, 06 Nov 2014 22:48:20 -0800] rev 23226
changegroup: sparsely populate fnodes Previously, fnodes had a key and empty dict value for every element in changedfiles. This is somewhat wasteful. Empty dicts in CPython consume a lot more memory than you would expect - 280 bytes. On mozilla-central, which has ~190,000 files/fnodes keys, the previous loop populating fnodes allocated 91,924 KB of memory, most of that for the empty dicts. With this patch in place, our peak RSS during mozilla-central clone drops: before: 364,356 KB after: 326,008 KB delta: -38,348 KB When combined with the previous patch, total peak RSS decrease is now 190,116 KB.
Thu, 06 Nov 2014 22:33:48 -0800 changegroup: don't store unused value on fnodes (issue4443) stable
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Thu, 06 Nov 2014 22:33:48 -0800] rev 23225
changegroup: don't store unused value on fnodes (issue4443) The contents of fnodes are only accessed once per key. It is wasteful to cache the value since nobody will use it. Before this patch, the caching of unused data in fnodes was effectively causing a memory leak during the file streaming part of bundle creation. On mozilla-central (which has ~190,000 entries in fnodes), this patch has a significant impact on RSS at the end of generate(): before: 516,124 KB after: 364,356 KB delta: -151,768 KB The origin of this code can be traced back to 627cd7842e5d and has been with us since the 2.7 release.
Thu, 06 Nov 2014 20:57:12 -0800 changegroup: don't define lookupmf() until it is needed stable
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Thu, 06 Nov 2014 20:57:12 -0800] rev 23224
changegroup: don't define lookupmf() until it is needed lookupmf() is currently defined earlier than when it is needed. Future patches further refactoring this code will be easier to read when lookupmf() is in its new home.
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 18:31:39 +0000 mail: actually use the verifycert config value stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 18:31:39 +0000] rev 23223
mail: actually use the verifycert config value The mail module only verifies the smtp ssl certificate if 'verifycert' is enabled (the default). The 'verifycert' can take three possible values: - 'strict' - 'loose' - any "False" value, eg: 'false' or '0' We tested the validity of the third value, but never converted it to actual falseness, making 'False' an equivalent for 'loose'. This changeset fixes it.
Tue, 28 Oct 2014 14:58:36 +0100 exchange: use the postclose API on transaction
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 28 Oct 2014 14:58:36 +0100] rev 23222
exchange: use the postclose API on transaction As with changegroup, we should wait for the transaction to be really closed before scheduling hook execution.
Tue, 28 Oct 2014 15:44:23 +0100 changegroup: use the 'postclose' API on transaction
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 28 Oct 2014 15:44:23 +0100] rev 23221
changegroup: use the 'postclose' API on transaction The post-transaction hooks run after the lock release (because hooks may want to touch the repository), but they must only run if the transaction is successfully closed. We use the new 'addpostclose' method on transaction to register a callback installing this post-lock-release call.
Tue, 28 Oct 2014 14:24:43 +0100 transaction: allow registering a post-close callback
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 28 Oct 2014 14:24:43 +0100] rev 23220
transaction: allow registering a post-close callback The addchangegroup code considers the transaction done after a 'tr.close()' call and schedules the hook's execution for after lock release. In the nested transaction case, the transaction is not yet committed and we must delay this scheduling. We add an 'addpostclose' method (like the 'addpending' and 'addfinalize' ones) that registers code to be run if the transaction is successfully committed.
Fri, 24 Oct 2014 15:58:46 -0400 exchange: swap "push" for "pull" in pulloperation docstring
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Fri, 24 Oct 2014 15:58:46 -0400] rev 23219
exchange: swap "push" for "pull" in pulloperation docstring
Wed, 29 Oct 2014 12:46:08 -0400 exchange: prepare kwargs for bundle2 part generation exactly once
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Wed, 29 Oct 2014 12:46:08 -0400] rev 23218
exchange: prepare kwargs for bundle2 part generation exactly once
Sat, 25 Oct 2014 00:40:51 -0400 exchange: fix indentation in _pullchangeset
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Sat, 25 Oct 2014 00:40:51 -0400] rev 23217
exchange: fix indentation in _pullchangeset
Fri, 24 Oct 2014 16:26:44 -0400 dagutil: fix id/ix typos in docstrings
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Fri, 24 Oct 2014 16:26:44 -0400] rev 23216
dagutil: fix id/ix typos in docstrings
Thu, 06 Nov 2014 11:55:37 +0000 patchbomb: extract 'getpatchmsgs' closure into its own function
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 06 Nov 2014 11:55:37 +0000] rev 23215
patchbomb: extract 'getpatchmsgs' closure into its own function Keep marching toward the promised land of simplification!
Thu, 06 Nov 2014 11:57:48 +0000 patchbomb: extract 'makeintro' closure into its own function
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 06 Nov 2014 11:57:48 +0000] rev 23214
patchbomb: extract 'makeintro' closure into its own function Keep marching toward the promised land of simplification!
Tue, 04 Nov 2014 21:48:23 +0000 patchbomb: extract 'getbundlemsgs' closure in its own function
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 04 Nov 2014 21:48:23 +0000] rev 23213
patchbomb: extract 'getbundlemsgs' closure in its own function Keep marching toward the promised land of simplification!
Tue, 04 Nov 2014 21:41:35 +0000 patchbomb: extract 'getdescription' closure in its own function
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 04 Nov 2014 21:41:35 +0000] rev 23212
patchbomb: extract 'getdescription' closure in its own function Keep marching toward the promised land of simplification!
Tue, 04 Nov 2014 21:33:57 +0000 patchbomb: extract 'getbundle' closure in its own function
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 04 Nov 2014 21:33:57 +0000] rev 23211
patchbomb: extract 'getbundle' closure in its own function Keep marching toward the promised land of simplification!
Tue, 04 Nov 2014 21:28:57 +0000 patchbomb: extract 'getpatches' closure in its own function
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 04 Nov 2014 21:28:57 +0000] rev 23210
patchbomb: extract 'getpatches' closure in its own function Keep marching toward the promised land of simplification!
Tue, 04 Nov 2014 21:22:59 +0000 patchbomb: extract 'getoutgoing' closure into its own function
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 04 Nov 2014 21:22:59 +0000] rev 23209
patchbomb: extract 'getoutgoing' closure into its own function The patchbomb command is a gigantic 300 line function full of closures. As a first step to simplify it in smaller bits, I'm extracting the closures into full featured functions. The first victim is 'getoutgoing'. It gains a docstring in the process.
Thu, 06 Nov 2014 09:52:57 +0000 bundle2: handle empty 'b2x:changegroup' value in push and pull
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 06 Nov 2014 09:52:57 +0000] rev 23208
bundle2: handle empty 'b2x:changegroup' value in push and pull Changeset e4dc2b0be056 added advertising of supported changegroup version through the new 'b2x:changegroup' capability. However, this capability is not new and has been around since 3.1 with an empty value. This makes new clients unable to push to 3.2 servers through bundle2 as they cannot find a common changegroup version to use from and empty list. Treating empty 'b2x:changegroup' value as old client fixes it.
Thu, 06 Nov 2014 10:05:43 +0000 bundle2: drop duplicated definition of 'b2x:exchange'
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 06 Nov 2014 10:05:43 +0000] rev 23207
bundle2: drop duplicated definition of 'b2x:exchange' This bundle2 capability is going to be dynamically computed in 'getrepocaps'. We do not need to include it in the static value.
Thu, 06 Nov 2014 09:36:39 +0100 convert: use git diff-tree -Cn% instead of --find-copies=n% for older git stable
Thomas Arendsen Hein <thomas@intevation.de> [Thu, 06 Nov 2014 09:36:39 +0100] rev 23206
convert: use git diff-tree -Cn% instead of --find-copies=n% for older git The option --find-copies was added in a later git version than the one included in Debian squeeze-lts (1.7.2.5), probably around 1.7.4.
Sat, 18 Oct 2014 01:09:41 -0700 changelog: rely on transaction for finalization
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 18 Oct 2014 01:09:41 -0700] rev 23205
changelog: rely on transaction for finalization Instead of calling 'cl.finalize()' by hand (possibly at a bogus time) we register it in the transaction during 'delayupdate' and rely on 'tr.close()' to call it at the right time.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 22:28:09 -0700 transaction: allow registering a finalization callback
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 22:28:09 -0700] rev 23204
transaction: allow registering a finalization callback The new 'addfinalize' method allows people to register a callback to be triggered when the transaction is closed. This aims to get rid of explicit calls to 'changelog.finalize'. This also obsoletes the 'onclose' function but removing it is not in the scope of this series.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 21:55:31 -0700 changelog: handle writepending in the transaction
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 21:55:31 -0700] rev 23203
changelog: handle writepending in the transaction The 'delayupdate' method now takes a transaction object and registers its '_writepending' method for execution in 'transaction.writepending()'. The hook can then use 'transaction.writepending()' directly. At some point this will allow the addition of other file creation during writepending.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 21:19:54 -0700 transaction: add 'writepending' logic
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 21:19:54 -0700] rev 23202
transaction: add 'writepending' logic The contents of the transaction must be flushed to disk before running a hook. But it must be flushed to a special file so that the normal reader does not use it. This logic is currently in the changelog only. We add some facility to register such operations in the transaction itself.
Sat, 18 Oct 2014 01:12:18 -0700 changelog: rework the delayupdate mechanism
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 18 Oct 2014 01:12:18 -0700] rev 23201
changelog: rework the delayupdate mechanism The current way we use the 'delayupdate' mechanism is wrong. We call 'delayupdate' right after the transaction retrieval, then we call 'finalize' right before calling 'tr.close()'. The 'finalize' call will -always- result in a flush to disk, making the data available to all readers. But the 'tr.close()' may be a no-op if the transaction is nested. This would result in data: 1) exposed to reader too early, 2) rolled back by other part of the transaction after such exposure So we need to end up in a situation where we call 'finalize' a single time when the transaction actually closes. For this purpose we need to be able to call 'delayupdate' and '_writepending' multiple times and 'finalize' once. This was not possible with the previous state of the code. This changeset refactors the code to makes this possible. We buffer data in memory as much as possible and fall-back to writing to a ".a" file after the first call to '_writepending'.
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 12:41:12 -0600 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 12:41:12 -0600] rev 23200
merge with stable
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 17:25:00 +0000 bookmarks: fix formatting of exchange message (issue4439) stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 17:25:00 +0000] rev 23199
bookmarks: fix formatting of exchange message (issue4439) The message formatting was crashing when doing explicit pulling `hg pull -B X`. This changeset fix it and improved the test coverage.
Tue, 04 Nov 2014 12:26:06 -0800 test-status-rev: document one more broken test
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Tue, 04 Nov 2014 12:26:06 -0800] rev 23198
test-status-rev: document one more broken test The status for missing_content2_content2-untracked doesn't get reported at all. Since the file does exist in the working copy, it should reported as unknown. Document that in the test.
Tue, 04 Nov 2014 16:09:52 -0800 test-status-rev: use common script for generating file history
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Tue, 04 Nov 2014 16:09:52 -0800] rev 23197
test-status-rev: use common script for generating file history Start using the generate-working-copy-states.py script that's shared with test-revert.t, instead of creating the states manually in the test. This adds several states that are currently missing. We will start checking those states later.
Mon, 20 Oct 2014 23:56:55 -0700 test-status-rev: use same names as from generate-working-copy-states
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Mon, 20 Oct 2014 23:56:55 -0700] rev 23196
test-status-rev: use same names as from generate-working-copy-states To prepare for using generate-working-copy-states.py for generating the files and their content, let's start by renaming the files according to the naming scheme used by that script.
Mon, 03 Nov 2014 16:27:01 -0800 test-revert: move embedded script to its own file
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Mon, 03 Nov 2014 16:27:01 -0800] rev 23195
test-revert: move embedded script to its own file Move the gen-revert-cases.py out of test-revert.t into its own file so we can reuse it from other tests (specifically test-status-rev.t).
Sat, 18 Oct 2014 22:00:08 -0700 test-revert: simplify generation of files
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Sat, 18 Oct 2014 22:00:08 -0700] rev 23194
test-revert: simplify generation of files With the recent change in naming of the generated files, it becomes much easier to generate the files by iterating over all the possible states than over the state transitions.
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 11:16:31 -0600 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 11:16:31 -0600] rev 23193
merge with stable
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 13:05:32 +0100 discovery: indices between sample and yesno must match (issue4438) stable
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 13:05:32 +0100] rev 23192
discovery: indices between sample and yesno must match (issue4438) 3ef893520a85 changed 'sample' from a list to a set. The iteration order is thus undefined and the yesno indices are not stable. To solve this, repeat the listification and comment from elsewhere in the code. Note: the randomness in the discovery protocol can make this problem hard to reproduce.
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 13:05:29 +0100 discovery: limit 'all local heads known remotely' to real 'all' (issue4438) stable
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 13:05:29 +0100] rev 23191
discovery: limit 'all local heads known remotely' to real 'all' (issue4438) 3ef893520a85 made it possible that the initial head check didn't include all heads. If that is the case, don't use the early exit just because this random sample happened to be 'all known'. Note: the randomness in the discovery protocol can make this problem hard to reproduce.
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 23:24:47 +0900 largefiles: avoid printing messages while rebasing by "_lfstatuswriters"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 23:24:47 +0900] rev 23190
largefiles: avoid printing messages while rebasing by "_lfstatuswriters" Putting "lambda *msg, **opts: None" (= avoid printing messages always) into "_lfstatuswriters" while rebasing makes explicit passing "printmessage = False" for "updatelfiles()" useless. This patch also removes setting/unsetting "repo._isrebasing" in "overriderebase", because there is no code path referring it.
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 23:24:47 +0900 largefiles: get function to write status messages via "getstatuswriter()"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 23:24:47 +0900] rev 23189
largefiles: get function to write status messages via "getstatuswriter()" This patch makes "updatelfiles()" get appropriate function to write largefiles specific status messages via "getstatuswriter()". This patch introduces None as "print messages if needed", because True (forcibly writing) and False (forcibly ignoring) are already used for "printmessage" of "updatelfiles". Subsequent patch will move "avoid printing messages only while automated committing" decision from caller of "updatelfiles()" into "getstatuswriter()".
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 23:24:47 +0900 largefiles: introduce "_lfstatuswriters" to customize status reporting
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 23:24:47 +0900] rev 23188
largefiles: introduce "_lfstatuswriters" to customize status reporting "lfutil.getstatuswriter" is the utility to get appropriate function to write largefiles specific status out from "repo._lfstatuswriters". This patch uses "stack" with an element instead of flag like "_isXXXXing" or so, because: - the former works correctly even when customizations are nested, and - ensuring at least one element can ignore empty check
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 23:24:47 +0900 largefiles: update standins only at the 1st commit of "hg rebase --continue"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 23:24:47 +0900] rev 23187
largefiles: update standins only at the 1st commit of "hg rebase --continue" Before this patch, "hg rebase --continue" may record incorrect standins, because largefiles extension always avoid updating standins while rebasing, even though largefiles in the working directory may be modified manually at the 1st commit of "hg rebase --continue". But, on the other hand, updating standins should be avoided at subsequent commits for efficiency reason. To update standins only at the 1st commit of "hg rebase --continue", this patch introduces state-full callable object "automatedcommithook", which updates standins by "lfutil.updatestandinsbymatch()" only at the 1st commit of resuming. Even after this patch, "repo._isrebasing = True" is still needed to avoid some status report while updating largefiles in "lfcommands.updatelfiles()". This is reason why this patch omits not "repo._isrebasing = True" in "overriderebase" but examination of "getattr(repo, "_isrebasing", False)" in "updatestandinsbymatch".
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 23:24:47 +0900 largefiles: introduce "_lfcommithooks" to abstract pre-committing procedures
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 23:24:47 +0900] rev 23186
largefiles: introduce "_lfcommithooks" to abstract pre-committing procedures This changes allows to customize pre-committing procedures according to conditions. This patch uses "stack" with an element instead of flag like "_isXXXXing" or so, because: - the former works correctly even when customizations are nested, and - ensuring at least one element can ignore empty check
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 23:24:47 +0900 largefiles: factor out procedures to update standins for pre-committing
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 23:24:47 +0900] rev 23185
largefiles: factor out procedures to update standins for pre-committing This patch factors out procedures to update standins for pre-committing. This is one of preparations to avoid execution of such procedures according to invocation context. For example, resuming automated committing (e.g. "hg rebase --continue") should update standins at the 1st commit, because largefiles in the working directory may be modified manually. But on the other hand, it should avoid updating standins at subsequent committings for efficiency reason. For simplicity, this patch just moves procedures mechanically only with replacing below. - "self" => "repo" - "lfutil." => (none) - "orig" invocation => returning "match" Using "fstandin" instead "standin" as the name of local variable for the loop below is the only special care, because the latter shadows the same name function in "lfutil.py". [before] for standin in standins: lfile = lfutil.splitstandin(standin) if lfdirstate[lfile] != 'r': lfutil.updatestandin(self, standin) [after] for fstandin in standins: lfile = splitstandin(fstandin) if lfdirstate[lfile] != 'r': updatestandin(repo, fstandin)
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 23:24:47 +0900 largefiles: factor out procedures to update lfdirstate for post-committing
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 23:24:47 +0900] rev 23184
largefiles: factor out procedures to update lfdirstate for post-committing Before this patch, procedures to update lfdirstate for post-committing are scattered in "lfilesrepo.commit". In the case of "hg commit" with patterns for target files ("Case 2"), lfdirstate is updated BEFORE real committing. This patch factors out procedures to update lfdirstate for post-committing into "lfutil.markcommitted", and makes it callable via "markcommitted" of the context passed to "lfilesrepo.commitctx". "markcommitted" of the context is called, only when it is committed successfully. Passing original "markcommitted" of the context is meaningless in this patch, but required in subsequent one to prepare something before invocation of it.
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 23:24:47 +0900 largefiles: remove meaningless code path for "hg pull --rebase"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 23:24:47 +0900] rev 23183
largefiles: remove meaningless code path for "hg pull --rebase" This patch removes "--rebase" specific code path for "hg pull" in "overridepull", because previous patch makes it meaningless: now, "rebase.rebase" ("orig" invocation in this patch) can update/commit largefiles safely without "repo._isrebasing = True". As a side effect of removing "rebase.rebase" invocation in "overridepull", this patch removes "nothing to rebase ..." message in "test-largefiles.t", which is shown only when rebase extension is enabled AFTER largefiles: before this patch: 1. "dispatch" invokes "pullrebase" of rebase as "hg pull" at first, because rebase wraps "hg pull" later 2. "pullrebase" invokes "overridepull" of largefiles as "orig", even though rebase assumes that "orig" is "pull" of commands 3. "overridepull" executes "pull" and "rebase" directly 3.1 "pull" pulls changesets and creates new head "X" 3.2 "rebase" rebases current working parent "Y" on "X" 4. "overridepull" returns to "pullrebase" 5. "pullrebase" tries to rebase, but there is nothing to be done, because "Y" is already rebased on "X". then, it shows "nothing to rebase ..." after this patch: 1. "dispatch" invokes "pullrebase" of rebase as "hg pull" 2. "pullrebase" invokes "overridepull" of largefiles as "orig" 3. "overridepull" executes "pull" as "orig" 4. "overridepull" returns to "pullrebase" 5. revision "Y" is not yet rebased, so "pullrebase" doesn't shows "nothing to rebase ..." As another side effect of removing "rebase.rebase" invocation, this patch fixes issue3861, which occurs only when rebase extension is enabled BEFORE largefiles: before this patch: 1. "dispatch" invokes "overridepull" of largefiles at first, because largefiles wrap "hg pull" later 2. "overridepull" executes "pull" and "rebase" explicitly 2.1 "pull" pulls changesets and creates new head "X" 2.2 "rebase" rebases current working parent, but fails because no revision is checked out in issue3861 case 3. "overridepull" returns to "dispatch" with exit code 1 returned from "rebase" at (2.2) 4. "hg pull" terminates with exit code 1 unexpectedly after this patch: 1. "dispatch" invokes "overridepull" of largefiles at first 2. "overridepull" invokes "pullrebase" of rebase as "orig" 3. "pullrebase" invokes "pull" as "orig" 4. "pullrebase" invokes "rebase", and it fails 5. "pullrebase" returns to "overridepull" with exit code 0 (because "pullrebase" ignores result of "pull" and "rebase") 6. "overridepull" returns to "dispatch" with exit code 0 returned from "rebase" at (5) 7. "hg pull" terminates with exit code 0
Wed, 05 Nov 2014 23:24:47 +0900 largefiles: wrap "rebase.rebase" for functions using it directly
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 05 Nov 2014 23:24:47 +0900] rev 23182
largefiles: wrap "rebase.rebase" for functions using it directly Before this patch, largefiles extension wraps only "rebase" in the command table by "extensions.wrapcommand". But there are some functions using "rebase.rebase" directly. Without special care for them, largefiles extension can't work correctly with such functions. In addition to it, "special care" often becomes complicated and awkward. For example: - "unshelve" can't get correct result of "rebase.rebase", because of lack of special care - special care for "hg pull --rebase" causes issue3861 This patch wraps "rebase.rebase" for functions using it directly. For simplicity, this patch keeps 'special care for "hg pull --rebase"'. It is removed in the subsequent patch.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 14:41:11 +0200 changegroup: introduce cg2packer/unpacker
Sune Foldager <cryo@cyanite.org> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 14:41:11 +0200] rev 23181
changegroup: introduce cg2packer/unpacker cg2 supports generaldelta in changegroups, to be used in bundle2. Since generaldelta is handled directly in cg2, reordering is switched off by default.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 12:19:24 -0700 push: send highest changegroup format supported by both side
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 12:19:24 -0700] rev 23180
push: send highest changegroup format supported by both side When using bundle2, we find the common subset of supported changegroup-packers and we pick the max of them. This allow to use generaldelta aware changegroups through bundle2.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 14:59:10 +0200 getbundle: send highest changegroup format supported by both side
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 14:59:10 +0200] rev 23179
getbundle: send highest changegroup format supported by both side When using bundle2, we find the common subset of supported changegroup-packers and we pick the max of them. This allow to use generaldelta aware changegroup through bundle2.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 14:41:21 +0200 changegroup: allow use of different cg#packer in getchangegroupraw
Sune Foldager <cryo@cyanite.org> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 14:41:21 +0200] rev 23178
changegroup: allow use of different cg#packer in getchangegroupraw This will allow the use of general delta aware changegroup formats.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 14:41:02 +0200 changegroup: introduce "raw" versions of some commands
Sune Foldager <cryo@cyanite.org> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 14:41:02 +0200] rev 23177
changegroup: introduce "raw" versions of some commands The commands getchangegroup, getlocalchangegroup and getsubset now each have a version ending in -raw. The raw versions return the chunk generator from the changegroup packer directly, without wrapping it in a chunkbuffer and unpacker. This avoids extra chunkbuffers in the bundle2 code path. Also, the raw versions can be extended to support alternative packers in the future, to be used from bundle2.
Tue, 04 Nov 2014 16:43:33 -0600 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 04 Nov 2014 16:43:33 -0600] rev 23176
merge with stable
Tue, 04 Nov 2014 21:54:27 +0100 win32: remove Mercurial.ini file from Inno Setup installer (issue4435)
Pascal Quantin <pascal.quantin@gmail.com> [Tue, 04 Nov 2014 21:54:27 +0100] rev 23175
win32: remove Mercurial.ini file from Inno Setup installer (issue4435)
Tue, 04 Nov 2014 21:35:49 +0100 win32: fix win32 installers generation
Pascal Quantin <pascal.quantin@gmail.com> [Tue, 04 Nov 2014 21:35:49 +0100] rev 23174
win32: fix win32 installers generation cd0c51c07e5f introduced a typo preventing a proper generation of the installers. Also remove ConcatenateFiles() function as it is no more required.
Tue, 04 Nov 2014 13:38:33 +0000 patchbomb: add label and color to the confirm output
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 04 Nov 2014 13:38:33 +0000] rev 23173
patchbomb: add label and color to the confirm output The current output is mostly a wall of text. This makes it hard to actually check something for people with lazy eyes. We use labels and colors to make it more joyful (and get the patch summaries to stand out). The colors have been arbitrarily choosen. They can be changed later if someone has a more scientific choice.
Tue, 04 Nov 2014 23:41:46 +0900 tests: write hgrc of more than two lines by using shell heredoc
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Tue, 04 Nov 2014 23:41:46 +0900] rev 23172
tests: write hgrc of more than two lines by using shell heredoc Here document should be readable than repeating echo commands.
Tue, 04 Nov 2014 10:40:06 +0000 perf: use a formatter for output
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 04 Nov 2014 10:40:06 +0000] rev 23171
perf: use a formatter for output We use a `formatter` object in the perf extensions. This allow the use of formatted output like json. To avoid adding logic to create a formatter and pass it around to the timer function in every command, we add a `gettimer` function in charge of returning a `timer` function as simple as before but embedding an appropriate formatter. This new `gettimer` function also return the formatter as it needs to be explicitly closed at the end of the command. example output: $ hg --config ui.formatjson=True perfvolatilesets visible obsolete [ { "comb": 0.02, "count": 126, "sys": 0.0, "title": "obsolete", "user": 0.02, "wall": 0.0199398994446 }, { "comb": 0.02, "count": 117, "sys": 0.0, "title": "visible", "user": 0.02, "wall": 0.0250301361084 } ]
Wed, 24 Sep 2014 21:33:12 -0700 bundle2: support a "version" argument in `changegroup` part
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 24 Sep 2014 21:33:12 -0700] rev 23170
bundle2: support a "version" argument in `changegroup` part When included, this mandatory parameter (mandatory == cannot be ignored) lets the part handler select the right cgunpacker class.
Wed, 24 Sep 2014 21:28:54 -0700 bundle2caps: advertise the available versions for changegroup packer
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 24 Sep 2014 21:28:54 -0700] rev 23169
bundle2caps: advertise the available versions for changegroup packer This will let the bundle2 client and server detect what packer they should be using. This detection part is not done. I expect it to be done with the addition of the second packer (with generaldelta support).
Wed, 24 Sep 2014 21:24:06 -0700 changegroup: add a "packermap" dictionary to track different packer versions
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 24 Sep 2014 21:24:06 -0700] rev 23168
changegroup: add a "packermap" dictionary to track different packer versions We only have "01" right now, but we should get general delta in soon. Bundle2 is expected to make use of this to advertise and select the right packer to use on both sides.
Mon, 03 Nov 2014 12:08:03 -0500 templater: don't overwrite the keyword mapping in runsymbol() (issue4362) stable
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Mon, 03 Nov 2014 12:08:03 -0500] rev 23167
templater: don't overwrite the keyword mapping in runsymbol() (issue4362) This keyword remapping was introduced in e06e9fd2d99f as part of converting generator based iterators into list based iterators, mentioning "undesired behavior in template" when a generator is exhausted, but doesn't say what and introduces no tests. The problem with the remapping was that it corrupted the output for keywords like 'extras', 'file_copies' and 'file_copies_switch' in templates such as: $ hg log -r 142b5d5ec9cc --template "{file_copies % ' File: {file_copy}\n'}" File: mercurial/changelog.py (mercurial/hg.py) File: mercurial/changelog.py (mercurial/hg.py) File: mercurial/changelog.py (mercurial/hg.py) File: mercurial/changelog.py (mercurial/hg.py) File: mercurial/changelog.py (mercurial/hg.py) File: mercurial/changelog.py (mercurial/hg.py) File: mercurial/changelog.py (mercurial/hg.py) File: mercurial/changelog.py (mercurial/hg.py) What was happening was that in the first call to runtemplate() inside runmap(), 'lm' mapped the keyword (e.g. file_copies) to the appropriate showxxx() method. On each subsequent call to runtemplate() in that loop however, the keyword was mapped to a list of the first item's pieces, e.g.: 'file_copy': ['mercurial/changelog.py', ' (', 'mercurial/hg.py', ')'] Therefore, the dict for the second and any subsequent items were not processed through the corresponding showxxx() method, and the first item's data was reused. The 'extras' keyword regressed in de7e6c489412, and 'file_copies' regressed in 0b241d7a8c62 for other reasons. The common thread of things fixed by this seems to be when a list of dicts are passed to the templatekw._hybrid class.
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 23:15:35 -0700 revset-matching: call 'getset' on a 'fullreposet'
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 23:15:35 -0700] rev 23166
revset-matching: call 'getset' on a 'fullreposet' Calling 'baseset(repo.changelog)' builds a list for all revisions in the repo. And we already have the lazy and efficient 'fullreposet' class for this purpose. This gives us the usual benefits of the fullreposet but it is less visible because the matching process itself is very expensive: revset) matching(100) before) wall 6.413281 comb 6.420000 user 5.910000 sys 0.510000 (best of 3) after) wall 6.173608 comb 6.170000 user 5.750000 sys 0.420000 (best of 3) However for some complex list, this provide a massive speedup revset) matching(parents(100)) before) wall 23.890740 comb 23.890000 user 23.450000 sys 0.440000 (best of 3) after) wall 6.382280 comb 6.390000 user 5.930000 sys 0.460000 (best of 3)
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 23:15:06 -0700 revset-parentspec: call 'getset' on a 'fullreposet'
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 23:15:06 -0700] rev 23165
revset-parentspec: call 'getset' on a 'fullreposet' Calling 'baseset(repo.changelog)' builds a list for all revisions in the repo. And we already have the lazy and efficient 'fullreposet' class for this purpose. This gives us the usual benefits of the fullreposet: revset) 100^1 before) wall 0.002694 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 897) after) wall 0.000997 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 2324) revset) parents(100)^1 before) wall 0.003832 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 587) after) wall 0.001034 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 2309) revset) (100^1)^1 before) wall 0.005616 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 405) after) wall 0.001030 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 2258)
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 23:14:17 -0700 revset-children: call 'getset' on a 'fullreposet'
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 23:14:17 -0700] rev 23164
revset-children: call 'getset' on a 'fullreposet' Calling 'baseset(repo.changelog)' builds a list for all revisions in the repo. And we already have the lazy and efficient 'fullreposet' class for this purpose. This gives us the usual benefits of the fullreposet: revset) children(tip~100) before) wall 0.007469 comb 0.010000 user 0.010000 sys 0.000000 (best of 338) after) wall 0.003356 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 755)
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 23:11:25 -0700 revset-ancestorspec: call 'getset' on a 'fullreposet'
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 23:11:25 -0700] rev 23163
revset-ancestorspec: call 'getset' on a 'fullreposet' Calling 'baseset(repo.changelog)' builds a list for all revisions in the repo. And we already have the lazy and efficient 'fullreposet' class for this purpose. This gives us the usual benefits of the fullreposet: revset) 100~5 before) wall 0.002712 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 918) after) wall 0.000996 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 2493) revset) parents(100)~5 before) wall 0.003812 comb 0.010000 user 0.010000 sys 0.000000 (best of 667) after) wall 0.001038 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 2361) revset) (100~5)~5 before) wall 0.005614 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 446) after) wall 0.001035 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 2424)
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 23:10:44 -0700 revset-rangeset: call 'getset' on a 'fullreposet'
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 23:10:44 -0700] rev 23162
revset-rangeset: call 'getset' on a 'fullreposet' Calling 'baseset(repo.changelog)' builds a list for all revisions in the repo. And we already have the lazy and efficient 'fullreposet' class for this purpose. This gives us the usual benefit ofs the fullreposet: revset) 10:100 before) wall 0.002774 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 797) after) wall 0.001977 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 1244) revset) parents(10):parents(100) before) wall 0.005054 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 481) after) wall 0.002060 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 1056)
Sun, 19 Oct 2014 22:19:22 -0700 test-revert: make sure all 'tracked' files are really tracked
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Sun, 19 Oct 2014 22:19:22 -0700] rev 23161
test-revert: make sure all 'tracked' files are really tracked When a file is missing in the 'parent' version and is tracked but missing in the working directory, which happens by the 'missing' or 'removed' types, and the 'clean' type in the working directory, the file does not exist in the working directory (unlike it would had the 'deleted' type been used). Thus, the *_missing_missing_tracked are not actually tracked and they end up testing the same state as *_missing_missing_untracked. To make them tracked, add a temporary file, just like we do for the delete case. For simplicity's sake, let's make sure the gen-revert-cases.py script always puts a file in the working directory, whether or not it's going to be deleted.
Sat, 18 Oct 2014 18:12:54 -0700 test-revert: sort by output filename again
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Sat, 18 Oct 2014 18:12:54 -0700] rev 23160
test-revert: sort by output filename again Future patches will change how the output of 'gen-revert-cases.py filelist' is generated, so now we want the order to depend on just the filename again.
Mon, 20 Oct 2014 22:54:18 -0700 test-revert: name files by state, not by state transition
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Mon, 20 Oct 2014 22:54:18 -0700] rev 23159
test-revert: name files by state, not by state transition This is the main patch in a series. See motivation in earlier patch. In this patch, we actually change the names of the generated files. For example, the file that is currently called missing_clean becomes missing_missing_missing-tracked and it's clearer that it should be tracked. It turns out that since the state was not previously clear, it ended up testing an untracked state, which was the same as for missing_clean. We'll fix this in a later patch. Let's also change the content from (base,parent,wc) to (content1,content2,content3) to make them all the same length so they line up when displayed.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 06:27:43 -0700 test-revert: temporarily sort by input states instead of output filename
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 06:27:43 -0700] rev 23158
test-revert: temporarily sort by input states instead of output filename The next patch will change the names of the files produced by the script in test-revert. In order to reduce the size and increase the clarity of the next patch, make the order produced by the internal 'gen-revert-cases.py filelist' command independent of the filenames.
Sat, 18 Oct 2014 22:23:19 -0700 test-revert: put content, not keys, into 'combination'
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Sat, 18 Oct 2014 22:23:19 -0700] rev 23157
test-revert: put content, not keys, into 'combination' By putting the file content rather than keys in the 'combination' list, we restrict the knowledge of 'ctxcontent' and 'wccontent' to the loop generating the combinations. That will make it easier to replace the generation code.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 09:02:30 -0700 test-revert: replace 'removed' in working copy with 'untracked-deleted'
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 09:02:30 -0700] rev 23156
test-revert: replace 'removed' in working copy with 'untracked-deleted' The 'wccontent' variable has eight different states, four of them tracked, and the other four untracked (at least when the file existed in the parent revision). Among these eight states, 'removed' sticks out by lacking the 'untracked-' prefix despite resulting in an untracked state. To make the symmetry clearer, and to prepare for future patches, rename 'removed' to 'untracked-deleted', which is exactly what it is. Note that, unlike 'remove', 'deleted' is configured in gen-revert-cases.py to have content in the working directory and that that content is instead expected to be removed in the test script. However, no changes are needed to the test script, since it already contains 'hg forget *untracked*' and 'rm *deleted*', which together have the same effect as 'hg remove'. See additional motivation in earlier patch.
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 23:59:08 -0700 test-revert: removing a missing file has no effect
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 23:59:08 -0700] rev 23155
test-revert: removing a missing file has no effect The tests for removed_deleted and removed_removed test the same state as removed_clean and removed_untracked-clean, respectively. Drop the duplicate tests. See additional motivation in earlier patch.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 00:39:26 -0700 test-revert: reverting an addition is the same as removing
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 00:39:26 -0700] rev 23154
test-revert: reverting an addition is the same as removing The tests for added_revert and added_untracked-revert test the same state as added_deleted and added_removed, respectively. Drop the duplicate tests. See additional motivation in earlier patch.
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 23:36:40 -0700 test-revert: reverting no change means it's clean
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 23:36:40 -0700] rev 23153
test-revert: reverting no change means it's clean This is the first step in a series that aims to put the state, not the state transitions, in the filenames of the files generated by the gen-revert-cases.py script. The possible state of a file in a revision and in the working copy is only whether it exists and what its content is (the tests don't care check flags). In the dirstate, the only state is whether it's tracked or not. With the new naming, the file that is currently called modified_untracked-clean now becomes content1_content2_content2-untracked, for example. By putting these states in the filename, it becomes easier to see that we're not missing or duplicating any state, and to check that the state is what we think it is. For example, the file that is currently called missing_clean becomes missing_missing_missing-tracked and it's clearer that it should be tracked. Putting the content in the filename will also make the tests of file content (e.g. "cat ../content-parent.txt") very obvious. When we put the state in the filename, the filenames clearly need to be unique. However, it turns out that some states are currently tested multiple times. The 'revert' transition in the script means to take the content from the grandparent. If the parent is the same as the grandparent, there is no change compared to the parent, which is exactly what 'clean' means. Avoid testing the same state twice.
Mon, 03 Nov 2014 16:56:32 -0600 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 03 Nov 2014 16:56:32 -0600] rev 23152
merge with stable
Sun, 02 Nov 2014 15:27:15 -0500 extdiff: drop the command alias without options example in the help text
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sun, 02 Nov 2014 15:27:15 -0500] rev 23151
extdiff: drop the command alias without options example in the help text In the dropped example, the extension would look for 'vdiff.diffargs' in the configuration, and not finding it, would run kdiff3 without the configured options. That's not obvious to a new user who sees a kdiff3 configuration in the prepackaged mergetools.rc file, and sees that kdiff3 still runs. While it is conceivable that the user wants a kdiff3 command that runs without the preconfigured options, it is more likely what they want is this, which uses the canned options: [alias] vdiff = kdiff3 [extdiff] kdiff3 = We could mention alias here, but that seems like it belongs elswhere.
Fri, 31 Oct 2014 21:34:55 -0400 extdiff: allow a preconfigured merge-tool to be invoked
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Fri, 31 Oct 2014 21:34:55 -0400] rev 23150
extdiff: allow a preconfigured merge-tool to be invoked There are three ways to configure an extdiff tool: 1) cmd.tool = (/path/to/exe optional) 2) tool = (path/to/exe optional) 3) tool = sometool someargs Previously, if no executable is specified in the first two forms, the named tool must be in $PATH, or the invocation fails. Since the [merge-tools] section already has the path to the diff executable, and/or the registry keys to find the executable on Windows, reuse that configuration for forms 1 and 2 instead of failing. We already fallback to [diff-tools] and then [merge-tools] for program arguments if they aren't specified in the [extdiff] section. Since this additional lookup only occurs if an executable is not on the $PATH for the named tool, this is backwards compatible. For now, we assume the user knows what he is doing if a path is provided. This change allows a configuration file like this (assuming beyondcompare3 is configured in merge-tools), instead of hardcoding system specific a path: [extdiff] beyondcompare3 =
Mon, 03 Nov 2014 16:30:21 -0600 extdiff: sort files when snapshotting
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 03 Nov 2014 16:30:21 -0600] rev 23149
extdiff: sort files when snapshotting This fixes output stability and is generally filesystem-performance-friendly.
Sun, 02 Nov 2014 14:58:50 -0500 filemerge: split the logic for finding an external tool to its own function
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sun, 02 Nov 2014 14:58:50 -0500] rev 23148
filemerge: split the logic for finding an external tool to its own function This will be used by extdiff in an subsequent patch.
Sun, 02 Nov 2014 13:18:08 -0800 largefiles: simplify check for lack of path arguments
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Sun, 02 Nov 2014 13:18:08 -0800] rev 23147
largefiles: simplify check for lack of path arguments Instead of checking for a partial merge by checking that the matches has no files and no patterns, check that it's not an always-matcher. Except for being shorter, it also catches the rare case of an exact-matcher with no files.
Fri, 31 Oct 2014 14:11:47 -0700 largefiles: shortcircuit status code also for non-matching patterns
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Fri, 31 Oct 2014 14:11:47 -0700] rev 23146
largefiles: shortcircuit status code also for non-matching patterns We currently shortcircuit the checking for large file standins if only patterns of type 'path' are given on the command line. That makes e.g. "hg st 'glob:foo/**'" unnecessarily slow when the only large files are in a sibling directory. Relax the check to be that it is not an always-matcher and that no large files match the patterns given on the command line. Note that before this change, only the latter of the following two would show the status of files in .hglf (since the -I makes match.anypats() true). After this change, they both display the status. This behavior doesn't seem correct, but it would be a separate change to explicitly filter out .hglf even in the shortcircuit case. hg st .hglf/$file hg st .hglf/$file -I .
Mon, 27 Oct 2014 21:10:24 -0700 largefiles: remove confusing 'or None' from predicate
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Mon, 27 Oct 2014 21:10:24 -0700] rev 23145
largefiles: remove confusing 'or None' from predicate The match function that is overriden returns a boolean value, so adding 'or None' is both unnecessary and confusing.
Thu, 30 Oct 2014 22:32:39 -0700 largefiles: drop unnecessary setting of matcher._always
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Thu, 30 Oct 2014 22:32:39 -0700] rev 23144
largefiles: drop unnecessary setting of matcher._always In two very similar segments of code, an existing matcher is modified by changing its _files attribute through a map and a filter operation. Neither operation can cause an empty list to become non-empty, so a matcher that always matches can not stop always matching. Drop the setting of the attribute, so we don't unnecessarily prevent the fast paths to be taken where these matchers end up being used.
Sun, 19 Oct 2014 03:22:23 +0200 config: move mergetools configuration from contrib to default configuration
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 19 Oct 2014 03:22:23 +0200] rev 23143
config: move mergetools configuration from contrib to default configuration The merge tool configuration is an essential part of a good initial user experience. 'make osx' installers and direct 'make' installation did not have merge tool configuration. Now they have. Note: The installer fixes for windows have been done blindly and might require additional changes.
Thu, 04 Sep 2014 21:36:35 +0200 config: introduce "built-in" default configuration settings in default.d
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Thu, 04 Sep 2014 21:36:35 +0200] rev 23142
config: introduce "built-in" default configuration settings in default.d This helps providing a more consistent user experience on all platforms and with all packaging. The exact location of default.d depends on how Mercurial is installed and whether it is 'frozen'. The exact location should never be relevant to users and is intentionally not explained in details in the documentation. It will however always be next to the help and templates files. Note that setting HGRCPATH also disables these defaults. I don't know if that should be considered a bug or a feature.
Sat, 18 Oct 2014 21:48:38 +0200 contrib: buildrpm checking of md5 checksums of downloaded Python and Docutils
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sat, 18 Oct 2014 21:48:38 +0200] rev 23141
contrib: buildrpm checking of md5 checksums of downloaded Python and Docutils
Sun, 02 Nov 2014 16:39:02 +0100 contrib: update build defaults to latest Python and docutils versions
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 02 Nov 2014 16:39:02 +0100] rev 23140
contrib: update build defaults to latest Python and docutils versions Use Python 2.7.8 and Docutils 0.12 for Makefile.python and buildrpm (CentOS 5 rpms).
Thu, 17 Apr 2014 22:47:38 +0200 spelling: fixes from proofreading of spell checker issues
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Thu, 17 Apr 2014 22:47:38 +0200] rev 23139
spelling: fixes from proofreading of spell checker issues
Thu, 26 Jul 2012 11:38:13 +0100 extdiff: quote user-supplied options passed to shell stable
Michael Fyles <mf@vorston.net> [Thu, 26 Jul 2012 11:38:13 +0100] rev 23138
extdiff: quote user-supplied options passed to shell $ hg extdiff -p cmd -o "name <user@example.com>" resulted in a shell redirection error (due to the less-than sign), rather than passing the single option to cmd. This was due to options not being quoted for passing to the shell, via util.system(). Apply util.shellquote() to each of the user-specified options (-o) to the comparison program before they are concatenated and passed to util.system(). The requested external diff command (-p) and the files/directories being compared are already quoted correctly. The discussion at the time of changeset be98c5ce4022 correctly noted that this course of action breaks whitespace-separated options specified for external diff commands in the configuration. The lower part of the patch corrects this by lexing options read from the configuration file into separate options rather than reading them all into the first option. Update test to cover these conditions. Related changesets (reverse-chronological): - be98c5ce4022 (fix reverted to make configuration file options work) - 453097750fbf (issue fixed but without fix for configuration file)
Sun, 02 Nov 2014 13:20:07 +0900 serve: correct meta variable of --daemon-pipefds option stable
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sun, 02 Nov 2014 13:20:07 +0900] rev 23137
serve: correct meta variable of --daemon-pipefds option It was changed to lock path at e22695b4472f.
Sun, 02 Nov 2014 13:08:46 +0900 tests: have dumbhttp.py use cmdutil.service() to wait for child to listen()
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sun, 02 Nov 2014 13:08:46 +0900] rev 23136
tests: have dumbhttp.py use cmdutil.service() to wait for child to listen() Because the original dumbhttp.py exited without waiting for listen(), several tests could fail with "abort: error: Connection refused" if subsequent hg command is fast enough.
Sun, 19 Oct 2014 22:09:03 -0700 test-revert: remove obsolete comment about known misbehavior
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Sun, 19 Oct 2014 22:09:03 -0700] rev 23135
test-revert: remove obsolete comment about known misbehavior It seems like the last known misbehvior that the comment was referring to was dealt with in 2ff28e07d7d6 (revert: properly back up added files with local modification, 2014-08-31).
Mon, 03 Nov 2014 11:06:51 -0600 test-revert.t: fix wc check-code false positive
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 03 Nov 2014 11:06:51 -0600] rev 23134
test-revert.t: fix wc check-code false positive
Mon, 03 Nov 2014 14:01:52 -0600 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 03 Nov 2014 14:01:52 -0600] rev 23133
merge with stable
Sat, 01 Nov 2014 22:48:49 -0500 Added signature for changeset ced632394371 stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sat, 01 Nov 2014 22:48:49 -0500] rev 23132
Added signature for changeset ced632394371
Sat, 01 Nov 2014 22:48:12 -0500 Added tag 3.2 for changeset ced632394371 stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sat, 01 Nov 2014 22:48:12 -0500] rev 23131
Added tag 3.2 for changeset ced632394371
Sat, 01 Nov 2014 23:52:53 +0000 setdiscovery: limit the size of all sample (issue4411) stable 3.2
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 01 Nov 2014 23:52:53 +0000] rev 23130
setdiscovery: limit the size of all sample (issue4411) Further digging on this issue show that the limit on the sample size used in discovery never works for heads. Here is a quote from the code itself: desiredlen = size - len(always) if desiredlen <= 0: # This could be bad if there are very many heads, all unknown to the # server. We're counting on long request support here. The long request support never landed and evolution make the "very many heads, all unknown to the server" case quite common. We implement a simple and stupid hard limit of sample size for all query. This should prevent HTTP 414 error with the current state of the code.
Sat, 01 Nov 2014 23:17:50 +0000 hook: protect commit hooks against stripping of temporary commit (issue4422) stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 01 Nov 2014 23:17:50 +0000] rev 23129
hook: protect commit hooks against stripping of temporary commit (issue4422) History rewriting commands like histedit tend to use temporary commits. They may schedule hook execution on these temporary commits for after the lock has been released. But temporary commits are likely to have been stripped before the lock is released (and the hook run). Hook executed for missing revisions leads to various crashes. We disable hooks execution for revision missing in the repo. This provides a dirty but simple fix to user issues.
Sat, 01 Nov 2014 22:59:37 +0000 mq: do not call [0] on revset stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 01 Nov 2014 22:59:37 +0000] rev 23128
mq: do not call [0] on revset The __getitem__ method have been removed. The "first" method is to be used instead. Test have been extended to test this code path.
Sat, 01 Nov 2014 22:58:30 +0000 addset: fix `first` and `last` on sorted addset (issue4426) stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 01 Nov 2014 22:58:30 +0000] rev 23127
addset: fix `first` and `last` on sorted addset (issue4426) The lazy sorting were not enforced on addset. This was made visible through MQ.
Sat, 01 Nov 2014 17:30:57 -0500 clone: properly mark branches closed with --uncompressed (issue4428) stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sat, 01 Nov 2014 17:30:57 -0500] rev 23126
clone: properly mark branches closed with --uncompressed (issue4428) On streaming clone, we were priming the local branch cache with the remote branchmap, without checking which heads were closed. This fixes an issue introduced in: changeset: 17740:e6067bec18da user: Tomasz Kleczek <tomasz.kleczek@fb.com> date: Wed Oct 03 13:19:53 2012 -0700 summary: branchcache: fetch source branchcache during clone (issue3378) that was exposed in 2.9 by: changeset: 20192:38fad5e76ee8 user: Brodie Rao <brodie@sf.io> date: Mon Sep 16 01:08:29 2013 -0700 summary: branches: simplify with repo.branchmap().iterbranches()
Sat, 01 Nov 2014 20:00:31 +0100 Makefile: update .PHONY stable
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sat, 01 Nov 2014 20:00:31 +0100] rev 23125
Makefile: update .PHONY Based on sed -n 's/^\([a-z0-9-]*\):\(\s.*\)\?$/\1/gp' Makefile | xargs echo add check, check-code, update-pot, some packaging targets
Sat, 01 Nov 2014 20:00:00 +0100 buildrpm: fix use of invalid $PLATFORM in mercurial.repo stable
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sat, 01 Nov 2014 20:00:00 +0100] rev 23124
buildrpm: fix use of invalid $PLATFORM in mercurial.repo
Sat, 01 Nov 2014 13:13:04 -0500 debuglocks: add missing usage summary stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sat, 01 Nov 2014 13:13:04 -0500] rev 23123
debuglocks: add missing usage summary
Sat, 01 Nov 2014 19:02:31 +0100 help: don't crash on help for 'sections' with multiple '.' stable
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sat, 01 Nov 2014 19:02:31 +0100] rev 23122
help: don't crash on help for 'sections' with multiple '.'
Sat, 01 Nov 2014 18:28:54 +0100 help: fix config description of ui.reportoldssl stable
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sat, 01 Nov 2014 18:28:54 +0100] rev 23121
help: fix config description of ui.reportoldssl
Sat, 01 Nov 2014 18:03:17 +0900 i18n-ja: synchronized with f3baaeffe841 stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 01 Nov 2014 18:03:17 +0900] rev 23120
i18n-ja: synchronized with f3baaeffe841
Fri, 31 Oct 2014 22:30:39 -0200 i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with 0b7853f969ac stable
Wagner Bruna <wbruna@yahoo.com> [Fri, 31 Oct 2014 22:30:39 -0200] rev 23119
i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with 0b7853f969ac
Fri, 31 Oct 2014 22:22:41 -0200 merge with i18n stable
Wagner Bruna <wbruna@yahoo.com> [Fri, 31 Oct 2014 22:22:41 -0200] rev 23118
merge with i18n
Sat, 01 Nov 2014 01:03:11 +0900 i18n-ja: synchronized with 5459b30aa498 stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 01 Nov 2014 01:03:11 +0900] rev 23117
i18n-ja: synchronized with 5459b30aa498
Fri, 31 Oct 2014 12:56:25 -0700 clone: fix copying bookmarks in uncompressed clones (issue4430) stable
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Fri, 31 Oct 2014 12:56:25 -0700] rev 23116
clone: fix copying bookmarks in uncompressed clones (issue4430) ef62c66bee1b broke bookmarks getting copied during uncompressed clones. Since most of the pull logic has been moved into exchange.py, lets just call exchange.pull to fix up the repo with the latest bits after the streaming clone has bootstrapped the repo. This keeps us from having to duplicate the bookmark logic.
Fri, 31 Oct 2014 10:41:36 -0700 revset: don't recreate matcher for every revision stable
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Fri, 31 Oct 2014 10:41:36 -0700] rev 23115
revset: don't recreate matcher for every revision The matcher variable 'm' in checkstatus() is reset to None on each call, so the caching of the matcher no longer happens as it was intended. This seems to be a regression in ed7b674824a3 (revset: added lazyset implementation to checkstatus, 2014-01-03). Fix by moving the cached matcher into the enclosing function so it's actually cached across calls. This speeds up hg log -r 'modifies(mercurial/context.py)' >/dev/null from 7.5s to 4s. Also see similar fix in f2aeff8a87b6 (revset: avoid recalculating filesets, 2014-10-22).
Sat, 01 Nov 2014 02:43:08 +0900 help: use ":hg:`command`" instead of incorrect ":hg:'command'" notation stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 01 Nov 2014 02:43:08 +0900] rev 23114
help: use ":hg:`command`" instead of incorrect ":hg:'command'" notation
Sat, 01 Nov 2014 02:43:08 +0900 i18n: add i18n comment to error messages of filesets predicates stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 01 Nov 2014 02:43:08 +0900] rev 23113
i18n: add i18n comment to error messages of filesets predicates
Sat, 01 Nov 2014 02:43:08 +0900 i18n: add i18n comment to error messages of template functions stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 01 Nov 2014 02:43:08 +0900] rev 23112
i18n: add i18n comment to error messages of template functions
Sat, 01 Nov 2014 02:43:08 +0900 help: refer ":merge3" instead of "internal:merge3" stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 01 Nov 2014 02:43:08 +0900] rev 23111
help: refer ":merge3" instead of "internal:merge3" According to warning message (introduced by 38e0363dcbe0) in filemerge.py, the former should be used as official name.
Sat, 01 Nov 2014 02:43:08 +0900 i18n: make hint message of exception translatable stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 01 Nov 2014 02:43:08 +0900] rev 23110
i18n: make hint message of exception translatable
Sat, 01 Nov 2014 02:43:08 +0900 help: use "hg files" instead of "hg locate" in "hg help filesets" stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 01 Nov 2014 02:43:08 +0900] rev 23109
help: use "hg files" instead of "hg locate" in "hg help filesets" The latter command is already deprecated.
Sat, 01 Nov 2014 02:41:18 +0900 files: refer "hg help filesets" instead of "hg help revsets" in help text stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 01 Nov 2014 02:41:18 +0900] rev 23108
files: refer "hg help filesets" instead of "hg help revsets" in help text "specifying FILE patterns" should refer the former.
Thu, 30 Oct 2014 17:52:01 -0500 tests: silence output race in test-run-tests.t stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 30 Oct 2014 17:52:01 -0500] rev 23107
tests: silence output race in test-run-tests.t
Thu, 30 Oct 2014 16:57:28 -0500 merge with i18n stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 30 Oct 2014 16:57:28 -0500] rev 23106
merge with i18n
Mon, 27 Oct 2014 20:38:17 -0200 i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with 8d43c6bb38c0 stable
Wagner Bruna <wbruna@softwareexpress.com.br> [Mon, 27 Oct 2014 20:38:17 -0200] rev 23105
i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with 8d43c6bb38c0
Thu, 23 Oct 2014 18:17:00 -0200 i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with c312ef382033 stable
Wagner Bruna <wbruna@softwareexpress.com.br> [Thu, 23 Oct 2014 18:17:00 -0200] rev 23104
i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with c312ef382033
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 21:25:48 -0700 transaction: only generate file when we actually close the transaction stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 21:25:48 -0700] rev 23103
transaction: only generate file when we actually close the transaction Before this change, the file were written for every call to `tr.close()` exposing data to reader far too early.
Mon, 29 Sep 2014 00:59:25 -0700 transaction: extract file generation into its own function stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 29 Sep 2014 00:59:25 -0700] rev 23102
transaction: extract file generation into its own function We extract the code generating files into its own function. We are about to move this code around to fix a bug. We'll need it in a function soon to reuse it for "pending" logic. So we move the code into a function instead of moving it twice.
Tue, 28 Oct 2014 23:05:19 -0400 amend: abort early if no username is configured with evolve enabled (issue4211) stable
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Tue, 28 Oct 2014 23:05:19 -0400] rev 23101
amend: abort early if no username is configured with evolve enabled (issue4211) Amend will reuse the original username if a new one is not provided with -U, but obsolete.createmarkers() only considers ui.username() for the obsolete marker's metadata. Allowing the metadata field to be spoofed seems to defeat the point of the field in the first place. This covers 'evolve amend' and 'ci --amend' with evolve enabled. Without this, the transaction aborts but the parent changeset is set to -1. The corresponding test will be added to evolve separately.
Tue, 28 Oct 2014 14:06:06 -0700 revset: fix O(2^n) perf regression in addset stable
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Tue, 28 Oct 2014 14:06:06 -0700] rev 23100
revset: fix O(2^n) perf regression in addset hg log -r 1 ... -r 100 was never returning due to a regression in the way addset computes __nonzero__. It used 'bool(self._r1 or self._r2)' which required executing self._r1.__nonzero__ twice (once for the or, once for the bool). hg log with a lot of -r's happens to build a one sided addset tree of N length, which ends up being 2^N performance. This patch fixes it by converting to bool before or'ing. This problem can be repro'd with something as simple as: hg log `for x in $(seq 1 50) ; do echo "-r $x "; done` Adding '1 + 2 + ... + 20' to the revsetbenchmark.txt didn't seem to repro the problem, so I wasn't able to add a revset benchmark for this issue.
Mon, 27 Oct 2014 23:47:41 -0500 tests: add missing glob for Windows stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 27 Oct 2014 23:47:41 -0500] rev 23099
tests: add missing glob for Windows
Mon, 27 Oct 2014 18:44:05 -0500 test-convert-svn-sink: properly isolate symlink section stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 27 Oct 2014 18:44:05 -0500] rev 23098
test-convert-svn-sink: properly isolate symlink section This was fixed earlier by moving all the symlink bits to a section to the end of the file, but then it was broken (by the same person) by adding more tests at the end.
Fri, 24 Oct 2014 11:39:39 -0700 util.fspath: use a dict rather than a linear scan for lookups stable
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 24 Oct 2014 11:39:39 -0700] rev 23097
util.fspath: use a dict rather than a linear scan for lookups Previously, we'd scan through the entire directory listing looking for a normalized match. This is O(N) in the number of files in the directory. If we decide to call util.fspath on each file in it, the overall complexity works out to O(N^2). This becomes a problem with directories a few thousand files or larger. Switch to using a dictionary instead. There is a slightly higher upfront cost to pay, but for cases like the above this is amortized O(1). Plus there is a lower constant factor because generator comprehensions are faster than for loops, so overall it works out to be a very small loss in performance for 1 file, and a huge gain when there's more. For a large repo with around 200k files in it on a case-insensitive file system, for a large directory with over 30,000 files in it, the following command was tested: ls | shuf -n $COUNT | xargs hg status This command leads to util.fspath being called on $COUNT files in the directory. COUNT before after 1 0.77s 0.78s 100 1.42s 0.80s 1000 6.3s 0.96s I also tested with COUNT=10000, but before took too long so I gave up.
Mon, 27 Oct 2014 16:53:01 -0500 test-clone.t: drop message about listing bookmarks with no hardlinks stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 27 Oct 2014 16:53:01 -0500] rev 23096
test-clone.t: drop message about listing bookmarks with no hardlinks
Mon, 27 Oct 2014 16:39:57 -0500 tests: don't try to test unix sockets on vfat stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 27 Oct 2014 16:39:57 -0500] rev 23095
tests: don't try to test unix sockets on vfat
Tue, 28 Oct 2014 00:19:18 +0900 tests: change obsolete timestamp to avoid "gmtime()" problem on Windows stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Tue, 28 Oct 2014 00:19:18 +0900] rev 23094
tests: change obsolete timestamp to avoid "gmtime()" problem on Windows Before this patch, "test-obsolete.t" fails on Windows environment, because strings corresponded to "tm_wday" (day of the week) field are incorrect. On POSIX environment, "gmtime()" returns correct "tm_wday" value even for negative "time_t" value. On the other hand, it returns incorrect one on Windows environment. At least, "gmtime()" of the Windows runtime library bundled with Python 2.7.3 does. According to 9a7d0f7e0561 introducing original timestamp value '56 120', it shouldn't cause negative "time_t" value. test-obsolete: remove subminute timezone in test Obsmarker format "1" does not supports sub minute timezone. So we change the test to something slightly more sensible. It replaced "-d '56 12'" by "-d '56 120'".
Tue, 28 Oct 2014 00:19:18 +0900 tests: use "%HG_ARGS%" in shell alias on Windows instead of "$HG_ARGS" stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Tue, 28 Oct 2014 00:19:18 +0900] rev 23093
tests: use "%HG_ARGS%" in shell alias on Windows instead of "$HG_ARGS" Before this patch, a part of "test-alias.t" fails unexpectedly on Windows environment, because "cmd.exe" can't evaluate "$HG_ARGS" expression in shell alias correctly. This patch uses "%HG_ARGS%" in shell alias on Windows instead of "$HG_ARGS" to expand it correctly.
Tue, 28 Oct 2014 00:19:18 +0900 tests: introduce "checkeditform-n-cat.sh" script to invoke "cat" in it safely stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Tue, 28 Oct 2014 00:19:18 +0900] rev 23092
tests: introduce "checkeditform-n-cat.sh" script to invoke "cat" in it safely Before this patch, a part of "test-transplant.t" fails unexpectedly on Windows environment, because semicolon (";") in HGEDITOR isn't recognized as the command separator by "cmd.exe". This patch newly introduces "checkeditform-n-cat.sh" script to invoke "cat" in it safely anywhere.
Fri, 24 Oct 2014 13:50:00 -0400 doc: change 'revision or range' to 'revision or revset' stable
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Fri, 24 Oct 2014 13:50:00 -0400] rev 23091
doc: change 'revision or range' to 'revision or revset' The phrase "revision or range" comes from a pre-revset era. Since the documentation for ranges now is under the revset docs, and as a helpful hint nudging users towards revsets, I think it's better to say "revision or revset"
Tue, 28 Oct 2014 01:14:12 +0900 largefiles: add examination of exec bit in "hg status --rev REV" case stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Tue, 28 Oct 2014 01:14:12 +0900] rev 23090
largefiles: add examination of exec bit in "hg status --rev REV" case Before this patch, "hg status --rev REV" doesn't list largefiles up with "M" mark, even if exec bit of them is changed, because "lfilesrepo.status" doesn't examine exec bit in such case.
Tue, 28 Oct 2014 01:14:11 +0900 largefiles: ignore removal status of files not managed in the target context stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Tue, 28 Oct 2014 01:14:11 +0900] rev 23089
largefiles: ignore removal status of files not managed in the target context Before this patch, "hg status --rev REV" listed largefiles removed in the working directory up with "R" mark, even if they aren't managed in the REV. Normal files aren't listed up in such case. When "lfilesrepo.status" is invoked for "hg status --rev REV", it treats files on conditions below as "removed" (to avoid manifest full scan in "ctx.status" ?): - marked as "R" in lfdirstate, or - files managed in the target revision but unknown in the manifest of the working context (= not including "R" files) But the former can include files not managed in the target context. To ignore removal status of files not managed in the target context, this patch drops files unknown in the target revision from "removed" list.
Sun, 26 Oct 2014 12:14:12 +0100 changelog: use headrevsfiltered stable
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 26 Oct 2014 12:14:12 +0100] rev 23088
changelog: use headrevsfiltered 2b5940f64750 introduced use of the new filtering headrevs C implementation. It caught TypeError to detect when to fall back to the implementation that was compatible with old extensions. That method was however not reliable. Instead, use the new headrevsfiltered function when passing a filter. It will reliably fail with AttributeError when an old extension that predates headrevsfiltered is used.
Sun, 26 Oct 2014 12:14:10 +0100 parsers: introduce headrevsfiltered in C extension stable
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 26 Oct 2014 12:14:10 +0100] rev 23087
parsers: introduce headrevsfiltered in C extension All extensions that have this function do support filtering. The existing headrevs function may support filtering but we cannot reliably detect whether it does.
Sat, 25 Oct 2014 21:34:49 -0400 httppeer: close the temporary bundle file after two-way streaming it stable
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Sat, 25 Oct 2014 21:34:49 -0400] rev 23086
httppeer: close the temporary bundle file after two-way streaming it This fixes several push tests in test-bundle2-exchange.t that were failing on Windows with messages like the following: $ hg -R main push http://localhost:$HGPORT2/ -r 32af7686d403 \ --bookmark book_32af pushing to http://localhost:$HGPORT2/ searching for changes remote: adding changesets remote: adding manifests remote: adding file changes remote: added 1 changesets with 1 changes to 1 files remote: 1 new obsolescence markers updating bookmark book_32af abort: The process cannot access the file because it is being used by another process: 'C:\path\to\tmp\bundle.hg' [255]
Fri, 24 Oct 2014 14:24:28 -0700 status: make 'hg status --rev' faster when there are deleted files stable
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Fri, 24 Oct 2014 14:24:28 -0700] rev 23085
status: make 'hg status --rev' faster when there are deleted files In order not to avoid listing files as both added and deleted, for example, we check for every file in the manifest if it is in the _list_ of deleted files. This can get quite slow when there are many deleted files. Change it to a set to make the containment check faster. On a somewhat contrived example of the Mozilla repo with the entire testing/ directory deleted (~14k files), this makes 'hg status --rev .^' go from 26s to 2s.
Mon, 27 Oct 2014 17:52:33 +0100 setdiscovery: limit the size of the initial sample (issue4411) stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 27 Oct 2014 17:52:33 +0100] rev 23084
setdiscovery: limit the size of the initial sample (issue4411) The set discovery start by sending a "known" command with all local heads. When the number of local heads is massive (eg: using hidden changesets) such request becomes too large. This lead to 414 error over http, aborting the whole process. We limit the size of the sample used by the first query to fix this. The test are impacted because they do test massive number of heads. But they do not test it over real world http setup.
Mon, 27 Oct 2014 17:40:32 +0100 setdiscovery: extract sample limitation in a `_limitsample` function stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 27 Oct 2014 17:40:32 +0100] rev 23083
setdiscovery: extract sample limitation in a `_limitsample` function We need to reuse this logic for the initial query. We extract it in a function to unsure sample limiting is applied consistently in all cases.
Fri, 24 Oct 2014 17:24:46 -0500 exchange: don't report failure from identical bookmarks stable
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Fri, 24 Oct 2014 17:24:46 -0500] rev 23082
exchange: don't report failure from identical bookmarks b901645a8784 regressed the behavior of pushing an unchanged bookmark to a remote. Before that commit, pushing a unchanged bookmark would result in "exporting bookmark @" being printed. After that commit, we now see an incorrect message "bookmark %s does not exist on the local or remote repository!" This patch fixes the regression introduced by b901645a8784 by having the bookmark error reporting code filter identical bookmarks and adds a test for the behavior.
Fri, 24 Oct 2014 10:40:37 -0700 bookmarks: explicitly track identical bookmarks stable
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Fri, 24 Oct 2014 10:40:37 -0700] rev 23081
bookmarks: explicitly track identical bookmarks bookmarks.compare() previously lumped identical bookmarks in the "invalid" bucket. This patch adds a "same" bucket. An 8-tuple for holding this state is pretty gnarly. The return value should probably be converted into a class to increase readability. But that is beyond the scope of a patch intended to be a late arrival to stable.
Fri, 24 Oct 2014 15:52:20 -0500 context.status: remove incorrect swapping of added/removed in workingctx stable
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Fri, 24 Oct 2014 15:52:20 -0500] rev 23080
context.status: remove incorrect swapping of added/removed in workingctx The comment in workingctx.status() says that "calling 'super' subtly reveresed the contexts", but that is simply not true, so we should not be swapping added and removed fields.
Thu, 23 Oct 2014 13:17:37 -0700 keyword: use parent of working copy as base for status stable
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@google.com> [Thu, 23 Oct 2014 13:17:37 -0700] rev 23079
keyword: use parent of working copy as base for status Instead of calling repo[None].status(), use the more common form that uses the parent of the working copy as the base: repo['.'].status(). Note that the former defaults to comparing to revision '.', while the latter defaults to revision None, so the contexts being compared are the same. It might seem like this would result in a reverse diff, but it turns out that workingctx.status() incorrectly reverses the result. That bug will be fixed in a later commit.
Thu, 23 Oct 2014 21:53:37 +0900 revset: avoid O(n) lookup of invalid revision in rev() stable
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Thu, 23 Oct 2014 21:53:37 +0900] rev 23078
revset: avoid O(n) lookup of invalid revision in rev() ba89f7b542c9 was not the final version of that patch. It was really slow because `l not in repo.changelog` iterates revisions up to `l`. Instead, rev() should utilize spanset.__contains__(). revset #0: rev(210000) 0) wall 0.000039 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 67978) 1) wall 0.002721 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 1055) 2) wall 0.000059 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 45599) (0: 3.2-rc, 1: ba89f7b542c9, 2: this patch) Note that the benchmark result described in ba89f7b542c9 is wrong because it is the one of the initial version.
Thu, 23 Oct 2014 13:44:34 -0500 run-tests: output diffs with only forward slashes stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 23 Oct 2014 13:44:34 -0500] rev 23077
run-tests: output diffs with only forward slashes This removes some gratuitous variance when testing on Windows with test-run-tests.t.
Thu, 23 Oct 2014 12:35:10 -0200 i18n: add hint to digest mismatch message stable
Wagner Bruna <wbruna@softwareexpress.com.br> [Thu, 23 Oct 2014 12:35:10 -0200] rev 23076
i18n: add hint to digest mismatch message
Thu, 23 Oct 2014 12:28:00 -0200 help/config: fix typo stable
Wagner Bruna <wbruna@softwareexpress.com.br> [Thu, 23 Oct 2014 12:28:00 -0200] rev 23075
help/config: fix typo
Thu, 23 Oct 2014 12:27:57 -0200 files: fix example list syntax stable
Wagner Bruna <wbruna@softwareexpress.com.br> [Thu, 23 Oct 2014 12:27:57 -0200] rev 23074
files: fix example list syntax
Thu, 23 Oct 2014 02:42:57 +0200 parsers: use 'k' format for Py_BuildValue instead of 'n' because Python 2.4 stable
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Thu, 23 Oct 2014 02:42:57 +0200] rev 23073
parsers: use 'k' format for Py_BuildValue instead of 'n' because Python 2.4 'n' was introduced in Mercurial in 2b5940f64750 and broke Python 2.4 support in mysterious ways that only showed failure in test-glog.t. Py_BuildValue failed because of the unknown format and a TypeError was thrown ... but it never showed up on the Python side and it happily continued processing with wrong data. Quoting https://docs.python.org/2/c-api/arg.html : n (integer) [Py_ssize_t] Convert a Python integer or long integer to a C Py_ssize_t. New in version 2.5. k (integer) [unsigned long] Convert a Python integer or long integer to a C unsigned long without overflow checking. This will use unsigned long instead of Py_ssize_t. That is not a good solution, but good is not an option when we have to support Python 2.4.
Mon, 20 Oct 2014 18:50:09 -0700 rebase: improve base revset performance stable
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Mon, 20 Oct 2014 18:50:09 -0700] rev 23072
rebase: improve base revset performance The old revset had pretty terrible performance on large repositories (12+ seconds). This new revset achieves the same result in only 0.7s. As we improve the underlying revset APIs we can probably get this revset down to 'only(base, dest)::', but at the moment that version still takes 2s.
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 06:35:06 -0700 amend: fix amending rename commit with diverged topologies (issue4405) stable
Ryan McElroy <rmcelroy@fb.com> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 06:35:06 -0700] rev 23071
amend: fix amending rename commit with diverged topologies (issue4405) This addresses the bug described in issue4405: when obsolescence markers are enabled, amending a commit with a file move can lead to the copy information being lost. However, the bug is more general and can be reproduced without obsmarkers as well, as demonstracted by Pierre-Yves and put into the updated test. Specifically, graph topology divergences between the filelogs and the changelog can cause copy information to be lost during amends.
Tue, 21 Oct 2014 17:09:37 -0400 hgweb: disable SSLv3 serving (BC) stable
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Tue, 21 Oct 2014 17:09:37 -0400] rev 23070
hgweb: disable SSLv3 serving (BC) Because of recent attacks[0] on SSLv3, let's just drop support entirely. 0: http://googleonlinesecurity.blogspot.com/2014/10/this-poodle-bites-exploiting-ssl-30.html
Tue, 21 Oct 2014 17:01:23 -0400 sslutil: only support TLS (BC) stable
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Tue, 21 Oct 2014 17:01:23 -0400] rev 23069
sslutil: only support TLS (BC) In light of the POODLE[0] attack on SSLv3, let's just drop the ability to use anything older than TLSv1 entirely. This only fixes the client side. Another commit will fix the server side. There are still a few SSLv[23] constants hiding in httpclient, but I'll fix those separately upstream and import them when we're not in a code freeze. 0: http://googleonlinesecurity.blogspot.com/2014/10/this-poodle-bites-exploiting-ssl-30.html
Wed, 22 Oct 2014 16:10:23 +0200 eol: fix crash when handling removed files stable
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Wed, 22 Oct 2014 16:10:23 +0200] rev 23068
eol: fix crash when handling removed files ci --amend would in some cases fail after 650b5b6e75ed failed to refactor the eol extension too.
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 03:52:20 -0700 bundle2: transmit exception during part generation stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 03:52:20 -0700] rev 23067
bundle2: transmit exception during part generation If an exception is raised during a bundle2 part payload generation it is now recorded in the bundle. If such exception occurs, we capture it, transmit an abort exception through the bundle, cleanly close the current part payload and raise it again. This allow to generate valid bundle even in case of exception so that the consumer does not wait forever for a dead producer. This also allow to raise the exception during unbundling at the exact point it happened during bundling make debugging easier.
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 10:47:47 -0700 bundle2: add a interrupt mechanism stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 10:47:47 -0700] rev 23066
bundle2: add a interrupt mechanism It is now possible to emit a single part in the middle of a payload production. This part will be processed with limitation (only access to a `ui` object). The goal is to let the server raise exception and output while a part is being processed. The source motivation is to transmit exception that occurs while generating a part. This change is was the motivation to bump the bundle2 format from HG2X to HG2Y. Somehow, the format bump made it into 3.2 without it. So this change go on stable. It is low risk as bundle2 is still disabled by default.
Tue, 21 Oct 2014 12:38:28 -0700 transactions: change backupfiles format to use newlines stable
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Tue, 21 Oct 2014 12:38:28 -0700] rev 23065
transactions: change backupfiles format to use newlines Previously the journal.backupfiles file was delimited by \0. Now we delimit it using \n (same as the journal file). This allows us to change the number of values in each line more easily, rather than relying on the count of \0's.
Tue, 21 Oct 2014 11:37:29 -0700 transactions: add version number to journal.backupfiles stable
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Tue, 21 Oct 2014 11:37:29 -0700] rev 23064
transactions: add version number to journal.backupfiles The transaction format will be changing a bit over the next releases, so let's go ahead and add a version number to make backwards compatibility easier. This whole file format was broken prior to 3.2 (see previous patch), so changing it now is pretty low risk.
Mon, 20 Oct 2014 16:53:56 -0700 transactions: fix hg recover with fncache backups stable
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Mon, 20 Oct 2014 16:53:56 -0700] rev 23063
transactions: fix hg recover with fncache backups The transaction backupfiles logic was broken for 'hg recover'. The file format is XXX\0XXX\0YYY\0YYY\0 but the parser did a couple things wrong. 1) It went one step beyond the final \0 and tried to read past the end of the array. 2) array[i:i+1] returns a single item, instead of two items as intended. Added a test to catch it, which turns out to be the first actual 'hg recover' test.
Sun, 19 Oct 2014 16:48:33 +0900 revset: have rev() drop out-of-range or filtered rev explicitly (issue4396) stable
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sun, 19 Oct 2014 16:48:33 +0900] rev 23062
revset: have rev() drop out-of-range or filtered rev explicitly (issue4396) The recent optimization of "and" operation relies on the assumption that the rhs set does not contain invalid revisions. So rev() has to remove invalid revisions. This is still faster than using `.filter(lambda r: r == l)`. revset #0: rev(25) 0) wall 0.026341 comb 0.020000 user 0.020000 sys 0.000000 (best of 113) 1) wall 0.000038 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 66567) 2) wall 0.000062 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 43699) (0: bbf4f3dfd700^, 1: 3.2-rc, 2: this patch)
Wed, 22 Oct 2014 15:47:27 -0500 revset: avoid recalculating filesets stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 22 Oct 2014 15:47:27 -0500] rev 23061
revset: avoid recalculating filesets This fixes a regression in 8dabcc889e33 that moved matcher building into a callback, thus causing it be rebuilt for each revision matched against.
Mon, 20 Oct 2014 22:08:08 +0900 tests: open file in binary mode to use POSIX end-of-line style anywhere stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Mon, 20 Oct 2014 22:08:08 +0900] rev 23060
tests: open file in binary mode to use POSIX end-of-line style anywhere Before this patch, "test-context.py" fails on Windows environment, because "diff" output contains unexpected "\r" character. Opening the target file in text mode causes this automatic end-of-line conversion.
Mon, 20 Oct 2014 22:08:08 +0900 tests: add "(glob)" for l10n messages in test-clone.t for Windows stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Mon, 20 Oct 2014 22:08:08 +0900] rev 23059
tests: add "(glob)" for l10n messages in test-clone.t for Windows This patch follows the style of other tests avoiding same kind of issue.
Mon, 20 Oct 2014 22:08:08 +0900 tests: add "(glob)" for l10n messages in test-largefiles-update.t for Windows stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Mon, 20 Oct 2014 22:08:08 +0900] rev 23058
tests: add "(glob)" for l10n messages in test-largefiles-update.t for Windows This patch follows the style of other tests avoiding same kind of issue.
Mon, 20 Oct 2014 22:08:08 +0900 tests: add "(glob)" to paths in test-revset-outgoing.t for Windows stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Mon, 20 Oct 2014 22:08:08 +0900] rev 23057
tests: add "(glob)" to paths in test-revset-outgoing.t for Windows
Mon, 20 Oct 2014 22:08:08 +0900 tests: add "(glob)" to paths in test-hgrc.t for Windows stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Mon, 20 Oct 2014 22:08:08 +0900] rev 23056
tests: add "(glob)" to paths in test-hgrc.t for Windows
Mon, 20 Oct 2014 22:08:08 +0900 tests: add "(glob)" to paths in test-url-rev.t for Windows stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Mon, 20 Oct 2014 22:08:08 +0900] rev 23055
tests: add "(glob)" to paths in test-url-rev.t for Windows
Mon, 20 Oct 2014 22:08:08 +0900 tests: adjust expected prompt choice outputs in test-record.t for Windows stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Mon, 20 Oct 2014 22:08:08 +0900] rev 23054
tests: adjust expected prompt choice outputs in test-record.t for Windows Changeset 9ab18a912c44 introduced "showing prompt choice if input is not a tty but is forced to be interactive" and adjusted expected output in test-record.t. But some tests for no-execbit platform (= Windows) were not adjusted by 9ab18a912c44. This causes unexpected failure of test-record on Windows environment. This patch adds below to prompt lines for such tests: - prompt choice at the end of prompt line, and - empty line after prompt line
Tue, 21 Oct 2014 23:16:46 +0900 ui: separate option to show prompt echo, enabled only in tests (issue4417) stable
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Tue, 21 Oct 2014 23:16:46 +0900] rev 23053
ui: separate option to show prompt echo, enabled only in tests (issue4417) The problem in commandserver was addressed by 524b786bd54f, but it is tricky to reuse ui.nontty option to disable echo back. Instead, this patch introduces new option to enable echoing of prompt response. Prompt echoing is changed to be off by default, which should avoid possible breakage of output parsing in user scripts. For now, this option is undocumented because it exists for internal use.
Sat, 18 Oct 2014 18:14:48 -0500 Added signature for changeset 7f8d16af8cae stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sat, 18 Oct 2014 18:14:48 -0500] rev 23052
Added signature for changeset 7f8d16af8cae
Sat, 18 Oct 2014 18:14:38 -0500 Added tag 3.2-rc for changeset 7f8d16af8cae stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sat, 18 Oct 2014 18:14:38 -0500] rev 23051
Added tag 3.2-rc for changeset 7f8d16af8cae
Sat, 18 Oct 2014 18:05:10 -0500 merge with i18n stable 3.2-rc
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sat, 18 Oct 2014 18:05:10 -0500] rev 23050
merge with i18n
Mon, 13 Oct 2014 14:46:50 +0100 i18n-ru: synchronized with 6b4dc7968bf0 stable
Alexander Sauta <demosito@gmail.com> [Mon, 13 Oct 2014 14:46:50 +0100] rev 23049
i18n-ru: synchronized with 6b4dc7968bf0
Sat, 18 Oct 2014 18:04:31 -0500 merge default into stable for 3.2 freeze stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sat, 18 Oct 2014 18:04:31 -0500] rev 23048
merge default into stable for 3.2 freeze
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 02:17:36 -0700 hook: schedule run "b2x-transactionclose" for after lock release
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 02:17:36 -0700] rev 23047
hook: schedule run "b2x-transactionclose" for after lock release Hooks that run after the transaction need to be able to touch the repository. So we need to run them after the lock release. This is similar to what the "changegroup" hook is doing in the `addchangegroup` function.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 15:25:32 -0700 repoview: issue a special message when filtering hidden changesets
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 15:25:32 -0700] rev 23046
repoview: issue a special message when filtering hidden changesets Hidden changesets are by far the most common error case and is the only one[1] that can reach the user. We move to a friendlier message with a hint about how to access the data anyway. We should probably point to a help topic instead but we do not have such a topic yet. Example of the new output abort: hidden revision '4'! (use --hidden to access hidden revisions) [1] Actually, filtering from "served" can also reach the user during certain exchange operations.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 15:54:43 -0700 repoview: include the filter name in filtered revision error messages
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 15:54:43 -0700] rev 23045
repoview: include the filter name in filtered revision error messages This will help user to debug. A more precise message will be issued for the most common case ("visible" filter) in the next changesets. example output: - abort: filtered revision '4'! + abort: filtered revision '4' (not in 'visible' subset)!
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 05:08:56 +0200 largefiles: inline redundant toname function in status
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 05:08:56 +0200] rev 23044
largefiles: inline redundant toname function in status Simpler and an optimization.
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 05:08:56 +0200 largefiles: inline redundant inctx function in status
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 05:08:56 +0200] rev 23043
largefiles: inline redundant inctx function in status
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 18:56:12 +0200 ssl: only use the dummy cert hack if using an Apple Python (issue4410)
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 18:56:12 +0200] rev 23042
ssl: only use the dummy cert hack if using an Apple Python (issue4410) The hack for using certificate store in addition to the provided CAs resides in Apple's OpenSSL. Apple's own Pythons will use it, but other custom built Pythons might use a custom built OpenSSL without that hack and will fail when exposed to the dummy cacert introduced in d7f7f1860f00. There do not seem to be a simple way to check from Python if we are using a patched OpenSSL or if it is an Apple OpenSSL. Instead, check if the Python executable resides in /usr/bin/python* or in /System/Library/Frameworks/Python.framework/ and assume that all Pythons found there will be native Pythons using the patched OpenSSL. Custom built Pythons will not get the benefit of using the CAs from the certificate store.
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 05:08:56 +0200 largefiles: move initialization of standins variable to clarify its "scope"
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 05:08:56 +0200] rev 23041
largefiles: move initialization of standins variable to clarify its "scope"
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 05:08:56 +0200 largefiles: the update override only needs lfdirstate and status for --check
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 05:08:56 +0200] rev 23040
largefiles: the update override only needs lfdirstate and status for --check
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 00:42:40 +0200 largefiles: remove confusing rev parameter for lfdirstatestatus
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 00:42:40 +0200] rev 23039
largefiles: remove confusing rev parameter for lfdirstatestatus Dirstate only works on the repo wctx.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 00:42:40 +0200 largefiles: replace repo._isaddremove hack with a simple function parameter
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 00:42:40 +0200] rev 23038
largefiles: replace repo._isaddremove hack with a simple function parameter
Sun, 12 Oct 2014 22:23:43 -0700 status: add more complete tests for --rev
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Sun, 12 Oct 2014 22:23:43 -0700] rev 23037
status: add more complete tests for --rev The 'status --rev' code is not very well tested, which has bitten us as recently as in issue4321. Let's add some more tests, some of which uncover bugs. Remove the few existing tests that are now covered in a more thorough and consistent way.
Sat, 18 Oct 2014 12:24:50 +0900 cmdserver: include pid of server handling requests in hello message
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 18 Oct 2014 12:24:50 +0900] rev 23036
cmdserver: include pid of server handling requests in hello message Because unix-mode server forks child process per connection, client does not know the pid of the server that will handle requests. The pid is necessary to interrupt hung process: 1. client connects to socket server 2. server accepts the connection, forks, and tells pid 3. client requests "runcommand pull" .. hung .. 4. client sends SIGINT to the (forked) server 5. server returns from I/O wait Note that getsockopt(SO_PEERCRED) of Linux cannot be used because the server fork()s after accept().
Sat, 18 Oct 2014 21:52:11 +0900 run-tests: clean up unused globals that were removed by tests-refactor series
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 18 Oct 2014 21:52:11 +0900] rev 23035
run-tests: clean up unused globals that were removed by tests-refactor series They were demoted to instance variables by cb88d4a04f58, 1ad7aabba14e, 93511a595766, 2e1aa8c1ee37, 8e7b0f4d6ac7 and 02087bc4f143.
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 17:44:37 +0200 docker: use official centos5 image
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 17:44:37 +0200] rev 23034
docker: use official centos5 image I guess it didn't exist when centos5 support was introduced.
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 17:44:14 +0200 docker: add centos7 target for CentOS / Red Hat 7 support
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 17:44:14 +0200] rev 23033
docker: add centos7 target for CentOS / Red Hat 7 support
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 19:15:51 -0700 lock: while releasing, unlink lockfile even if the release function throws
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 19:15:51 -0700] rev 23032
lock: while releasing, unlink lockfile even if the release function throws Consider a hypothetical bug in the release function that causes it to raise an exception. Also consider the bisect command, which saves its state in a finally clause. Saving the state requires acquiring the wlock. If we don't unlink the lockfile when the exception is thrown, we'll try to acquire the wlock again. We're going to try and acquire a lock again while our old lockfile is on disk. The PID on disk is our own, and of course we're still running, so we won't take over the lock. Hence we'll be stuck waiting for a lock that we left behind ourselves. To avoid this, always unlink the lockfile. This preserves the invariant that self.held > 0 is equivalent to the lockfile existing on disk.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 13:52:10 -0400 i18n: cache the result of every gettext call
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 13:52:10 -0400] rev 23031
i18n: cache the result of every gettext call In looking at profiler output for 'hg log' on mozilla-central, I noticed we spent a _huge_ amount of time in gettext relative to what it's doing. Caching provides a roughly 15% performance improvement even on repositories as small as hg. == hg repo on linux == Before: % cumulative self time seconds seconds name 5.05 0.19 0.19 i18n.py:62:gettext 4.84 0.18 0.18 revlog.py:88:decompress 2.95 0.17 0.11 changelog.py:201:node 2.32 0.09 0.09 ui.py:577:write 2.11 0.08 0.08 i18n.py:72:gettext 2.11 0.08 0.08 obsolete.py:196:_fm0readmarkers 1.89 0.07 0.07 obsolete.py:569:_load 1.68 0.63 0.06 localrepo.py:29:__get__ real 0m4.026s user 0m3.993s sys 0m0.034s After: % cumulative self time seconds seconds name 8.05 0.26 0.26 revlog.py:88:decompress 2.68 0.22 0.09 color.py:395:write 2.20 0.07 0.07 obsolete.py:196:_fm0readmarkers 1.95 0.06 0.06 obsolete.py:174:_fm0readmarkers 1.95 0.06 0.06 ui.py:577:write 1.95 0.06 0.06 util.py:1228:datestr 1.71 0.06 0.06 utf_8.py:16:decode 1.71 0.06 0.06 revlog.py:273:__len__ real 0m3.519s user 0m3.447s sys 0m0.073s == mozilla-central repo on linux == Before: % cumulative self time seconds seconds name 7.72 2.35 2.35 revlog.py:88:decompress 4.46 1.36 1.36 i18n.py:62:gettext 2.22 0.67 0.67 i18n.py:72:gettext 2.19 1.14 0.67 changelog.py:201:node 2.16 0.66 0.66 ui.py:577:write 1.96 0.60 0.60 utf_8.py:16:decode 1.93 1.97 0.59 color.py:395:write 1.85 0.81 0.56 changelog.py:136:tip real 0m30.822s user 0m30.660s sys 0m0.149s After: % cumulative self time seconds seconds name 9.82 2.49 2.49 revlog.py:88:decompress 2.67 1.31 0.68 localrepo.py:29:__get__ 2.57 0.65 0.65 utf_8.py:16:decode 2.48 1.01 0.63 changelog.py:201:node 2.10 0.82 0.53 changelog.py:136:tip 2.01 0.51 0.51 ui.py:577:write 1.91 0.49 0.49 util.py:1232:datestr 1.85 1.65 0.47 color.py:395:write real 0m25.619s user 0m25.446s sys 0m0.166s == cpython repo on os x = Before: % cumulative self time seconds seconds name 5.05 1.35 1.35 cmdutil.py:982:_show 4.59 1.22 1.22 revlog.py:274:__len__ 3.98 1.06 1.06 i18n.py:62:gettext 3.91 1.04 1.04 revlog.py:1016:revision 3.68 0.98 0.98 revlog.py:337:parents 3.45 0.92 0.92 revlog.py:88:decompress 2.91 0.78 0.78 revlog.py:309:rev 2.62 0.70 0.70 revlog.py:1033:revision real 0m30.414s user 0m28.145s sys 0m0.541s After: % cumulative self time seconds seconds name 7.98 1.66 1.66 cmdutil.py:982:_show 6.83 1.42 1.42 changelog.py:46:decodeextra 5.18 1.08 1.08 revlog.py:274:__len__ 3.94 0.82 0.82 revlog.py:1016:revision 3.41 0.71 0.71 revlog.py:309:rev 3.32 0.69 0.69 revlog.py:88:decompress 2.99 0.63 0.62 revlog.py:1033:revision 2.69 0.56 0.56 revlog.py:341:start real 0m22.811s user 0m21.883s sys 0m0.397s
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 17:38:14 +0200 util.system: avoid buffering of subprocess output when it is piped
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 17:38:14 +0200] rev 23030
util.system: avoid buffering of subprocess output when it is piped util.system() copies subprocess' output through pipe if output file is not stdout. Because a file iterator has internal buffering, output won't be flushed until enough data is available. Therefore, it could easily miss important messages such as "waiting for lock".
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 09:57:05 +0900 bundle2: client side support for a part to import external bundles
Mike Hommey <mh@glandium.org> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 09:57:05 +0900] rev 23029
bundle2: client side support for a part to import external bundles Bundle2 opens doors to advanced features allowing to reduce load on mercurial servers, and improve clone experience for users on unstable or slow networks. For instance, it could be possible to pre-generate a bundle of a repository, and give a pointer to it to clients cloning the repository, followed by another changegroup with the remainder. For significantly big repositories, this could come as several base bundles with e.g. 10k changesets, which, combined with checkpoints (not part of this change), would prevent users with flaky networks from starting over any time their connection fails. While the server-side support for those features doesn't exist yet, it is preferable to have client-side support for this early-on, allowing experiments on servers only requiring a vanilla client with bundle2 enabled.
Thu, 25 Sep 2014 11:53:28 +0900 bundle2: remove _getbundleextrapart
Mike Hommey <mh@glandium.org> [Thu, 25 Sep 2014 11:53:28 +0900] rev 23028
bundle2: remove _getbundleextrapart Extensions can now add new part generators with the getbundle2partsgenerator decorator instead.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 12:34:27 -0500 glossary: add deprecated and experimental
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 12:34:27 -0500] rev 23027
glossary: add deprecated and experimental
Thu, 09 Oct 2014 16:57:45 -0700 test-merge5: remove obsolete '-y' and its motivating comment
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Thu, 09 Oct 2014 16:57:45 -0700] rev 23026
test-merge5: remove obsolete '-y' and its motivating comment The '-y' in 'hg update -y' was once needed to answer questions about modify/delete conflicts. That is no longer needed, so remove the '-y' and the comment justifying its use.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 11:01:05 -0400 test-resolve.t: use redirection to /dev/null instead of grep -q
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 11:01:05 -0400] rev 23025
test-resolve.t: use redirection to /dev/null instead of grep -q
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 22:30:04 -0700 resolve: run happily after conflict-free merge
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 22:30:04 -0700] rev 23024
resolve: run happily after conflict-free merge
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 22:16:18 -0700 test-resolve: add tests for re-merge
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 22:16:18 -0700] rev 23023
test-resolve: add tests for re-merge
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 22:19:08 -0700 test-resolve: add more tests for in conflict-free states
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 22:19:08 -0700] rev 23022
test-resolve: add more tests for in conflict-free states We already have a test for 'hg resolve -m' when there is no merge in progress. Add one for 'hg resolve --all' as well. Also add tests for both --all and -m when there is a merge without conflicts in progress. They should both be successful, just as if there had been conflicts that had been marked resolved. However, that is currently broken, so mark the tests broken for now. The behavior will be fixed in a later patch.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 21:07:30 -0700 test-resolve: add test resolving one of two files
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 21:07:30 -0700] rev 23021
test-resolve: add test resolving one of two files The tests for resolve are missing a lot of cases. Let's start by adding another file to the test repo, so we can test resolving one of two files.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 21:19:31 -0700 test-resolve: clarify test descriptions and consistently use "should"
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 21:19:31 -0700] rev 23020
test-resolve: clarify test descriptions and consistently use "should"
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 17:46:58 -0700 revset-phases: prefetch attributes in phasesrelated revsets
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 17:46:58 -0700] rev 23019
revset-phases: prefetch attributes in phasesrelated revsets Pre-fetching attributes gives a significant performance boost. Such is Python. draft() 0) wall 0.011661 comb 0.010000 user 0.010000 sys 0.000000 (best of 205) 1) wall 0.009804 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 231) draft() - ::bookmark() 0) wall 0.014173 comb 0.010000 user 0.010000 sys 0.000000 (best of 177) 1) wall 0.012966 comb 0.010000 user 0.010000 sys 0.000000 (best of 182)
Sat, 11 Oct 2014 01:21:47 -0700 revset-phases: do not cache phase-related filters
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 11 Oct 2014 01:21:47 -0700] rev 23018
revset-phases: do not cache phase-related filters The phase retrieval is fast enough to not require caching the result of the functions. draft() 0) wall 0.017209 comb 0.020000 user 0.020000 sys 0.000000 (best of 149) 1) wall 0.011654 comb 0.010000 user 0.010000 sys 0.000000 (best of 186) public() 0) wall 0.018687 comb 0.010000 user 0.010000 sys 0.000000 (best of 128) 1) wall 0.013290 comb 0.010000 user 0.010000 sys 0.000000 (best of 181) secret() 0) wall 0.017464 comb 0.020000 user 0.020000 sys 0.000000 (best of 127) 1) wall 0.011499 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 196) draft() - ::bookmark() 0) wall 0.020099 comb 0.020000 user 0.020000 sys 0.000000 (best of 127) 1) wall 0.014399 comb 0.020000 user 0.020000 sys 0.000000 (best of 169)
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 20:37:44 -0700 changectx: issue a FilteredRepoLookupError when applicable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 20:37:44 -0700] rev 23017
changectx: issue a FilteredRepoLookupError when applicable We capture FilteredxxxError and issue a FilteredRepoLookupError instead with a sightly different messsge. The message will likely get more improvement in the future. error: filtered revision '4'
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 02:06:12 -0700 repoview: add a FilteredRepoLookupError
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 02:06:12 -0700] rev 23016
repoview: add a FilteredRepoLookupError This exception is a more precise RepoLookupError that will allow us to issue a special message when we end up accessing a filtered revision.
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 02:05:06 -0700 repoview: add a FilteredLookupError class
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 02:05:06 -0700] rev 23015
repoview: add a FilteredLookupError class This exception is a more precise LookupError that will allow us to issue a special message when we end up accessing a filtered revision.
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 17:02:44 -0700 repoview: add a FilteredIndexError class
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 17:02:44 -0700] rev 23014
repoview: add a FilteredIndexError class This exception is a more precise IndexError that will allow us to issue a special message when we end up accessing a filtered revision.
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 16:14:50 -0700 changectx: move `IndexError` handling in the top level try except
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 16:14:50 -0700] rev 23013
changectx: move `IndexError` handling in the top level try except This one can be handled by the top level catching.
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 16:05:24 -0700 changectx: wrap the `changeid` processing in a try/except
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 16:05:24 -0700] rev 23012
changectx: wrap the `changeid` processing in a try/except We are going to introduce more precise exception classes for filtered nodes. So we will have to upgrade them to the `RepoLookupError` level here. We wrap the whole thing into a try/except to ease this future catching. Some of the current exception catching will be moved in this one. But the current changeset focuses on code movement only.
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 03:27:25 -0700 bundle2: detect and disallow a negative chunk size
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 03:27:25 -0700] rev 23011
bundle2: detect and disallow a negative chunk size We have no usage planned for 2/3 of them and the support for the planned usecase is not here yet. So we raise a BundleValueError when encountered
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 03:22:47 -0700 bundle2: add an UnsupportedPartError
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 03:22:47 -0700] rev 23010
bundle2: add an UnsupportedPartError We need the BundleValueError for format errors not related to part support. So we add a specific class for part-support errors.
Wed, 01 Oct 2014 23:40:23 -0500 bundle2: change header size and make them signed (new format)
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 01 Oct 2014 23:40:23 -0500] rev 23009
bundle2: change header size and make them signed (new format) We are changing all integers that denote the size of a chunk to read to int32. There are two main motivations for that. First, we change everything to the same width (32 bits) to make it possible for a reasonably agnostic actor to forward a bundle2 without any extra processing. With this change, this could be achieved by just reading int32s and forwarding chunks of the size read. A bit a smartness would be logic to detect the end of stream but nothing too complicated. Second, we need some capacity to transmit special information during the bundle processing. For example we would like to be able to raise an exception while a part is being read if this exception happend while this part was generated. Having signed integer let us use negative numbers to trigger special events during the parsing of the bundle. The format is renamed for B2X to B2Y because this breaks binary compatibility. The B2X format support is dropped. It was experimental to allow this kind of things. All elements not directly related to the binary format remain flagged "b2x" because they are still compatible.
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 02:32:26 -0700 bundle2: extract processing of part into its own function
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 02:32:26 -0700] rev 23008
bundle2: extract processing of part into its own function This is code movement only. This will be useful to have it separated for reuse purposes. We plan to introduce a new feature to the bundle format that allow inserting a part in the middle of another part payload. This will be useful to transmit a exception raised during a part generation.
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 13:23:03 -0700 bundle2: add a test for exceptions raised during the generation process
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 13:23:03 -0700] rev 23007
bundle2: add a test for exceptions raised during the generation process We would like exceptions raised during the generation process to be gracefully handled on the receiver side. We add a test for it. It shows that we are not doing it yet.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:43:51 -0700 dagwalker: drop a useless intermediate variable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:43:51 -0700] rev 23006
dagwalker: drop a useless intermediate variable The variable used to contain revs.set() but as the `.set()` has been removed it is now useless.
Sat, 11 Oct 2014 01:39:20 -0700 revset-node: speedup by a few hundred fold
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 11 Oct 2014 01:39:20 -0700] rev 23005
revset-node: speedup by a few hundred fold Instead of checking all elements of the subset against a single rev, just check if this rev is in the subset. The old way was inherited from when the subset was a list. Non surprise, this provide massive speedup. id("d82e2223f132") before) wall 0.008205 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 302) after) wall 0.000069 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 34518) revset #1: public() and id("d82e2223f132") before) wall 0.019763 comb 0.020000 user 0.020000 sys 0.000000 (best of 124) after) wall 0.000101 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 20130)
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 17:28:18 -0700 revset-only: use `subset &` instead of filtering
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 17:28:18 -0700] rev 23004
revset-only: use `subset &` instead of filtering The & version is more likely to be optimised. only(.) before) wall 0.003216 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 768) after) wall 0.001086 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 2231) only(default, stable) before) wall 0.018469 comb 0.020000 user 0.020000 sys 0.000000 (best of 138) after) wall 0.015888 comb 0.010000 user 0.010000 sys 0.000000 (best of 156)
Tue, 30 Sep 2014 15:03:54 -0500 revset-_ancestor: use & instead of filter
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 30 Sep 2014 15:03:54 -0500] rev 23003
revset-_ancestor: use & instead of filter The & operation is more likely optimised. ::10 before) wall 0.028189 comb 0.030000 user 0.030000 sys 0.000000 (best of 100) after) wall 0.001050 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 2326) ::tip before) wall 0.081132 comb 0.080000 user 0.080000 sys 0.000000 (best of 100) after) wall 0.055418 comb 0.050000 user 0.050000 sys 0.000000 (best of 100)
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 14:46:37 -0700 obsstore: record data as floating point in fm0 format
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 14:46:37 -0700] rev 23002
obsstore: record data as floating point in fm0 format For python struct module, "d" is double. But for python string formating, "d" is integer. We want to preserve the floating point nature of the data, so we store it in the metadata as floating point. We use "%r" to make sure we get as many significant digitis as necessary to restore the float to the exact same value on the other side. The fm1 is transmitting the information as float. The lack of this made fm1-stored markers not survive a round-trip to fm0 leading to duplicated markers (or two markers very alike).
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 01:27:25 -0700 bundle2: add a comment about addchangegroup source and url
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 01:27:25 -0700] rev 23001
bundle2: add a comment about addchangegroup source and url
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 04:19:37 -0700 pull: call the `b2x-transactionclose` hook when closing the transaction
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 04:19:37 -0700] rev 23000
pull: call the `b2x-transactionclose` hook when closing the transaction We need a wider set of hooks to process all the changes that happened during the pull transaction. We reuse the experimental `b2x-transactionclose` hook set from server's unbundle for consistency. This hook is experimental and will not remains as-is forever, but this will open the door for experimentation in 3.2.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:45:21 -0700 revset-only: use __nonzero__ to check if a revset is empty
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:45:21 -0700] rev 22999
revset-only: use __nonzero__ to check if a revset is empty For some smartsets, computing length is more expensive than checking if the set is empty.
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 12:38:47 -0700 _spanset: drop __getitem__ implementation
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 12:38:47 -0700] rev 22998
_spanset: drop __getitem__ implementation It is expensive and not part of the official smartset API.
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 12:38:32 -0700 filteredset: drop __getitem__ implementation
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 12:38:32 -0700] rev 22997
filteredset: drop __getitem__ implementation It is expensive and not part of the official smartset API.
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 04:28:55 -0700 generatorset: implement __len__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 04:28:55 -0700] rev 22996
generatorset: implement __len__ It was the only smartset class without a `__len__` implementation.
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 04:26:23 -0700 revset: make __len__ part of the offical API
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 04:26:23 -0700] rev 22995
revset: make __len__ part of the offical API It is common for code to ask for the length of a revset. In fact, all but generatorset already implement it.
Sat, 04 Oct 2014 16:46:50 +0900 cmdserver: add service that listens on unix domain socket and forks process
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 04 Oct 2014 16:46:50 +0900] rev 22994
cmdserver: add service that listens on unix domain socket and forks process Typical use case of 'unix' mode is a background hg daemon. $ hg serve --cmdserver unix --cwd / -a /tmp/hg-`id -u`.sock Unlike 'pipe' mode in which parent process keeps stdio channel, 'unix' server can be detached. So clients can freely connect and disconnect from server, saving Python start-up time. It might be better to write "--cmdserver socket -a unix:/sockpath" instead of "--cmdserver unix -a /sockpath" in case hgweb gets the ability to listen on unix domain socket.
Sat, 27 Sep 2014 19:18:20 +0900 test-commandserver: add connector for unix domain socket server
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 27 Sep 2014 19:18:20 +0900] rev 22993
test-commandserver: add connector for unix domain socket server The next patch will introduce --cmdserver unix.
Sat, 27 Sep 2014 23:14:26 +0900 test-commandserver: allow check() to make connection in different way
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 27 Sep 2014 23:14:26 +0900] rev 22992
test-commandserver: allow check() to make connection in different way The next patch will add connector for 'unix' mode server.
Sat, 27 Sep 2014 22:39:01 +0900 test-commandserver: remove unused repopath argument from check()
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 27 Sep 2014 22:39:01 +0900] rev 22991
test-commandserver: remove unused repopath argument from check() Instead of repopath, check() will receive connect() function as argument. It will allow to connect to server of different mode.
Sat, 27 Sep 2014 15:10:14 +0900 cmdserver: make server streams switchable
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 27 Sep 2014 15:10:14 +0900] rev 22990
cmdserver: make server streams switchable In 'unix' mode, server instance will be created per connection, and fin/fout are set to socket files.
Sat, 27 Sep 2014 15:04:46 +0900 cmdserver: switch service objects by mode
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 27 Sep 2014 15:04:46 +0900] rev 22989
cmdserver: switch service objects by mode server class will be changed to accept fin/fout pair instead of mode string so that it can interact with socket files.
Sat, 27 Sep 2014 14:52:09 +0900 cmdserver: wrap 'pipe' mode server by service object
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 27 Sep 2014 14:52:09 +0900] rev 22988
cmdserver: wrap 'pipe' mode server by service object This is the stub for new mode that will listen for connections on unix domain socket. Though --daemon option is not banned in 'pipe' mode, it is useless because the detached 'pipe' mode server exits immediately due to null stdin. Should it abort if --daemon is specified with --cmdserver pipe or --stdio?
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 14:55:45 -0400 histedit: miscellaneous style cleanups
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 14:55:45 -0400] rev 22987
histedit: miscellaneous style cleanups Fix some mis-wrapped lines, re-wrap some lines to be more compact, remove superfluous parens.
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 14:51:15 -0400 histedit: update docstring on histeditstate.read()
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 14:51:15 -0400] rev 22986
histedit: update docstring on histeditstate.read() The docstring showed the previous class-less heritage of read(). Now that it's classy, update the docstring.
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 14:49:46 -0400 histedit: remove now-superfluous repo argument from processreplacement
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 14:49:46 -0400] rev 22985
histedit: remove now-superfluous repo argument from processreplacement Spotted by Olle on the mailing list during review.
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 08:38:36 -0700 histedit: move locks into state
David Soria Parra <davidsp@fb.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 08:38:36 -0700] rev 22984
histedit: move locks into state Allow action functions to control the locks. This is necessary for an implementation of x/exec or similar.
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 08:38:16 -0700 histedit: read state from histeditstate
David Soria Parra <davidsp@fb.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 08:38:16 -0700] rev 22983
histedit: read state from histeditstate Read the state in histeditstate. This allows us to correctly update internal variables when necessary without having to recreate a new state. When we read a state in _histedit state while we will already have state passed from histedit(), we can read the state in place and don't have to merge two histeditstates.
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 08:18:26 -0700 histedit: pass state to action functions
David Soria Parra <davidsp@fb.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 08:18:26 -0700] rev 22982
histedit: pass state to action functions
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 10:06:49 -0700 histedit: pass state to processreplacement
David Soria Parra <davidsp@fb.com> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 10:06:49 -0700] rev 22981
histedit: pass state to processreplacement
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 08:06:15 -0700 histedit: pass state to boostrapcontinue
David Soria Parra <davidsp@fb.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 08:06:15 -0700] rev 22980
histedit: pass state to boostrapcontinue Pass the state to boostrapcontinue and remove the unecessary passing of repo.
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 17:11:54 -0700 histedit: let the state expose a context but serialize correctly to nodes
David Soria Parra <davidsp@fb.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 17:11:54 -0700] rev 22979
histedit: let the state expose a context but serialize correctly to nodes The histedit code often expects a context. However histedit hands around the tuple for the serialization and therefore hand over a parentctxnode. This leads to code having to return a context based on the parentctxnode. We let the state only return a context but correctly serialize and deserialze to a node.
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 17:30:57 -0700 histedit: add clear method to remove state
David Soria Parra <davidsp@fb.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 17:30:57 -0700] rev 22978
histedit: add clear method to remove state Encapsulate the unlinking histedit-state and use the vfs layer instead of os.unlink.
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 20:35:17 -0700 histedit: use state object where necessary
David Soria Parra <davidsp@fb.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 20:35:17 -0700] rev 22977
histedit: use state object where necessary We are using the properties from the state object where necessary and ensure that the state is set correctly.
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 17:17:12 -0700 histedit: add histedit state class
David Soria Parra <davidsp@fb.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 17:17:12 -0700] rev 22976
histedit: add histedit state class Add an histeditstate class that is intended to hold the current state. This allows us encapsulate the state and avoids passing around a tuple which is based on the serialization format. In particular this will give actions more control over the state and allow external sources to have more control of histedits behavior, e.g. an external implementation of x/exec.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 02:07:05 +0900 import-checker: check modules for pure Python build correctly
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 02:07:05 +0900] rev 22975
import-checker: check modules for pure Python build correctly Before this patch, "import-checker.py" just replaces "/" in specified filenames by ".". This makes modules for pure Python build belong to "mercurial.pure" package, and prevents "import-checker.py" from correctly checking about cyclic dependency in them. This patch discards "pure" component from fully qualified name of such modules. To avoid discarding "pure" from the module name of standard libraries unexpectedly, this patch allows "dotted_name_of_path" to discard "pure" only from Mercurial specific modules, which are specified via command line arguments.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 02:07:05 +0900 import-checker: treat "from mercurial import XXXX" style correctly
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 02:07:05 +0900] rev 22974
import-checker: treat "from mercurial import XXXX" style correctly Before this patch, "import-checker.py" assumes that the name of Mercurial module recognized by "imported_modules" doesn't have package part: for example, "util". This is reason why "import-checker.py" always builds fully qualified module name up relatively, if the given module doesn't belong to standard Python library. But in fact, modules imported in "from mercurial import XXXX" style already have fully qualified name: for example, "mercurial.util" module imported by "mercurial.parsers" is treated as "mercurial.mercurial.util" because of building module name up relatively. This prevents "import-checker.py" from correctly checking about cyclic dependency in them. This patch avoids building module name up relatively, also if module name starts with "mercurial.", to treat modules imported in "from mercurial import XXXX" style correctly.
Fri, 17 Oct 2014 02:07:04 +0900 encoding: avoid cyclic dependency around "parsers" in pure Python build
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 17 Oct 2014 02:07:04 +0900] rev 22973
encoding: avoid cyclic dependency around "parsers" in pure Python build 80f2b63dd83a brought "asciilower" and "import parsers" into "encoding.py". This works fine with "parsers" module in C implementation, but doesn't with one in pure Python implementation, because the latter causes cyclic dependency below and aborting execution: util => i18n => encoding => parsers => util This patch delays importing "parsers" module until it is really needed, to avoid cyclic dependency around "parsers" in pure Python build.
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 01:40:04 -0700 pull: add source information to the transaction
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 01:40:04 -0700] rev 22972
pull: add source information to the transaction The source information can, should be applied once when opening the transaction for the pull. This will lets element processed within a bundle2 be aware of them and open the door to running a set of hooks when closing this pull transaction. This is similar to what is done in server's unbundle call.
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 00:06:46 -0700 changegroup: store source and url in the `hookargs` dict
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 00:06:46 -0700] rev 22971
changegroup: store source and url in the `hookargs` dict We store the source and url of the current data into `transaction.hookargs` this let us inherit it from upper layers that may have created a much wider transaction. We have to modify bundle2 at the same time to register the source and url in the transaction. We have to do it in the same patch otherwise, the `addchangegroup` call would fill these values and the hook calling will crash because of the duplicated 'source' and 'url' arguments passed to the hook call.
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 00:43:20 -0700 prechangegroup: use hook argument from the transaction
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 00:43:20 -0700] rev 22970
prechangegroup: use hook argument from the transaction There can be useful data in there (eg: bundle2 related one)
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 00:09:25 -0700 addchangegroup: call `prechangegroup` hook after transaction retrieval
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 00:09:25 -0700] rev 22969
addchangegroup: call `prechangegroup` hook after transaction retrieval We want to reused some possible information stored in the transaction `hookargs` dict that may be stored by something handling the transaction at an upper level (eg: bundle2) So we move the running of the hooks after transaction creation. This has no visible effects (but an empty transaction roolback if the hook fails) because nothing had happened in the transaction yet.
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 00:03:03 -0700 addchangegroup: get the `node` argument of `incoming` hook from transaction
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 00:03:03 -0700] rev 22968
addchangegroup: get the `node` argument of `incoming` hook from transaction The transaction is now carrying hook-related informations. So we use it to retrieve the `node` argument. This will also carry around all kinds of other useful informations (like: "are we in a bundle2 processing")
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 23:53:35 -0700 dicthelpers: delete now that they are no longer used
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 23:53:35 -0700] rev 22967
dicthelpers: delete now that they are no longer used
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 23:18:07 -0700 manifest: transpose pair of pairs from diff()
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 23:18:07 -0700] rev 22966
manifest: transpose pair of pairs from diff() It makes more sense for the file nodeids and returned from diff() to be ((n1,fl1),(n2,fl2)) than ((n1,n2),(fl1,fl2)), so change it to the former.
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 22:48:44 -0700 manifest: for diff(), only iterate over files, not flags
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 22:48:44 -0700] rev 22965
manifest: for diff(), only iterate over files, not flags From manifest.diff(), we return a dict from filename to pairs of pairs of file nodeids and flags (values of the form ((n1,n2),(fl1,fl2))). To create this dict, we currently generate one dict for files (with (n1,n2) values) and one for flags (with (fl1,fl2) values) and then join these dicts. Missing files are represented by None and missing flags by '', but due to the dict joining, the inner pairs themselves can also be None. The only caller, merge.manifestmerge(), then unpacks these values while checking for None values. By inlining the calls to dicthelpers and simplifying it to only iterate over files (ignoring flags-only differences), we can simplify life for our caller.
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 17:09:16 -0700 manifest: repurpose flagsdiff() into (node-and-flag)diff()
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 17:09:16 -0700] rev 22964
manifest: repurpose flagsdiff() into (node-and-flag)diff() The manifestdict class already has a method for diff flags between two manifests (presumably because there is no full access to the private _flags field). The only caller is merge.manifestmerge(), which also wants a diff of files between the same manifests. Let's combine the code for diffing files and flags into a single method on manifestdict. This puts all the manifest diffing in one place and will allow for further simplification. It might also be useful for it to be encapsulated in manifestdict if we later decide to to shard manifests. The docstring is intentionally unclear about missing entries for now.
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 17:03:21 +0900 util: add a file handle wrapper class that does hash digest validation
Mike Hommey <mh@glandium.org> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 17:03:21 +0900] rev 22963
util: add a file handle wrapper class that does hash digest validation It is going to be used for the remote-changegroup feature in bundle2.
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 17:02:51 +0900 util: add a helper class to compute digests
Mike Hommey <mh@glandium.org> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 17:02:51 +0900] rev 22962
util: add a helper class to compute digests It is going to be used for the remote-changegroup feature in bundle2.
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 16:03:04 +0900 bundle2: merge return values when bundle contains multiple changegroups
Mike Hommey <mh@glandium.org> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 16:03:04 +0900] rev 22961
bundle2: merge return values when bundle contains multiple changegroups A bundle2 may contain multiple parts adding changegroups, in which case there are multiple operation records for changegroups, each with its own return value. Those multiple return values are aggregated in a single cgresult value for the whole operation. As can be seen in the associated test case, the situation with hooks is not really the best, but without deeper thoughts and changes, we can't do much better. Hopefully, things will be improved before bundle2 is enabled by default. In the meanwhile, multiple changegroups is not expected to be in widespread use, and even less expected to be used for pushes. Also, not many clients cloning or pulling bundle2 with multiple changesets are not expected to have changegroup hooks anyways.
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 15:54:53 +0900 changegroup: use a copy of hookargs when invoking the changegroup hook
Mike Hommey <mh@glandium.org> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 15:54:53 +0900] rev 22960
changegroup: use a copy of hookargs when invoking the changegroup hook addchangegroup creates a runhook function that is used to invoke the changegroup and incoming hooks, but at the time the function is called, the contents of hookargs associated with the transaction may have been modified externally. For instance, bundle2 code affects it with obsolescence markers and bookmarks info. It also creates problems when a single transaction is used with multiple changegroups added (as per an upcoming change), whereby the contents of hookargs are that of after adding a latter changegroup when invoking the hook for the first changegroup.
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 13:48:51 +0900 tests: pull common http server setup out of individual tests
Mike Hommey <mh@glandium.org> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 13:48:51 +0900] rev 22959
tests: pull common http server setup out of individual tests There are currently two different tests using roughly the same code to create temporary scripts acting as HTTP servers. As there is going to be at least one more in an upcoming change, factor those out in a standalone dumbhttp.py script.
Wed, 24 Sep 2014 16:00:47 +0900 util: move md5 back next to sha1 and allow to call it without an argument
Mike Hommey <mh@glandium.org> [Wed, 24 Sep 2014 16:00:47 +0900] rev 22958
util: move md5 back next to sha1 and allow to call it without an argument This effectively backs out changeset 908c5906091b. The API change is done so that both util.sha1 and util.md5 can be called the same way. The function is moved in order to use it for md5 checksumming for an upcoming bundle2 feature.
Thu, 16 Oct 2014 03:22:51 -0700 test-bundle2-exchange: do not drop HG_NODE from the hook output
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 16 Oct 2014 03:22:51 -0700] rev 22957
test-bundle2-exchange: do not drop HG_NODE from the hook output HG_NODE is precisely something we would like to test.
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 13:34:57 -0700 obsolete: update test-commit-amend to use obsolete option
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 13:34:57 -0700] rev 22956
obsolete: update test-commit-amend to use obsolete option This test actually used the obs.py file as part of the test, so we need to fix up the test a little more than usual to work with the new obsolete option flags.
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 13:34:25 -0700 obsolete: update tests to use obsolete options
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 13:34:25 -0700] rev 22955
obsolete: update tests to use obsolete options The obsolete._enabled flag has become a config option. This updates all but one of the tests to use the minimal number of flags necessary for them to pass. For most tests this is just 'createmarkers', for a couple tests it's 'allowunstable', and for even fewer it's 'exchange'.
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 13:27:00 -0700 obsolete: prevent options from being used without createmarkers
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 13:27:00 -0700] rev 22954
obsolete: prevent options from being used without createmarkers exchange and allowunstable should only be enabled if createmarkers is enabled, so check for that and raise an exception if that's not the case.
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 13:26:01 -0700 obsolete: add exchange option
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 13:26:01 -0700] rev 22953
obsolete: add exchange option This adds an option that enables obsolete marker exchange.
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 13:25:13 -0700 obsolete: add allowunstable option
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 13:25:13 -0700] rev 22952
obsolete: add allowunstable option This option allows the creation of unstable commits. This allows things like amending in the middle of a stack of commits, etc.
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 13:23:52 -0700 obsolete: add createmarkers option
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 13:23:52 -0700] rev 22951
obsolete: add createmarkers option The basic obsolete option is allowing the creation of obsolete markers. This does not enable other features, such as allowing unstable commits or exchanging obsolete markers.
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 13:20:31 -0700 obsolete: add readonly flag to obstore constructor
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 13:20:31 -0700] rev 22950
obsolete: add readonly flag to obstore constructor Previously, obstore read the obsolete._enabled flag to determine whether to allow writes to the obstore. Since obsolete._enabled will be moving into a repo specific config, we can't read it globally, and therefore must pass the information into the constructor.
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 13:17:35 -0700 obsolete: add isenabled function for option checking
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 13:17:35 -0700] rev 22949
obsolete: add isenabled function for option checking Previously, obsolete used the module level _enabled flag to determine whether it was on or off. We need a bit more granular control, so we'll be introducing toggle options. The isenabled() function is how you check if a particular option is enabled for the given repository. Future patches will add options such as 'createmarkers', 'allowunstable', and 'exchange' to enable various features of obsolete markers.
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 12:52:10 -0700 obsstore: fix defaultformat option passing
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 12:52:10 -0700] rev 22948
obsstore: fix defaultformat option passing The obsstore format passing was not actually being passed to the obsstore. This fixes it.
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 15:35:59 -0400 tests: use $PYTHON instead of hardcoding python
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 15:35:59 -0400] rev 22947
tests: use $PYTHON instead of hardcoding python This makes running the testsuite with pypy possible.
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 15:13:43 -0400 checklink: always close the NamedTemporaryFile
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 15:13:43 -0400] rev 22946
checklink: always close the NamedTemporaryFile This fixes test-patchbomb.t when using pypy with --pure.
Mon, 13 Oct 2014 11:46:04 +0200 hgignore: ignore the PyCharm workspace folder
Angel Ezquerra <angel.ezquerra@gmail.com> [Mon, 13 Oct 2014 11:46:04 +0200] rev 22945
hgignore: ignore the PyCharm workspace folder
Wed, 15 Oct 2014 04:08:06 +0200 revset: better naming of variables containing the value of a single argument
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Wed, 15 Oct 2014 04:08:06 +0200] rev 22944
revset: better naming of variables containing the value of a single argument Calling them args is not helpful.
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 14:42:25 -0400 manifest: add docstring to text() method
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 14:42:25 -0400] rev 22943
manifest: add docstring to text() method
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 14:09:37 -0400 manifest: rename ambiguously-named set to setflag
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 14:09:37 -0400] rev 22942
manifest: rename ambiguously-named set to setflag Just makes it a little clearer what this method does.
Sun, 12 Oct 2014 08:29:31 -0700 bookmarks: inform transaction-related hooks that some bookmarks were moved
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sun, 12 Oct 2014 08:29:31 -0700] rev 22941
bookmarks: inform transaction-related hooks that some bookmarks were moved We do not have enough information to provide any finer data, but this is still useful information.
Sun, 12 Oct 2014 08:03:20 -0700 phases: inform transaction-related hooks that a phase was moved
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sun, 12 Oct 2014 08:03:20 -0700] rev 22940
phases: inform transaction-related hooks that a phase was moved We do not have enough information to provide finer data, but this is still useful information.
Mon, 13 Oct 2014 14:52:38 -0700 test-bundle2: also test the argument of the changegroup hook
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 13 Oct 2014 14:52:38 -0700] rev 22939
test-bundle2: also test the argument of the changegroup hook We also track execution of the changegroup hook. The important information here is to make sure the information that the transaction was processing a bundle2 is passed to hook. This will let most hooks disable themselves while waiting for the hook concluding bundle2 processing (the one we discovered to be not called for pull in the previous changesets).
Mon, 13 Oct 2014 14:47:36 -0700 test-bundle2: test that we got appropriate hook called with appropriate data
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 13 Oct 2014 14:47:36 -0700] rev 22938
test-bundle2: test that we got appropriate hook called with appropriate data We can notice that this transaction wide hook is only happening during push and it is missing changegroup-related information. We'll want to fix this but this is not what this patch is about.
Sun, 12 Oct 2014 06:40:36 -0700 pull: use `stepsdone` instead of `todosteps`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sun, 12 Oct 2014 06:40:36 -0700] rev 22937
pull: use `stepsdone` instead of `todosteps` The push process uses a `stepsdone` attribute instead of a `todosteps` one (with the logic swapped). We unify the two process by picking the `stepsdone` version. I feel like `stepsdone` better fits extensions that would want to extend the push exchange process.
Sat, 27 Sep 2014 00:29:06 -0700 pull: make discovery phase extensible
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 27 Sep 2014 00:29:06 -0700] rev 22936
pull: make discovery phase extensible We apply the same approach as for push and make the discovery extensible. There is only one user in core right now, but we already know we'll need something smarter for obsmarkers. In fact the evolve extension could use this to cleanly extend discovery. The main motivation for this change is consistency between push and pull.
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 21:59:39 +0900 sshpeer: forward stdout of remote "hg init" to appropriate output channel
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 21:59:39 +0900] rev 22935
sshpeer: forward stdout of remote "hg init" to appropriate output channel Otherwise, commandserver channel could be corrupted.
Wed, 03 Sep 2014 16:34:29 -0400 revlog: support importing censored file revision tombstones
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Wed, 03 Sep 2014 16:34:29 -0400] rev 22934
revlog: support importing censored file revision tombstones This change allows a revision log to not fail integrity checks when applying a changegroup delta (eg from a bundle) results in a censored file tombstone. The tombstone is inserted as-is, so future integrity verification will observe the tombstone. Deltas based on the tombstone will also remain correct. The new code path is encountered for *exactly* the cases where _addrevision is importing a tombstone from a changegroup. When committing a file containing the "magic" tombstone text, the "text" parameter will be non-empty and the checkhash call is not executed (and when committing, the node will be computed to match the "magic" tombstone text).
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 16:16:04 -0400 verify: report censored nodes if configured policy is abort
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 16:16:04 -0400] rev 22933
verify: report censored nodes if configured policy is abort
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 15:46:16 -0400 context: handle censored data in an on-disk file context based on config
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 15:46:16 -0400] rev 22932
context: handle censored data in an on-disk file context based on config Two possible behaviors are defined for handling censored data: abort, and ignore. When we ignore censored data we return an empty file to callers requesting the file data.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 15:20:14 -0400 manifest: add fastdelta method to manifestdict
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 15:20:14 -0400] rev 22931
manifest: add fastdelta method to manifestdict This is another step closer to alternate manifest implementations that can offer different hashing algorithms.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 15:21:59 -0400 manifest: move _search to module level and rename to _msearch
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 15:21:59 -0400] rev 22930
manifest: move _search to module level and rename to _msearch The rename is intended to provide a slight hint that it is manifest-specific.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 14:47:30 -0400 manifest: move manifestdict-to-text encoding to manifest class
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 14:47:30 -0400] rev 22929
manifest: move manifestdict-to-text encoding to manifest class A future patch will introduce a new format, with a new class.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 13:22:31 -0700 localrepo: access status fields by name rather than index
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 13:22:31 -0700] rev 22928
localrepo: access status fields by name rather than index
Sat, 11 Oct 2014 22:43:14 -0700 subrepo: use separate instances of empty lists in status
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Sat, 11 Oct 2014 22:43:14 -0700] rev 22927
subrepo: use separate instances of empty lists in status We do modify the lists that make up the status in several places, so it seems risky to use the same instance of a list for several different status types. Use a separate empty list for each type instead.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 09:29:48 -0700 summary: make status code more readable
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 09:29:48 -0700] rev 22926
summary: make status code more readable In commands.summary(), we currently zip a list of labels with a list of statuses. This means the order of the status list has to match the list of the labels, which in turn means the status elements have to be inserted into specific places in the list. Let's instead group the labels and status data we want to display in a single list of pairs.
Sat, 04 Oct 2014 20:53:05 -0700 strip: make checklocalchanges() return full status tuple
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Sat, 04 Oct 2014 20:53:05 -0700] rev 22925
strip: make checklocalchanges() return full status tuple By making checklocalchanges() return the full instance of the status class instead of just the first 4 elements of it, we can take advantage of the field names and not require the caller to remember the element indices.
Sat, 04 Oct 2014 21:58:01 -0700 fileset: access status fields by name rather than index
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Sat, 04 Oct 2014 21:58:01 -0700] rev 22924
fileset: access status fields by name rather than index
Sat, 04 Oct 2014 21:19:44 -0700 histedit: access status fields by name rather than index
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Sat, 04 Oct 2014 21:19:44 -0700] rev 22923
histedit: access status fields by name rather than index
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 22:12:43 -0700 shelve: access status fields by name rather than index
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 22:12:43 -0700] rev 22922
shelve: access status fields by name rather than index
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 10:44:07 -0700 record: access status fields by name rather than index
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 10:44:07 -0700] rev 22921
record: access status fields by name rather than index It is safe to pass the full status to patch.diff() since it does its own slicing.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 10:38:43 -0700 purge: access status fields by name rather than index
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 10:38:43 -0700] rev 22920
purge: access status fields by name rather than index
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 22:10:08 -0700 largefiles: access status fields by name rather than index
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 22:10:08 -0700] rev 22919
largefiles: access status fields by name rather than index
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 10:05:54 -0700 keyword: access status fields by name rather than index
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 10:05:54 -0700] rev 22918
keyword: access status fields by name rather than index
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 09:51:39 -0700 hgcia: access status fields by name rather than index
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 09:51:39 -0700] rev 22917
hgcia: access status fields by name rather than index
Sat, 04 Oct 2014 21:05:41 -0700 context: store status class instead of plain tuple in self._status
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Sat, 04 Oct 2014 21:05:41 -0700] rev 22916
context: store status class instead of plain tuple in self._status This improves readability a bit by allowing us to refer to statuses by name rather than index.
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 10:14:35 -0700 status: update and move documentation of status types to status class
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 10:14:35 -0700] rev 22915
status: update and move documentation of status types to status class The various status types are currently documented on the dirstate.status() method. Now that we have a class for the status types, it makese sense to document the status types there instead. Only leave the bits related to lookup/unsure in the status() method documentation.
Tue, 14 Oct 2014 00:52:27 -0500 status: update various other methods to return new class
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Tue, 14 Oct 2014 00:52:27 -0500] rev 22914
status: update various other methods to return new class
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 14:32:36 -0700 status: create class for status lists
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 14:32:36 -0700] rev 22913
status: create class for status lists Callers of various status() methods (on dirstate, context, repo) get a tuple of 7 elements, where each element is a list of files. This results in lots of uses of indexes where names would be much more readable. For example, "status.ignored" seems clearer than "status[4]" [1]. So, let's introduce a simple named tuple containing the 7 status fields: modified, added, removed, deleted, unknown, ignored, clean. This patch introduces the class and updates the status methods to return instances of it. Later patches will update the callers. [1] Did you even notice that it should have been "status[5]"? (tweaked by mpm to introduce the class in scmutil and only change one user)
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 21:21:20 -0700 lfutil: avoid creating unnecessary copy of status tuple
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 21:21:20 -0700] rev 22912
lfutil: avoid creating unnecessary copy of status tuple In lfdirstatestatus(), the status tuple gets deconstructed, the lists get updated, and then an identical status tuple gets created and returned. Change it so we simply return the original tuple.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 21:44:10 -0700 dirstate: separate 'lookup' status field from others
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 21:44:10 -0700] rev 22911
dirstate: separate 'lookup' status field from others The status tuple returned from dirstate.status() has an additional field compared to the other status tuples: lookup/unsure. This field is just an optimization and not something most callers care about (they want the resolved value of 'modified' or 'clean'). To prepare for a single future status type, let's separate out the 'lookup' field from the rest by having dirstate.status() return a pair: (lookup, status).
Mon, 13 Oct 2014 14:18:47 -0700 commit: update file nodeid and flags in the same place
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Mon, 13 Oct 2014 14:18:47 -0700] rev 22910
commit: update file nodeid and flags in the same place Now that we have a separate variable for the original 'm1' manifest, we can safely update the nodeid of the file in the new manifest in the same place as we update the flags.
Mon, 13 Oct 2014 14:11:47 -0700 commit: use separate variable for p1 manifest and new manifest
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Mon, 13 Oct 2014 14:11:47 -0700] rev 22909
commit: use separate variable for p1 manifest and new manifest In localrepo.commitctx(), p1's manifest is copied and used as the basis for the manifest that is about to be committed. The way the copy is updated makes it safe to use it where the original p1's manifest is wanted. For readability, though, a separate variable for each purpose would be clearer. Make it so.
Mon, 13 Oct 2014 14:34:53 -0700 commit: remove dead initialization of 'lock'
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Mon, 13 Oct 2014 14:34:53 -0700] rev 22908
commit: remove dead initialization of 'lock' The 'lock' variable is initialized to None, but before it's ever read, it's assigned again.
Mon, 13 Oct 2014 16:43:37 -0700 commit: reduce scope of 'removed' variable
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Mon, 13 Oct 2014 16:43:37 -0700] rev 22907
commit: reduce scope of 'removed' variable The variable is closely related to 'added' and 'changed', so it makes sense to have it declared next to them.
Mon, 13 Oct 2014 18:00:39 -0500 rebase: fix some weird mixed-case naming
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 13 Oct 2014 18:00:39 -0500] rev 22906
rebase: fix some weird mixed-case naming
Mon, 13 Oct 2014 17:55:45 -0500 rebase: move duplicatecopies next to merge
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 13 Oct 2014 17:55:45 -0500] rev 22905
rebase: move duplicatecopies next to merge This is preparation for removing open-coded rebase/graft operations. As a side-effect, this exposes proper renames in the working copy when there are conflicts, which shows up in test-shelve.t.
Mon, 13 Oct 2014 17:12:47 -0500 histedit: use merge.graft
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 13 Oct 2014 17:12:47 -0500] rev 22904
histedit: use merge.graft
Mon, 13 Oct 2014 17:12:31 -0500 graft: use merge.graft
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 13 Oct 2014 17:12:31 -0500] rev 22903
graft: use merge.graft
Mon, 13 Oct 2014 17:12:12 -0500 merge: add merge.graft helper
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 13 Oct 2014 17:12:12 -0500] rev 22902
merge: add merge.graft helper This will help unify all the open-coded graft/rebase operations.
Mon, 13 Oct 2014 14:33:13 -0500 duplicatecopies: move from cmdutil to copies
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 13 Oct 2014 14:33:13 -0500] rev 22901
duplicatecopies: move from cmdutil to copies This is in preparation for moving its primary caller into merge.py, which would be a layering violation in the current location.
Mon, 13 Oct 2014 14:04:11 -0500 histedit: fix indent
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 13 Oct 2014 14:04:11 -0500] rev 22900
histedit: fix indent The duplicatecopies call should be part of the rebase block.
Mon, 13 Oct 2014 13:21:03 -0500 graft: move rebase cleanup code next to actual rebase
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 13 Oct 2014 13:21:03 -0500] rev 22899
graft: move rebase cleanup code next to actual rebase This is prep for refactoring the rebase logic.
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 13:44:40 -0500 shelve: add a bundlerepo method
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 13:44:40 -0500] rev 22898
shelve: add a bundlerepo method
Sat, 11 Oct 2014 14:05:09 -0500 dirstate: merge falls through to otherparent
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sat, 11 Oct 2014 14:05:09 -0500] rev 22897
dirstate: merge falls through to otherparent This lets us more correctly fix the state when we use setparents, as demonstrated in the change in test-graft.t.
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 13:31:06 -0500 dirstate: use 'm' state in otherparent to reduce ambiguity
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 13:31:06 -0500] rev 22896
dirstate: use 'm' state in otherparent to reduce ambiguity In rebase-like operations where we abandon the second parent, we can correctly fix up the state in setparents.
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 13:05:50 -0500 dirstate: properly clean-up some more merge state on setparents
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 13:05:50 -0500] rev 22895
dirstate: properly clean-up some more merge state on setparents
Tue, 07 Oct 2014 11:42:37 -0700 phases: move root phase assignment to it's own function
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Tue, 07 Oct 2014 11:42:37 -0700] rev 22894
phases: move root phase assignment to it's own function This moves the initial root phase assignment to it's own function. Future patches which make phase calculations lazy will use this function to pre-fill certain phases which can be deduced from the roots.
Tue, 07 Oct 2014 11:37:54 -0700 phases: add invalidate function
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Tue, 07 Oct 2014 11:37:54 -0700] rev 22893
phases: add invalidate function Phase cache invalidation was spread all over the place. Let's add a function to unify it. Later more will be added to this function.
Sun, 12 Oct 2014 23:30:04 -0700 phases: change phase command change detection
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Sun, 12 Oct 2014 23:30:04 -0700] rev 22892
phases: change phase command change detection A future patch is going to make phase computation lazy, so the phase command can no longer read and diff the entire phase list directly. This changes the phase command to build it's own list for diff purposes.
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 13:09:22 -0700 spanset: remove `.set()` definition
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 13:09:22 -0700] rev 22891
spanset: remove `.set()` definition All my friends are dead.
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 13:08:49 -0700 generatorset: remove `.set()` definition
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 13:08:49 -0700] rev 22890
generatorset: remove `.set()` definition All my friends are dead.
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 13:08:28 -0700 addset: remove `.set()` definition
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 13:08:28 -0700] rev 22889
addset: remove `.set()` definition All my friends are dead.
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 13:08:10 -0700 filteredset: remove `.set()` definition
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 13:08:10 -0700] rev 22888
filteredset: remove `.set()` definition All my friends are dead.
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 13:07:35 -0700 baseset: remove `set()` definition
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 13:07:35 -0700] rev 22887
baseset: remove `set()` definition All my friends are dead.
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 11:27:57 -0700 abstractsmartset: remove `set()` method definition
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 11:27:57 -0700] rev 22886
abstractsmartset: remove `set()` method definition Now that all usages have been removed, we can drop this not so useful part of the API. We can note that the name was wrong all along...
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 14:27:05 -0700 match: check if an object is a baseset using `isascending` instead of `set`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 14:27:05 -0700] rev 22885
match: check if an object is a baseset using `isascending` instead of `set` The `set()` method is going away.
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 14:22:23 -0700 getset: check if an object is a baseset using `isascending` instead of `set`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 14:22:23 -0700] rev 22884
getset: check if an object is a baseset using `isascending` instead of `set` The `set()` method is going away.
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 13:24:57 -0700 fullreposet: detect smartset using "isascending" instead of "set"
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 13:24:57 -0700] rev 22883
fullreposet: detect smartset using "isascending" instead of "set" The `.set()` function is going away.
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 13:21:05 -0700 fullreposet: drop custom sets but not smartsets detection
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 13:21:05 -0700] rev 22882
fullreposet: drop custom sets but not smartsets detection All custom classes use by revsets are smartsets now. We drop the special-casing.
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 12:30:00 -0700 addset: drop `.set()` usage during iteration
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 12:30:00 -0700] rev 22881
addset: drop `.set()` usage during iteration We can use the containment check directly.
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 12:31:22 -0700 baseset: access `_set` directly for containment check
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 12:31:22 -0700] rev 22880
baseset: access `_set` directly for containment check The `.set()` method is going away.
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 12:30:56 -0700 baseset: make `_set` a property cache
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 12:30:56 -0700] rev 22879
baseset: make `_set` a property cache This will remove the need for `baseset.set()`.
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 11:27:04 -0700 graphnode: remove usage of `set()`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 11:27:04 -0700] rev 22878
graphnode: remove usage of `set()` All smartset classes have fast lookup, so this function will be removed soon.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:52:10 -0700 revset-_hexlist: remove usage of `set()`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:52:10 -0700] rev 22877
revset-_hexlist: remove usage of `set()` All smartset classes have fast lookup, so this function will be removed soon.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:51:54 -0700 revset-_intlist: remove usage of `set()`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:51:54 -0700] rev 22876
revset-_intlist: remove usage of `set()` All smartset classes have fast lookup, so this function will be removed soon.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:51:16 -0700 revset-_list: remove usage of `set()`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:51:16 -0700] rev 22875
revset-_list: remove usage of `set()` All smartset classes have fast lookup, so this function will be removed soon.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:50:20 -0700 revset-roots: remove usage of `set()`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:50:20 -0700] rev 22874
revset-roots: remove usage of `set()` All smartset classes have fast lookup, so this function will be removed soon.
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 13:31:00 -0700 histedit: stabilise the order nodes that are stripped
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 13:31:00 -0700] rev 22873
histedit: stabilise the order nodes that are stripped The `nodes` object is a set. We sort it to get stable order. This is going to prevent revsets from getting confused when removing a `.set()` call in `roots`.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:49:17 -0700 revset-origin: remove usage of `set()`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:49:17 -0700] rev 22872
revset-origin: remove usage of `set()` All smartset classes have fast lookup, so this function will be removed soon.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:48:56 -0700 revset-last: remove usage of `set()`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:48:56 -0700] rev 22871
revset-last: remove usage of `set()` All smartset classes have fast lookup, so this function will be removed soon.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:48:24 -0700 revset-limit: remove usage of `set()`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:48:24 -0700] rev 22870
revset-limit: remove usage of `set()` All smartset classes have fast lookup, so this function will be removed soon.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:47:46 -0700 revset-destination: remove usage of `set()`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:47:46 -0700] rev 22869
revset-destination: remove usage of `set()` All smartset classes have fast lookup, so this function will be removed soon.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:47:24 -0700 revset-children: remove usage of `set()`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:47:24 -0700] rev 22868
revset-children: remove usage of `set()` All smartset classes have fast lookup, so this function will be removed soon.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:47:00 -0700 revset-branch: remove usage of `set()`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:47:00 -0700] rev 22867
revset-branch: remove usage of `set()` All smartset classes have fast lookup, so this function will be removed soon.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:45:53 -0700 revset-rangeset: remove usage of `set()`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:45:53 -0700] rev 22866
revset-rangeset: remove usage of `set()` All smartset classes have fast lookup, so this function will be removed soon.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:45:43 -0700 revset-only: remove usage of `set()`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 02:45:43 -0700] rev 22865
revset-only: remove usage of `set()` All smartset classes have fast lookup, so this function will be removed soon.
Thu, 09 Oct 2014 22:57:52 -0700 revset: cache most conditions used in `filter`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 09 Oct 2014 22:57:52 -0700] rev 22864
revset: cache most conditions used in `filter` Except when stated otherwise, the condition used in `smartset.filter` will be cached. A new argument has been introduced to disable that behavior. We use it for filters created from `and` and `sub` operations. This gives massive performance boosts for revsets with expensive conditions. revset: branch(stable) or branch(default) before) wall 4.329070 comb 4.320000 user 4.310000 sys 0.010000 (best of 3) after) wall 2.356451 comb 2.360000 user 2.330000 sys 0.030000 (best of 4) revset: author(mpm) or author(lmoscovicz) before) wall 4.434719 comb 4.440000 user 4.440000 sys 0.000000 (best of 3) after) wall 2.321720 comb 2.320000 user 2.320000 sys 0.000000 (best of 4)
Thu, 09 Oct 2014 04:12:20 -0700 baseset: empty or one-element sets are ascending and descending
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 09 Oct 2014 04:12:20 -0700] rev 22863
baseset: empty or one-element sets are ascending and descending The empty set is full of interesting properties. In the ordering case, the one element set is too.
Tue, 07 Oct 2014 01:33:05 -0700 filteredset: drop explicit order management
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 07 Oct 2014 01:33:05 -0700] rev 22862
filteredset: drop explicit order management Now that all low-level smartset classes have proper ordering and fast iteration management, we can just rely on the subset in filteredset.
Thu, 09 Oct 2014 04:24:51 -0700 revset: restore order of `or` operation as in Mercurial 2.9
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 09 Oct 2014 04:24:51 -0700] rev 22861
revset: restore order of `or` operation as in Mercurial 2.9 Lazy revset broke the ordering of the `or` revset. We now stop assuming that two ascending revset are combine into an ascending one. Behavior in 3.0: 3:4 or 2:5 == [2, 3, 4, 5] Behavior in 2.9: 3:4 or 2:5 == [3, 4, 2, 5] We are adding a test for it. For unclear reason, the performance `or` revset with expensive filter are getting even worse than they used to be. This is probably caused by extra uncached containment check or iteration. revset #9: author(lmoscovicz) or author(mpm) before) wall 3.487583 comb 3.490000 user 3.490000 sys 0.000000 (best of 3) after) wall 4.481486 comb 4.480000 user 4.470000 sys 0.010000 (best of 3) revset #10: author(mpm) or author(lmoscovicz) before) wall 3.164839 comb 3.170000 user 3.160000 sys 0.010000 (best of 3) after) wall 4.574965 comb 4.570000 user 4.570000 sys 0.000000 (best of 3)
Thu, 09 Oct 2014 09:12:54 -0700 revset-_descendant: rework the whole sorting and combining logic
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 09 Oct 2014 09:12:54 -0700] rev 22860
revset-_descendant: rework the whole sorting and combining logic We use the & operator to combine with subset (since this is more likely to be optimised than filter) and we enforce the sorting of the result. Without this enforced sorting, we may result in a different iteration order than the set _descendent was computed from. This reverts a bad `test-glog.t` change from 69402eb72115. Another side effect is that `test-mq.t` shows `qparent::` including `-1` if `qparent is -1`. This sound like a positive change. This has good and bad impacts on the benchmarks, here is a good ones: revset: 0:: before) wall 0.045489 comb 0.040000 user 0.040000 sys 0.000000 (best of 100) after) wall 0.034330 comb 0.030000 user 0.030000 sys 0.000000 (best of 100) revset: roots((0::) - (0::tip)) before) wall 0.134090 comb 0.140000 user 0.140000 sys 0.000000 (best of 63) after) wall 0.128346 comb 0.130000 user 0.130000 sys 0.000000 (best of 69) revset: ::p1(p1(tip)):: before) wall 0.143892 comb 0.140000 user 0.140000 sys 0.000000 (best of 55) after) wall 0.124502 comb 0.130000 user 0.130000 sys 0.000000 (best of 65) revset: roots((0:tip)::) before) wall 0.204966 comb 0.200000 user 0.200000 sys 0.000000 (best of 43) after) wall 0.184455 comb 0.180000 user 0.180000 sys 0.000000 (best of 47) Here is a bad one: revset: (20000::) - (20000) before) wall 0.009592 comb 0.010000 user 0.010000 sys 0.000000 (best of 222) after) wall 0.029837 comb 0.030000 user 0.030000 sys 0.000000 (best of 100)
Thu, 09 Oct 2014 20:15:41 -0700 addset: do lazy sorting
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 09 Oct 2014 20:15:41 -0700] rev 22859
addset: do lazy sorting The previous implementation was consuming the whole revset when asked for any sort. The addset class is now doing lazy sorting like all other smarset classes. This has no significant impact in the benchmark as-is. But this is important to later change.
Thu, 09 Oct 2014 04:40:04 -0700 test-import.t: use proper revset order
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 09 Oct 2014 04:40:04 -0700] rev 22858
test-import.t: use proper revset order This test, written after 3.0, is relying on addset being enforced ascending if both side are ascending. We are about to restore the ordering to 2.9 behavior (elements are ordered in the order they are specified). We fix the test before fixing the order.
Thu, 09 Oct 2014 04:29:18 -0700 baseset: drop custom __sub__ method
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 09 Oct 2014 04:29:18 -0700] rev 22857
baseset: drop custom __sub__ method This add method is enforcing non-laziness, disabling multiple optimisations. Benchmarks do not spot any significant difference but real usecase may. This will also be important for further improvements to addset later in this series.
Thu, 09 Oct 2014 04:27:25 -0700 baseset: drop custom __and__ method
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 09 Oct 2014 04:27:25 -0700] rev 22856
baseset: drop custom __and__ method This add method is enforcing non-laziness, disabling multiple optimisations. Benchmarks do not spot any significant regression but real usecase may. This even gives some speedup in some cases: revset #15: min(0::) before) wall 0.001247 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 1814) after) wall 0.000942 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 2367) This will also be important for further improvement to addset later in this series.
Thu, 09 Oct 2014 04:27:01 -0700 baseset: drop custom __add__ method
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 09 Oct 2014 04:27:01 -0700] rev 22855
baseset: drop custom __add__ method This add method is enforcing non-laziness, disabling multiple optimisations. Benchmarks do not spot any significant differences but real usecase may. This will also be important for further improvements to addset later in this series.
Tue, 16 Sep 2014 17:57:44 -0700 obsolete: use format version 1 as the default for obsstore
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 16 Sep 2014 17:57:44 -0700] rev 22854
obsolete: use format version 1 as the default for obsstore
Tue, 16 Sep 2014 19:13:08 -0700 test-obsolete: remove subminute timezone in test
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 16 Sep 2014 19:13:08 -0700] rev 22853
test-obsolete: remove subminute timezone in test Obsmarker format "1" does not supports sub minute timezone. So we change the test to something slightly more sensible.
Tue, 16 Sep 2014 17:52:40 -0700 obsolete: add a "format.obsstore-version" config option
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 16 Sep 2014 17:52:40 -0700] rev 22852
obsolete: add a "format.obsstore-version" config option This option controls what version of the binary format to use when creating a new obsstore file. Default is still the old format. No safeguards are currently placed around the option value, but no clueless users are in danger of harm since it is undocumented.
Thu, 09 Oct 2014 00:10:10 -0700 obsolete: introduce a new binary encoding for obsmarkers (version 1)
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 09 Oct 2014 00:10:10 -0700] rev 22851
obsolete: introduce a new binary encoding for obsmarkers (version 1) This new encoding explicitly stores the date and parents allowing a significantly faster marker decoding. See inline documentation for details. This format is not yet used to store format on disk. But it will be used in bundle2 exchange if both side support it. Support for on-disk format is coming in other changesets.
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 16:43:04 -0500 obsstore: add a flag for sha256 hashes
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 16:43:04 -0500] rev 22850
obsstore: add a flag for sha256 hashes We add flag to inform that the marker is using sha256 hashes. As format 0 is not able to handle sha256 hashes (32 bytes long), we plain crash if we even attempt to encode a sha256 with it.
Thu, 09 Oct 2014 00:15:04 -0700 obsolete: use uint## in the format documention
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 09 Oct 2014 00:15:04 -0700] rev 22849
obsolete: use uint## in the format documention This is shorter and kind of more readable for people who care about binary format.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 22:34:48 -0700 obsolete: gather _fm0 meta encoding with other _fm0 code
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 22:34:48 -0700] rev 22848
obsolete: gather _fm0 meta encoding with other _fm0 code
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 22:12:06 -0700 obsolete: _rename decodemeta to _fm0decodemeta
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 22:12:06 -0700] rev 22847
obsolete: _rename decodemeta to _fm0decodemeta This will be format zero specific.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 22:11:36 -0700 obsolete: _rename encodemeta to _fm0encodemeta
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 22:11:36 -0700] rev 22846
obsolete: _rename encodemeta to _fm0encodemeta This will be format zero specific.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 22:10:15 -0700 obsolete: store metadata as a tuple of (key, value) pairs (API)
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 22:10:15 -0700] rev 22845
obsolete: store metadata as a tuple of (key, value) pairs (API) Different formats will encode metadata in different ways. So we cannot keep the binary blob in the object anymore. We use a tuple to ensure it is immutable and hashable.
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 12:15:46 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 12:15:46 -0500] rev 22844
merge with stable
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 11:38:00 -0500 templater: fix ifcontains when list is a string (issue4399) stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 11:38:00 -0500] rev 22843
templater: fix ifcontains when list is a string (issue4399)
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 07:47:11 -0400 shelve: don't delete "." when rebase is a no-op (issue4398) stable
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 07:47:11 -0400] rev 22842
shelve: don't delete "." when rebase is a no-op (issue4398) When unshelving and facing a conflict, if we resolve all conflicts in favour of the committed changes instead of the shelved changes, then the ensuing implicit rebase is a no-op. That is, there is nothing to rebase. In this case, there are no extra intermediate shelve commits to strip either. Prior to this change, the commit being unshelved to would be marked for destruction in a rather catastrophic way. The relevant part of the test case failed as follows: $ hg unshelve -c unshelve of 'default' complete $ hg diff warning: ignoring unknown working parent 33f7f61e6c5e! diff --git a/a/a b/a/a new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null b/a/a @@ -0,0 1,3 @@ a c x $ hg status warning: ignoring unknown working parent 33f7f61e6c5e! M a/a ? a/a.orig ? foo/foo $ hg summary warning: ignoring unknown working parent 33f7f61e6c5e! parent: -1:000000000000 (no revision checked out) branch: default commit: 1 modified, 2 unknown (new branch head) update: 4 new changesets (update) With this change, this test case now passes.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 14:16:53 -0700 merge: make error message consistent with other commands
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 14:16:53 -0700] rev 22841
merge: make error message consistent with other commands If a merge is attempted when another merge is already ongoing, we give the message "outstanding uncommitted merges". Many other commands (such as backout, rebase, histedit) give the same message in singular form. Since the singular form also seems to make more sense, let's use that for 'hg merge' as well.
Fri, 10 Oct 2014 10:34:52 -0400 test-run-tests: add a test for detection of failure to start a server
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Fri, 10 Oct 2014 10:34:52 -0400] rev 22840
test-run-tests: add a test for detection of failure to start a server This also highlights a bug: right now we print "2 failed" but we only ran one test.
Thu, 09 Oct 2014 17:00:29 -0700 run-tests: more accurate/helpful message than "diff generation failed"
Kyle Lippincott <spectral@google.com> [Thu, 09 Oct 2014 17:00:29 -0700] rev 22839
run-tests: more accurate/helpful message than "diff generation failed" Diff generation didn't really fail, it recognized that an hg serve server has failed to start, and thus skipped the diff generation intentionally. The most common reason for a server to fail to start is that the port was already in use, so output HGPORT as well, to help finding it (since pgrep -f 'hg serve' is not sufficient, if the command line is something like 'hg -R main serve')
Thu, 09 Oct 2014 15:10:40 -0400 run-tests: handle --jobs and --first gracefully
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Thu, 09 Oct 2014 15:10:40 -0400] rev 22838
run-tests: handle --jobs and --first gracefully Without this change, --first causes currently-running tests to explode in violent and surprising ways when their temporary directory gets cleaned up. Now we just suppress failure messages from non-first failures when running in --first mode.
Mon, 06 Oct 2014 16:35:02 -0400 config: use the same hgrc for a cloned repo as for an uninitted repo
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Mon, 06 Oct 2014 16:35:02 -0400] rev 22837
config: use the same hgrc for a cloned repo as for an uninitted repo This just copies the same local sample hgrc, except it sets the default path to the repo it was cloned from. This is cut-and-paste from the local sample hgrc, but I think it's acceptable, since the two pieces of code are right next to each other and they're small. There is danger of them going out of synch, but it would complicate the code too much to get rid of this C&P. I also add ui as an import to hg.py, but with demandimport, this should not be a noticeable performance hit.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 07:45:51 -0400 config: give a more detailed sample repo config
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 07:45:51 -0400] rev 22836
config: give a more detailed sample repo config Some examples of the typical configurations that one might want to do in an .hg/hgrc file. This includes a default-push that happens to point to the same location as my-fork. I insist on the myfork terminology for a server-side clone. Bitbucket, Github, and others have widely popularised this meaning of "fork". This also includes a gentle nudge to use a repo-specific username, which is something that people might not instinctively realise is an option.
Tue, 07 Oct 2014 01:46:53 -0700 smartset: drop infamous ascending, descending
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 07 Oct 2014 01:46:53 -0700] rev 22835
smartset: drop infamous ascending, descending All your friends are dead.
Tue, 07 Oct 2014 01:41:14 -0700 fullreposet: use `isascending` instead of `ascending` to recognise smartsets
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 07 Oct 2014 01:41:14 -0700] rev 22834
fullreposet: use `isascending` instead of `ascending` to recognise smartsets `ascending` is going to be removed.
Tue, 07 Oct 2014 01:41:26 -0700 fullreposet: use `sort` to enforce the order
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 07 Oct 2014 01:41:26 -0700] rev 22833
fullreposet: use `sort` to enforce the order The `ascending` and `descending` methods are useless.
Tue, 07 Oct 2014 01:48:34 -0700 revancestors: replace `descending` with `sort(reverse=False)`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 07 Oct 2014 01:48:34 -0700] rev 22832
revancestors: replace `descending` with `sort(reverse=False)`
Tue, 07 Oct 2014 01:41:02 -0700 _descendants: replace `ascending()` with `sort()`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 07 Oct 2014 01:41:02 -0700] rev 22831
_descendants: replace `ascending()` with `sort()`
Tue, 07 Oct 2014 01:36:53 -0700 _descendants: directly use smartset
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 07 Oct 2014 01:36:53 -0700] rev 22830
_descendants: directly use smartset As `addset` objects are proper smartset objects, we do not need to make any transformation of the result.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 03:29:55 -0500 baseset: explicitly track order of the baseset
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 03:29:55 -0500] rev 22829
baseset: explicitly track order of the baseset A baseset starts without an explicit order. But as soon as a sort is requested, we simply register that the baseset has an order and use the ordered version of the list to behave accordingly. We will want to properly record the order at creation time in the future. This would unlock more optimisation and avoid some sorting.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 03:31:05 -0500 baseset: fix isascending and isdescending
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 03:31:05 -0500] rev 22828
baseset: fix isascending and isdescending We now have sufficient information to return the proper value there.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 03:26:18 -0500 baseset: prepare lazy ordering in __iter__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 03:26:18 -0500] rev 22827
baseset: prepare lazy ordering in __iter__ We'll explicitly track the order of the baseset to take advantage of the ascending and descending lists during iteration.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 03:19:23 -0500 baseset: implement a fastasc and fastdesc
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 03:19:23 -0500] rev 22826
baseset: implement a fastasc and fastdesc Baseset contains already-computed revisions. It is considered "cheap" to do operations on an already-computed set. So we add attributes to hold version of the list in ascending and descending order and use them for `fastasc` and `fastdesc`. Having distinct lists is important to provide correct iteration in all cases. Altering a python list will impact an iterator connected to it. eg: not preserving order at iterator creation time >>> l = [0, 1] >>> i = iter(l) >>> l.reverse() >>> list(i) [1, 0] eg: corrupting in progress iteration >>> l = [0, 1] >>> i = iter(l) >>> i.next() 0 >>> l.reverse() >>> i.next() 0
Mon, 06 Oct 2014 11:03:30 -0700 baseset: stop inheriting from built-in list class
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 06 Oct 2014 11:03:30 -0700] rev 22825
baseset: stop inheriting from built-in list class The baseset is doing more and more smartset magic and using its list-like property less and less. So we store the list of revisions in an explicit attribute and stop inheriting. This requires reimplementing some basic methods.
Tue, 07 Oct 2014 00:38:14 -0700 strip: stop calling `remove` on smartset
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 07 Oct 2014 00:38:14 -0700] rev 22824
strip: stop calling `remove` on smartset The `remove` method is not part of the smartset specification. We use a plain old list comprehension instead.
Tue, 07 Oct 2014 00:31:53 -0700 rebase: transform the smartset to a list before comparing with a list
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 07 Oct 2014 00:31:53 -0700] rev 22823
rebase: transform the smartset to a list before comparing with a list This is highly suboptimal but smartsets are not comparable to lists yet.
Tue, 07 Oct 2014 00:41:58 -0700 merge.update: use `first` instead of direct indexing
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 07 Oct 2014 00:41:58 -0700] rev 22822
merge.update: use `first` instead of direct indexing This makes it compatible with all smartset classes.
Tue, 07 Oct 2014 00:33:47 -0700 qimport: use `first` and `last` instead of direct indexing
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 07 Oct 2014 00:33:47 -0700] rev 22821
qimport: use `first` and `last` instead of direct indexing This makes it compatible with all smartset classes.
Tue, 07 Oct 2014 00:16:59 -0700 rebase: use `last` instead of direct indexing
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 07 Oct 2014 00:16:59 -0700] rev 22820
rebase: use `last` instead of direct indexing This makes it compatible with all smartset classes.
Tue, 07 Oct 2014 00:14:53 -0700 mq: use `last` instead of direct indexing
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 07 Oct 2014 00:14:53 -0700] rev 22819
mq: use `last` instead of direct indexing This makes it compatible with all smartset classes.
Tue, 07 Oct 2014 00:09:50 -0700 repair: use `first` instead of direct indexing
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 07 Oct 2014 00:09:50 -0700] rev 22818
repair: use `first` instead of direct indexing This makes it compatible with all smartset classes.
Mon, 06 Oct 2014 23:45:07 -0700 rangeset: use `first` and `last` instead of direct indexing
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 06 Oct 2014 23:45:07 -0700] rev 22817
rangeset: use `first` and `last` instead of direct indexing This makes it compatible with all smarsets classes.
Mon, 06 Oct 2014 23:37:39 -0700 revpair: use `first` and `last` instead of direct indexing
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 06 Oct 2014 23:37:39 -0700] rev 22816
revpair: use `first` and `last` instead of direct indexing This makes it compatible with all smarsets classes.
Mon, 06 Oct 2014 23:37:08 -0700 revsingle: use `last` instead of direct indexing
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 06 Oct 2014 23:37:08 -0700] rev 22815
revsingle: use `last` instead of direct indexing This makes it compatible with all smarsets classes.
Mon, 06 Oct 2014 11:43:32 -0700 revset-limit: use boolean testing instead of `len(revs) < 1`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 06 Oct 2014 11:43:32 -0700] rev 22814
revset-limit: use boolean testing instead of `len(revs) < 1` I'm not sure why we wrote it that way. But smartsets have faster/lazier non-zero testing than length computation.
Tue, 07 Oct 2014 00:18:08 -0700 filteredset: implement `first` and `last`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 07 Oct 2014 00:18:08 -0700] rev 22813
filteredset: implement `first` and `last`
Mon, 06 Oct 2014 14:42:00 -0700 baseset: implement `first` and `last` methods
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 06 Oct 2014 14:42:00 -0700] rev 22812
baseset: implement `first` and `last` methods
Mon, 06 Oct 2014 12:52:36 -0700 generatorset: implement first and last methods
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 06 Oct 2014 12:52:36 -0700] rev 22811
generatorset: implement first and last methods
Mon, 06 Oct 2014 11:57:59 -0700 addset: implement first and last methods
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 06 Oct 2014 11:57:59 -0700] rev 22810
addset: implement first and last methods The implementation is non-lazy for now. One may want to make it more lazy in the future.
Mon, 06 Oct 2014 11:54:53 -0700 spanset: implement `first` and `last` methods
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 06 Oct 2014 11:54:53 -0700] rev 22809
spanset: implement `first` and `last` methods
Mon, 06 Oct 2014 11:46:53 -0700 smartset: add first and last methods
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 06 Oct 2014 11:46:53 -0700] rev 22808
smartset: add first and last methods In multiple places in the code, we use `someset[0]` or `someset[-1]`. This works only because the `someset` is usually a baseset. For the same reason we introduce a `first` and `last` methods to be implemented for all smartset classes.
Tue, 07 Oct 2014 00:20:00 -0700 getgraphlogrevs: remove user of baseset.append
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 07 Oct 2014 00:20:00 -0700] rev 22807
getgraphlogrevs: remove user of baseset.append A `baseset` has multiple cached results and will get even more in the future. Making it an object "populated once" like the other smartsets makes it both safer and simpler. The append method will be removed at some point.
Tue, 07 Oct 2014 00:04:16 -0700 getlogrevs: remove user of baseset.append
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 07 Oct 2014 00:04:16 -0700] rev 22806
getlogrevs: remove user of baseset.append A `baseset` has multiple cached results and will get even more in the future. Making it an object "populated once" like the other smartsets makes it both safer and simpler. The append method will be removed at some point.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 00:55:09 -0700 revset-last: remove user of baseset.append
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 00:55:09 -0700] rev 22805
revset-last: remove user of baseset.append A `baseset` has multiple cached results and will get even more in the future. Making it an object "populated once" like the other smartsets makes it both safer and simpler. The append method will be removed at some point.
Mon, 06 Oct 2014 10:57:01 -0700 revset-limit: remove user of baseset.append
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 06 Oct 2014 10:57:01 -0700] rev 22804
revset-limit: remove user of baseset.append A `baseset` has multiple cached results and will get even more in the future. Making it an object "populated once" like the other smartsets makes it both safer and simpler. The append method will be removed at some point.
Tue, 07 Oct 2014 00:12:56 -0700 mq: use `revs.sort()` to ensure the set is ascending
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 07 Oct 2014 00:12:56 -0700] rev 22803
mq: use `revs.sort()` to ensure the set is ascending Sorting is super-cheap with the new smartset class, so we can use it to enforce the order. Otherwise all smartset classes would have to allow direct indexing.
Mon, 06 Oct 2014 10:41:43 -0700 baseset: use default value instead of [] when possible
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 06 Oct 2014 10:41:43 -0700] rev 22802
baseset: use default value instead of [] when possible For pure cleanup purposes, we replace all the occurences of `baseset([])` with `baseset()`.
Sat, 04 Oct 2014 06:17:18 -0700 generatorset: implement isascending and isdescending
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 04 Oct 2014 06:17:18 -0700] rev 22801
generatorset: implement isascending and isdescending
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 21:11:56 -0700 generatorset: explicitly track iteration order
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 21:11:56 -0700] rev 22800
generatorset: explicitly track iteration order The expected iteration order may be different than the fast iteration order (eg: ancestors(42) is expected to be iterated upward but is fast/lazy to compute downward. So we explicitly track the iteration order and enforce it if the manual iteration is requested. Default expected iteration order of a generator set is ascending because I'm not aware of any descending revset that need a generatorset. The first to find such descending revset will have the pleasure to make this configurable.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 20:23:02 -0700 addset: drop caching through generatorset
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 20:23:02 -0700] rev 22799
addset: drop caching through generatorset The utility of this cache is debatable (no visible benchmark impact) and using generatorset for such purpose makes the code complicated. We drop it for now. Someone can reintroduce a smart version of it in the future if it is detected to be relevant.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 21:01:30 -0700 generatorset: get list-based fast iterations after the generator is consumed
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 21:01:30 -0700] rev 22798
generatorset: get list-based fast iterations after the generator is consumed When all revisions are known, we shortcut most of the class logic to use list iteration instead. The cost of the sort is expected to be non-significant. The list creation and sorting could be done lazily in the future. We have to copy the list to not break existing iterator created before we finished consuming the generator.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 20:48:28 -0700 generatorset: move iteration code into _iterator
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 20:48:28 -0700] rev 22797
generatorset: move iteration code into _iterator _iterator handles the generator iteration. The `__iter__` method will need changes to handle ordering-related information.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 20:43:48 -0700 generatorset: stop using a base as the _genlist
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 20:43:48 -0700] rev 22796
generatorset: stop using a base as the _genlist It does not add anything and makes it more complicated to have a simple baseset implementation.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 20:12:02 -0700 generatorset: drop the leading underscore in the class name
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 20:12:02 -0700] rev 22795
generatorset: drop the leading underscore in the class name This is a real smart set now.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 20:14:43 -0700 generatorset: update the docstring now that it is a smartset
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 20:14:43 -0700] rev 22794
generatorset: update the docstring now that it is a smartset The documentation was still stating that this class was not a smartset. We drop that part.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 20:18:48 -0700 addset: drop the leading underscore from the class name
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 20:18:48 -0700] rev 22793
addset: drop the leading underscore from the class name This class is now a real smartset.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 20:17:12 -0700 addset: this is a smartset, update the docstring
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 20:17:12 -0700] rev 22792
addset: this is a smartset, update the docstring The documentation was still stating that this class is a not a smartset. We drop that part.
Thu, 09 Oct 2014 05:27:23 -0700 addset: use the ascending argument in _iterordered
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 09 Oct 2014 05:27:23 -0700] rev 22791
addset: use the ascending argument in _iterordered Fix a bug where fastasc and fastdesc were iterator in the same order as self._ascending.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 14:03:07 -0500 rebase: add help examples
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 14:03:07 -0500] rev 22790
rebase: add help examples
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 13:40:50 -0500 rebase: attempt to clarify --base
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 13:40:50 -0500] rev 22789
rebase: attempt to clarify --base
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 12:59:11 -0400 manifest: rearrange add() method and add comments for clarity
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 12:59:11 -0400] rev 22788
manifest: rearrange add() method and add comments for clarity Omit the check of bool(p1) since it's always true in practice: it will either be nullid or some valid manifest sha, and we know nullid won't ever be in the cache so we can simplify understanding of this code.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 11:52:30 -0400 manifest: simplify manifest.add() by making args required
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 11:52:30 -0400] rev 22787
manifest: simplify manifest.add() by making args required I verified that changed was never false (it was always a 2-tuple) by adding @@ -220,6 +225,8 @@ class manifest(revlog.revlog): def add(self, map, transaction, link, p1=None, p2=None, changed=None): + if not changed: + assert False, 'changed was %r' % changed # if we're using the cache, make sure it is valid and # parented by the same node we're diffing against if not (changed and p1 and (p1 in self._mancache)): and observing that the test suite still passed. Making all the arguments required should help future readers understand what's going on here.
Thu, 25 Sep 2014 14:13:31 -0400 manifest: move manifest parsing to module-level
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Thu, 25 Sep 2014 14:13:31 -0400] rev 22786
manifest: move manifest parsing to module-level We'll need this in the sharded manifest hashing routine, and I need to tweak it anyway, so make it module-level now.
Wed, 24 Sep 2014 15:14:44 -0400 revlog: move references to revlog.hash to inside the revlog class
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Wed, 24 Sep 2014 15:14:44 -0400] rev 22785
revlog: move references to revlog.hash to inside the revlog class This will make it possible for subclasses to have different hashing schemes when appropriate. I anticipate using this in manifests. Note that there's still one client of mercurial.revlog.hash() outside of revlog: mercurial.context.memctx uses it to construct the file entries in an in-memory manifest. I don't think this will be a problem in the immediate future, so I've left it as-is.
Wed, 24 Sep 2014 15:10:52 -0400 revlog: mark nullhash as module-private
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Wed, 24 Sep 2014 15:10:52 -0400] rev 22784
revlog: mark nullhash as module-private No other module should ever need this, so mark it with _ so nobody tries to use it.
Wed, 08 Oct 2014 20:51:01 +0900 ui: disable echo back of prompt input if ui is set to non-tty purposely
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Wed, 08 Oct 2014 20:51:01 +0900] rev 22783
ui: disable echo back of prompt input if ui is set to non-tty purposely 9ab18a912c44 is nice for test output, but it also affects command-server channel. Command-server client shouldn't receive echo-back message, which makes it harder to parse the output.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 18:48:09 -0700 dirstate: cache util.normcase while constructing the foldmap
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 18:48:09 -0700] rev 22782
dirstate: cache util.normcase while constructing the foldmap This is a small win on OS X. hg perfdirstatefoldmap: before: wall 0.399708 comb 0.410000 user 0.390000 sys 0.020000 (best of 25) after: wall 0.386331 comb 0.390000 user 0.370000 sys 0.020000 (best of 25)
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 18:47:28 -0700 normcase: for darwin, use fast ASCII lower
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 18:47:28 -0700] rev 22781
normcase: for darwin, use fast ASCII lower Constructing the foldmap is much faster on OS X now. For a large real-world repo, hg perfdirstatefoldmap: before: wall 0.805278 comb 0.800000 user 0.790000 sys 0.010000 (best of 13) after: wall 0.399708 comb 0.410000 user 0.390000 sys 0.020000 (best of 25) This is a nice boost to 'hg status', especially with the third-party hgwatchman extension enabled (which eliminates stat calls). For the above repo, 'hg status' goes from 1.17 seconds to 0.74.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 19:58:26 -0700 perf: add a way to measure the perf of constructing the foldmap
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 19:58:26 -0700] rev 22780
perf: add a way to measure the perf of constructing the foldmap Constructing the foldmap is a necessary part of operations like 'hg status' on OS X. This command allows us to measure the perf of constructing it.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 18:45:56 -0700 encoding.lower: use fast ASCII lower
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 18:45:56 -0700] rev 22779
encoding.lower: use fast ASCII lower This benefits, among other things, the case collision auditor. On a Linux system with a large real-world repo where all filenames are ASCII, hg perfcca: before: wall 0.260157 comb 0.270000 user 0.230000 sys 0.040000 (best of 38) after: wall 0.164616 comb 0.160000 user 0.160000 sys 0.000000 (best of 54)
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 18:42:39 -0700 parsers: add a function to efficiently lowercase ASCII strings
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 18:42:39 -0700] rev 22778
parsers: add a function to efficiently lowercase ASCII strings We need a way to efficiently lowercase ASCII strings. For example, 'hg status' needs to build up the fold map -- a map from a canonical case (for OS X, lowercase) to the actual case of each file and directory in the dirstate. The current way we do that is to try decoding to ASCII and then calling lower() on the string, labeled 'orig' below: str.decode('ascii') return str.lower() This is pretty inefficient, and it turns out we can do much better. I also tested out a condition-based approach, labeled 'cond' below: (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') ? (c + ('a' - 'A')) : c 'cond' turned out to be slower in all cases. A 256-byte lookup table with invalid values for everything past 127 performed similarly, but this was less verbose. On OS X 10.9 with LLVM version 6.0 (clang-600.0.51), the asciilower function was run against two corpuses. Corpus 1 (list of files from real-world repo, > 100k files): orig: wall 0.428567 comb 0.430000 user 0.430000 sys 0.000000 (best of 24) cond: wall 0.077204 comb 0.070000 user 0.070000 sys 0.000000 (best of 100) lookup: wall 0.060714 comb 0.060000 user 0.060000 sys 0.000000 (best of 100) Corpus 2 (mozilla-central, 113k files): orig: wall 0.238406 comb 0.240000 user 0.240000 sys 0.000000 (best of 42) cond: wall 0.040779 comb 0.040000 user 0.040000 sys 0.000000 (best of 100) lookup: wall 0.037623 comb 0.040000 user 0.040000 sys 0.000000 (best of 100) On a Linux server-class machine with GCC 4.4.6 20120305 (Red Hat 4.4.6-4): Corpus 1 (real-world repo, > 100k files): orig: wall 0.260899 comb 0.260000 user 0.260000 sys 0.000000 (best of 38) cond: wall 0.054818 comb 0.060000 user 0.060000 sys 0.000000 (best of 100) lookup: wall 0.048489 comb 0.050000 user 0.050000 sys 0.000000 (best of 100) Corpus 2 (mozilla-central, 113k files): orig: wall 0.153082 comb 0.150000 user 0.150000 sys 0.000000 (best of 65) cond: wall 0.031007 comb 0.040000 user 0.040000 sys 0.000000 (best of 100) lookup: wall 0.028793 comb 0.030000 user 0.030000 sys 0.000000 (best of 100) SSE instructions might help even more, but I didn't experiment with those.
Tue, 30 Sep 2014 15:58:08 -0700 match: remove unnecessary setting of self._always
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Tue, 30 Sep 2014 15:58:08 -0700] rev 22777
match: remove unnecessary setting of self._always The 'always' class calls its parent constructor with an empty list of patterns, which will result in a matcher that always matches. The parent constructor will set self._always to True in such cases, so there is no need to set it again.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 00:43:22 +0900 bookmarks: port to generic templater
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 00:43:22 +0900] rev 22776
bookmarks: port to generic templater
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 00:36:36 +0900 bookmarks: split ui.write() so that it can be easily ported to formatter api
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 00:36:36 +0900] rev 22775
bookmarks: split ui.write() so that it can be easily ported to formatter api Test output changes because color labels are applied separately.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 00:15:39 +0900 bookmarks: iterate bookmarks list even if it is known to be empty
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 00:15:39 +0900] rev 22774
bookmarks: iterate bookmarks list even if it is known to be empty This clarifies that "no bookmarks set" is displayed in addition to the list of bookmarks. In JSON output, for example, [] should be written if empty, and "no bookmarks set" message should be skipped.
Mon, 06 Oct 2014 07:29:40 -0700 repoview: remove hiddencache verification
David Soria Parra <davidsp@fb.com> [Mon, 06 Oct 2014 07:29:40 -0700] rev 22773
repoview: remove hiddencache verification We have been running hiddencache verification since 3.1.1 and so far not received a bug report concerning it. Therefore we remove the verification code and make the hiddencache authoritive. That way we get the intended speedup.
Mon, 06 Oct 2014 08:18:03 -0400 color: reorganise and sectionify the help text
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Mon, 06 Oct 2014 08:18:03 -0400] rev 22772
color: reorganise and sectionify the help text The color docstring was getting long. This splits it up into bite-sized sections and rearranges the order of the paragraphs a little to match these sections.
Mon, 06 Oct 2014 08:16:40 -0400 color: update description of the extension
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Mon, 06 Oct 2014 08:16:40 -0400] rev 22771
color: update description of the extension The color extension long ago ceased to work only for the status and qseries commands.
Mon, 06 Oct 2014 07:35:53 -0400 help: show all nested subsections of a section with `hg help foo.section`
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Mon, 06 Oct 2014 07:35:53 -0400] rev 22770
help: show all nested subsections of a section with `hg help foo.section` Used to be that `hg help hgrc.paths` would show "paths" ------- Assigns symbolic names to repositories. The left side is the symbolic name, and the right gives the directory or URL that is the location of the repository. Default paths can be declared by setting the following entries. and stop there. Obviously the result seems better as shown in the attached test.
Mon, 06 Oct 2014 07:29:38 -0400 help: fix output of sections in `hg help foo.somesection`
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Mon, 06 Oct 2014 07:29:38 -0400] rev 22769
help: fix output of sections in `hg help foo.somesection` There was a bug in c3c3dd31fe1c. The block that added definitions to getsections should have been an elif, not an if. Otherwise section titles get added twice, since the else clause would always get executed for section titles.
Sat, 04 Oct 2014 17:52:59 -0400 log: show phase in hg log -v with the phase template
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Sat, 04 Oct 2014 17:52:59 -0400] rev 22768
log: show phase in hg log -v with the phase template It seems weird that `hg log -v -T phases` would be *less* verbose than `hg log -T phases`. This cset corrects that oversight.
Sat, 04 Oct 2014 17:48:59 -0400 log: add labels to the phase template
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Sat, 04 Oct 2014 17:48:59 -0400] rev 22767
log: add labels to the phase template This copies the labelled default template and just adds an extra {phase} keyword as necessary.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 19:48:56 -0400 log: rewrite default template to use labels (issue2866)
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 19:48:56 -0400] rev 22766
log: rewrite default template to use labels (issue2866) This is a complete rewrite of the default template to use labels. This seems ultimately useless to me in most cases. The biggest benefit of this patch to me seems to be a fairly complicated example of the templating engine. It was a lot of hard work to figure out the precise acceptable syntax, since it's almost undocumented. Hat tip to Steve Losh's smartlog template, which helped me figure out a lot of the syntax. Hopefully later I can use the present default log template as an example for documenting the templating engine. A test is attached. My goal was to match the --color=debug output, which may differ slightly in newlines from the actual ANSI escape codes output. I consider this an acceptable invisible deviation. There seems to be a considerable slowdown with this rewrite. Before: $ time hg log -T default -r .~100::. > /dev/null real 0m0.882s user 0m0.812s sys 0m0.064s $ time hg log -T default -r .~100::. > /dev/null real 0m0.872s user 0m0.796s sys 0m0.068s $ time hg log -T default -r .~100::. > /dev/null real 0m0.917s user 0m0.836s sys 0m0.076s After: $ time hg log -T default -r .~100::. > /dev/null real 0m1.480s user 0m1.392s sys 0m0.072s $ time hg log -T default -r .~100::. > /dev/null real 0m1.500s user 0m1.400s sys 0m0.088s $ time hg log -T default -r .~100::. > /dev/null real 0m1.462s user 0m1.364s sys 0m0.092s Following the maxim, "make it work, profile, make it faster, in that order", I deem this slowdown acceptable for now. I suspect but have not confirmed that a big slowdown comes from calling keywords twice in the file templates, once to test the existence of output and again to actually list the output. If so, a simple speedup might be to improve the templating engine to cache keywords when called more than once on the same revision. TODO: I found a bug while working on this. The following stack traces: hg log -r . -T '{ifcontains(phase, "secret public", "lol", "omg")}\n'
Sat, 04 Oct 2014 16:28:28 -0400 log: do not hide the public phase in debug mode (BC)
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Sat, 04 Oct 2014 16:28:28 -0400] rev 22765
log: do not hide the public phase in debug mode (BC) When 51fc43253a52 introduced phases to the `hg log --debug` output, it also disabled outputting public phase. At the same time, it always shows phases in the default template, `hg log --debug -T default`. Those two should produce the same output, but they don't. I think it makes a lot more sense to always show all phases. There's already loss of backwards compatibility in this case when using a newer hg on an old hg repo, since draft commits will show up in the output of `hg log --debug`. Finally, I just don't think that any sort of information should be hidden with --debug. This flag should be about showing as much information as possible.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 22:03:31 -0400 templater: set the correct phase for parents
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 22:03:31 -0400] rev 22764
templater: set the correct phase for parents Akin to f6371cc62d2a which did this for `hg log`, the following sets the correct phase for the {phase} keyword when the context is a parent of the current cset. This allows templates such as the following to be defined, parent = '{label("log.parent changeset.{phase}", "parent: {rev}:{node|formatnode}")}\n' which when called on a parent (e.g. with the `parents` template keyword), will produce the correct phase.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 19:47:57 -0400 color: omit debug label output on empty strings
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 19:47:57 -0400] rev 22763
color: omit debug label output on empty strings This is most noticeable when using custom templates. Before this patch, a template like {label("foo.bar", baz)} would emit [foo.bar|] whenever baz was empty. This cset simply omits all output when baz is empty.
Sat, 04 Oct 2014 17:22:22 +0900 tests: make hghave list features alphabetically
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 04 Oct 2014 17:22:22 +0900] rev 22762
tests: make hghave list features alphabetically
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 12:54:56 -0500 revset: remove the now unused _descgeneratorset class
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 12:54:56 -0500] rev 22761
revset: remove the now unused _descgeneratorset class
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 12:53:41 -0500 revset: use _generatorset in _revancestors
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 12:53:41 -0500] rev 22760
revset: use _generatorset in _revancestors The _descgeneratorset class is going away.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 12:52:49 -0500 revset: remove now unused class _ascgeneratorset
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 12:52:49 -0500] rev 22759
revset: remove now unused class _ascgeneratorset
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 12:52:17 -0500 revset: use _generatorset directly in _revdescendant
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 12:52:17 -0500] rev 22758
revset: use _generatorset directly in _revdescendant _ascgeneratorset is going away.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 12:46:34 -0500 generatorset: move membership testing on ordered gen to the main class
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 12:46:34 -0500] rev 22757
generatorset: move membership testing on ordered gen to the main class We are phasing out the ordered version of the class to simplify the code.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 12:36:57 -0500 generatorset: make use of the new mechanism in the subclass
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 12:36:57 -0500] rev 22756
generatorset: make use of the new mechanism in the subclass Until we remove them, we use the new parameter of _generatorset to make sure the code is run.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 12:36:08 -0500 generatorset: make it possible to use gen as fastasc or fastdesc
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 12:36:08 -0500] rev 22755
generatorset: make it possible to use gen as fastasc or fastdesc We gain a parameter to inform that the generator is ascending or descending. If the generator is ordered, it is also used for the `fastasc` or `fastdesc` version. The _ascgeneratorset and _descgeneratorset class will be removed soon.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 03:19:00 -0500 baseset: rely on the abstractsmartset implementation for filter
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 03:19:00 -0500] rev 22754
baseset: rely on the abstractsmartset implementation for filter
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 19:48:14 -0500 _orderedsetmixin: drop this now unused class
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 19:48:14 -0500] rev 22753
_orderedsetmixin: drop this now unused class All my friends are dead.
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 19:47:33 -0500 spanset: drop _orderedsetmixin inheritance
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 19:47:33 -0500] rev 22752
spanset: drop _orderedsetmixin inheritance The min/max method are as well provided by abstractsmartset.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:44:52 -0500 orderedlazyset: drop this now unused class
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:44:52 -0500] rev 22751
orderedlazyset: drop this now unused class All my friends are dead.
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 19:43:42 -0500 _descendant: use filteredset instead of orderedlazyset
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 19:43:42 -0500] rev 22750
_descendant: use filteredset instead of orderedlazyset The orderedlazyset class is going away. Filteredset gives the same service.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:37:13 -0500 addset: use the base implementation for ascending and descending
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:37:13 -0500] rev 22749
addset: use the base implementation for ascending and descending
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:34:25 -0500 addset: use base implementation for __filter__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:34:25 -0500] rev 22748
addset: use base implementation for __filter__
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:33:32 -0500 addset: use base implementation for __add__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:33:32 -0500] rev 22747
addset: use base implementation for __add__
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:32:50 -0500 addset: use base implementation for __sub__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:32:50 -0500] rev 22746
addset: use base implementation for __sub__
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:31:46 -0500 addset: use base implementation for __and__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:31:46 -0500] rev 22745
addset: use base implementation for __and__
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 19:42:06 -0500 addset: promote to real smartset
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 19:42:06 -0500] rev 22744
addset: promote to real smartset Better revset performance are also achieved with less overlay. There is no good reason for addset to not be a smartset. We can replace the `_orderedsetmixin` inheritance since `abstractsmartset` has efficient min and max too.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 00:12:22 -0500 addset: add a __nonzero__ method
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 00:12:22 -0500] rev 22743
addset: add a __nonzero__ method This is required to be a full smartset (not sure what was happening before that...)
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 23:38:30 -0500 addset: offer a fastasc and fastdesc methods
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 23:38:30 -0500] rev 22742
addset: offer a fastasc and fastdesc methods If the underlying object offers fast iterators, we use them to provide fast iterators too.
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 23:28:18 -0500 addset: split simple and ordered iteration
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 23:28:18 -0500] rev 22741
addset: split simple and ordered iteration We have two goals here. First, we would like to restore the former iteration order we had in 2.9. Second, we want this logic to be reusable for `fastasc` and `fastdesc` methods.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:55:09 -0500 generatorset: promote to smartset
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:55:09 -0500] rev 22740
generatorset: promote to smartset This is not going to be efficient but we need all basic set classes to be smartsets for the other classes to work.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:56:57 -0500 generatorset: implement __nonzero__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:56:57 -0500] rev 22739
generatorset: implement __nonzero__ This is necessary to become a real smartset.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 00:31:33 -0500 spanset: use base implementation for __add__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 00:31:33 -0500] rev 22738
spanset: use base implementation for __add__
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 00:31:18 -0500 spanset: use base implementation for __sub__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 00:31:18 -0500] rev 22737
spanset: use base implementation for __sub__
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 00:30:58 -0500 spanset: use base implementation for __and__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 00:30:58 -0500] rev 22736
spanset: use base implementation for __and__
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 00:39:57 -0500 spanset: use base implementation for filter
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 00:39:57 -0500] rev 22735
spanset: use base implementation for filter
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:27:00 -0500 filteredset: use base implementation for filter
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:27:00 -0500] rev 22734
filteredset: use base implementation for filter
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:25:35 -0500 filteredset: use base implementation for __add__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:25:35 -0500] rev 22733
filteredset: use base implementation for __add__
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:24:30 -0500 filteredset: use base implementation for __sub__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:24:30 -0500] rev 22732
filteredset: use base implementation for __sub__
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:23:12 -0500 filteredset: use base implementation for __and__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:23:12 -0500] rev 22731
filteredset: use base implementation for __and__
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 19:22:17 -0500 abstractsmartset: add default implementation for __sub__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 19:22:17 -0500] rev 22730
abstractsmartset: add default implementation for __sub__
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 19:22:03 -0500 abstractsmartset: add default implementation for __add__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 19:22:03 -0500] rev 22729
abstractsmartset: add default implementation for __add__
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 19:21:40 -0500 abstractsmartset: add default implementation for __and__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 19:21:40 -0500] rev 22728
abstractsmartset: add default implementation for __and__
Wed, 01 Oct 2014 00:26:50 -0500 abstractsmartset: add default implementation for filter
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 01 Oct 2014 00:26:50 -0500] rev 22727
abstractsmartset: add default implementation for filter
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:16:23 -0500 lazyset: rename the class to filteredset
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 01:16:23 -0500] rev 22726
lazyset: rename the class to filteredset All smartsets try to be lazy. The purpose of this class is to apply a filter on another set. So we rename the class (and all its occurences) to `filteredset`.
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 19:14:03 -0500 lazyset: add order awareness to the class
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 19:14:03 -0500] rev 22725
lazyset: add order awareness to the class Just a bit of extra code makes the lazyset aware of order. This renders orderedlazyset useless. At some point, the `subset` will become responsible for this ordering logic. But we are not there yet because the various objects used as subsets are not good enough.
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 19:03:14 -0500 lazyset: remove min/max
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 19:03:14 -0500] rev 22724
lazyset: remove min/max This is now handled by abstractsmartset.
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 19:02:50 -0500 baseset: remove min/max methods
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 19:02:50 -0500] rev 22723
baseset: remove min/max methods This is now handled by the base class.
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:59:41 -0500 abstractsmartset: add a default implementation for min and max
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:59:41 -0500] rev 22722
abstractsmartset: add a default implementation for min and max This default implementation takes advantage of the fast iterator if available.
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:52:09 -0500 lazyset: drop now useless ascending/descending definition
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:52:09 -0500] rev 22721
lazyset: drop now useless ascending/descending definition
Tue, 30 Sep 2014 23:36:57 -0500 lazyset: inherit the fastasc and fastdesc method from subset
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 30 Sep 2014 23:36:57 -0500] rev 22720
lazyset: inherit the fastasc and fastdesc method from subset When the filtered subset has such methods, we can use them. It is implemented as properties to be able to quickly return None if no corresponding fastasc exists on the subset.
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:25:37 -0500 lazyset: split the iteration logic from the condition filtering logic
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:25:37 -0500] rev 22719
lazyset: split the iteration logic from the condition filtering logic So that the filter can be reused by `fastasc` or `fastdesc`.
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 17:53:55 -0500 spanset: do a single range check in __contains__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 17:53:55 -0500] rev 22718
spanset: do a single range check in __contains__ Now that `start <= end` is always true, we can simplify this function.
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:02:17 -0500 spanset: enforce the order lazily to gain `fastasc` and `fastdesc` methods
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:02:17 -0500] rev 22717
spanset: enforce the order lazily to gain `fastasc` and `fastdesc` methods Instead of having the direction of iteration enforced through the ordering of `start` and `end` attributes of spanset, we encode the iteration direction in an explicit attribute and always store start < end. The logic for sort and reverse has to be updated. The __iter__ is now based on the newly introduced `fastasc` and `fastdesc` methods. This will allow other code simplifications in the future.
Tue, 30 Sep 2014 22:26:34 -0500 abstractsmartset: document the `fastasc` and `fastdesc` attributes/methods
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 30 Sep 2014 22:26:34 -0500] rev 22716
abstractsmartset: document the `fastasc` and `fastdesc` attributes/methods See the in-line documentation for details. (This is the beginning of a massive overhaul of revset).
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:35:56 -0500 spanset: remove ascending/descending implementation
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:35:56 -0500] rev 22715
spanset: remove ascending/descending implementation We can rely on their implementation in abstractsmartset.
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:35:00 -0500 baseset: remove ascending/descending redefinition
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:35:00 -0500] rev 22714
baseset: remove ascending/descending redefinition We can rely on the abstractsmartset implementation.
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:34:18 -0500 abstractsmartset: default implementation for `ascending` and `descending`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:34:18 -0500] rev 22713
abstractsmartset: default implementation for `ascending` and `descending` These two methods are actually silly aliases for `sort()` and `sort(reverse=True)`. So we get that aliasing at the abstractsmartset level. We will slowly phase out all the custom implementations and eventually remove any mentions of it from the code.
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 04:55:55 -0700 revert: bring back usage of `subset & ps` in `parents`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 04:55:55 -0700] rev 22712
revert: bring back usage of `subset & ps` in `parents` Changeset 95af98616aa7 switched the order of the operand of the "&" computation to work around an issue from repo-wide spanset. The need for a workaround has been alleviated by the introduction of `fullreposet`. So we restore it to normal. The benchmark shows no significant changes as expected. We also revert the bogus test change introduced by 95af98616aa7. The order is actually important.
Sun, 24 Aug 2014 17:40:27 -0400 color: update docstring for debug option
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Sun, 24 Aug 2014 17:40:27 -0400] rev 22711
color: update docstring for debug option 964dd1c491ca updated the format for the --color=debug option. This updates the documentation to match this new format.
Wed, 20 Aug 2014 15:19:37 -0400 color: document the possibility to colourise tabs in diffs
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Wed, 20 Aug 2014 15:19:37 -0400] rev 22710
color: document the possibility to colourise tabs in diffs This is a no-op change that simply suggests that tabs can be colourised, but defaults to no colour effects for tabs. This complements cset c343557a8442. Like the similar effects for phases from f8e2aebbb24c, we set the default effects to '' instead of None, so that this is a true noop change. Otherwise, the diff.tab effect would override (i.e. neutralise) the effect of the surrounding label.
Fri, 12 Sep 2014 22:07:23 -0400 contrib/synthrepo: walk a repo's directory structure during analysis
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Fri, 12 Sep 2014 22:07:23 -0400] rev 22709
contrib/synthrepo: walk a repo's directory structure during analysis Augments the analyze command to additionally walk the repo's current directory structure (or of any directory tree), counting how many files appear in which paths. This data is saved in the repo model to be used by synthesize, for creating an initial commit with many files. This change is aimed at developing, testing and measuring scaling improvements when importing/converting a large repository to mercurial.
Fri, 12 Sep 2014 22:04:29 -0400 contrib/synthrepo: generate initial repo contents using directory shape model
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Fri, 12 Sep 2014 22:04:29 -0400] rev 22708
contrib/synthrepo: generate initial repo contents using directory shape model Augments the synthesize command to use an additional parameter to the analyzed repo model: the number of files in each directory at a given snapshot. Before synthesizing history, an arbitrary number of files will be generated in a distribution matching the analyzed directory structure. Intended for developing, testing and measuring scaling improvements when importing/converting a large repository to Mercurial.
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 17:15:28 +0200 filemerge: switch the default name for internal tools from internal:x to :x
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 17:15:28 +0200] rev 22707
filemerge: switch the default name for internal tools from internal:x to :x
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 17:15:25 +0200 filemerge: introduce :x as short version of internal:x merge tool name
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 17:15:25 +0200] rev 22706
filemerge: introduce :x as short version of internal:x merge tool name "internal:" is so much typing - it is frequently specified on the command line and gives options that are longer than any other I have seen.
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 23:26:02 +0900 branches: include active, closed and current flags in template output
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 23:26:02 +0900] rev 22705
branches: include active, closed and current flags in template output
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 23:13:56 +0900 branches: merge white space to format string
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 23:13:56 +0900] rev 22704
branches: merge white space to format string Diffs of test output should be harmless. A white space character is moved into "log.changeset" color region.
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 22:59:56 +0900 branches: port to generic templater
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 22:59:56 +0900] rev 22703
branches: port to generic templater
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 22:15:39 +0900 branches: format rev as integer that is necessary for generic templater
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 22:15:39 +0900] rev 22702
branches: format rev as integer that is necessary for generic templater
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 22:20:02 +0900 formatter: add general way to switch hex/short functions
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 22:20:02 +0900] rev 22701
formatter: add general way to switch hex/short functions This seems a bit awkward, but it can avoid duplicates in annotate, tags, branches and bookmarks. I guess fm.hexfunc can eventually be removed (or redesigned) when it gets template backend.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 11:37:56 -0500 locarepo: remove the `pull` method (API)
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 11:37:56 -0500] rev 22700
locarepo: remove the `pull` method (API) All the logic of this function is in the `exchange.pull` function for some time. We just stop calling `localrepo.pull` in `command.pull` to have access to more information. Leaving `localrepo.pull` in place will let third-party extensions wrap it but it would never be called by `hg pull` making the wrapping useless. Therefore, the method is removed so that third-party code fail noisily and get properly upgraded.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 11:21:52 -0500 transplant: use exchange.pull
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 11:21:52 -0500] rev 22699
transplant: use exchange.pull localrepo.pull is going away. See 4d52e6eb98ea for details.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 11:19:25 -0500 convert-hg: use localrepo.pull
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 11:19:25 -0500] rev 22698
convert-hg: use localrepo.pull localrepo.pull is going away. See 4d52e6eb98ea for details.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 11:16:57 -0500 fetch: use exchange.pull
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 11:16:57 -0500] rev 22697
fetch: use exchange.pull localrepo.pull is going away. See 4d52e6eb98ea for details.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 11:15:33 -0500 localrepo: use exchange.pull when cloning
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 11:15:33 -0500] rev 22696
localrepo: use exchange.pull when cloning localrepo.pull is going away. See 4d52e6eb98ea for details.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 11:12:55 -0500 subrepo: use exchange.pull
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 11:12:55 -0500] rev 22695
subrepo: use exchange.pull localrepo.pull is going away, see 4d52e6eb98ea for details.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 11:11:12 -0500 commands: directly use exchange.pull
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 11:11:12 -0500] rev 22694
commands: directly use exchange.pull localrepo.pull is going away. See explanations in 4d52e6eb98ea.
Fri, 03 Oct 2014 11:07:47 -0500 exchange: have `pull` return the pulloperation object
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 03 Oct 2014 11:07:47 -0500] rev 22693
exchange: have `pull` return the pulloperation object We mimic what was done for `push` for similar reason. We are about to drop `localrepo.pull` (for consistency with dropping `localrepo.push` and we better have an API as extensible as `push` is. Find explanations about localrepo.push removal in 4d52e6eb98ea.
Wed, 01 Oct 2014 15:14:36 -0500 revset: introduce an abstractsmartset class
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 01 Oct 2014 15:14:36 -0500] rev 22692
revset: introduce an abstractsmartset class This class documents all methods required by a smartset. This makes it easier for people to respect the API and ensure we fail loudly when something does not. It will later also contain common default implementations for multiple methods, making it easier to have smartset classes with minimal work.
Wed, 01 Oct 2014 15:03:16 -0500 revset: add a `__nonzero__` to baseset
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 01 Oct 2014 15:03:16 -0500] rev 22691
revset: add a `__nonzero__` to baseset We are about to add a base class for `baseset` with an abstract `__nonzero__` method. So we need this method to be explicitly defined to avoid issues. The built-in list object apparently does not have a `__nonzero__` and relies on `__len__` for this purpose?
Wed, 01 Oct 2014 15:50:54 -0500 revset: drop isinstance(baseset) in spanset.__sub__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 01 Oct 2014 15:50:54 -0500] rev 22690
revset: drop isinstance(baseset) in spanset.__sub__ As baseset now has a fast __contains___ operator, this `baseset.set()` dance is no longer needed. No regressions are visible in the benchmark.
Wed, 01 Oct 2014 15:50:40 -0500 revset: drop isinstance(baseset) in spanset.__and__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 01 Oct 2014 15:50:40 -0500] rev 22689
revset: drop isinstance(baseset) in spanset.__and__ As baseset now has a fast __contains___ operator, this `baseset.set()` dance is no longer needed. No regressions are visible in the benchmark.
Tue, 30 Sep 2014 23:09:59 -0500 revset: drop isinstance(baseset) from baseset.__and__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 30 Sep 2014 23:09:59 -0500] rev 22688
revset: drop isinstance(baseset) from baseset.__and__ As baseset now has a fast __contains___ operator, this `baseset.set()` dance is no longer needed. No regressions are visible in the benchmark.
Wed, 01 Oct 2014 15:53:42 -0500 revset: use direct access to __contains__ in spanset.__sub__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 01 Oct 2014 15:53:42 -0500] rev 22687
revset: use direct access to __contains__ in spanset.__sub__ Using `x.__contains__(r)` instead of `r in x` does not matter for built-in type (set) but have a positive impact for all other classes. This will let us drop some usage of baseset.set() in future patches. This also probably improves some performance.
Tue, 30 Sep 2014 12:39:21 -0500 revset: use a single return statement in matcher function
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 30 Sep 2014 12:39:21 -0500] rev 22686
revset: use a single return statement in matcher function This makes it easy to insert post processing and debug code on the returned value.
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 16:57:51 -0500 obsolete: replace "nb" notation with "num" (for "number")
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 16:57:51 -0500] rev 22685
obsolete: replace "nb" notation with "num" (for "number") As requested by Matt Mackall.
Wed, 24 Sep 2014 17:18:57 -0700 shelve: remove unused status variables
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Wed, 24 Sep 2014 17:18:57 -0700] rev 22684
shelve: remove unused status variables
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:50:41 -0500 gpg: use an abort hint and don't mention --force
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:50:41 -0500] rev 22683
gpg: use an abort hint and don't mention --force
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:47:02 -0500 gpg: move test of force before status call
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:47:02 -0500] rev 22682
gpg: move test of force before status call
Wed, 24 Sep 2014 12:57:39 -0700 gpg: drop unnecessary slicing of status array
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Wed, 24 Sep 2014 12:57:39 -0700] rev 22681
gpg: drop unnecessary slicing of status array The call to repo.status() does not request status for clean files, so there is no reason to slice it out from the result. Leaving the tuple untouched will simplify a future change.
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:39:57 -0500 tag: use an abort hint
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:39:57 -0500] rev 22680
tag: use an abort hint
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:38:10 -0500 tag: only check the status of .hgtags
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:38:10 -0500] rev 22679
tag: only check the status of .hgtags
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:37:12 -0500 tag: properly abort if an unknown or ignored .hgtags is present
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:37:12 -0500] rev 22678
tag: properly abort if an unknown or ignored .hgtags is present This was a regression introduced by 4faaa0535ea7 in 2008.
Wed, 01 Oct 2014 12:50:18 -0700 summary: remove unused code for listing ignored files
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Wed, 01 Oct 2014 12:50:18 -0700] rev 22677
summary: remove unused code for listing ignored files The call to repo.status() does not request ignored files to be listed, so remove the code for printing them.
Wed, 01 Oct 2014 14:48:42 -0700 fetch: use cmdutil.bailifchanged()
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Wed, 01 Oct 2014 14:48:42 -0700] rev 22676
fetch: use cmdutil.bailifchanged() Use the existing method cmdutil.bailifchanged() instead of implementing it again in fetch.py. An effect of this is that the error messages in case of uncommited changes will be different.
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:00:05 -0500 ui: fix comment about non-interactive prompts
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 18:00:05 -0500] rev 22675
ui: fix comment about non-interactive prompts This fixes my earlier in-flight addition to Mads' change.
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 23:20:59 +0900 formatter: convert booleans to json
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 23:20:59 +0900] rev 22674
formatter: convert booleans to json It will be used in branches output.
Wed, 01 Oct 2014 03:42:00 +0200 merge: mute the status message when bid merge kicks in
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Wed, 01 Oct 2014 03:42:00 +0200] rev 22673
merge: mute the status message when bid merge kicks in Bid merge is now the default and it is not necessary to tell the user that an experimental feature kicked in. (It could however still be relevant to get a notice that it is one of the rare criss-cross merge situations so the user is warned that the situation is more tricky than usual.)
Wed, 01 Oct 2014 03:41:11 +0200 merge: use bid merge by default (BC)
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Wed, 01 Oct 2014 03:41:11 +0200] rev 22672
merge: use bid merge by default (BC) In most cases merges will work exactly as before. The only difference is in criss-cross merge situations where there is multiple ancestors. Instead of picking an more or less arbitrary ancestor, it will consider both ancestors and pick the best bids. Bid merge can be disabled with --config merge.preferancestor='!'.
Wed, 01 Oct 2014 03:40:51 +0200 changectx: skip all invalid merge.preferancestor values
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Wed, 01 Oct 2014 03:40:51 +0200] rev 22671
changectx: skip all invalid merge.preferancestor values A better fix for 17011b36aac7 that will ignore other kinds of "invalid" revisions.
Wed, 30 Apr 2014 16:56:23 -0700 revset: rely on built in iterator when possible in _generatorset.__iter__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 30 Apr 2014 16:56:23 -0700] rev 22670
revset: rely on built in iterator when possible in _generatorset.__iter__ Doing manual iteration is expensible. We rely on built in list iteration whenever possible. The other case has to become a closure we cannot have a both yield and return in the same function.
Thu, 18 Sep 2014 15:52:45 -0700 revset: prefetch an attribute in _generatorset.__iter__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 18 Sep 2014 15:52:45 -0700] rev 22669
revset: prefetch an attribute in _generatorset.__iter__ Python's attribute lookup are expensible, lets do less of them. This gives us a 7% speedup on this revset iteration (from 0.063403 to 0.059032)
Tue, 09 Sep 2014 22:14:13 +0900 templater: add count template filter, plus tests
Anton Shestakov <engored@ya.ru> [Tue, 09 Sep 2014 22:14:13 +0900] rev 22668
templater: add count template filter, plus tests Previously there was no way of telling how much children or bookmarks or tags a certain changeset has in a template. It was possible to tell if a changeset has either 0 or not 0 bookmarks, but not to tell if it has 1 or 2 of them, for example. This filter, simply named count, makes it possible to count the number of items in a list or the length of a string (or, anything that python's len can count). E.g.: {children|count}, {bookmarks|count}, {file_adds|count}. Testing the filter on node hash and shortened node hash is chosen because they both have defined length. As for lists of strings - children, tags and file_adds are used, because they provide some variety and also prove that what's counted is the number of string items in the list, and not the list stringified (they are lists of non-empty, multi-character strings). Additionally, revset template function is used for testing the filter, since the combination is very flexible and will possibly be used together a lot. (The previous version of this patch had an incorrect email subject and was apparently lost - patchwork says the patch has been accepted, but it's not so. The changes between that and this patch are minimal: now the filter does not disturb the alphabetical order of function definitions and dict keys.)
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 17:35:33 -0700 push: update bookmarks (on server) within a transaction
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 17:35:33 -0700] rev 22667
push: update bookmarks (on server) within a transaction A nice side effect is that bookmarks sent through bundle2 are updated within the same transaction as all other changes.
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 15:21:38 -0700 pull: perform bookmark updates in the transaction
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 15:21:38 -0700] rev 22666
pull: perform bookmark updates in the transaction
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 00:41:55 -0700 bookmark: add a `bmstore.recordupdate` to plug bookmarks into the transaction
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 00:41:55 -0700] rev 22665
bookmark: add a `bmstore.recordupdate` to plug bookmarks into the transaction Instead of manually writing bookmarks when they are updated, we can just record this update to the transaction and rely on it to update the on-disk file.
Sat, 27 Sep 2014 03:10:33 -0700 bookmarks: split bookmark serialization and file handling
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 27 Sep 2014 03:10:33 -0700] rev 22664
bookmarks: split bookmark serialization and file handling If we want to handle bookmarks in a transaction we need to decouple the file handling and the actual production of the content. This is similar to how we handle phases in transaction.
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 00:36:42 -0700 transaction: allow generating file outside of store
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 00:36:42 -0700] rev 22663
transaction: allow generating file outside of store We allow a vfs argument to `addfilegenerator`. This allows generating files outside of the store directory like bookmarks. However, this is not really working since we do not have the infrastructure to backup and restore files outside of store. By chance, the bookmark file is already backed up by another mechanism so we can restrict this new feature to bookmarks (which is our only interest here) and proceed.
Wed, 01 Oct 2014 21:40:44 -0500 transaction: work around and document issue with file backup
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 01 Oct 2014 21:40:44 -0500] rev 22662
transaction: work around and document issue with file backup The backup restoration is actually hard-coded for the main file. And this hard-coded list is the only one used when repairing an interrupted transaction from another process. Solving this problem is out of the scope of this series so we document it and work around its implications.
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 00:15:15 -0500 bundle2: remove an explicit packing
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 00:15:15 -0500] rev 22661
bundle2: remove an explicit packing The final writing of the empty part was done explicitly. We now using proper pack call using symbolic constant. This open simple change in the bundle2 format.
Wed, 01 Oct 2014 23:55:22 -0500 bundle2: split test in two
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 01 Oct 2014 23:55:22 -0500] rev 22660
bundle2: split test in two We split the test between the one dedicated to the binary format and the one dedicated to checking the exchange of data using pull and push.
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 14:07:56 -0700 pull: merge bookmark updates and imports
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 14:07:56 -0700] rev 22659
pull: merge bookmark updates and imports We do all the things in one go now, updating existing bookmark, adding new ones, and overwriting the ones explicitly specified for --bookmark. This impacts the tests by removing some duplicated or unnecessary output.
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 13:43:31 -0700 pull: gather explicit bookmark pulls with bookmark updates
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 13:43:31 -0700] rev 22658
pull: gather explicit bookmark pulls with bookmark updates There is no reason to make them at different times. So we gather them. This is the first step toward merging them.
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 12:47:25 -0700 subrepo: stop pulling bookmark manually
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 12:47:25 -0700] rev 22657
subrepo: stop pulling bookmark manually Bookmark pulling is now done with all the other pull steps in the `exchange.pull` function.
Sat, 27 Sep 2014 01:59:56 -0700 pull: retrieve bookmarks through bundle2
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 27 Sep 2014 01:59:56 -0700] rev 22656
pull: retrieve bookmarks through bundle2 We can retrieve any pushkey namespace through bundle2. So we also ask for bookmark data and use them to update the local repo.
Sat, 27 Sep 2014 01:37:56 -0700 pull: retrieve bookmarks before obsmarkers
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 27 Sep 2014 01:37:56 -0700] rev 22655
pull: retrieve bookmarks before obsmarkers Retrieving bookmarks before obsmarkers will avoid turning some changesets hidden right before making them visible again if a bookmark keeps them visible.
Sat, 27 Sep 2014 01:31:15 -0700 pull: move bookmark pulling into its own function
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 27 Sep 2014 01:31:15 -0700] rev 22654
pull: move bookmark pulling into its own function This requires adding an attribute on the pulloperation object. The bookmark pulling is protected behind a "todostep" as other steps of pull.
Sat, 27 Sep 2014 01:34:02 -0700 pull: perform the todostep inside functions handling old way of pulling
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 27 Sep 2014 01:34:02 -0700] rev 22653
pull: perform the todostep inside functions handling old way of pulling This matches what is done during push.
Fri, 26 Sep 2014 23:04:35 -0700 bookmark: remove now unused `pushtoremote` function
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 26 Sep 2014 23:04:35 -0700] rev 22652
bookmark: remove now unused `pushtoremote` function Everything is unified in the push discovery now.
Sat, 27 Sep 2014 20:51:53 -0700 push: gather all bookmark decisions together
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 27 Sep 2014 20:51:53 -0700] rev 22651
push: gather all bookmark decisions together The discovery phases for bookmarks now use the list of explicitly pushed bookmarks to do addition, removal and overwriting. Tests are impacted because this reduces the amount of listkeys calls issued, removes some duplicated messages and improves the accuracy of some messages.
Fri, 26 Sep 2014 18:33:11 -0700 push: prepare the issue of multiple kinds of messages
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 26 Sep 2014 18:33:11 -0700] rev 22650
push: prepare the issue of multiple kinds of messages To gather all the bookmark pushing actions together, we need code performing those actions to be ready for them. We need to be able to produce different messages for different actions.
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 13:19:49 -0500 push: set bkresult when pushing bookmarks through bundle2
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 13:19:49 -0500] rev 22649
push: set bkresult when pushing bookmarks through bundle2
Fri, 26 Sep 2014 13:56:20 -0700 clone: remove duplicated bookmark pulling
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 26 Sep 2014 13:56:20 -0700] rev 22648
clone: remove duplicated bookmark pulling Now that all clone methods (copy, pull and push) also transport bookmarks, we can safely drop the manual pulling that was performed during clone.
Fri, 26 Sep 2014 15:15:49 -0700 clone: explicitly push bookmarks when cloning from local to remote
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 26 Sep 2014 15:15:49 -0700] rev 22647
clone: explicitly push bookmarks when cloning from local to remote We need to explicitly push all local bookmarks when doing the clone from a local repo to a remote one through ssh. This will let us remove the manual export of bookmarks in clone and rely on the official exchange in push and pull instead.
Fri, 26 Sep 2014 13:55:53 -0700 clone: copy `.hg/bookmarks` during copy clone
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 26 Sep 2014 13:55:53 -0700] rev 22646
clone: copy `.hg/bookmarks` during copy clone Now that the standard pull function includes bookmarks, we need to ensure that a copy clone also copies the bookmarks. This will let us drop the manual bookmark pulling done independently during a clone.
Fri, 26 Sep 2014 17:44:00 -0700 pull: move bookmark movements inside the `exchange.pull`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 26 Sep 2014 17:44:00 -0700] rev 22645
pull: move bookmark movements inside the `exchange.pull` There is no reason for bookmarks to get a special treatment. As a first step we move the code as is in the `exchange.pull` function. Integration with the rest of the flow will come later. Adding bookmarks to pull means that most clone paths are now pulling bookmarks through pull. We ensure that bookmark-update messages are properly suppressed in that case. In test-pull-http.t the 'requesting all changes' message disappear because we now get the authentication error on the `listkeys`command before such message is printed.
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 12:16:07 -0500 bookmarks: allow `updatefromremote` to be quiet
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 12:16:07 -0500] rev 22644
bookmarks: allow `updatefromremote` to be quiet This will be useful to use the function during clone (clone is not printing any bookmark data right now)
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 12:39:37 -0500 util: fix sorteddict.pop
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 12:39:37 -0500] rev 22643
util: fix sorteddict.pop When using `.pop` on such object the list was not cleared of the popped key, leading to crash.
Fri, 26 Sep 2014 12:51:55 -0700 localrepo: pass arbitrary kwargs from `repo.pull` to `exchange.pull`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 26 Sep 2014 12:51:55 -0700] rev 22642
localrepo: pass arbitrary kwargs from `repo.pull` to `exchange.pull` We'll add bookmark-related arguments to `repo.pull` so we need to widen the signature of `repo.pull`. We should probably kill `repo.pull` now that `repo.push` is dead but this is outside the scope of this series.
Fri, 26 Sep 2014 10:59:29 -0700 pull: use `other.url()` as the source of a bookmark pull
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 26 Sep 2014 10:59:29 -0700] rev 22641
pull: use `other.url()` as the source of a bookmark pull We want to move the bookmarks movement into `exchange.pull`, for this purpose we need to stop relying on variables from `command.pull`.
Tue, 30 Sep 2014 17:13:54 -0700 setup: set mode 644 or 755 on installed files
Kyle Lippincott <spectral@google.com> [Tue, 30 Sep 2014 17:13:54 -0700] rev 22640
setup: set mode 644 or 755 on installed files
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 21:58:10 +0900 branches: reduce nesting in for loop
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 21:58:10 +0900] rev 22639
branches: reduce nesting in for loop
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 16:57:47 +0200 i18n: use datapath for i18n like for templates and help
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 16:57:47 +0200] rev 22638
i18n: use datapath for i18n like for templates and help To avoid circular module dependencies we initialize i18n from util when datapath is found.
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 16:57:47 +0200 help: don't search randomly for help data - trust util.datapath
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 16:57:47 +0200] rev 22637
help: don't search randomly for help data - trust util.datapath The search was introduced in c904e76e3834 without a convincing explanation why it should be necessary ... except for consistency with templater handling. Now, just keep it simple.
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 16:57:37 +0200 templater: don't search randomly for templates - trust util.datapath
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 16:57:37 +0200] rev 22636
templater: don't search randomly for templates - trust util.datapath The search was introduced in 2653740d8118. It might have been necessary back then when using __file__ directly and frozen-ness wasn't considered. Now we should know exactly where the templates can be found.
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 16:57:37 +0200 templater: inline global 'path' list in templatepaths
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 16:57:37 +0200] rev 22635
templater: inline global 'path' list in templatepaths
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 16:57:37 +0200 templater: introduce templatepaths for getting paths searched for templates
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 16:57:37 +0200] rev 22634
templater: introduce templatepaths for getting paths searched for templates Avoid function with different return types depending on parameters.
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 16:57:06 +0200 util: introduce datapath for getting the location of supporting data files
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 16:57:06 +0200] rev 22633
util: introduce datapath for getting the location of supporting data files templates, help and locale data is normally stored as sub folders in the directory containing the source of the mercurial module. In a frozen build they live as sub folders next to 'hg.exe' and 'library.zip'. These different kind of data were handled in different ways. Unify that by introducing util.datapath. The value is computed from the environment and is always used, so we just calculate the value on module load.
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 16:57:06 +0200 util: move _hgexecutable a few lines, closer to where it is used
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 16:57:06 +0200] rev 22632
util: move _hgexecutable a few lines, closer to where it is used
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 13:27:40 +0200 hgk: define bookmark colour explicitly, as Tk 8.6 has changed their meaning
Andrew Shadura <andrew@shadura.me> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 13:27:40 +0200] rev 22631
hgk: define bookmark colour explicitly, as Tk 8.6 has changed their meaning
Tue, 30 Sep 2014 14:32:49 -0700 largefiles: remove 'forget' list that's always empty
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Tue, 30 Sep 2014 14:32:49 -0700] rev 22630
largefiles: remove 'forget' list that's always empty
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 16:43:50 -0500 bookmarks: fix divergent bookmark path normalization
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 16:43:50 -0500] rev 22629
bookmarks: fix divergent bookmark path normalization
Thu, 02 Oct 2014 11:35:20 -0500 exchange: remove a broken i18n abuse
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 02 Oct 2014 11:35:20 -0500] rev 22628
exchange: remove a broken i18n abuse
Fri, 26 Sep 2014 11:31:15 -0700 bookmark: make the search for divergent names more robust
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 26 Sep 2014 11:31:15 -0700] rev 22627
bookmark: make the search for divergent names more robust We translate the "url we update from" and "the url in the config" into their canonical representation. This is useful for urls that have multiple equivalent forms: /foo/bar/ == file:/foo/bar/ == file:///foo/bar eg: hg pull --config path.bar=/foo/bar/ file:/foo/bar
Thu, 25 Sep 2014 17:53:27 -0700 pull: gather all bookmark-pulling code together
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 25 Sep 2014 17:53:27 -0700] rev 22626
pull: gather all bookmark-pulling code together Pulling bookmarks is done in two rounds. First we do a simple update, then we use the content of the `bookmark` argument to possibly overwrite some bookmark with their remote location. The second step was not done right after the first one for some obscure reason. We now perform them one after the other.
Thu, 25 Sep 2014 02:53:29 -0700 push: perform bookmark export in the push function
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 25 Sep 2014 02:53:29 -0700] rev 22625
push: perform bookmark export in the push function This part is responsible for adding new bookmarks on the remote. Before that, it was done on its own in `commands.push`. The export is still not integrated with the rest of the push process, but at least it now dwells in the right function.
Thu, 25 Sep 2014 00:57:36 -0700 push: add `pushoperation.bkresult`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 25 Sep 2014 00:57:36 -0700] rev 22624
push: add `pushoperation.bkresult` This attribute will be used to carry the result of the bookmark push (when the `push` function will effectively be doing any bookmarks pushes)
Thu, 25 Sep 2014 01:49:20 -0700 push: pass list of bookmark to `exchange.push`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 25 Sep 2014 01:49:20 -0700] rev 22623
push: pass list of bookmark to `exchange.push` Currently stored but not unused. This parameter will control bookmarks explicitly pushed (added to the server if missing).
Thu, 25 Sep 2014 15:26:09 -0700 exchange: import bookmarks as bookmod
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 25 Sep 2014 15:26:09 -0700] rev 22622
exchange: import bookmarks as bookmod Using the original names makes it difficult to use `bookmarks` as a variable name.
Thu, 25 Sep 2014 02:53:49 -0700 push: sanitize handling of bookmark push return value
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 25 Sep 2014 02:53:49 -0700] rev 22621
push: sanitize handling of bookmark push return value Mixing return and assignment does not make sense, let's unify this.
Thu, 25 Sep 2014 01:43:24 -0700 locarepo: remove the `push` method (API)
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 25 Sep 2014 01:43:24 -0700] rev 22620
locarepo: remove the `push` method (API) All the logic of this function is in the exchange.push function for some time. We just stop calling `localrepo.push` in `command.push` to have access to more information. Leaving `localrepo.push` in place will let third-party extensions wrap it but it would never be called by `hg push` making the wrapping useless. Therefore, the method is removed so that third-party code fail noisily and get properly upgraded.
Thu, 25 Sep 2014 01:42:49 -0700 push: `exchange.push` instead of `localrepo.push`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 25 Sep 2014 01:42:49 -0700] rev 22619
push: `exchange.push` instead of `localrepo.push` The latter is going away.
Thu, 25 Sep 2014 01:41:26 -0700 clone: use `exchange.push` instead of `localrepo.push`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 25 Sep 2014 01:41:26 -0700] rev 22618
clone: use `exchange.push` instead of `localrepo.push` The latter is going away.
Thu, 25 Sep 2014 01:39:39 -0700 push: use `exchange.push` in `commands.push`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 25 Sep 2014 01:39:39 -0700] rev 22617
push: use `exchange.push` in `commands.push` To gain access to all results from the push, we need to have access to the `pushoperation` object. We call `exchange.push` to do so. It is impossible to just change the `localrepo.push` signature because the change may be too subtle to be caught by external extension wrapping `localrepo.push`. This mean we'll have to kill `localrepo.push` because just using `exchange.push` in `commands.py` would silently disable all wrapping around `localrepo.push` by third-party extensions. So we'll remove it in a later changeset to get such extensions to fail noisily.
Thu, 25 Sep 2014 02:21:59 -0700 push: `exchange.push` now returns the `pushoperation` object
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 25 Sep 2014 02:21:59 -0700] rev 22616
push: `exchange.push` now returns the `pushoperation` object Returning the pushop object gives access to more information (upcoming bookmark push result for example). `localrepo.push` currently extracts the `cgresult` for callers.
Thu, 25 Sep 2014 00:55:39 -0700 push: rename `pushop.ret` to `pushop.cgresult`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 25 Sep 2014 00:55:39 -0700] rev 22615
push: rename `pushop.ret` to `pushop.cgresult` We are about to introduce more results-related attributes on pushop (for bookmarks) so we need a more distinctive name. We now use `cgresult` as `pulloperation` does.
Tue, 16 Sep 2014 15:57:51 -0700 obsolete: use version constants in the format mapping
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 16 Sep 2014 15:57:51 -0700] rev 22614
obsolete: use version constants in the format mapping
Tue, 16 Sep 2014 15:56:38 -0700 obsolete: use the `version` argument in encodemarkers
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 16 Sep 2014 15:56:38 -0700] rev 22613
obsolete: use the `version` argument in encodemarkers Recent scientific studies show that assigning a variable have no effect on a unrelated constant. We therefore use the variable where we intended to in the first place.
Fri, 12 Sep 2014 14:41:43 +0200 obsolete: gather all contents related to format version 0 in a single place
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 12 Sep 2014 14:41:43 +0200] rev 22612
obsolete: gather all contents related to format version 0 in a single place All contents includes documentation, constants, and functions, so we gather all of those things into a single location. The diff is confusing because it cannot understand what code is semantically moved around in this grand migration.
Sun, 31 Aug 2014 13:01:00 +0200 revert: properly back up added files with local modification
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sun, 31 Aug 2014 13:01:00 +0200] rev 22611
revert: properly back up added files with local modification These files were previously not backed up because the backup mechanism was not smart enough. This leads to data lose for the user since uncommitted contents were discarded. We now properly move the modified version to <filename>.orig before deleting it. We have to use a small hack to do a different action if "--no-backup" is specified. This is needed because the backup process is actually a move (not a copy) so the file is already missing when we backup. The internet kitten is a bit disapointed about that, but such is life. This patch concludes the "lets refactor revert" phases. We can now open the "Lets find stupid bug with renames and merge" phases. I'm sure that now that the code is clearer we could do it in another simpler way, but I consider the current improvement good enough for now.
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 02:39:08 +0200 revert: track added files with local modifications
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 02:39:08 +0200] rev 22610
revert: track added files with local modifications Those files need to be backed up but are currently not. We compute the set of them to be able to use a different backup strategy in the next changeset.
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 02:30:24 +0200 revert: distinguish between "check" and "backup" strategy
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 02:30:24 +0200] rev 22609
revert: distinguish between "check" and "backup" strategy "check" behaves as backup did before. We check if the current file differs from destination and we create a backup if it does. This is used for untracked files that will be overwritten by formerly-deleted files. We have to do the manual check since no status output can provide the content comparison. "backup" is now doing unconditional backup. This can be used for files seen as modified compared to both the target and the working directory. In such a case, we know that the file differs from target without actually comparing any content. This new "backup" strategy will be especially useful in the case of files added between the target and the working directory -parent- with additional modifications in the working directory -itself-. In that case we know we need to back it up, but we cannot run the content check as the files does not exists in target.
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 02:28:27 +0200 revert: small refactoring in the way backup value are handled
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 02:28:27 +0200] rev 22608
revert: small refactoring in the way backup value are handled The current backup value may have two different values: 1. Do not try to do backup 2. Do backup if applicable We are about to move to: 1. Do not try to do backup 2. Do backup if applicable 3. Do backup in all cases So we change the current values to make room for the new one.
Wed, 01 Oct 2014 15:05:09 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 01 Oct 2014 15:05:09 -0500] rev 22607
merge with stable
Wed, 01 Oct 2014 14:59:33 -0500 Added signature for changeset f768c888aaa6 stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 01 Oct 2014 14:59:33 -0500] rev 22606
Added signature for changeset f768c888aaa6
Wed, 01 Oct 2014 14:58:05 -0500 Added tag 3.1.2 for changeset f768c888aaa6 stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 01 Oct 2014 14:58:05 -0500] rev 22605
Added tag 3.1.2 for changeset f768c888aaa6
Wed, 01 Oct 2014 14:44:24 -0500 parsers: fix Py2.4 argument parsing issue
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 01 Oct 2014 14:44:24 -0500] rev 22604
parsers: fix Py2.4 argument parsing issue Since fa53d66b45a8, we were getting this strange message with Py2.4: TypeError: argument 1 must be impossible<bad format char>, not int ..because we were using the 'n' type specifier introduced in 2.5. It turns out that offset is actually a revision number index, which ought to be an int anyway. So we store it in an int, use the 'i' specifier, rely on Py_ParseTuple for range checking, and rename it to avoid type confusion.
Wed, 01 Oct 2014 12:35:18 -0500 merge with i18n stable 3.1.2
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 01 Oct 2014 12:35:18 -0500] rev 22603
merge with i18n
Tue, 30 Sep 2014 16:59:07 -0400 diff: document the nobinary option stable
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Tue, 30 Sep 2014 16:59:07 -0400] rev 22602
diff: document the nobinary option Since 3fbef7ac26f0, we have a diff.nobinary option. This is handy, but the only way I found out about it was by looking at the release notes for 3.1, which is not something I normally do.
Tue, 30 Sep 2014 13:43:30 -0300 i18n-pt_BR: minor fixes and rewording on histedit help text stable
Wagner Bruna <wbruna@softwareexpress.com.br> [Tue, 30 Sep 2014 13:43:30 -0300] rev 22601
i18n-pt_BR: minor fixes and rewording on histedit help text
Tue, 30 Sep 2014 10:17:59 -0300 i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with c712238c4f9b stable
Wagner Bruna <wbruna@softwareexpress.com.br> [Tue, 30 Sep 2014 10:17:59 -0300] rev 22600
i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with c712238c4f9b
Tue, 30 Sep 2014 10:13:25 -0300 merge with i18n stable
Wagner Bruna <wbruna@softwareexpress.com.br> [Tue, 30 Sep 2014 10:13:25 -0300] rev 22599
merge with i18n
Mon, 22 Sep 2014 15:39:21 -0300 i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with 802dffd62de5 stable
Wagner Bruna <wbruna@softwareexpress.com.br> [Mon, 22 Sep 2014 15:39:21 -0300] rev 22598
i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with 802dffd62de5
Sun, 14 Sep 2014 20:32:34 -0400 filelog: censored files compare against empty data, have 0 size
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Sun, 14 Sep 2014 20:32:34 -0400] rev 22597
filelog: censored files compare against empty data, have 0 size To support "status" operations against working directories that are the children of censored revisions, filelog must define "cmp" and "size" for censored content.
Wed, 03 Sep 2014 22:14:20 -0400 filelog: raise CensoredNodeError when hash checks fail with censor metadata
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Wed, 03 Sep 2014 22:14:20 -0400] rev 22596
filelog: raise CensoredNodeError when hash checks fail with censor metadata With this change, when a revlog revision hash does not match its content, and the content is empty with a special metadata key, the integrity failure is assumed to be intentionally caused to remove sensitive content from repository history. To allow different Mercurial functionality to handle this scenario differently a more specific exception is raised than "ordinary" hash failures. Alternatives to this approach include, but are not limited to: - Calling a hook when hashes mismatch to allow arbitrary tombstone validation. Cons: Irresponsibly easy to disable integrity checking altogether. - Returning empty revision data eagerly instead of raising, masking the error. Cons: Push/pull won't roundtrip the tombstone, so client repos are unusable. - Doing nothing differently at this layer. Callers must do their own detection of tombstoned data if they want to handle some hash checks and not others. - Impacts dozens of callsites, many of which don't have the revision data - Would probably be missing one or two callsites at any given time - Currently we throw a RevlogError, as do 12 other places in revlog.py. Callers would need to parse the exception message and/or ensure RevlogError is not thrown from any other part of their call tree.
Wed, 03 Sep 2014 15:59:03 -0400 error: add CensoredNodeError, will be thrown when content deliberately erased
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Wed, 03 Sep 2014 15:59:03 -0400] rev 22595
error: add CensoredNodeError, will be thrown when content deliberately erased This change introduces the error plus a corresponding catch in dispatch, to provide localized error messages. The verb "censor" is used in this commit and all following to refer to erasing the content of a revlog revision (filelog, for now) without recalculating node IDs, leaving that revision invalid. Further work must be done to safely share such revision data with compliant clients. I find the analogy to censorship straightforward; for less politically charged options, consider "erase", "excise", "expunge", or "blackhole".
Tue, 30 Sep 2014 16:01:19 -0700 files: cache repo.dirstate
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 30 Sep 2014 16:01:19 -0700] rev 22594
files: cache repo.dirstate For a large repo, 'hg files' goes from 2.27 seconds to 1.92.
Tue, 30 Sep 2014 15:21:35 -0700 files: only check for removed, not unknown or missing
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 30 Sep 2014 15:21:35 -0700] rev 22593
files: only check for removed, not unknown or missing ctx.matches() doesn't return unknown files, and repo.dirstate[f] never returns '!' for an answer.
Tue, 30 Sep 2014 14:39:58 -0700 files: use ctx.matches instead of ctx.walk
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 30 Sep 2014 14:39:58 -0700] rev 22592
files: use ctx.matches instead of ctx.walk ctx.matches() is an optimized form of ctx.walk() when we don't care about the state of files on disk. For a large repo, 'hg files > /dev/null' drops from 3.7 seconds to 2.3.
Tue, 30 Sep 2014 15:45:48 -0700 files: actually filter out removed files
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 30 Sep 2014 15:45:48 -0700] rev 22591
files: actually filter out removed files 'hg files' makes an attempt to filter out removed files, but that doesn't work because repo.dirstate[f] returns lowercase 'r', not uppercase.
Wed, 01 Oct 2014 01:08:17 +0200 subrepo: remove superfluous newline from subrepo prompt
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Wed, 01 Oct 2014 01:08:17 +0200] rev 22590
subrepo: remove superfluous newline from subrepo prompt
Wed, 01 Oct 2014 01:04:18 +0200 ui: show prompt choice if input is not a tty but is forced to be interactive
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Wed, 01 Oct 2014 01:04:18 +0200] rev 22589
ui: show prompt choice if input is not a tty but is forced to be interactive The tests often set ui.interactive to control normally interactive prompts from stdin. That gave an output where it was non-obvious what prompts got which which response, and the output lacked the newline users would see after input. Instead, if the input not is a tty, write the selection and a newline.
Tue, 30 Sep 2014 18:22:58 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 30 Sep 2014 18:22:58 -0500] rev 22588
merge with stable
Tue, 30 Sep 2014 16:40:10 -0500 help: basic support for showing only specified topic sections
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 30 Sep 2014 16:40:10 -0500] rev 22587
help: basic support for showing only specified topic sections For instance, 'hg help config.files' will show only the Files section.
Tue, 30 Sep 2014 15:55:30 -0500 help: use OS containers for config file lists
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 30 Sep 2014 15:55:30 -0500] rev 22586
help: use OS containers for config file lists
Tue, 30 Sep 2014 15:51:22 -0500 help: support OS-specific help sections
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 30 Sep 2014 15:51:22 -0500] rev 22585
help: support OS-specific help sections Containers of the form: .. container:: verbose.<os> are shown by default on the given OS (or with -v).
Tue, 30 Sep 2014 15:48:43 -0500 minirst: allow multiple container types for prune
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 30 Sep 2014 15:48:43 -0500] rev 22584
minirst: allow multiple container types for prune If we have a container of type x.y, then we can preserve it by keeping x or y.
Thu, 04 Sep 2014 21:36:35 +0200 config: don't read the same config file twice
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Thu, 04 Sep 2014 21:36:35 +0200] rev 22583
config: don't read the same config file twice In some cases some config files would be read twice and shown twice in showconfig --debug.
Tue, 30 Sep 2014 23:15:56 +0900 templater: fix precedence of --style and --template options stable
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Tue, 30 Sep 2014 23:15:56 +0900] rev 22582
templater: fix precedence of --style and --template options Since e3eb480a9391, --template option is ignored if --style is specified, which is wrong according to the doc of show_changeset(): Display format will be the first non-empty hit of: 1. option 'template' 2. option 'style' ...
Mon, 29 Sep 2014 23:23:44 -0700 shelve: avoid writing file that is never read from
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Mon, 29 Sep 2014 23:23:44 -0700] rev 22581
shelve: avoid writing file that is never read from The contents of the .files file has not been used since 1d7a36ff2615 (shelve: use rebase instead of merge (issue4068), 2013-10-23), so stop writing it. Where we currently use the presence of the file as a check for a valid shelve name, switch to checking for the .patch file.
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 15:21:29 +0200 hgk: don't break on repositories with obsolete changesets
Andrew Shadura <andrew@shadura.me> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 15:21:29 +0200] rev 22580
hgk: don't break on repositories with obsolete changesets Check the existence of a changeset before adding it to the list returned by debug-rev-list command.
Thu, 18 Sep 2014 11:43:47 -0700 test: protect the run-tests.py --json test behind an hghave rule
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 18 Sep 2014 11:43:47 -0700] rev 22579
test: protect the run-tests.py --json test behind an hghave rule We add a rules to detect availability of a json module and skip if json is not available.
Mon, 29 Sep 2014 17:23:38 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 29 Sep 2014 17:23:38 -0500] rev 22578
merge with stable
Sat, 27 Sep 2014 21:59:55 +0900 hgweb: refresh hgweb.repo on phase change (issue4061) stable
Anton Shestakov <engored@ya.ru> [Sat, 27 Sep 2014 21:59:55 +0900] rev 22577
hgweb: refresh hgweb.repo on phase change (issue4061) Make hgweb.refresh() also look at phaseroots file (in addition to 00changelog.i file) and reload the repo when os.stat returns different mtime or size than cached, signifying the file was modified. This way if user changes phase of a changeset (secret <-> draft), there's no need to restart hg serve to see the change.
Mon, 29 Sep 2014 16:42:12 -0500 help: fix typo in log examples stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 29 Sep 2014 16:42:12 -0500] rev 22576
help: fix typo in log examples
Fri, 26 Sep 2014 02:19:48 +0200 ssl: on OS X, use a dummy cert to trick Python/OpenSSL to use system CA certs
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 26 Sep 2014 02:19:48 +0200] rev 22575
ssl: on OS X, use a dummy cert to trick Python/OpenSSL to use system CA certs This will give PKI-secure behaviour out of the box, without any configuration. Setting web.cacerts to any value or empty will disable this trick. This dummy cert trick only works on OS X 10.6+, but 10.5 had Python 2.5 which didn't have certificate validation at all.
Fri, 26 Sep 2014 02:19:47 +0200 ssl: refactor sslkwargs - move things around a bit, preparing for next change
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 26 Sep 2014 02:19:47 +0200] rev 22574
ssl: refactor sslkwargs - move things around a bit, preparing for next change
Fri, 19 Sep 2014 18:43:53 -0700 revert: special case 'hg revert --all'
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Fri, 19 Sep 2014 18:43:53 -0700] rev 22573
revert: special case 'hg revert --all' On large repos, hg revert --all can take over 13 seconds. This is mainly due to it walking the tree three times: once to find the list of files in the dirstate, once to find the list of files in the target, and once to compute the status from the dirstate to the target. This optimizes the hg revert --all case to only require the final status. This speeds it up to 1.3 seconds or so (with hgwatchman enabled). Further optimizations could be done for the -r NODE and pattern cases, but they are significantly more complex.
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 17:21:38 +0900 test-commandserver: make runcommand message bolder
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 17:21:38 +0900] rev 22572
test-commandserver: make runcommand message bolder It seems ' runcommand' is difficult to distinguish from command output. '*** runcommand' is slightly better.
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 14:46:57 +0900 test-commandserver: rewrite manual substitution of output by (glob) match
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 14:46:57 +0900] rev 22571
test-commandserver: rewrite manual substitution of output by (glob) match
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 16:59:30 +0900 test-commandserver: remove redundant banner output
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 16:59:30 +0900] rev 22570
test-commandserver: remove redundant banner output Since test output was inlined, "testing <func>" message should no longer be necessary.
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 16:55:14 +0900 test-commandserver: remove .py test which was ported to .t
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 16:55:14 +0900] rev 22569
test-commandserver: remove .py test which was ported to .t
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 16:05:37 +0900 test-commandserver: port test functions from .py to .t
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 16:05:37 +0900] rev 22568
test-commandserver: port test functions from .py to .t Though we have to duplicate import statements, .t test is still more handy than .py test which has cryptic .out file. This change allows to skip a part of test by #if conditional, which my next patch series depends on.
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 14:27:40 +0900 test-commandserver: add stub for .t test by copying .out with 2-space indent
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 14:27:40 +0900] rev 22567
test-commandserver: add stub for .t test by copying .out with 2-space indent Currently test-commandserver.t only contains output, so it is skipped by #require false.
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 13:31:16 +0900 test-commandserver: split helper functions to new hgclient module
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 13:31:16 +0900] rev 22566
test-commandserver: split helper functions to new hgclient module This prepares for porting test-commandserver.py to .t test. Though command-server test needs many Python codes, .t test will be more readable than .py test thanks to inlined output.
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 15:13:35 +0900 heredoctest: do not append extra newline character to continuation line
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 15:13:35 +0900] rev 22565
heredoctest: do not append extra newline character to continuation line Trailing newline characters are kept in lines.
Sun, 28 Sep 2014 14:15:43 +0900 heredoctest: use the same dict for local/global contexts as in doctest
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sun, 28 Sep 2014 14:15:43 +0900] rev 22564
heredoctest: use the same dict for local/global contexts as in doctest In order to mimic module-level evaluation, globals and locals should be the same object, so doctest does not pass separate locals dict. https://docs.python.org/2.7/reference/simple_stmts.html#exec This fixes NameError in the following example: >>> import foo >>> def bar(): ... foo # must exist in globalvars
Sat, 27 Sep 2014 12:37:53 +0900 cmdserver: drop useless in_ attribute from channeledoutput
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 27 Sep 2014 12:37:53 +0900] rev 22563
cmdserver: drop useless in_ attribute from channeledoutput The previous patch makes sure that in_ == out, so it's no longer needed to keep in_ for __getattr__. Also, it seems strange for channeledoutput to have in_ stream which is actually a writable file object.
Sat, 27 Sep 2014 12:27:03 +0900 cmdserver: get file attributes of 'e'-channel from stdout, not from stderr
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 27 Sep 2014 12:27:03 +0900] rev 22562
cmdserver: get file attributes of 'e'-channel from stdout, not from stderr It seems wrong to get attributes from object different than the underlying file. In the following example, it doesn't make sense to flush stderr after writing to stdout: self.ferr.write(str(a)) if not getattr(self.ferr, 'closed', False): self.ferr.flush()
Sat, 27 Sep 2014 12:15:01 +0900 cmdserver: correct doc of channeledoutput
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 27 Sep 2014 12:15:01 +0900] rev 22561
cmdserver: correct doc of channeledoutput in_ is only used as the source of file attributes.
Sat, 27 Sep 2014 14:47:52 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sat, 27 Sep 2014 14:47:52 -0500] rev 22560
merge with stable
Fri, 26 Sep 2014 16:44:11 -0500 commands: add debuglocks to report/clear lock state
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 26 Sep 2014 16:44:11 -0500] rev 22559
commands: add debuglocks to report/clear lock state
Wed, 24 Sep 2014 11:20:35 -0700 test-convert-git.t: make copy detection deterministic
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Wed, 24 Sep 2014 11:20:35 -0700] rev 22558
test-convert-git.t: make copy detection deterministic Since both 'bar' and 'bar-copied' matched 'bar-copied2', Git's copy detection would sometimes result in 'bar' being the source for 'bar-copied2' and sometimes 'bar-copied'. Change bar in a separate commit so that that would no longer be the case.
Tue, 23 Sep 2014 17:12:27 -0700 revsetbenchmark: add a rebase-related revset to the benchmark list
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 23 Sep 2014 17:12:27 -0700] rev 22557
revsetbenchmark: add a rebase-related revset to the benchmark list
Tue, 23 Sep 2014 17:09:19 -0700 revsetbenchmark: allow comments ('#' prefix) in the revset input
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 23 Sep 2014 17:09:19 -0700] rev 22556
revsetbenchmark: allow comments ('#' prefix) in the revset input
Tue, 23 Sep 2014 17:08:49 -0700 revsetbenchmark: make it clear that revsets may be read from stdin
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 23 Sep 2014 17:08:49 -0700] rev 22555
revsetbenchmark: make it clear that revsets may be read from stdin
Sun, 21 Sep 2014 12:50:48 +0900 tags: use full hash for formatter output as in log or annotate commands
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sun, 21 Sep 2014 12:50:48 +0900] rev 22554
tags: use full hash for formatter output as in log or annotate commands
Sun, 21 Sep 2014 12:46:23 +0900 tags: change field name of formatter output to be the same as log command
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sun, 21 Sep 2014 12:46:23 +0900] rev 22553
tags: change field name of formatter output to be the same as log command Since -T option is not public yet, this won't break backward compatibility.
Sun, 21 Sep 2014 12:38:47 +0900 files: correct topic of formatter
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sun, 21 Sep 2014 12:38:47 +0900] rev 22552
files: correct topic of formatter
Fri, 19 Sep 2014 18:40:39 -0700 revert: move targetsubs calculation down to its use
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Fri, 19 Sep 2014 18:40:39 -0700] rev 22551
revert: move targetsubs calculation down to its use A future patch will be reorganizing this section of the code into two paths, and targetsubs complicates this by existing in the middle of one path, but not the other. We fix that by moving it 200 lines down, to the only place it's used.
Tue, 23 Sep 2014 14:20:08 -0400 help: document that default hgweb style is called paper (issue4373)
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Tue, 23 Sep 2014 14:20:08 -0400] rev 22550
help: document that default hgweb style is called paper (issue4373)
Sat, 20 Sep 2014 14:16:39 -0700 help: update help for hgweb template and style (issue4373)
Arun Chandrasekaran <visionofarun@gmail.com> [Sat, 20 Sep 2014 14:16:39 -0700] rev 22549
help: update help for hgweb template and style (issue4373)
Tue, 23 Sep 2014 16:22:52 +0900 bundle2: rename functions that have the same name
Mike Hommey <mh@glandium.org> [Tue, 23 Sep 2014 16:22:52 +0900] rev 22548
bundle2: rename functions that have the same name
Sat, 20 Sep 2014 17:06:57 +0200 mq: write headers of new patches using patchheader
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sat, 20 Sep 2014 17:06:57 +0200] rev 22547
mq: write headers of new patches using patchheader
Wed, 24 Sep 2014 02:41:11 +0200 mq: refactor patchheader header ordering to match export (BC)
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Wed, 24 Sep 2014 02:41:11 +0200] rev 22546
mq: refactor patchheader header ordering to match export (BC) The refactoring also gives more robust and extendable handling of other HG headers.
Sat, 20 Sep 2014 17:06:57 +0200 mq: upgrade non-plain patches to HG format when setting parent in patchheader
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sat, 20 Sep 2014 17:06:57 +0200] rev 22545
mq: upgrade non-plain patches to HG format when setting parent in patchheader Parent will now always be updated or added when qrefreshing HG patches. Plain patches will not be changed, but patches that neither are plain nor HG will be upgraded to HG patches on first refresh.
Sat, 20 Sep 2014 17:06:56 +0200 mq: make patchheader .plainmode more reliable
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sat, 20 Sep 2014 17:06:56 +0200] rev 22544
mq: make patchheader .plainmode more reliable Instead of having to make extra checks whenever we use .plainmode, let the initial value consider the actual patch header content.
Wed, 24 Sep 2014 21:50:03 -0700 bundle2: remove heads and common arguments to getbundle parts generators
Mike Hommey <mh@glandium.org> [Wed, 24 Sep 2014 21:50:03 -0700] rev 22543
bundle2: remove heads and common arguments to getbundle parts generators
Thu, 25 Sep 2014 11:47:57 +0900 bundle2: separate bundle10 and bundle2 cases in getbundle()
Mike Hommey <mh@glandium.org> [Thu, 25 Sep 2014 11:47:57 +0900] rev 22542
bundle2: separate bundle10 and bundle2 cases in getbundle() The primary goal is to make it easier for extensions to alter how bundle2 parts are laid out. They now can use the getbundle2partsgenerator decorator to add new parts, or directly act on getbundle2partsmapping to wrap existing part functions. Note the 'request for bundle10 must include changegroup' error was kept under the same conditions as before, although the logic changes don't make it obvious.
Thu, 25 Sep 2014 11:11:37 +0900 bundle2: pass b2caps down to functions adding bundle2 parts for getbundle
Mike Hommey <mh@glandium.org> [Thu, 25 Sep 2014 11:11:37 +0900] rev 22541
bundle2: pass b2caps down to functions adding bundle2 parts for getbundle
Wed, 24 Sep 2014 13:16:20 -0700 parsers: fix uninitialize variable warning
David Soria Parra <davidsp@fb.com> [Wed, 24 Sep 2014 13:16:20 -0700] rev 22540
parsers: fix uninitialize variable warning The heads pointer is not initialized correctly if filter is false, causing both clang and gcc to issue a warning. Correctly initialize heads to NULL.
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 11:00:03 -0700 revset: use `subset &` in bare `p2()`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 11:00:03 -0700] rev 22539
revset: use `subset &` in bare `p2()` This takes advantage of the `fullreposet` smartness with a nice speedup. It's a similar speedup to `p1()` when a merge is in progress (the non merge case is already lightning fast anyway.)
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 10:59:52 -0700 revset: use `subset &` in bare `p1()`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 10:59:52 -0700] rev 22538
revset: use `subset &` in bare `p1()` This takes advantage of the `fullreposet` smartness and yields a nice speedup. revset #0: p1() 0) wall 0.003256 comb 0.010000 user 0.010000 sys 0.000000 (best of 527) 1) wall 0.000066 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 23224)
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 11:00:09 -0700 revset: use `subset &` in `rev`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 11:00:09 -0700] rev 22537
revset: use `subset &` in `rev` This takes advantage of the `fullreposet` smartness and yields a nice speedup. revset #0: rev(25) 0) wall 0.005480 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 305) 1) wall 0.000052 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 21891)
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 19:52:34 -0700 revset: use `subset &` in `origin`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 19:52:34 -0700] rev 22536
revset: use `subset &` in `origin` This takes advantage of the `fullreposet` smartness. revset #0: origin(tip) 0) wall 0.005353 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 354) 1) wall 0.003080 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 446)
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 10:59:16 -0700 revset: use `subset &` in `follow`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 10:59:16 -0700] rev 22535
revset: use `subset &` in `follow` This takes advantage of the `fullreposet` smartness. revset #0: follow(COPYING) 0) wall 0.002446 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 735) 1) wall 0.000331 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 5672)
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 10:58:50 -0700 revset: use `subset &` in `filelog`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 10:58:50 -0700] rev 22534
revset: use `subset &` in `filelog` This takes advantage of the `fullreposet` smartness. revset #0: file(COPYING) 0) wall 3.179066 comb 3.180000 user 3.140000 sys 0.040000 (best of 3) 1) wall 2.723699 comb 2.730000 user 2.690000 sys 0.040000 (best of 4)
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 10:58:39 -0700 revset: use `subset &` in `divergent`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 10:58:39 -0700] rev 22533
revset: use `subset &` in `divergent` This takes advantage of the `fullreposet` smartness. revset #0: divergent() 0) wall 0.002047 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 813) 1) wall 0.000052 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 22757)
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 10:57:57 -0700 revset: use `subset &` in `bisect`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 10:57:57 -0700] rev 22532
revset: use `subset &` in `bisect` This takes advantage of the `fullreposet` smartness. revset #0: bisect(range) 0) wall 0.014007 comb 0.010000 user 0.010000 sys 0.000000 (best of 115) 1) wall 0.005556 comb 0.010000 user 0.010000 sys 0.000000 (best of 235)
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 10:57:47 -0700 revset: use `subset &` in `ancestorspec`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 10:57:47 -0700] rev 22531
revset: use `subset &` in `ancestorspec` This takes advantage of the `fullreposet` smartness. revset #0: tip~25 0) wall 0.004800 comb 0.010000 user 0.010000 sys 0.000000 (best of 259) 1) wall 0.002475 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 717)
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 19:57:09 -0700 revset: use `subset &` in `bookmark`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 19:57:09 -0700] rev 22530
revset: use `subset &` in `bookmark` Speedup, Weeeeeee! revset #0: bookmark() 0) wall 0.002240 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 571) 1) wall 0.000132 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 14059)
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 10:59:40 -0700 revset: use `subset &` in `outgoing`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 10:59:40 -0700] rev 22529
revset: use `subset &` in `outgoing` This should give us the same benefit as elsewhere. Result is simpler (and "faster"). Outgoing is dominated by the discovery so no benchmark is provided.
Wed, 30 Apr 2014 16:56:48 -0700 revset: avoid in loop lookup in _generatorset._consumegen
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 30 Apr 2014 16:56:48 -0700] rev 22528
revset: avoid in loop lookup in _generatorset._consumegen Python lookups are slow, so do all lookup outside of the for loop. This provide a small but still significant speedup: revset #0: 0:: 0) wall 0.063258 comb 0.060000 user 0.060000 sys 0.000000 (best of 100) 1) wall 0.057776 comb 0.050000 user 0.050000 sys 0.000000 (best of 100)
Fri, 25 Apr 2014 14:51:24 -0700 revset: reduce dict lookup in lazyset.__contains__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 25 Apr 2014 14:51:24 -0700] rev 22527
revset: reduce dict lookup in lazyset.__contains__ Avoid an extra dict lookup when we have to compute the value. No visible performance impact but this shaves the yak a few extra nanometers.
Fri, 25 Apr 2014 17:53:58 -0700 revset: do less lookup during spanset.__contains__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 25 Apr 2014 17:53:58 -0700] rev 22526
revset: do less lookup during spanset.__contains__ Attribute lookup is slow in python. So this version is going to be a bit faster. This does not have a visible impact since the rest of the stack is much slower but this shaves the yak a few extra nanometers. Moreover the new version is more readable so it worth doing this change for code quality purpose. This optimisation was approved by a core python dev.
Tue, 16 Sep 2014 23:10:39 -0700 largefiles: simplify iteration over standins
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Tue, 16 Sep 2014 23:10:39 -0700] rev 22525
largefiles: simplify iteration over standins Instead of iterating over all files in the context and ignoring those that are not standins, pass a standin-matcher to the context and iterate over only the files matching. Apart from making the intent clearer, this implementation will also benefit from any future optimizations done to the manifest walking code.
Tue, 16 Sep 2014 22:50:38 -0700 largefiles: avoid using 'lfiles' variable for two purposes
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Tue, 16 Sep 2014 22:50:38 -0700] rev 22524
largefiles: avoid using 'lfiles' variable for two purposes The variable 'lfiles' is first used for a set of the names of all the large files. It is then overwritten with a tuple like the ones returned from status(). To reduce confusion, let's create a separate variable for the second use.
Mon, 22 Sep 2014 13:05:36 -0700 largefiles: remove unnecessary clearing of status fields
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Mon, 22 Sep 2014 13:05:36 -0700] rev 22523
largefiles: remove unnecessary clearing of status fields At the end of lfilesrepo.status(), we clear the lists of unknown, ignored and clean files, depending on the values of 'listunknown' etc. The lists originate from other calls to status(), and it is only 'clean' that may get updated after the calls. Let's remove the need to clear any of the lists by explicitly only adding to 'clean' when 'listclean' is true.
Wed, 24 Sep 2014 01:39:25 +0200 mq: simplify patchheader handling of the empty line before the diff
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Wed, 24 Sep 2014 01:39:25 +0200] rev 22522
mq: simplify patchheader handling of the empty line before the diff Don't try to append empty lines to HG patch headers - instead, add them in str method. This minor change removes some apparently redundant code and makes the code more robust.
Wed, 24 Sep 2014 01:36:44 +0200 mq: write '# Parent ' lines with two spaces like export does (BC)
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Wed, 24 Sep 2014 01:36:44 +0200] rev 22521
mq: write '# Parent ' lines with two spaces like export does (BC) This aligns "Parent" node IDs with "Node ID" node IDs.
Sat, 20 Sep 2014 17:06:56 +0200 mq: write headers for new HG patches in the same order as export (BC)
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sat, 20 Sep 2014 17:06:56 +0200] rev 22520
mq: write headers for new HG patches in the same order as export (BC)
Sat, 20 Sep 2014 17:06:56 +0200 mq: correctly make an empty line after description in new patches
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sat, 20 Sep 2014 17:06:56 +0200] rev 22519
mq: correctly make an empty line after description in new patches There would in some cases be an empty line between headers and the description - that does not seem right. There should also be an empty line between description and diff - but that was missing. These two mistakes would sometimes make it up for each other so we fix both at once to just show the improvement. Instead of writing an extra newline when writing a header line, write an extra line when it not is written as a part of the description but is necessary anyway.
Tue, 16 Sep 2014 14:51:56 -0700 largefiles: extract 'orig' method in reposetup.status
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Tue, 16 Sep 2014 14:51:56 -0700] rev 22518
largefiles: extract 'orig' method in reposetup.status
Tue, 16 Sep 2014 14:51:25 -0700 largefiles: extract 'orig' method in lfilesctx.filectx
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Tue, 16 Sep 2014 14:51:25 -0700] rev 22517
largefiles: extract 'orig' method in lfilesctx.filectx
Tue, 16 Sep 2014 14:50:38 -0700 largefiles: extract 'orig' method in lfilesmanifestdict.__contains__
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Tue, 16 Sep 2014 14:50:38 -0700] rev 22516
largefiles: extract 'orig' method in lfilesmanifestdict.__contains__
Tue, 16 Sep 2014 14:40:25 -0700 largefiles: reduce indentation by dropping 'else' block after 'return'
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Tue, 16 Sep 2014 14:40:25 -0700] rev 22515
largefiles: reduce indentation by dropping 'else' block after 'return'
Tue, 16 Sep 2014 11:35:13 -0700 largefiles: remove dead assignment left over from change 1ff42ee98446
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Tue, 16 Sep 2014 11:35:13 -0700] rev 22514
largefiles: remove dead assignment left over from change 1ff42ee98446
Fri, 19 Sep 2014 13:49:58 -0700 match: simplify brittle predicate construction
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Fri, 19 Sep 2014 13:49:58 -0700] rev 22513
match: simplify brittle predicate construction In match.__init__(), we create the matchfn predicate by and-ing together the individual predicates for includes, excludes (negated) and patterns. Instead of the current set of nested if/else blocks, we can simplify by adding the predicates to a list and defining the overall predicate in a generic way based on the components. We can still optimize it for the 0-length and 1-length cases. This way, there is no combinatorial explosion to deal with if new component predicates are added, and there is less risk of getting the overall predicate wrong.
Tue, 23 Sep 2014 14:45:23 -0700 convert: change default for git rename detection to 50%
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 23 Sep 2014 14:45:23 -0700] rev 22512
convert: change default for git rename detection to 50% This default mirrors the default for 'git diff'. Other commands have slightly different defaults -- for example, the move/copy detection for 'git blame' assumes that a hunk is moved if more than 40 alphanumeric characters are the same, or copied if more than 20 alphanumeric characters are the same. 50% seems to be the most common default, though.
Tue, 23 Sep 2014 14:40:32 -0700 convert: simplify git.similarity parsing
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 23 Sep 2014 14:40:32 -0700] rev 22511
convert: simplify git.similarity parsing
Wed, 24 Sep 2014 20:11:36 -0700 revset: fast implementation for fullreposet.__and__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 24 Sep 2014 20:11:36 -0700] rev 22510
revset: fast implementation for fullreposet.__and__ "And" operation with something that contains the whole repo should be super cheap. Check method docstring for details. This provide massive boost to simple revset that use `subset & xxx` revset #0: p1(20000) 0) wall 0.002447 comb 0.010000 user 0.010000 sys 0.000000 (best of 767) 1) wall 0.000529 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 3947) revset #1: p2(10000) 0) wall 0.002464 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 913) 1) wall 0.000530 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 4226) No other regression spotted. More performance improvements are expected in the future as more revset predicate are converted to use `subset & xxx` The relaxed way `fullreposet` handles "&" operation may cause some trouble for people comparing smartset from different filter levels. I'm not sure such people exist and we can improve that aspect in later patches.
Thu, 18 Sep 2014 13:04:02 -0700 revset: turn spanset into a factory function
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 18 Sep 2014 13:04:02 -0700] rev 22509
revset: turn spanset into a factory function We rename the `spanset` class to `_spanset`. `spanset` is now a function that builds either a `fullreposet` or a `_spanset` according to the argument passed. At some point, we may force people to explicitly use the `fullreposet` constructor, but the current approach makes it easier to ensure we use the new class whenever possible and focus on the benefits of this class.
Tue, 29 Apr 2014 19:06:15 -0700 revert: add a fullreposet class
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 29 Apr 2014 19:06:15 -0700] rev 22508
revert: add a fullreposet class Every revset evaluation starts from `subset = spanset(repo)` and a lot of revset predicates build a `spansetrepo` for their internal needs. `spanset` is a generic class that can handle any situation. As a result a lot of operation between spanset result in an `orderedlazyset`, a safe object but suboptimal in may situation. So we introduce a `fullreposet` class where some of the operation will be overwritten to produce more interesting results.
Tue, 23 Sep 2014 12:21:38 -0700 obsolete: ensure that `getrevs` always return a set
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 23 Sep 2014 12:21:38 -0700] rev 22507
obsolete: ensure that `getrevs` always return a set When a set of revisions was empty, we were using an empty tuple. We now return an empty frozenset to ensure the object could be used in an operation that requires a set.
Mon, 22 Sep 2014 23:46:38 +0900 hgweb: fail if an invalid command was supplied in url path (issue4071) stable
Anton Shestakov <engored@ya.ru> [Mon, 22 Sep 2014 23:46:38 +0900] rev 22506
hgweb: fail if an invalid command was supplied in url path (issue4071) Traditionally, the way to specify a command for hgweb was to use url query arguments (e.g. "?cmd=batch"). If the command is unknown to hgweb, it gives an error (e.g. "400 no such method: badcmd"). But there's also another way to specify a command: as a url path fragment (e.g. "/graph"). Before, hgweb was made forgiving (looks like it was made in 44c5157474e7) and user could put any unknown command in the url. If hgweb couldn't understand it, it would just silently fall back to the default command, which depends on the actual style (e.g. for paper it's shortlog, for monoblue it's summary). This was inconsistent and was breaking some tools that rely on http status codes (as noted in the issue4071). So this patch changes that behavior to the more consistent one, i.e. hgweb will now return "400 no such method: badcmd". So if some tool was relying on having an invalid command return http status code 200 and also have some information, then it will stop working. That is, if somebody typed foobar when they really meant shortlog (and the user was lucky enough to choose a style where the default command is shortlog too), that fact will now be revealed. Code-wise, the changed if block is only relevant when there's no "?cmd" query parameter (i.e. only when command is specified as a url path fragment), and looks like the removed else branch was there only for falling back to default command. With that removed, the rest of the code works as expected: it looks at the command, and if it's not known, raises a proper ErrorResponse exception with an appropriate message. Evidently, there were no tests that required the old behavior. But, frankly, I don't know any way to tell if anyone actually exploited such forgiving behavior in some in-house tool.
Wed, 24 Sep 2014 15:52:40 +0900 keepalive: fix how md5 is used stable
Mike Hommey <mh@glandium.org> [Wed, 24 Sep 2014 15:52:40 +0900] rev 22505
keepalive: fix how md5 is used The code in keepalive dates from when it was importing the md5 module directly and uses md5.new. Since then, what 'md5' means has been changed from an import of the md5 module to being a function using the right module between hashlib and md5, so the md5.new idiom doesn't work anymore.
Sat, 27 Sep 2014 13:18:10 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sat, 27 Sep 2014 13:18:10 -0500] rev 22504
merge with stable
Tue, 16 Sep 2014 23:59:29 -0700 revset: add an optimised baseset.__contains__ (issue4371) stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 16 Sep 2014 23:59:29 -0700] rev 22503
revset: add an optimised baseset.__contains__ (issue4371) The baseset class is based on a python list. This means that base.__contains__ was absolutely as crappy as list.__contains__. We now rely on __contains__ from the underlying set. This will avoid having to explicitly convert the baseset to a set (using baseset.set()) whenever one want fast membership test. Apparently there is already code that forgot to do such conversions since we observe a massive speedup in some test. revset #25: roots((0::) - (0::tip)) 0) wall 2.079454 comb 2.080000 user 2.080000 sys 0.000000 (best of 5) 1) wall 0.132970 comb 0.130000 user 0.130000 sys 0.000000 (best of 65) No regression is observed in benchmarks. This change improve the issue4371 back to acceptable situation (but are still slower than manual substraction)
Mon, 22 Sep 2014 16:14:08 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 22 Sep 2014 16:14:08 -0500] rev 22502
merge with stable
Mon, 22 Sep 2014 16:03:07 -0500 commands: deprecate the parents commands
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 22 Sep 2014 16:03:07 -0500] rev 22501
commands: deprecate the parents commands It's replaced by 'hg summary' or hg log -r 'parents(foo)' and doesn't need to take up space in our command list anymore.
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 19:56:59 -0700 revset: remove nullrev from the bookmark computation
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 19:56:59 -0700] rev 22500
revset: remove nullrev from the bookmark computation Same as for other revset we sanitize the content of the set to be able to rely on it more.
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 10:58:25 -0700 revset: unify code flow in `bookmark`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 10:58:25 -0700] rev 22499
revset: unify code flow in `bookmark` We refactor the code of the bookmark revset to have a single return. This will allow us to sanitize the content of the set.
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 10:59:30 -0700 revset: remove invalid value in the origin set
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 10:59:30 -0700] rev 22498
revset: remove invalid value in the origin set Same as the parents related revsets, origin had some invalid value in the computed set. We remove them.
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 19:49:26 -0700 revset: remove nullrev from set computed in parents()
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 19:49:26 -0700] rev 22497
revset: remove nullrev from set computed in parents() The old code relied on the subset contents to get rid of invalid values. We would like to be able to rely more on the computation in parents() so we filter out the invalid value.
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 19:44:03 -0700 revset: refactor parents() into a single return point
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 19:44:03 -0700] rev 22496
revset: refactor parents() into a single return point Both paths are doing similar thing in the end. We refactor the function so that the `ps` set is commonly used at the end. This will end excluding `nullrev` from this set in a future patch
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 04:40:30 -0700 revset: remove nullrev from set computed in p1() and p2()
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 04:40:30 -0700] rev 22495
revset: remove nullrev from set computed in p1() and p2() The old code relied on the subset contents to get rid of invalid values. We would like to be able to rely more on the computation in p1() and p2() so we filter out the invalid value
Tue, 16 Sep 2014 23:42:41 -0700 revset: document the choice made in __generatorset.__iter__
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 16 Sep 2014 23:42:41 -0700] rev 22494
revset: document the choice made in __generatorset.__iter__ The method code looks a bit ugly but has good reasons to. We document them to prevent naive refactoring in the future.
Sun, 21 Sep 2014 10:31:34 -0500 help: mention mode in hg log --removed help (issue4381) stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sun, 21 Sep 2014 10:31:34 -0500] rev 22493
help: mention mode in hg log --removed help (issue4381)
Sun, 21 Sep 2014 10:07:06 -0500 commit: catch changed exec bit on files from p1 (issue4382) stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sun, 21 Sep 2014 10:07:06 -0500] rev 22492
commit: catch changed exec bit on files from p1 (issue4382)
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 02:25:23 +0200 revert: add a `drop` action
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 02:25:23 +0200] rev 22491
revert: add a `drop` action This prevents the need for a try except in the `_performrevert` code.
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 02:23:25 +0200 revert: explicitly track added but deleted file
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 02:23:25 +0200] rev 22490
revert: explicitly track added but deleted file Added + deleted file are files that need to be untracked from the dirstate but that are already missing on disk. The current `_performrevert` code is handling that with exception catching. We will be able to do better with a dedicated set.
Mon, 01 Sep 2014 12:36:48 +0200 revert: have an explicit action for "forget"
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 01 Sep 2014 12:36:48 +0200] rev 22489
revert: have an explicit action for "forget" The distinction between "remove" and "forget" used to be in special logic checking for the state of the file in the dirstate. Now that we have dedicated filtering, we can stop relying on this logic and have two distinct actions.
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 18:20:29 +0200 revert: split between newly added file and file added in other changeset
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 18:20:29 +0200] rev 22488
revert: split between newly added file and file added in other changeset These two kinds of files are handled differently. One is deleted and the other is just forgotten (the file is untracked but left in place). The distinction is done in the `_performrevert` code itself and we would like to get ride of this.
Tue, 16 Sep 2014 22:55:49 -0700 revset: stop using a baseset instead of a plain list in _revsbetween
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 16 Sep 2014 22:55:49 -0700] rev 22487
revset: stop using a baseset instead of a plain list in _revsbetween The function internal code needs a list. Lets use a list.
Fri, 19 Sep 2014 07:23:10 +0530 run-tests: added 'cuser', 'csys' time info in report.json file
anuraggoel <anurag.dsps@gmail.com> [Fri, 19 Sep 2014 07:23:10 +0530] rev 22486
run-tests: added 'cuser', 'csys' time info in report.json file This patch adds up a 'cuser' and 'csys'(cputime) info in report.json file which generated when --json is enabled while testing. Now the new format of report.json file is as below. testreport ={ "test-success.t": { "csys": "1.041", "cuser": "1.041", "result": "success", "time": "2.041" } "test-failure.t": { "csys": "1.041", "cuser": "1.041", "result": "failure", "time": "4.430" } "test-skip.t": { "csys": "1.041", "cuser": "1.041", "result": "skip", "time": "3.754" } }
Fri, 19 Sep 2014 14:51:58 -0500 import: let --exact 'work' with --no-commit (issue4376)
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 19 Sep 2014 14:51:58 -0500] rev 22485
import: let --exact 'work' with --no-commit (issue4376)
Tue, 16 Sep 2014 16:03:21 -0700 obsolete: use C code for headrevs calculation
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Tue, 16 Sep 2014 16:03:21 -0700] rev 22484
obsolete: use C code for headrevs calculation Previously, if there were filtered revs the repository could not use the C fast path for computing the head revs in the changelog. This slowed down many operations in large repositories. This adds the ability to filter revs to the C fast path. This speeds up histedit on repositories with filtered revs by 30% (13s to 9s). This could be improved further by sorting the filtered revs and walking the sorted list while we walk the changelog, but even this initial version that just calls __contains__ is still massively faster. The new C api is compatible for both new and old python clients, and the new python client can call both new and old C apis.
Tue, 16 Sep 2014 23:47:34 -0700 revset: simplify orderedlazyset creation in spanset method
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 16 Sep 2014 23:47:34 -0700] rev 22483
revset: simplify orderedlazyset creation in spanset method We can simply use the `self.isascending` value instead of more complex if/else clause. This get the code simpler. Benchmarks show no performances harmed in the process.
Tue, 16 Sep 2014 23:37:03 -0700 revset: use spanset.isdescending in multiple simple places
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 16 Sep 2014 23:37:03 -0700] rev 22482
revset: use spanset.isdescending in multiple simple places We call the method directly instead of duplicating checks. Benchmarks show no performances harmed in the process.
Tue, 16 Sep 2014 23:34:18 -0700 revset: wider definition of ascending and descending for spanset
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 16 Sep 2014 23:34:18 -0700] rev 22481
revset: wider definition of ascending and descending for spanset Before this patches, empty spanset were seen as neither ascending nor descending. This is mathematically wrong and create some edges case. We put `isascending` and `isdescending` back on track so we can use them to simplify some of the spanset code. Benchmarks show no performances harmed in the process.
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 23:21:20 +0900 annotate: port to generic templater enabled by hidden -T option
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 23:21:20 +0900] rev 22480
annotate: port to generic templater enabled by hidden -T option If the selected formatter is other than plainformatter, raw data are passed to the formatter. In this case, it isn't necessary (and not possible) to calculate column widths. Field names are substituted to be the same as "log" command. There are a few limitations: - "binary file" message is not included in formatted output. - no data structure for multiple files. all lines are packed to single list.
Tue, 16 Sep 2014 23:40:24 +0900 annotate: split functions to get data without applying text formatting
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Tue, 16 Sep 2014 23:40:24 +0900] rev 22479
annotate: split functions to get data without applying text formatting This prepares for porting to generic templater API, where raw data should be passed to the formatter. makefunc() is necessary to build closure in list comprehension.
Fri, 29 Aug 2014 06:19:32 +0200 annotate: remove unused variable in calculation of column widths
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Fri, 29 Aug 2014 06:19:32 +0200] rev 22478
annotate: remove unused variable in calculation of column widths
Fri, 29 Aug 2014 05:36:52 +0200 annotate: build format string separately from annotation data
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Fri, 29 Aug 2014 05:36:52 +0200] rev 22477
annotate: build format string separately from annotation data This prepares for porting to generic templater API. Note that we cannot use '%*s' to pad white spaces because it doesn't take into account character widths, as described in 4f5a6df2af92.
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 22:21:01 +0900 formatter: convert float value to json
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 22:21:01 +0900] rev 22476
formatter: convert float value to json It will be used to encode ctx.date().
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 21:30:22 +0900 formatter: have jsonformatter accept tuple as value
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 21:30:22 +0900] rev 22475
formatter: have jsonformatter accept tuple as value This is necessary for "annotate" to encode ctx.date() in the same manner as jsonchangeset printer. It doesn't support list object because keeping mutable object in _item could be a source of hidden bugs. Also, I can't think of the use case.
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 21:15:43 +0900 formatter: extract function that encode values to json string
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 21:15:43 +0900] rev 22474
formatter: extract function that encode values to json string This is the stub for tuple support, which will be used to encode ctx.date() in the same manner as jsonchangeset printer.
Fri, 12 Sep 2014 21:38:52 -0400 contrib/synthrepo: pass options to ctx.diff as kwargs, not a dict
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Fri, 12 Sep 2014 21:38:52 -0400] rev 22473
contrib/synthrepo: pass options to ctx.diff as kwargs, not a dict
Fri, 12 Sep 2014 17:43:37 -0400 contrib/synthrepo: only generate 2 parents if model contains merges
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Fri, 12 Sep 2014 17:43:37 -0400] rev 22472
contrib/synthrepo: only generate 2 parents if model contains merges If `hg analyze` is run on a revision set which contains no merges, then `hg synthesize` will raise IndexError trying to select from p2distance, which will be empty.
Fri, 12 Sep 2014 12:28:30 -0700 convert: add support to find git copies from all files in the working copy
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 12 Sep 2014 12:28:30 -0700] rev 22471
convert: add support to find git copies from all files in the working copy I couldn't think of a better name for this option, so I stole the Git one in the hope that anyone converting a Git repo knows what it means.
Fri, 12 Sep 2014 11:23:26 -0700 convert: add support to detect git renames and copies
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 12 Sep 2014 11:23:26 -0700] rev 22470
convert: add support to detect git renames and copies Git is fairly unique among VCSes in that it doesn't record copies and renames, instead choosing to detect them on the fly. Since Mercurial expects copies and renames to be recorded, it can be valuable to preserve this history while converting a Git repository to Mercurial. This patch adds a new convert option, called 'convert.git.similarity', which determines how similar files must be to be treated as renames or copies.
Thu, 11 Sep 2014 23:57:49 -0700 convert: for git, factor out code to add entries to a separate function
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Thu, 11 Sep 2014 23:57:49 -0700] rev 22469
convert: for git, factor out code to add entries to a separate function We're going to call this for multiple files in one iteration in upcoming patches.
Thu, 11 Sep 2014 23:37:47 -0700 convert: for git's getchanges, always split entry line into components
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Thu, 11 Sep 2014 23:37:47 -0700] rev 22468
convert: for git's getchanges, always split entry line into components We always need to know whether the entry is a rename or copy, so split it up unconditionally.
Thu, 11 Sep 2014 23:35:19 -0700 convert: for git's getchanges, use explicit index for iteration
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Thu, 11 Sep 2014 23:35:19 -0700] rev 22467
convert: for git's getchanges, use explicit index for iteration Upcoming patches will add support for copies and renames, for which we'll need to access multiple lines of the difftree output at once.
Fri, 12 Sep 2014 10:17:56 -0700 convert: add initial docs for git sources
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 12 Sep 2014 10:17:56 -0700] rev 22466
convert: add initial docs for git sources Upcoming patches will add config options for git sources. This patch adds a place to document them.
Sun, 24 Aug 2014 17:27:28 -0400 color: document that changeset phases have labels
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Sun, 24 Aug 2014 17:27:28 -0400] rev 22465
color: document that changeset phases have labels It's very useful to be able to colourise csets according to their phases. There was no indication anywhere in the docs that this is possible. We use e.g. `changeset.secret = ` instead of `changeset.secret ='none'`, because otherwise this is a BC: it would nullify the effects given to log.changeset label that usually surrounds the changeset.{phase} labels. Specifying the label without any effect instead of 'none' is a true no-op change and purely documentation.
Fri, 19 Sep 2014 12:51:15 -0500 color: change the debug output format
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 19 Sep 2014 12:51:15 -0500] rev 22464
color: change the debug output format Before, the format was label(labeled text) # single label [label1 label2](labeled text) # multiple Now, it's [labels|labeled text] ..which should make things a bit more clear.
Sun, 24 Aug 2014 17:40:27 -0400 color: enable debug option to show labels
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Sun, 24 Aug 2014 17:40:27 -0400] rev 22463
color: enable debug option to show labels This is a debug option for showing labels. This can be helpful for knowing which labels are available for colouring or to see the output when defining your own templates. A couple of tests are included.
Sun, 24 Aug 2014 17:35:36 -0400 color: document that labels are used for colorizing text
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Sun, 24 Aug 2014 17:35:36 -0400] rev 22462
color: document that labels are used for colorizing text It is a deeply hidden secret that it's possible to colorise so many things with so many different labels. This is an attempt to document this. The text is a bit long, but it seems as short as can be while documenting everything. Perhaps it should be hidden under a --verbose option.
Wed, 27 Aug 2014 16:39:44 +0200 contrib: add OS X p4merge to mergetools.hgrc
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Wed, 27 Aug 2014 16:39:44 +0200] rev 22461
contrib: add OS X p4merge to mergetools.hgrc
Wed, 20 Aug 2014 15:15:50 -0400 patch: enable diff.tab markup for the color extension
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Wed, 20 Aug 2014 15:15:50 -0400] rev 22460
patch: enable diff.tab markup for the color extension The following patch splits up changed lines along tabs (using re.findall), and gives them a "diff.tab" label. This can be used by the color extension for colorising tabs, like it does right now with trailing whitespace. I also provide corresponding tests.
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 13:08:03 -0700 dirstate: copyedit exception for no beginparentchange call
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 13:08:03 -0700] rev 22459
dirstate: copyedit exception for no beginparentchange call
Sun, 07 Sep 2014 11:33:22 -0700 revsetbenchmarks: add an additional roots() benchmark
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 07 Sep 2014 11:33:22 -0700] rev 22458
revsetbenchmarks: add an additional roots() benchmark The existing roots(x - y) revset only considered the most recent 100 revisions. This was a good start. But expanding it to the full history of the repository can dramatically increase execution time and thus constitutes a useful benchmark.
Tue, 16 Sep 2014 14:49:56 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 16 Sep 2014 14:49:56 -0500] rev 22457
merge with stable
Fri, 12 Sep 2014 02:29:19 +0900 mq: examine "pushable" of already applied patch correctly stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 12 Sep 2014 02:29:19 +0900] rev 22456
mq: examine "pushable" of already applied patch correctly Before this patch, "hg qselect" with --pop/--reapply may pop patches unexpectedly, even when all of patches applied before "qselect" are still pushable. Strictly speaking about the condition of this issue: - before "qselect" - there are N applied patches - the index of the guarded patch X in the series is less than N - after "qselect" - X is still guarded, and - all of applied patched are still pushable In the case above, "hg qselect" should keep current status, but it actually tries to pop patches because of X. The index in "the series" should be used to examine "pushable" of a patch by "mq.pushablek()", but the index in "applied patches" is used, and this may cause unexpected examination of guarded patch. To examine "pushable" of already applied patch correctly, this patch uses "mq.applied[i].name": "pushable" is the function introduced by the previous patch, and it returns "mq.pushable(mq.applied[i].name)[0]".
Fri, 12 Sep 2014 02:29:19 +0900 mq: pop correct patches when changing pushable-ness of already applied ones stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 12 Sep 2014 02:29:19 +0900] rev 22455
mq: pop correct patches when changing pushable-ness of already applied ones Before this patch, "hg qselect" with --pop/--reapply may pop incorrect patches, because the index in "applied patches" is used to pop patches by "mq.pop()", even though the index in "the series" should be used. For example, when the already applied patch becomes guarded and it follows the already guarded (= not yet applied) one, "hg qselect" is aborted, because it tries to pop to guarded one. This patch uses "mq.applied[i - 1].name" to pop to the patch, of which the index in the "applied ones" is "i - 1".
Fri, 12 Sep 2014 02:29:19 +0900 mq: use "mq.applied[i].name" instead of "mq.appliedname(i)" for safety stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 12 Sep 2014 02:29:19 +0900] rev 22454
mq: use "mq.applied[i].name" instead of "mq.appliedname(i)" for safety Before this patch, "hg qselect --reapply" is aborted when "--verbose" is specified, because "mq.appliedname()" returns "INDEX PATCHNAME" instead of "PATCHNAME" in such case and "mq.push" can't accept the former as the name of patch. This patch uses "mq.applied[i].name" instead of "mq.appliedname(i)" as the name of the patch to be pushed for safety. Now, there is no code path using "mq.appliedname()", and it should be removed to prevent developers from using it in the wrong way like this issue.
Fri, 12 Sep 2014 02:29:19 +0900 mq: report correct numbers for changing "number of guarded, applied patches" stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 12 Sep 2014 02:29:19 +0900] rev 22453
mq: report correct numbers for changing "number of guarded, applied patches" Before this patch, "hg qselect" may report incorrect numbers for "number of guarded, applied patches has changed", because it examines "pushable" of patches by the index not in "the series" but in "applied patches", even though "mq.pushable()" expects the former. To report correct numbers for changing "number of guarded, applied patches", this patch uses the name of applied patch to examine pushable-ness of it. This patch also changes the result of existing "hg qselect" tests, because they doesn't change pushable-ness of already applied patches. This patch assumes that "hg qselect" focuses on changing pushable-ness only of already applied patches, because: - the report message uses not "previous" (in the series) but "applied" - the logic to pop patches for --pop/--reapply examines pushable-ness only of already applied ones (in fact, there are some incorrect code paths)
Fri, 29 Aug 2014 05:09:59 +0200 annotate: remove redundant check for empty list of annotation data
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Fri, 29 Aug 2014 05:09:59 +0200] rev 22452
annotate: remove redundant check for empty list of annotation data It isn't necessary because zip(*pieces) returns [] if pieces are empty, and pieces are empty only if lines are empty.
Fri, 12 Sep 2014 14:21:18 -0700 revset: lower weight for _intlist function
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Fri, 12 Sep 2014 14:21:18 -0700] rev 22451
revset: lower weight for _intlist function The histedit command uses a revset like: (_intlist('1234\x001235')) and merge() Previously the optimizer gave a weight of 1.5 to the _intlist side (1 for the function, 0.5 for the string) which caused it to process the merge() side first. This caused it to evaluate merge against every commit in the repo, which took 2.5 seconds on a large repo. I changed the weight of _intlist to 0, since it's a trivial calculation, which makes it process intlist first, which makes merge apply only to the revs in the list. Which makes the revset take 0.15 seconds now. Cutting off 2.4 seconds off our histedit performance. >From the revset benchmark: revset #25: (_intlist('20000\x0020001')) and merge() 0) obsolete feature not enabled but 54243 markers found! ! wall 0.036767 comb 0.040000 user 0.040000 sys 0.000000 (best of 100) 1) obsolete feature not enabled but 54243 markers found! ! wall 0.000198 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 9084)
Fri, 12 Sep 2014 15:00:51 -0700 revset: make parents() O(number of parents)
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Fri, 12 Sep 2014 15:00:51 -0700] rev 22450
revset: make parents() O(number of parents) Strip executes a revset like this: max(parents(_intlist('1234\x001235')) - _intlist('1234\x001235')) Previously the parents() revset would do 'subset & parents' which iterates over each item in the subset and checks if it's in parents. subset is usually the entire repo (a spanset) so this takes a while. Reversing the parameters to be 'parents & subset' means the operation becomes O(number of parents) instead of O(size of repo). It also means the result gets evaluated immediately (since parents isn't a lazy set), but I think this is a win in most scenarios. This shaves 0.3 seconds off strip (amend/histedit/rebase/etc) for large repositories. revset #0: parents(20000) 0) obsolete feature not enabled but 54243 markers found! ! wall 0.006256 comb 0.010000 user 0.010000 sys 0.000000 (best of 289) 1) obsolete feature not enabled but 54243 markers found! ! wall 0.000391 comb 0.000000 user 0.000000 sys 0.000000 (best of 4323)
Fri, 12 Sep 2014 16:21:13 -0700 revset: make descendants() lazier
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Fri, 12 Sep 2014 16:21:13 -0700] rev 22449
revset: make descendants() lazier Previously descendants() would force the provided subset to become a set. In the case of revsets like '(%ld::) - (%ld)' (as used by histedit) this would force the '- (%ld)' set to be evaluated, which produced a set containing every commit in the repo (except %ld). This takes 0.6s on large repos. This changes descendants to trust the subset to implement __contains__ efficiently, which improves the above revset to 0.16s. Shaving 0.4 seconds off of histedit. revset #27: (20000::) - (20000) 0) obsolete feature not enabled but 54243 markers found! ! wall 0.023640 comb 0.020000 user 0.020000 sys 0.000000 (best of 100) 1) obsolete feature not enabled but 54243 markers found! ! wall 0.019589 comb 0.020000 user 0.020000 sys 0.000000 (best of 100) This commit removes the final revset related perf hotspot from histedit. Combined with the previous two patches, they shave a little over 3 seconds off histedit on large repos.
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 00:28:37 +0900 check-code: look for misuse of __bool__
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 00:28:37 +0900] rev 22448
check-code: look for misuse of __bool__
Wed, 17 Sep 2014 00:31:03 +0900 formatter: correct bool testing which should be __nonzero__ in Python 2
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Wed, 17 Sep 2014 00:31:03 +0900] rev 22447
formatter: correct bool testing which should be __nonzero__ in Python 2
Mon, 15 Sep 2014 16:07:54 -0400 contrib/synthrepo: return None to delete files on commit, don't raise IOError
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Mon, 15 Sep 2014 16:07:54 -0400] rev 22446
contrib/synthrepo: return None to delete files on commit, don't raise IOError The internal commit API was changed in 650b5b6e75ed to expect None from the filectx function when a file is to be deleted, not an IOError. This change keeps synthrepo up-to-date.
Mon, 15 Sep 2014 09:36:12 -0500 wix: contrib/sample.hgrc is no more
Steve Borho <steve@borho.org> [Mon, 15 Sep 2014 09:36:12 -0500] rev 22445
wix: contrib/sample.hgrc is no more
Sun, 31 Aug 2014 13:41:09 +0200 dockerrpm: create a yum/dnf repo from the generated rpms
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 31 Aug 2014 13:41:09 +0200] rev 22444
dockerrpm: create a yum/dnf repo from the generated rpms This gives "PPA" functionality where users easily can stay uptodate with latest nightly build.
Thu, 15 May 2014 01:48:37 +0200 docker: add CentOS 5
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Thu, 15 May 2014 01:48:37 +0200] rev 22443
docker: add CentOS 5 There is no official CentOS 5 docker template so we use one from saltstack.
Sun, 31 Aug 2014 13:41:09 +0200 docker: use stable tags for fedora and centos
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 31 Aug 2014 13:41:09 +0200] rev 22442
docker: use stable tags for fedora and centos A moving target is rarely useful.
Fri, 30 May 2014 14:14:33 +0200 dockerrpm: prepare source outside docker and just run rpmbuild inside docker
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 30 May 2014 14:14:33 +0200] rev 22441
dockerrpm: prepare source outside docker and just run rpmbuild inside docker Simplifies the rpm build process. We will use platform specific rpmbuild directories and will not clean them and will drop the explicit copy to build directory.
Fri, 30 May 2014 14:14:33 +0200 dockerrpm: run docker build process as the current user, not as root
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 30 May 2014 14:14:33 +0200] rev 22440
dockerrpm: run docker build process as the current user, not as root Docker can be run by ordinary users if they are in the docker group. The build process would however be run as a root user, only protected by the sandboxing. That caused problems with the shared directory where rpmbuild would be picky about building from sources owned by less privileged users and producing files owned by root. Instead, add a build user with the right uid/gid to the image and run the docker process as that user.
Fri, 30 May 2014 14:14:33 +0200 dockerrpm: better handling of specification of docker name
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 30 May 2014 14:14:33 +0200] rev 22439
dockerrpm: better handling of specification of docker name
Fri, 30 May 2014 14:14:33 +0200 dockerrpm: check that docker is running correctly before building
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 30 May 2014 14:14:33 +0200] rev 22438
dockerrpm: check that docker is running correctly before building
Sun, 31 Aug 2014 13:40:53 +0200 buildrpm: introduce --rpmdir instead of using hardcoded rpmbuild dir
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 31 Aug 2014 13:40:53 +0200] rev 22437
buildrpm: introduce --rpmdir instead of using hardcoded rpmbuild dir Used as rpm _topdir when preparing spec and source and building rpms.
Thu, 15 May 2014 01:50:11 +0200 buildrpm: introduce --withpython for building rpms that includes Python 2.7
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Thu, 15 May 2014 01:50:11 +0200] rev 22436
buildrpm: introduce --withpython for building rpms that includes Python 2.7
Sun, 31 Aug 2014 12:51:06 +0200 buildrpm: introduce --prepare for preparing without actually building rpms
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 31 Aug 2014 12:51:06 +0200] rev 22435
buildrpm: introduce --prepare for preparing without actually building rpms
Thu, 28 Aug 2014 22:45:36 +0900 templater: add "diff" template function
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Thu, 28 Aug 2014 22:45:36 +0900] rev 22434
templater: add "diff" template function "diff" allows to embed changes in the target revision into template output, even if the command itself doesn't take "--patch" option Combination of "[committemplate]" configuration and "diff" template function can achieve the feature like issue231 ("option to have diff displayed in commit editor buffer") http://bz.selenic.com/show_bug.cgi?id=231 For example, templating below can be used to add each "diff" output lines "HG: " prefix:: {splitlines(diff) % 'HG: {line}\n'} This patch implements "diff" not as "a template keyword" but as "a template function" to take include/exclude patterns at runtime. It allows to specify target files of command (by -I/-X command line options) and "diff" separately.
Tue, 16 Sep 2014 11:08:29 -0500 locate: add pointer to files command in help
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 16 Sep 2014 11:08:29 -0500] rev 22433
locate: add pointer to files command in help
Tue, 16 Sep 2014 11:08:14 -0500 tests: fix breakage from locate deprecation
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 16 Sep 2014 11:08:14 -0500] rev 22432
tests: fix breakage from locate deprecation
Sun, 16 Mar 2014 13:29:08 -0500 locate: deprecate in favor of files
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sun, 16 Mar 2014 13:29:08 -0500] rev 22431
locate: deprecate in favor of files
Fri, 12 Sep 2014 18:36:38 -0500 formatter: add pickle format
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 12 Sep 2014 18:36:38 -0500] rev 22430
formatter: add pickle format This gives convenient Python2 output. Python 3 users will need encoding=bytes.
Mon, 15 Sep 2014 13:15:07 -0500 commands: add hidden -T option for files/manifest/status/tags
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 15 Sep 2014 13:15:07 -0500] rev 22429
commands: add hidden -T option for files/manifest/status/tags These commands have generic formatting support but no way to enable it yet. When this feature is more fully developed, this flag will be unhidden.
Fri, 12 Sep 2014 18:29:29 -0500 formatter: add json formatter
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 12 Sep 2014 18:29:29 -0500] rev 22428
formatter: add json formatter
Mon, 15 Sep 2014 13:11:13 -0500 cmdutil: add json style to log-like commands
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 15 Sep 2014 13:11:13 -0500] rev 22427
cmdutil: add json style to log-like commands Sadly, this can't be done with the normal templater like we do with XML due to JSON's inter-record comma rules.
Mon, 15 Sep 2014 13:12:49 -0500 encoding: add json escaping filter
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 15 Sep 2014 13:12:49 -0500] rev 22426
encoding: add json escaping filter This ends up here because it needs to be somewhat encoding aware.
Mon, 15 Sep 2014 13:12:20 -0500 encoding: handle empty string in toutf8
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 15 Sep 2014 13:12:20 -0500] rev 22425
encoding: handle empty string in toutf8
Fri, 12 Sep 2014 19:06:11 -0500 formatter: make debug style match Python syntax
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 12 Sep 2014 19:06:11 -0500] rev 22424
formatter: make debug style match Python syntax
Fri, 12 Sep 2014 18:32:46 -0500 files: add new command unifying locate and manifest functionality
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 12 Sep 2014 18:32:46 -0500] rev 22423
files: add new command unifying locate and manifest functionality
Tue, 02 Sep 2014 14:42:30 -0400 filelog: parsemeta stops returning unused key list
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Tue, 02 Sep 2014 14:42:30 -0400] rev 22422
filelog: parsemeta stops returning unused key list Currently, only the returned meta dictionary is used. An upcoming change will use the returned text offset.
Wed, 10 Sep 2014 00:18:15 -0400 filelog: make parsemeta a public module function, to be used by censor module
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Wed, 10 Sep 2014 00:18:15 -0400] rev 22421
filelog: make parsemeta a public module function, to be used by censor module
Wed, 10 Sep 2014 00:17:17 -0400 filelog: make packmeta a public module function, to be used by censor
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Wed, 10 Sep 2014 00:17:17 -0400] rev 22420
filelog: make packmeta a public module function, to be used by censor
Thu, 11 Sep 2014 12:26:12 -0500 ui: move samplehgrcs from config
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 11 Sep 2014 12:26:12 -0500] rev 22419
ui: move samplehgrcs from config config is generic code that doesn't know about Mercurial usage, so this was at the wrong layer
Thu, 11 Sep 2014 12:21:15 -0500 config: normalize style between user/global example configs
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 11 Sep 2014 12:21:15 -0500] rev 22418
config: normalize style between user/global example configs
Tue, 19 Aug 2014 14:33:31 -0400 commit: correctly check commit mutability during commit --amend
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Tue, 19 Aug 2014 14:33:31 -0400] rev 22417
commit: correctly check commit mutability during commit --amend The right way to check if a context is mutable is to call .mutable(), not to compare .phase() with public.
Tue, 19 Aug 2014 14:33:01 -0400 histedit: check mutability of contexts correctly
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Tue, 19 Aug 2014 14:33:01 -0400] rev 22416
histedit: check mutability of contexts correctly The right way to check if a context is mutable is to call .mutable(), not to compare .phase() with public.
Thu, 11 Sep 2014 10:14:34 -0400 manifest: mark addlistdelta and checkforbidden as module-private
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Thu, 11 Sep 2014 10:14:34 -0400] rev 22415
manifest: mark addlistdelta and checkforbidden as module-private
Wed, 10 Sep 2014 10:52:00 -0400 convert: enable deterministic conversion progress bar for svn
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Wed, 10 Sep 2014 10:52:00 -0400] rev 22414
convert: enable deterministic conversion progress bar for svn This produces slightly bad results when branches are in play, but overall I think it's probably worthwhile. We might be able to do better with branches somehow, but I haven't given it any thought.
Wed, 10 Sep 2014 10:51:46 -0400 convert: enable deterministic conversion progress bar for git
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Wed, 10 Sep 2014 10:51:46 -0400] rev 22413
convert: enable deterministic conversion progress bar for git
Wed, 10 Sep 2014 11:04:29 -0400 test-convert-git.t: add a test of convert progress bars for git
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Wed, 10 Sep 2014 11:04:29 -0400] rev 22412
test-convert-git.t: add a test of convert progress bars for git We're about to enhance this support, so test the existing behavior so the improved behavior is obvious in the next patch.
Mon, 26 May 2014 11:53:12 -0400 convert: add support for deterministic progress bar on scanning phase
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Mon, 26 May 2014 11:53:12 -0400] rev 22411
convert: add support for deterministic progress bar on scanning phase This makes it possible to estimate how long the "scanning source" phase will take, if the specified source repo type supports a quick "how many changes" check.
Wed, 10 Sep 2014 11:01:47 -0400 test-convert-svn-move.t: remove stray '
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Wed, 10 Sep 2014 11:01:47 -0400] rev 22410
test-convert-svn-move.t: remove stray '
Thu, 07 Aug 2014 12:47:20 -0400 manifest: move addlistdelta to module-level
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Thu, 07 Aug 2014 12:47:20 -0400] rev 22409
manifest: move addlistdelta to module-level Again, there's no reason for this to be inside manifest.add, so we'll define it only once.
Thu, 07 Aug 2014 09:46:05 -0400 manifest: move checkforbidden to module-level
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Thu, 07 Aug 2014 09:46:05 -0400] rev 22408
manifest: move checkforbidden to module-level There's no need for this function to be nested, so let's just define it once instead of every time manifest.add() gets called.
Fri, 05 Sep 2014 11:37:44 -0700 dirstate: add exception when calling setparent without begin/end (API)
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Fri, 05 Sep 2014 11:37:44 -0700] rev 22407
dirstate: add exception when calling setparent without begin/end (API) Adds an exception when calling dirstate.setparent without having first called dirstate.beginparentchange. This will prevent people from writing code that modifies the dirstate parent without considering the transactionality of their change. This will break third party extensions that call setparents.
Fri, 05 Sep 2014 15:36:56 -0700 dirstate: add test for exceptions during updates
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Fri, 05 Sep 2014 15:36:56 -0700] rev 22406
dirstate: add test for exceptions during updates Adds a test that checks if the working copy parent and the working copy are in a good state if an exception happens between the time the working copy parent is set and the time the actual updates are recorded in the dirstate.
Fri, 05 Sep 2014 11:36:20 -0700 dirstate: wrap setparent calls with begin/endparentchange (issue4353)
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Fri, 05 Sep 2014 11:36:20 -0700] rev 22405
dirstate: wrap setparent calls with begin/endparentchange (issue4353) This wraps all the locations of dirstate.setparent with the appropriate begin/endparentchange calls. This will prevent exceptions during those calls from causing incoherent dirstates (issue4353).
Fri, 05 Sep 2014 11:34:29 -0700 dirstate: add begin/endparentchange to dirstate
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Fri, 05 Sep 2014 11:34:29 -0700] rev 22404
dirstate: add begin/endparentchange to dirstate It's possible for the dirstate to become incoherent (issue4353) if there is an exception in the middle of the dirstate parent and entries being written (like if the user ctrl+c's). This change adds begin/endparentchange which a future patch will require to be set before changing the dirstate parent. This will allow us to prevent writing the dirstate in the event of an exception while changing the parent.
Mon, 08 Sep 2014 20:57:44 +0200 parsers: avoid signed/unsigned comparison mismatch
Henrik Stuart <hg@hstuart.dk> [Mon, 08 Sep 2014 20:57:44 +0200] rev 22403
parsers: avoid signed/unsigned comparison mismatch Based on warning from Microsoft Visual C++ 2008.
Mon, 08 Sep 2014 20:22:10 +0200 parsers: use correct type for file offset
Henrik Stuart <hg@hstuart.dk> [Mon, 08 Sep 2014 20:22:10 +0200] rev 22402
parsers: use correct type for file offset Now using Py_ssize_t instead of long to denote offset in file whose length is already measured using Py_ssize_t. Length and offset are now consistent. Based on warning from Microsoft Visual C++ 2008.
Mon, 08 Sep 2014 20:20:17 +0200 parsers: ensure correct return type for inline_scan
Henrik Stuart <hg@hstuart.dk> [Mon, 08 Sep 2014 20:20:17 +0200] rev 22401
parsers: ensure correct return type for inline_scan The returned data type for inline_scan should be Py_ssize_t rather than long. Based on warning from Microsoft Visual C++ 2008.
Thu, 11 Sep 2014 12:05:23 -0500 parsers: fix typing issue when constructing Python integer object
Henrik Stuart <hg@hstuart.dk> [Thu, 11 Sep 2014 12:05:23 -0500] rev 22400
parsers: fix typing issue when constructing Python integer object The passed variable is a Py_ssize_t, not a long, and consequently should use PyInt_FromSsize_t rather than PyInt-FromLong. Fixed based on warning from Microsoft Visual C++ 2008.
Mon, 08 Sep 2014 20:06:52 +0200 parsers: use bitmask type consistently in find_gca_candidates
Henrik Stuart <hg@hstuart.dk> [Mon, 08 Sep 2014 20:06:52 +0200] rev 22399
parsers: use bitmask type consistently in find_gca_candidates Normalized type usage in find_gca_candidates triggered by warning from Microsoft Visual C++ 2008.
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 02:10:29 +0200 revert: drop `lexist` check in the backup logic
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 02:10:29 +0200] rev 22398
revert: drop `lexist` check in the backup logic We are no longer trying to backup files that do not exist on disk. This check can be safely dropped.
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 02:09:53 +0200 revert: distinguish between deleted file and locally modified
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 02:09:53 +0200] rev 22397
revert: distinguish between deleted file and locally modified Locally modified needs a backup while a deleted file cannot be backed up because there is no file to backup.
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 02:00:20 +0200 revert: detect unknown files in the same path as files marked as removed
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 02:00:20 +0200] rev 22396
revert: detect unknown files in the same path as files marked as removed Such unknown files may need to be backed up. Having them identified beforehand will help simplify the backup logic. We now use different sets with different backup strategies.
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 01:52:08 +0200 revert: cache working context in a variable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 01:52:08 +0200] rev 22395
revert: cache working context in a variable During the silicon age, humans on planet Earth discovered the use of variables. This marvelous invention let them improve both code readability and performance.
Wed, 10 Sep 2014 14:42:52 +0100 obsolete: properly drop 'date' from metadata
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 10 Sep 2014 14:42:52 +0100] rev 22394
obsolete: properly drop 'date' from metadata Mistakes were made while resolving rebase conflicts in 4bc96685a40c. This led to 'date' being preserved in metadata when reading markers from a binary stream. As a result, some known markers were seen as "new" when pulling. I noticed it because a no-op pulls from main added about 600 duplicated markers to my obsstore (for each pull). I do not believe we need to perform any specific action to actively de-duplicates existing obsstore. After this fix, duplicated markers will no be propagated and the few affected repositories can probably deal with duplication (or people can repull the obsstore from a clone). As a side effect, we decode metadata only once, reducing the impact of the hack in fm0 to store extra important data (parents and date).
Mon, 08 Sep 2014 20:12:58 +0900 templater: implement __len__ for _hybrid
Anton Shestakov <engored@ya.ru> [Mon, 08 Sep 2014 20:12:58 +0900] rev 22393
templater: implement __len__ for _hybrid Objects of class _hybrid are returned by such template keywords as children, bookmarks, tags and others, and also by revset() template function. They are representing "list of strings" (as hg help template says) for use in templates. So it would be logical to implement a handy way to count the number of strings in such list, and that's what __len__ method does.
Fri, 05 Sep 2014 19:54:26 +0200 tests: remove unnecessary apostrophe
David Soria Parra <davidsp@fb.com> [Fri, 05 Sep 2014 19:54:26 +0200] rev 22392
tests: remove unnecessary apostrophe
Mon, 08 Sep 2014 16:41:00 +0200 run-tests: added '--json' functionality to store test result in json file
anuraggoel <anurag.dsps@gmail.com> [Mon, 08 Sep 2014 16:41:00 +0200] rev 22391
run-tests: added '--json' functionality to store test result in json file This patch added a new functionality '--json'. While testing, if '--json' is enabled then test result data gets stored in newly created "report.json" file in the following format. testreport ={ "test-success.t": { "result": "success", "time": "2.041" } "test-failure.t": { "result": "failure", "time": "4.430" } "test-skip.t": { "result": "skip" "time": "3.754" } } Otherwise, if '--json' is enabled but json module was not installed then it will raise an error "json module not installed". This "report.json" file will further accessed by html/javascript file for graph usage.
Tue, 02 Sep 2014 12:11:36 +0200 changegroup: rename bundle-related functions and classes
Sune Foldager <cryo@cyanite.org> [Tue, 02 Sep 2014 12:11:36 +0200] rev 22390
changegroup: rename bundle-related functions and classes Functions like getbundle and classes like unbundle10 really manipulate changegroups and not bundles. A HG10 bundle is the same as a changegroup plus a small header, but this is no longer the case for a HG2X bundle, so it's better to separate the names a bit.
Tue, 19 Aug 2014 01:13:10 +0200 comments: describe ancestor consistently - avoid 'least common ancestor'
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Tue, 19 Aug 2014 01:13:10 +0200] rev 22389
comments: describe ancestor consistently - avoid 'least common ancestor' "best" is as defined by mercurial.ancestor.ancestors: furthest from a root (as measured by longest path).
Tue, 19 Aug 2014 01:12:56 +0200 rebase: improve description of --base
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Tue, 19 Aug 2014 01:12:56 +0200] rev 22388
rebase: improve description of --base No Mercurial DAG has ever (!) been drawn in a way where 'up to' would apply. Instead, describe deliberatey vague and informal instead of seemingly precise but not describing the essentials: rebase the tree around the specified changeset without ancestors of dest
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 19:43:32 +0200 dagutils: fix docstrings for singleton internalize/externalize
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 19:43:32 +0200] rev 22387
dagutils: fix docstrings for singleton internalize/externalize
Sun, 31 Aug 2014 07:45:50 -0700 cmdutil: avoid the confusing name 'patch' for a matcher
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Sun, 31 Aug 2014 07:45:50 -0700] rev 22386
cmdutil: avoid the confusing name 'patch' for a matcher
Tue, 02 Sep 2014 14:10:08 -0700 fedora: remove sample.hgrc from shipped files
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 02 Sep 2014 14:10:08 -0700] rev 22385
fedora: remove sample.hgrc from shipped files sample.hgrc was long obsolete and was removed in 63ed188e3fc7.
Sun, 24 Aug 2014 19:45:46 -0400 config: propose some sample global config file
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Sun, 24 Aug 2014 19:45:46 -0400] rev 22384
config: propose some sample global config file An example of what could be suggested to the user as a global config file. Trying to be conservative here, and only suggesting the safest possible extensions. In addition to the user-level extensions, the blackbox extension is something a sysadmin might reasonable want to enable for every repo on the system.
Wed, 13 Aug 2014 17:05:48 -0400 config: give more fine-tuned sample hgrcs to this command
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Wed, 13 Aug 2014 17:05:48 -0400] rev 22383
config: give more fine-tuned sample hgrcs to this command The hgrc for user config is typically different from the hgrc at the system-wide or repository level. This patch provides different sample hgrcs for each level. Sometimes when copying repos around, the copy or the original don't have a default path yet, so at least for `hg config -l`, this ought to provide a more reasonable default and suggestions of what typically goes there. The actual sample configs go in the config.py file, to minimise clutter. In order to avoid an unnecessary import, the corresponding import for this dictionary is at the file level.
Mon, 01 Sep 2014 11:48:55 +0200 rebase: add a deprecated -i/--interactive flag
David Soria Parra <davidsp@fb.com> [Mon, 01 Sep 2014 11:48:55 +0200] rev 22382
rebase: add a deprecated -i/--interactive flag A common mistake can be to type 'hg rebase -i' to discover interactive history editing. We add a -i/--interactive flag as discussed in the sprint and deprecate it right away, but hint people using it to use histedit instead.
Tue, 19 Aug 2014 01:13:10 +0200 revlog: introduce isancestor method for efficiently determining node lineage
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Tue, 19 Aug 2014 01:13:10 +0200] rev 22381
revlog: introduce isancestor method for efficiently determining node lineage Hide the not so obvious use of commonancestorsheads.
Tue, 09 Sep 2014 17:16:24 -0400 clone: provide sample username = config entry in .hg/hgrc (issue4359)
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Tue, 09 Sep 2014 17:16:24 -0400] rev 22380
clone: provide sample username = config entry in .hg/hgrc (issue4359) Some users clone from a server before ever running 'hg config --edit', so they don't see our helpful template for things like enabling the username. Attempt to give them some helpful guidance.
Tue, 09 Sep 2014 16:51:21 -0400 test-acl: alter sed construct to avoid changes in .hg/hgrc formatting
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Tue, 09 Sep 2014 16:51:21 -0400] rev 22379
test-acl: alter sed construct to avoid changes in .hg/hgrc formatting A future patch is going to add some extra commented-out boilerplate to the top of .hg/hgrc during clone. In order to make this test not require regular updates, switch to searching for [hooks] or [acl] and print file from the first match to that pattern.
Tue, 09 Sep 2014 13:47:50 -0400 merge with stable
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Tue, 09 Sep 2014 13:47:50 -0400] rev 22378
merge with stable
Wed, 10 Sep 2014 00:41:44 +0900 dispatch: check shell alias again after loading extensions (issue4355) stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 10 Sep 2014 00:41:44 +0900] rev 22377
dispatch: check shell alias again after loading extensions (issue4355) Before this patch, the shell alias causes failure when it takes its specific (= unknown for "hg") options in the command line, because "_parse()" can't accept them. This is the regression introduced by 03d345da0579. It fixed the issue that ambiguity between shell aliases and commands defined by extensions was ignored. But it also caused that ambiguous shell alias is handled in "_parse()" even if it takes specific options in the command line. To avoid such failure, this patch checks shell alias again after loading extensions. All aliases and commands (including ones defined by extensions) are completely defined before the 2nd (= newly added in this patch) "_checkshellalias()" invocation, and "cmdutil.findcmd(strict=False)" can detect ambiguity between them correctly. For efficiency, this patch does: - omit the 2nd "_checkshellalias()" invocation if "[ui] strict= True" it causes "cmdutil.findcmd(strict=True)", of which result should be equal to one of the 1st invocation before adding aliases - avoid removing the 1st "_checkshellalias()" invocation it causes "cmdutil.findcmd(strict=True)" invocation preventing shell alias execution from loading extensions uselessly
Wed, 10 Sep 2014 00:41:44 +0900 dispatch: make "_checkshellalias" reusable regardless of adding aliases stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 10 Sep 2014 00:41:44 +0900] rev 22376
dispatch: make "_checkshellalias" reusable regardless of adding aliases To reduce changes in the subsequent patch fixing issue4355, this patch makes "_checkshellalias" reusable regardless of adding aliases. In this patch, alias definitions are added and restored, only when "precheck=True".
Tue, 02 Sep 2014 11:28:44 +0200 build: don't clean __version__.py on 'make clean' in release tarballs
J. Lewis Muir <jlmuir@anl.gov> [Tue, 02 Sep 2014 11:28:44 +0200] rev 22375
build: don't clean __version__.py on 'make clean' in release tarballs When running 'make clean' in an extracted release tarball, file mercurial/__version__.py is removed, causing a subsequent install to indicate 'version unknown'. This problem was reported in the past [1] and a patch proposed in that mail, but was never properly sent nor applied. [1] http://selenic.com/pipermail/mercurial/2010-December/036249.html
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 01:51:02 +0200 revert: drop now useless conditional in the backup check
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 01:51:02 +0200] rev 22374
revert: drop now useless conditional in the backup check Now that we removed the (hopeless) attempt to backup file we knew to be missing in the target changeset, we can stop checking if the file exists in the target changeset.
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 01:49:28 +0200 revert: no backup for `dsadded` set
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 01:49:28 +0200] rev 22373
revert: no backup for `dsadded` set There is only one case where a backup is required in the `dsadded` set, and the current backup mechanism fails to handle it. So we stop trying to do backups at all for now. This will help us to simplify the backup code and finally fix this backup issue.
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 16:06:09 +0200 revert: add more padding in the dispatch list
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 16:06:09 +0200] rev 22372
revert: add more padding in the dispatch list We are going to add more sets and some of them will have longer names. We add padding in a standalone patch for readbility purposes.
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 01:48:58 +0200 revert: add documentation in the dispatch table
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 01:48:58 +0200] rev 22371
revert: add documentation in the dispatch table More sets are coming so documenting the existing ones will help.
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 02:47:59 +0200 revert: add a way for external extensions to prefetch file data
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 02:47:59 +0200] rev 22370
revert: add a way for external extensions to prefetch file data This allow extensions that mess with the storage layer (remotefilelog, largefile) to prefetch any data that will be accessed during the revert operation. We are currently fetching more data than theoretically required because the backup code is a bit stupid. Future patches will improve that.
Sun, 07 Sep 2014 11:46:11 -0500 merge with stable
Kevin Bullock <kbullock@ringworld.org> [Sun, 07 Sep 2014 11:46:11 -0500] rev 22369
merge with stable
Wed, 03 Sep 2014 20:42:51 +0200 histedit: abort gracefully on --continue/--abort with no state stable
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Wed, 03 Sep 2014 20:42:51 +0200] rev 22368
histedit: abort gracefully on --continue/--abort with no state Previously we'd print an ugly message saying that the histedit-state file doesn't exist in the repo.
Thu, 04 Sep 2014 09:59:23 -0400 merge with stable
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Thu, 04 Sep 2014 09:59:23 -0400] rev 22367
merge with stable
Tue, 02 Sep 2014 03:41:01 +0200 Added signature for changeset 5dc91146f353 stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 02 Sep 2014 03:41:01 +0200] rev 22366
Added signature for changeset 5dc91146f353
Tue, 02 Sep 2014 03:40:55 +0200 Added tag 3.1.1 for changeset 5dc91146f353 stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 02 Sep 2014 03:40:55 +0200] rev 22365
Added tag 3.1.1 for changeset 5dc91146f353
Tue, 26 Aug 2014 04:58:41 -0700 bookmarks: allow pushkey if new equals current
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Tue, 26 Aug 2014 04:58:41 -0700] rev 22364
bookmarks: allow pushkey if new equals current Previously a bookmark pushkey would be rejected if the specified 'old' value didn't match the servers 'current' value. This change allows this situation, as long as the 'current' server value equals the 'new' pushkey value already. We are trying to write a hook that forces a server bookmark to move forward, using a changegroup hook. If the user also pushed the bookmark, they would get an error, since they computed their pushkey (old,new) pair before the server moved the bookmark. Long term, bundle2 will let us do this more smartly, but this change seems reasonable for now.
Fri, 29 Aug 2014 12:17:53 +0200 tests: improve test coverage of branch command and existing branches
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 29 Aug 2014 12:17:53 +0200] rev 22363
tests: improve test coverage of branch command and existing branches
Thu, 28 Aug 2014 17:23:05 +0200 localrepo: make it possible to pass multiple path elements to join and wjoin
Angel Ezquerra <angel.ezquerra@gmail.com> [Thu, 28 Aug 2014 17:23:05 +0200] rev 22362
localrepo: make it possible to pass multiple path elements to join and wjoin This makes join and wjoin behave in the same way as os.path.join. That is, it makes it possible to pass more than one path element to them. Note that the first path element is still required, as it was before this patch, and as is the case for os.path.join.
Sun, 31 Aug 2014 12:22:44 +0200 run-tests: make --interactive work with --view
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 31 Aug 2014 12:22:44 +0200] rev 22361
run-tests: make --interactive work with --view
Sun, 31 Aug 2014 11:11:42 +0200 convert: don't use multi-argument set.update
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 31 Aug 2014 11:11:42 +0200] rev 22360
convert: don't use multi-argument set.update Mumble mumble 2.4 mumble.
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 12:22:20 +0200 error: use docstrings, not bare strings, for error classes
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 12:22:20 +0200] rev 22359
error: use docstrings, not bare strings, for error classes
Sun, 31 Aug 2014 10:24:25 +0200 osx: create dmg with installer instead of zip
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Sun, 31 Aug 2014 10:24:25 +0200] rev 22358
osx: create dmg with installer instead of zip OS X would offer to expand the zip so the (multi file) installer inside it could be run ... but that would leave the expanded zip folder around. Instead, use a .dmg file that automatically will be mounted - that seems more common on OS X. Still, there is two levels of levels of clicking before actually launching the installer. Having a single file installer would be better ... but seems to be hard. A more feasible improvement would be some fancy layout inside the .dmg .
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 12:33:12 +0200 branchmap: pre-filter topological heads before ancestors based filtering
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 12:33:12 +0200] rev 22357
branchmap: pre-filter topological heads before ancestors based filtering We know that topological heads will not be ancestors of anything, so we filter them out to potentially reduce the range of the ancestors computation. On a strongly headed repo this gives humble speedup: from 0.1984 to 0.1629
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 12:20:50 +0200 branchmap: issue a single call to `ancestors` for all heads
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 12:20:50 +0200] rev 22356
branchmap: issue a single call to `ancestors` for all heads There is no reason to make multiple calls. This provides a massive speedup for repo with a lot of heads. On a strongly headed repo this gives humble speedup in simple case: from 8.1097 to 5.1051 And massive speedup in other case: from 7.8787 to 0.1984
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 11:39:15 +0200 test-ancestor: add a test for `ancestor` with ancestry within the initset
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 11:39:15 +0200] rev 22355
test-ancestor: add a test for `ancestor` with ancestry within the initset I was wondering if revisions in the initial set that are still ancestors of other elements in the initial set were yielded by `changelog.ancestors`. I now have my answer (they do) and Mercurial has a new test.
Tue, 26 Aug 2014 12:47:41 +0200 bundle2: pull obsmarkers relevant to the pulled set through bundle2
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 26 Aug 2014 12:47:41 +0200] rev 22354
bundle2: pull obsmarkers relevant to the pulled set through bundle2 We use the new `obsheads` argument to retrieve them in a bundle2 part at the same time as the changegroup.
Fri, 29 Aug 2014 12:36:17 +0200 getbundle: add `obsmarkers` argument to getbundle
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 29 Aug 2014 12:36:17 +0200] rev 22353
getbundle: add `obsmarkers` argument to getbundle This argument triggers the retrieval of all markers relevant to the set of changesets defined by the nodes in `heads`.
Fri, 29 Aug 2014 12:28:58 +0200 pull: use the "cg" argument when pulling a bundle2
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 29 Aug 2014 12:28:58 +0200] rev 22352
pull: use the "cg" argument when pulling a bundle2 We use the `cg` argument to disable the generation of a changegroup part. This is useful to pull information when changesets are already in sync (phases, obsmarkers).
Fri, 29 Aug 2014 12:51:00 +0200 wireprotocol: fix 'boolean' handling
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 29 Aug 2014 12:51:00 +0200] rev 22351
wireprotocol: fix 'boolean' handling The encoding and decoding code were swapped. This is now fixed.
Wed, 20 Aug 2014 01:15:09 -0700 push: only push obsmarkers relevant to the "pushed subset"
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 20 Aug 2014 01:15:09 -0700] rev 22350
push: only push obsmarkers relevant to the "pushed subset" We should only exchange obsolete markers related to the changesets that are being exchanged. For example, if `A'` is a successor of `A`, we do not want to push the marker if we are not exchanging `A'`. Otherwise `A` would disappear without a successor, leading to confusion for both users and the evolution mechanism. Therefore we now exchange only the markers relevant to the subset of nodes involved in the push (the nodes themselves may be already common but were selected by --rev (or the lack of --rev)). Note that all selected markers are still exchanged on each push. We do not have a discovery protocol for markers in core yet. Such discovery would save us the exchange of markers known on both side.
Wed, 20 Aug 2014 19:47:35 -0700 test-obsolete: sort the output of debugobsolete
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 20 Aug 2014 19:47:35 -0700] rev 22349
test-obsolete: sort the output of debugobsolete The set of relevant markers is currently unordered. Therefore the markers will be added in arbitrary order. We sort the list of markers beforehand to ensure stable output for testing.
Wed, 20 Aug 2014 19:42:33 -0700 test-obsolete: change a marker so it is relevant to the exchanged set
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 20 Aug 2014 19:42:33 -0700] rev 22348
test-obsolete: change a marker so it is relevant to the exchanged set We are going to only exchange markers relevant to the exchanged changesets. So we need to change this marker to use a known changeset as a successor instead of a precursor.
Mon, 25 Aug 2014 19:44:27 +0200 push: use bundle2 to push obsmarkers when possible
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 25 Aug 2014 19:44:27 +0200] rev 22347
push: use bundle2 to push obsmarkers when possible
Mon, 25 Aug 2014 19:32:51 +0200 exchange: add a `buildobsmarkerpart` function
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 25 Aug 2014 19:32:51 +0200] rev 22346
exchange: add a `buildobsmarkerpart` function We'll have to build an obsmarker part for both push and pull. So we build a function to factor out the common part.
Tue, 26 Aug 2014 11:36:23 +0200 obsolete: add a `commonversion` function
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 26 Aug 2014 11:36:23 +0200] rev 22345
obsolete: add a `commonversion` function This function returns the highest common version between the locally known formats and a list of remotely known formats. This is going to be useful to know what format should be used for exchange.
Tue, 26 Aug 2014 11:48:26 +0200 bundle2: add a `obsmarkersversion` function to extract supported version
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 26 Aug 2014 11:48:26 +0200] rev 22344
bundle2: add a `obsmarkersversion` function to extract supported version Right next to the function that encodes the supported versions in capabilities we add a function that decodes the versions out of capabilities. This is going to be useful to know what formats can be used for exchange.
Thu, 21 Aug 2014 18:18:38 -0700 bundle2: advertise the obsmarker part in bundle2 capabilities
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 21 Aug 2014 18:18:38 -0700] rev 22343
bundle2: advertise the obsmarker part in bundle2 capabilities
Mon, 25 Aug 2014 19:21:47 +0200 bundle2: introduce a `getrepocaps` to retrieve the bundle2 caps of a repo
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 25 Aug 2014 19:21:47 +0200] rev 22342
bundle2: introduce a `getrepocaps` to retrieve the bundle2 caps of a repo This function lets extensions change the bundle2 capabilities of a repository.
Mon, 25 Aug 2014 19:17:06 +0200 obsmarker: move bundle2caps from the localrepo class to the bundle2 module
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 25 Aug 2014 19:17:06 +0200] rev 22341
obsmarker: move bundle2caps from the localrepo class to the bundle2 module The localrepo path was quicker, easier, more seductive. We'll soon add a function in another changeset to alter the capabilities.
Mon, 25 Aug 2014 18:35:39 +0200 obsmarker: produce a reply part for markers received through bundle2
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 25 Aug 2014 18:35:39 +0200] rev 22340
obsmarker: produce a reply part for markers received through bundle2
Mon, 25 Aug 2014 18:26:56 +0200 obsmarker: record the number of new markers in the transaction
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 25 Aug 2014 18:26:56 +0200] rev 22339
obsmarker: record the number of new markers in the transaction This lets hooks be notified about new markers in the repository.
Mon, 25 Aug 2014 18:10:08 +0200 obssmarker: add a bundle2 record with the number of markers added
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 25 Aug 2014 18:10:08 +0200] rev 22338
obssmarker: add a bundle2 record with the number of markers added
Mon, 25 Aug 2014 18:09:54 +0200 obsmarker: write a message with the number of markers added through bundle2
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 25 Aug 2014 18:09:54 +0200] rev 22337
obsmarker: write a message with the number of markers added through bundle2
Mon, 25 Aug 2014 18:08:22 +0200 bundle2: add an obsmarkers part handler
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 25 Aug 2014 18:08:22 +0200] rev 22336
bundle2: add an obsmarkers part handler This part contains a binary stream of obsolescence markers. Received markers are added to the repository.
Mon, 25 Aug 2014 16:24:40 +0200 obsolete: make encodemarkers a public function
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 25 Aug 2014 16:24:40 +0200] rev 22335
obsolete: make encodemarkers a public function We'll need access to it for bundle2.
Mon, 25 Aug 2014 16:21:33 +0200 obsolete: move _encodemarkers next to _readmarkers
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 25 Aug 2014 16:21:33 +0200] rev 22334
obsolete: move _encodemarkers next to _readmarkers
Mon, 25 Aug 2014 16:18:44 +0200 obsstore: store and preserve ondisk version
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 25 Aug 2014 16:18:44 +0200] rev 22333
obsstore: store and preserve ondisk version
Mon, 25 Aug 2014 16:51:51 +0200 obsolete: have _readmarkers return the format version
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 25 Aug 2014 16:51:51 +0200] rev 22332
obsolete: have _readmarkers return the format version readmarkers is not returning the version of the format it read from. This will let callers know about the format and allow them to preserve it.
Mon, 25 Aug 2014 16:16:01 +0200 obsolete: support for any known obsstore format when reading or writing
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 25 Aug 2014 16:16:01 +0200] rev 22331
obsolete: support for any known obsstore format when reading or writing We can now read and write any known format. The list of known formats currently has one element (0). The obsstore itself is not aware of multiple formats yet and always uses format 0.
Mon, 25 Aug 2014 16:09:18 +0200 obsolete: move _fm0encodeonemarker next to _fm0readmarkers
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 25 Aug 2014 16:09:18 +0200] rev 22330
obsolete: move _fm0encodeonemarker next to _fm0readmarkers
Mon, 25 Aug 2014 16:43:23 +0200 obsolete: rename _encodeonemarker to _fm0encodeonemarkers
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 25 Aug 2014 16:43:23 +0200] rev 22329
obsolete: rename _encodeonemarker to _fm0encodeonemarkers This function encodes markers in version 0 of the format.
Mon, 25 Aug 2014 14:58:11 +0200 obsolete: extract the part of _readmarkers specific to format version 0
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 25 Aug 2014 14:58:11 +0200] rev 22328
obsolete: extract the part of _readmarkers specific to format version 0 If we are to introduce new formats we need to be able call different functions for different formats. Creating a function for format version 0 is the first step.
Mon, 25 Aug 2014 14:56:15 +0200 obsolete: rename all _fm to _fm0
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 25 Aug 2014 14:56:15 +0200] rev 22327
obsolete: rename all _fm to _fm0 This change is because these formats are used for version 0 of the obsstore format. This is going to be useful in the future when we introduce new versions of the format.
Mon, 25 Aug 2014 14:52:51 +0200 obsolete: rename _fnodesize to _fmfnodesize
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 25 Aug 2014 14:52:51 +0200] rev 22326
obsolete: rename _fnodesize to _fmfnodesize All variables involved in the obsstore format are prefixed with `_fm`. `_fnodesize` was the exception. It is now back in line. This is meaningful as we'll need to distinguish between multiple versions of the obsstore format.
Thu, 21 Aug 2014 17:42:50 -0700 obsstore: have the `mergemarkers` method return the number of new markers
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 21 Aug 2014 17:42:50 -0700] rev 22325
obsstore: have the `mergemarkers` method return the number of new markers The mergemarkers function now returns the number of unknown markers in the stream that have been added to the obsstore. This is similar to what `obsstore.add` already does. The method gains a docstring in the process.
Mon, 01 Sep 2014 23:43:33 +0200 merge with i18n stable 3.1.1
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 01 Sep 2014 23:43:33 +0200] rev 22324
merge with i18n
Thu, 21 Aug 2014 17:36:05 -0700 test-bundle2: add obsolescence information to be exchanged
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 21 Aug 2014 17:36:05 -0700] rev 22323
test-bundle2: add obsolescence information to be exchanged To introduce a bundle2 way to exchange obsolescence markers, we need to have some information available to exchange. Introduce markers relevant to changesets involved in the exchange. The new markers reference the changesets as successor nodes of clowny (nonexistent) hashes so that other than being exchanged they have no effect. We introduce them in two waves as push is expected to be smart about the number of markers it exchanges sooner than pull.
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 20:06:24 +0200 help: only call doc() when it is callable stable
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 20:06:24 +0200] rev 22322
help: only call doc() when it is callable `hg help -k` on my machine was aborting because the hg-prompt extension was inserting a string and not a function into help.helptable and help was blindly calling it. This patch changes keyword searching to be more robust against unexpected types.
Mon, 01 Sep 2014 10:57:27 -0300 i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with 6a8b8efb0641 stable
Wagner Bruna <wbruna@softwareexpress.com.br> [Mon, 01 Sep 2014 10:57:27 -0300] rev 22321
i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with 6a8b8efb0641
Mon, 01 Sep 2014 10:54:49 -0300 merge with i18n stable
Wagner Bruna <wbruna@softwareexpress.com.br> [Mon, 01 Sep 2014 10:54:49 -0300] rev 22320
merge with i18n
Sun, 31 Aug 2014 20:49:13 +0900 i18n-ja: synchronized with 0c838e7459a5 stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sun, 31 Aug 2014 20:49:13 +0900] rev 22319
i18n-ja: synchronized with 0c838e7459a5
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 09:40:31 -0300 i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with 0c838e7459a5 stable
Wagner Bruna <wbruna@yahoo.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 09:40:31 -0300] rev 22318
i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with 0c838e7459a5
Sun, 31 Aug 2014 19:43:03 +0900 repoview: fix typo in repoview.changelog stable
Mike Hommey <mh@glandium.org> [Sun, 31 Aug 2014 19:43:03 +0900] rev 22317
repoview: fix typo in repoview.changelog Incidentally, this avoids the changelog cache being invalidated each time it's accessed on a repoview. On a filtering experiment on a repository the size of mozilla-central, this makes a significant difference: Before, running hg log -l 10 --time with about 8k changesets filtered out: time: real 1.490 secs (user 1.450+0.000 sys 0.040+0.000) After: time: real 0.540 secs (user 0.530+0.000 sys 0.010+0.000)
Tue, 19 Aug 2014 16:57:02 -0700 config: exit non zero on non-existent config option (issue4247) stable
Aaron Kushner <akushner@fb.com> [Tue, 19 Aug 2014 16:57:02 -0700] rev 22316
config: exit non zero on non-existent config option (issue4247) When running 'hg config no_such_option', hg exited with a zero exit code. This change now exits with a 1 if the config option does not exist.
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 18:44:59 +0200 merge with crew
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 18:44:59 +0200] rev 22315
merge with crew
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 15:13:02 +0200 bookmarks: refer to "the" active bookmark to clarify that there's only one stable
Kevin Bullock <kbullock@ringworld.org> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 15:13:02 +0200] rev 22314
bookmarks: refer to "the" active bookmark to clarify that there's only one This is a follow-on to 0c6cdbb697d9 that just makes a slight clarification.
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 05:29:38 -0700 memctx: allow extensions to determine what filectxfn should do
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 05:29:38 -0700] rev 22313
memctx: allow extensions to determine what filectxfn should do Rev 650b5b6e75ed switched the contract for filectxfn from "raise IOError if file is missing" to "return None if file is missing". Out of tree extensions need to be updated for that, but for extensions interested in compatibility with both Mercurial <= 3.1 and default, it is next to impossible to introspect core Mercurial to figure out what to do. This patch adds a field to memctx for extensions to use.
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 15:17:37 +0200 revsetbenchmark: add revset with lazyset subtraction
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 15:17:37 +0200] rev 22312
revsetbenchmark: add revset with lazyset subtraction The added revset is used by obsolescence and currently results in recursion in __contains__ between 2 lazysets. We should have coverage of this revset.
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 11:57:46 +0200 debugrevlog: add chainlen column to --dump output
Sune Foldager <cryo@cyanite.org> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 11:57:46 +0200] rev 22311
debugrevlog: add chainlen column to --dump output
Sat, 30 Aug 2014 11:56:33 +0200 debugdag: stop wrongly sorting parents
Henrik Stuart <hg@hstuart.dk> [Sat, 30 Aug 2014 11:56:33 +0200] rev 22310
debugdag: stop wrongly sorting parents The dag being dumped is not in a format that allows us to reconstruct the original dag as the parent revisions are normalised.
Fri, 29 Aug 2014 18:00:44 +0200 obsolete: avoid slow, generic date parsing
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Fri, 29 Aug 2014 18:00:44 +0200] rev 22309
obsolete: avoid slow, generic date parsing Simple profiling of `hg log -r .` revealed ~18,000 calls to mercurial.i18n.gettext() on the author's repository. The culprit was 3 _() calls in util.parsedate() multiplied by ~6000 obsmarkers originating from the parsing of obsmarkers. Changing the obsmarker code to parse the stored format of dates instead of going through a generic path eliminates these gettext() lookups and makes `hg log -r .` execute ~10% faster on the author's repo. The performance gain is proportional to the number of obsmarkers. The author attempted to patch util.parsedate() to avoid the gettext() lookups. However, that code is whacky and the author is jet lagged, so the approach was not attempted.
Fri, 29 Aug 2014 12:06:31 +0200 build: don't use -s flag for `which`
Kevin Bullock <kbullock@ringworld.org> [Fri, 29 Aug 2014 12:06:31 +0200] rev 22308
build: don't use -s flag for `which` `which -s` is a BSDism that doesn't exist on other versions of `which`. That means that even on Mac OS X, `make osx` breaks if you have another utils package installed (e.g. debianutils installed thru fink). Redirect output to /dev/null instead.
Fri, 29 Aug 2014 17:15:49 +0200 contrib: drop obsolete sample.hgrc
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 29 Aug 2014 17:15:49 +0200] rev 22307
contrib: drop obsolete sample.hgrc This was full of bad suggestions and is obsoleted by hg config --edit.
Fri, 29 Aug 2014 17:14:45 +0200 contrib: drop old convert-repo script
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 29 Aug 2014 17:14:45 +0200] rev 22306
contrib: drop old convert-repo script This has been obsolete since 2007.
Wed, 27 Aug 2014 18:35:34 +0200 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 27 Aug 2014 18:35:34 +0200] rev 22305
merge with stable
Sat, 23 Aug 2014 21:23:02 +0900 templater: enable alias predicates to be used in "revset()" function
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 23 Aug 2014 21:23:02 +0900] rev 22304
templater: enable alias predicates to be used in "revset()" function Before this patch, predicates defined in "[revsetalias]" can't be used in the query specified to template function "revset()", because: - "revset()" uses "localrepository.revs()" to get query result, but - "localrepository.revs()" passes "None" as "ui" to "revset.match()", then - "revset.match()" can't recognize any alias predicates To enable alias predicates to be used in "revset()" function, this patch invokes "revset.match()" directly with "repo.ui". This patch doesn't make "localrepository.revs()" pass "self.ui" to "revset.match()", because this may be intentional implementation to prevent alias predicates from shadowing built-in ones and breaking functions internally using "localrepository.revs()". Even if it isn't intentional one, the check for shadowing should be implemented (maybe on default branch) before fixing it for safety.
Wed, 27 Aug 2014 23:10:06 +0900 import: show the warning message for failure of merging stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 27 Aug 2014 23:10:06 +0900] rev 22303
import: show the warning message for failure of merging Before this patch, no message is shown for failure of merging at "hg import". In such case, merging patch is imported as a normal revision silently, and it may confuse users. For simplicity, this patch recommends just using "--exact", even though importing the merging patch itself is possible without it if: - the hash of the 1st parent in the patch is equal to one of the patch imported just before (or the parent of the working directory, for the 1st patch of the series), and - the hash of the 2nd parent in the patch is known in the local repository
Wed, 27 Aug 2014 15:30:09 +0200 graft: fix collision detection with origin revisions that are missing stable
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Wed, 27 Aug 2014 15:30:09 +0200] rev 22302
graft: fix collision detection with origin revisions that are missing When grafting something with a matching origin, it would normally be skipped: skipping already grafted revision 123 (23 also has origin 12) But after stripping a graft origin, graft could fail with a reference to the origin that no longer exists: abort: unknown revision '5c095ad7e90f871700f02dd1fa5012cb4498a2d4'! Instead, detect that the origin is unknown and skip it anyway, like: skipping already grafted revision 8 (2 also has unknown origin 5c095ad7e90f871700f02dd1fa5012cb4498a2d4)
Sat, 23 Aug 2014 17:03:08 -0500 log: use correct phase info for parent field (issue4347) stable
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Sat, 23 Aug 2014 17:03:08 -0500] rev 22301
log: use correct phase info for parent field (issue4347) Previously, there was a copy / paste error with using the current changeset's phase information. We now look up the parent context explicitly. The line was too long so it is stored into a variable first.
Tue, 26 Aug 2014 22:03:32 +0200 convert: introduce --full for converting all files
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Tue, 26 Aug 2014 22:03:32 +0200] rev 22300
convert: introduce --full for converting all files Convert will normally only process files that were changed in a source revision, apply the filemap, and record it has a change in the target repository. (If it ends up not really changing anything, nothing changes.) That means that _if_ the filemap is changed before continuing an incremental convert, the change will only kick in when the files it affects are modified in a source revision and thus processed. With --full, convert will make a full conversion every time and process all files in the source repo and remove target repo files that shouldn't be there. Filemap changes will thus kick in on the first converted revision, no matter what is changed. This flag should in most cases not make any difference but will make convert significantly slower. Other names has been considered for this feature, such as "resync", "sync", "checkunmodified", "all" or "allfiles", but I found that they were less obvious and required more explanation than "full" and were harder to describe consistently.
Tue, 26 Aug 2014 22:03:32 +0200 convert: refactor hg getchanges and caching
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Tue, 26 Aug 2014 22:03:32 +0200] rev 22299
convert: refactor hg getchanges and caching
Tue, 26 Aug 2014 22:03:32 +0200 convert: refactor subversion getchanges and caching
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Tue, 26 Aug 2014 22:03:32 +0200] rev 22298
convert: refactor subversion getchanges and caching
Tue, 26 Aug 2014 22:03:32 +0200 convert: remove incorrect and unused handling of removed svn directories
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Tue, 26 Aug 2014 22:03:32 +0200] rev 22297
convert: remove incorrect and unused handling of removed svn directories Since it was introduced in f0c58fd4b798, tidy_dirs has been comparing the result of os.listdir with a string - which never can be true. Convert apparently works anyway and there is no test coverage of it. It also seems like it could make a bigger difference on older svn versions but is less relevant with more recent versions. Instead of trying to fix the code, we take the low risk option and remove it.
Tue, 26 Aug 2014 22:03:32 +0200 convert: use None value for missing files instead of overloading IOError
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Tue, 26 Aug 2014 22:03:32 +0200] rev 22296
convert: use None value for missing files instead of overloading IOError The internal API used IOError to indicate that a file should be marked as removed. There is some correlation between IOError (especially with ENOENT) and files that should be removed, but using IOErrors to represent file removal internally required some hacks. Instead, use the value None to indicate that the file not is present. Before, spurious IO errors could cause commits that silently removed files. They will now be reported like all other IO errors so the root cause can be fixed.
Wed, 27 Aug 2014 12:30:28 +0200 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 27 Aug 2014 12:30:28 +0200] rev 22295
merge with stable
Mon, 25 Aug 2014 03:27:51 +0200 convert: p4: ignore purged files with p4d 2012.2 and later
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Mon, 25 Aug 2014 03:27:51 +0200] rev 22294
convert: p4: ignore purged files with p4d 2012.2 and later Perforce has the concept of "+Sn" files where only the last revisions of the file is stored. In p4d 2012.1 old purged revisions were not included in the "manifest". With 2012.2 they started being included and convert's getfile failed to recognize the "purged" flag and saw it as an empty file. That made test-convert-p4-filetypes.t fail. There is no point in storing an empty file as placeholder for a purged file so we restore the old behaviour by checking the flag and letting getfile consider purged files deleted. (It is questionable whether it makes sense to convert not-yet-purged +S files to mercurial ... but that is another question.)
Mon, 25 Aug 2014 03:27:51 +0200 tests: fix p4 tests so they use separate ports and can be run in parallel
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Mon, 25 Aug 2014 03:27:51 +0200] rev 22293
tests: fix p4 tests so they use separate ports and can be run in parallel
Tue, 26 Aug 2014 22:03:30 +0200 run-tests: report skipped tests as "skipped" - they might still be "relevant"
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Tue, 26 Aug 2014 22:03:30 +0200] rev 22292
run-tests: report skipped tests as "skipped" - they might still be "relevant"
Sun, 24 Aug 2014 12:35:53 +0900 ui: add brief comment why raw_input() needs dummy ' ' prompt string
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sun, 24 Aug 2014 12:35:53 +0900] rev 22291
ui: add brief comment why raw_input() needs dummy ' ' prompt string Retrieved from 17ffb30d9174. I was about to move ' ' to label(msg + ' ', 'ui.prompt') so that subclass can distinguish prompt output from data. But it was not that simple.
Sun, 24 Aug 2014 23:47:26 +0900 largefiles: remove redundant "updatelfiles" invocation in "lfilesrepo.commit"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sun, 24 Aug 2014 23:47:26 +0900] rev 22290
largefiles: remove redundant "updatelfiles" invocation in "lfilesrepo.commit" After previous patches, largefiles in the working directory are ensured to be updated before "repo.commit" invocation for automated committing below: - by "overrides.mergeupdate" via "merge.update" for rebase - by "overrides.scmutilmarktouched" via "patch.patch" for transplant This patch removes redundant "lfcommands.updatelfiles" invocation in "Case 0" code path of "lfilesrepo.commit" for automated committing, and revises detailed comment.
Sun, 24 Aug 2014 23:47:26 +0900 largefiles: update largefiles even if transplant is aborted by conflict
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sun, 24 Aug 2014 23:47:26 +0900] rev 22289
largefiles: update largefiles even if transplant is aborted by conflict Before this patch, largefiles in the working directory aren't updated correctly, if transplant is aborted by conflict. This prevents users from viewing appropriate largefiles while resolving conflicts. While transplant, largefiles in the working directory are updated only at successful committing in the special code path of "lfilesrepo.commit()". To update largefiles even if transplant is aborted by conflict, this patch wraps "scmutil.marktouched", which is invoked from "patch.patch" with "files" list of added/modified/deleted files. This patch invokes "updatelfiles" with: - "printmessage=False", to suppress "getting changed largefiles ..." messages while automated committing by transplant - "normallookup=True", because "patch.patch" doesn't update dirstate for modified files in such case, "normallookup=False" may cause marking modified largefiles as "clean" unexpectedly
Sun, 24 Aug 2014 23:47:26 +0900 largefiles: update largefiles even if rebase is aborted by conflict
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sun, 24 Aug 2014 23:47:26 +0900] rev 22288
largefiles: update largefiles even if rebase is aborted by conflict Before this patch, largefiles in the working directory aren't updated correctly, if rebase is aborted by conflict. This prevents users from viewing appropriate largefiles while resolving conflicts. While rebase, largefiles in the working directory are updated only at successful committing in the special code path of "lfilesrepo.commit()". To update largefiles even if rebase is aborted by conflict, this patch centralizes the logic of updating largefiles in the working directory into the "mergeupdate" wrapping "merge.update". This is a temporary way to fix with less changes. For fundamental resolution of this kind of problems in the future, largefiles in the working directory should be updated with other (normal) files simultaneously while "merge.update" execution: maybe by hooking "applyupdates". "Action list based updating" introduced by hooking "applyupdates" will also improve performance of updating, because it automatically decreases target files to be checked. Just after this patch, there are some improper things in "Case 0" code path of "lfilesrepo.commit()": - "updatelfiles" invocation is redundant for rebase - detailed comment doesn't meet to rebase behavior These will be resolved after the subsequent patch for transplant, because this code path is shared with transplant. Even though replacing "merge.update" in rebase extension by "hg.merge" can also avoid this problem, this patch chooses centralizing the logic into "mergeupdate", because: - "merge.update" invocation in rebase extension can't be directly replaced by "hg.merge", because: - rebase requires some extra arguments, which "hg.merge" doesn't take (e.g. "ancestor") - rebase doesn't require statistics information forcibly displayed in "hg.merge" - introducing "mergeupdate" can resolve also problem of some other code paths directly using "merge.update" largefiles in the working directory aren't updated regardless of the result of commands below, before this patch: - backout (for revisions other than the parent revision of the working directory without "--merge") - graft - histedit (for revisions other than the parent of the working directory When "partial" is specified, "merge.update" doesn't update dirstate entries for standins, even though standins themselves are updated. In this case, "normallookup" should be used to mark largefiles as "possibly dirty" forcibly, because applying "normal" on lfdirstate treats them as "clean" unexpectedly. This is reason why "normallookup=partial" is specified for "lfcommands.updatelfiles". This patch doesn't test "hg rebase --continue", because it doesn't work correctly if largefiles in the working directory are modified manually while resolving conflicts. This will be fixed in the next step of refactoring for largefiles. All changes of tests/*.t files other than test-largefiles-update.t in this patch come from invoking "updatelfiles" not after but before statistics output of "hg.update", "hg.clean" and "hg.merge".
Sun, 24 Aug 2014 23:47:26 +0900 largefiles: move "updatestandin" invocation to "hg.updaterepo" wrapper
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sun, 24 Aug 2014 23:47:26 +0900] rev 22287
largefiles: move "updatestandin" invocation to "hg.updaterepo" wrapper Code paths below expect "hg.updaterepo" (or "hg.update" using it) to execute linear merging: - "update" in commands - "postincoming" in commands, used for: - "hg pull --update" - "hg unbundle --update" - "hgsubrepo.get" in subrepo For linear merging with largefiles, standins should be updated according to (possibly dirty) largefiles before "merge.update" invocation to detect conflicts correctly. Before this patch, only the "update" command can execute linear merging correctly, because largefiles extension takes care of only it. This patch moves "updatestandin" invocation from "overrideupdate" ("hg update" wrapper) to "_hgupdaterepo" ("hg.updaterepo" wrapper) to execute linear merging in "hg.updaterepo" correctly. This is also a preparation to centralize the logic of updating largefiles in the working directory into the function wrapping "merge.update" in the subsequent patch.
Sun, 24 Aug 2014 23:47:26 +0900 largefiles: unlink standins not known to the restored dirstate at rollback
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sun, 24 Aug 2014 23:47:26 +0900] rev 22286
largefiles: unlink standins not known to the restored dirstate at rollback Before this patch, standinds not known to the restored dirstate at rollback still exist after rollback of the parent of the working directory, and they become orphans unexpectedly. This patch unlinks standins not known to the restored dirstate. This patch saves names of standins matched against not "repo.dirstate[f] == 'a'" but "repo.dirstate[f] != 'r'" before rollback, because branch merging marks files newly added to dirstate as not "a" but "n". Such standins will also become orphan after rollback, because they are not known to the restored dirstate.
Sun, 24 Aug 2014 23:47:25 +0900 largefiles: restore standins according to restored dirstate
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sun, 24 Aug 2014 23:47:25 +0900] rev 22285
largefiles: restore standins according to restored dirstate Before this patch, standins are restored from the NEW parent of the working directory at "hg rollback", and this causes: - standins removed in the rollback-ed revision are restored, and become orphan, because they are already marked as "R" in the restored dirstate and expected to be unlinked - standins added in the rollback-ed revision are left as they were before rollback, because they are not included in the new parent (this may not be so serious) This patch replaces the "merge.update" invocation with a specific implementation to restore standins according to restored dirstate. This is also the preparation to centralize the logic of updating largefiles into the function wrapping "merge.update" in the subsequent patch. After that patch, "merge.update" will also update largefiles in the working directory and be redundant for restoring standins only.
Sun, 24 Aug 2014 23:47:25 +0900 largefiles: restore standins from non branch-tip parent at rollback correctly
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sun, 24 Aug 2014 23:47:25 +0900] rev 22284
largefiles: restore standins from non branch-tip parent at rollback correctly Before this patch, "hg rollback" can't restore standins correclty, if: - old parent of the working directory is rollback-ed, and - new parent of the working directory is not branch-tip "overriderollback" uses "merge.update" as a kind of "revert" utility to restore only standins with "node=None", and this makes "merge.update" choose "branch-tip" revision as the updating target unexpectedly. Then, "merge.update" restores standins from the branch-tip revision regardless of the parent of the working directory after rollback and this may cause unexpected behavior. This patch invokes "merge.update" with "node='.'" to restore standins from the parent revision of the working directory. In fact, this "merge.update" invocation will be replaced in the subsequent patch to fix another problem, but this change is usefull to inform reason why such complicated case should be tested.
Sun, 24 Aug 2014 23:47:25 +0900 largefiles: omit restoring standins if working parent is not rollbacked
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sun, 24 Aug 2014 23:47:25 +0900] rev 22283
largefiles: omit restoring standins if working parent is not rollbacked For efficiency, this patch omits restoring standins and updating lfdirstate, if the parent of the working directory is not rollbacked. This patch adds the test not to confirm whether restoring is skipped or not, but to detect unexpected regression in the future: it is difficult to distinguish between skipping and perfectly restoring.
Tue, 26 Aug 2014 13:11:53 +0200 repoview: fix 0L with pack/unpack for 2.4
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 26 Aug 2014 13:11:53 +0200] rev 22282
repoview: fix 0L with pack/unpack for 2.4
Mon, 25 Aug 2014 15:10:09 +0200 help: add pad function to template help stable
Thomas De Schampheleire <thomas.de.schampheleire@gmail.com> [Mon, 25 Aug 2014 15:10:09 +0200] rev 22281
help: add pad function to template help Commit aa51392da507 introduced a pad function for use in templates, but did not add the corresponding documentation to 'hg help templating'.
Fri, 22 Aug 2014 16:40:34 -0400 histedit: use str.startswith to check for comments in action list
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Fri, 22 Aug 2014 16:40:34 -0400] rev 22280
histedit: use str.startswith to check for comments in action list
Fri, 22 Aug 2014 16:37:55 -0400 histedit: drop duplicate line extracting keep option
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Fri, 22 Aug 2014 16:37:55 -0400] rev 22279
histedit: drop duplicate line extracting keep option
Sat, 23 Aug 2014 23:03:50 +0900 import: avoid editor invocation when importing with "--exact" for exact-ness
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 23 Aug 2014 23:03:50 +0900] rev 22278
import: avoid editor invocation when importing with "--exact" for exact-ness Before this patch, external editor is invoked when imported patch has no commit message, even if "--exact" is specified. Then, exact-ness is broken, because empty commit message causes failure of committing. This patch avoids editor invocation at importing with "--exact" for exact-ness, because commit message in the patch should be kept as it is in such case, even if it is empty.
Sat, 23 Aug 2014 23:03:50 +0900 import: disallow meaningless combination of "--exact" and "--edit"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 23 Aug 2014 23:03:50 +0900] rev 22277
import: disallow meaningless combination of "--exact" and "--edit" Before this patch, "hg import" allows combination of "--exact" and "--edit", even though editing commit message breaks exact-ness. This patch disallows meaningless combination of "--exact" and "--edit".
Sun, 16 Mar 2014 17:31:31 +0200 config: highlight parse error caused by leading spaces (issue3214)
Razvan Cojocaru <razvan.cojocaru93@gmail.com> [Sun, 16 Mar 2014 17:31:31 +0200] rev 22276
config: highlight parse error caused by leading spaces (issue3214) Added "unexpected leading whitespace" message to parse error when .hgrc has a line that starts with whitespace. Helps new users unfamiliar with syntax of rc file.
Wed, 20 Aug 2014 22:52:56 -0700 test-config: add tests for invalid syntax
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 20 Aug 2014 22:52:56 -0700] rev 22275
test-config: add tests for invalid syntax This was not tested and there is more to come in the next patch.
Tue, 19 Aug 2014 23:22:44 -0700 debugobsolete: add a --rev argument
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 19 Aug 2014 23:22:44 -0700] rev 22274
debugobsolete: add a --rev argument This argument can be used to list markers relevant to a set of revisions. We add a test for this option and the relevant computation in the same move.
Wed, 20 Aug 2014 18:11:23 -0700 obsolete: rename `allmarkers` to `getmarkers`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 20 Aug 2014 18:11:23 -0700] rev 22273
obsolete: rename `allmarkers` to `getmarkers` This function is going to gain a "nodes" argument to filter the markers to the ones relevant to <nodes> only.
Wed, 20 Aug 2014 00:43:08 -0700 debugobsolete: add a way to record parent information
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 20 Aug 2014 00:43:08 -0700] rev 22272
debugobsolete: add a way to record parent information We add a ``--record-parents`` flag to debugobsolete. This can be used to record parent information in the marker when the precursors are known locally. This will be useful to test the "relevant markers" computation.
Tue, 19 Aug 2014 17:03:10 -0700 obsstore: add relevantmarkers method
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 19 Aug 2014 17:03:10 -0700] rev 22271
obsstore: add relevantmarkers method We add a ``relevantmarkers`` method to fetch all markers that seem relevant to a set of nodes. See function documentation about how this set is computed. This will let us exchange only the markers that seem "relevant" to the set of changesets related to a push or a pull. The approach used to define "relevant" has been successfully tested in evolve for 6 months.
Tue, 19 Aug 2014 16:53:53 -0700 obsstore: keep track of children information
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 19 Aug 2014 16:53:53 -0700] rev 22270
obsstore: keep track of children information We use the new `parents` field to build a dictionary of markers that touch children of a node. This will be used to link prune markers to a set of exchanged nodes.
Wed, 20 Aug 2014 17:36:54 -0700 push: check if local and remote support evolution during discovery
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 20 Aug 2014 17:36:54 -0700] rev 22269
push: check if local and remote support evolution during discovery We can now directly prevent any evolution-related operation from happening by using an empty set for outgoing markers. So we detect if no transfers should occur and use an empty set in this case.
Tue, 19 Aug 2014 16:46:17 -0700 obsstore: drop outdated comment
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 19 Aug 2014 16:46:17 -0700] rev 22268
obsstore: drop outdated comment This comment was associated with a now-defunct line.
Thu, 21 Aug 2014 10:07:30 -0400 cvsps: add two more tiebreakers in cscmp
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Thu, 21 Aug 2014 10:07:30 -0400] rev 22267
cvsps: add two more tiebreakers in cscmp test-convert-cvs.t has been a little flaky for a while now. Add an extra tiebreaker in cscmp so that all the cases in the test will sort reliably. Without this patch, test-convert-cvs.t failed after 346 runs. With this patch, I stopped trying to get it to fail after 615 runs. While not conclusive, that makes me pretty optimistic that this is a working fix.
Sat, 16 Aug 2014 17:59:26 +0900 annotate: abort early if no file is specified
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 16 Aug 2014 17:59:26 +0900] rev 22266
annotate: abort early if no file is specified This change is intended to move the getdate function near the opmap table.
Wed, 20 Aug 2014 15:07:25 -0700 purge: avoid full walks when directories aren't purged
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Wed, 20 Aug 2014 15:07:25 -0700] rev 22265
purge: avoid full walks when directories aren't purged If match.traversedir is not None, we're forced to do full walks. However when we aren't purging directories we don't need to set match.traversedir to anything. This speeds up non-full walks such as the one hgwatchman makes possible. For mozilla-central with hgwatchman enabled, 'hg purge --files' goes from 0.88 seconds to 0.22.
Thu, 21 Aug 2014 16:05:29 -0700 clone: for local clones, copy over filtered branchcaches as well (issue4286)
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Thu, 21 Aug 2014 16:05:29 -0700] rev 22264
clone: for local clones, copy over filtered branchcaches as well (issue4286) Local clones copy/hardlink over files directly, so the branchcaches should all be valid. There's a slight chance that a read operation would update one of the branchcaches, but we hold a lock over the source repo so they shouldn't cause an invalid branchcache to be copied over, just a different, valid one.
Thu, 21 Aug 2014 15:58:32 -0700 clone: for local clones, copy branchcache from the right location (issue4286)
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Thu, 21 Aug 2014 15:58:32 -0700] rev 22263
clone: for local clones, copy branchcache from the right location (issue4286) The unfiltered branchcache is in .hg/cache/branch2, not .hg/store/cache/branch2.
Wed, 20 Aug 2014 14:33:59 -0400 obsolete: avoid 2-argument form of enumerate, which was new in Python 2.6
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Wed, 20 Aug 2014 14:33:59 -0400] rev 22262
obsolete: avoid 2-argument form of enumerate, which was new in Python 2.6
Wed, 20 Aug 2014 13:21:41 -0400 repoview: use util.sha1() instead of hashlib.sha1()
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Wed, 20 Aug 2014 13:21:41 -0400] rev 22261
repoview: use util.sha1() instead of hashlib.sha1() 45b5cd948a4d accidentally broke Python 2.4 compatibility, this fixes it.
Mon, 18 Aug 2014 17:17:23 -0700 debugobsolete: display parents information from markers
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 18 Aug 2014 17:17:23 -0700] rev 22260
debugobsolete: display parents information from markers Now that we have a new field, we need a way to visualize it.
Mon, 18 Aug 2014 17:14:27 -0700 obsmarkers: add a `parentnodes` method to retrieve parent information
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 18 Aug 2014 17:14:27 -0700] rev 22259
obsmarkers: add a `parentnodes` method to retrieve parent information
Mon, 18 Aug 2014 16:28:44 -0700 obsstore: also store the 'parents' field on disk
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 18 Aug 2014 16:28:44 -0700] rev 22258
obsstore: also store the 'parents' field on disk We now store the `parents` field on disk. We use the same strategy as for `date`: We stick it into the metadata. This is slow and dirty, but this is also the only way we currently have. At some point we'll have a new obsstore format to store this properly.
Mon, 18 Aug 2014 17:06:08 -0700 obsstore: drop 'date' from the metadata dictionary
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 18 Aug 2014 17:06:08 -0700] rev 22257
obsstore: drop 'date' from the metadata dictionary We are extracting the `date` information from the metadata at read time. However, we failed to remove it from the metadata returned in the markers. This is now fixed.
Mon, 18 Aug 2014 16:17:16 -0700 createmarkers: automatically record the parent of pruned changesets
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 18 Aug 2014 16:17:16 -0700] rev 22256
createmarkers: automatically record the parent of pruned changesets We need this information to build the set of relevant markers during exchanges. This can only be done at the `createmarkers` level since the `obsstore.create` function does not have a repo and therefore has no access to the parent information.
Mon, 18 Aug 2014 16:12:29 -0700 obsstore: add a `parents` argument to obsstore.create
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 18 Aug 2014 16:12:29 -0700] rev 22255
obsstore: add a `parents` argument to obsstore.create We need a way to pass the information to the function. Some guru told me that what's arguments are made for.
Mon, 18 Aug 2014 16:08:44 -0700 obsstore: add a `parents` field
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 18 Aug 2014 16:08:44 -0700] rev 22254
obsstore: add a `parents` field This field is intended to store the parent of the precursor. This is useful to attach pruned changesets to a set of exchanged changesets. We currently just add the fields with a None value. None stands for "no data recorded".
Tue, 19 Aug 2014 14:42:08 -0700 obsstore: add some documentation about the marker fields
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 19 Aug 2014 14:42:08 -0700] rev 22253
obsstore: add some documentation about the marker fields As the number of fields grow, it makes sense to start documenting their contents.
Sat, 16 Aug 2014 10:43:59 +0900 transplant: change "editform" to distinguish merge commits from others
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 16 Aug 2014 10:43:59 +0900] rev 22252
transplant: change "editform" to distinguish merge commits from others "editform" argument for "getcommiteditor" is decided according to the format below: EXTENSION[.COMMAND][.ROUTE] - EXTENSION: name of extension - COMMAND: name of command, if there are two or more commands in EXTENSION - ROUTE: name of route, if there are two or more routes in COMMAND This patch newly adds "normal" and "merge" as ROUTE, to distinguish merge commits from other. This patch adds 4 test patterns to test combination of "merge"(x2) and "--continue"(x2).
Sat, 16 Aug 2014 10:43:59 +0900 rebase: change "editform" to distinguish merge commits from others
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 16 Aug 2014 10:43:59 +0900] rev 22251
rebase: change "editform" to distinguish merge commits from others "editform" argument for "getcommiteditor" is decided according to the format below: EXTENSION[.COMMAND][.ROUTE] - EXTENSION: name of extension - COMMAND: name of command, if there are two or more commands in EXTENSION - ROUTE: name of route, if there are two or more routes in COMMAND This patch newly adds "merge" as ROUTE, to distinguish merge commits from other. This patch passes bool as "ctxorbool" to "mergeeditform", because working context has always 2 parents at this point. Dropping the second parent of non-merging commits is executed in "concludenode". Unlike other patches in this series (e.g. for "hg commit"), this patch doesn't add "normal.normal"/"normal.merge" style ROUTEs, because there is no "merge" case in "collapse" ROUTE.
Sat, 16 Aug 2014 10:43:59 +0900 import: change "editform" to distinguish merge commits from others
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 16 Aug 2014 10:43:59 +0900] rev 22250
import: change "editform" to distinguish merge commits from others "editform" argument for "getcommiteditor" is decided according to the format below: COMMAND[.ROUTE] - COMMAND: name of command - ROUTE: name of route, if there are two or more routes in COMMAND This patch uses "normal.normal" and "normal.merge" as ROUTE of "editform" instead of "normal", to distinguish merge commits from other in "hg import" without "--bypass" case. This patch assumes "editform" variations for "hg import" below: import.normal.normal import.normal.merge import.bypass.normal import.bypass.merge Unlike other patches in this series, this patch uses "editor.sh" instead of "checkeditform.sh" for the name of the script to check "HGEDITFORM", because it has to do more than checking "HGEDITFORM". To invoke editor forcibly in "test-import-merge.t", this patch creates the patch not having patch description as "merge.nomsg.diff".
Sat, 16 Aug 2014 10:43:59 +0900 commit: change "editform" to distinguish merge commits from other (--amend)
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 16 Aug 2014 10:43:59 +0900] rev 22249
commit: change "editform" to distinguish merge commits from other (--amend) "editform" argument for "getcommiteditor" is decided according to the format below: COMMAND[.ROUTE] - COMMAND: name of command - ROUTE: name of route, if there are two or more routes in COMMAND This patch uses "amend.normal" and "amend.merge" as ROUTE of "editform" instead of "amend", to distinguish merge commits from other in "hg commit --amend" case.
Sat, 16 Aug 2014 10:43:59 +0900 commit: change "editform" to distinguish merge commits from others
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 16 Aug 2014 10:43:59 +0900] rev 22248
commit: change "editform" to distinguish merge commits from others "editform" argument for "getcommiteditor" is decided according to the format below: COMMAND[.ROUTE] - COMMAND: name of command - ROUTE: name of route, if there are two or more routes in COMMAND This patch uses "normal.normal" and "normal.merge" as ROUTE of "editform" instead of "normal", to distinguish merge commits from others in "hg commit" without "--amend" case. This patch assumes "editform" variations for "hg commit" below: commit.normal.normal commit.normal.merge commit.amend.normal commit.amend.merge "mergeeditform" is factored out for subsequent patches. It takes "ctxorbool" argument, because context object can't be passed in some cases.
Sat, 16 Aug 2014 10:19:26 -0700 test-ssh: verify that stderr from remote is printed (issue4336)
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sat, 16 Aug 2014 10:19:26 -0700] rev 22247
test-ssh: verify that stderr from remote is printed (issue4336) The issue fixed in the previous patch was uncovered by implementing an extension that printed additional output locally before the push command completed. This test emulates that. If this change is applied before the previous patch, the test will fail on Linux, with the local output being printed before the "remote: " lines.
Sat, 16 Aug 2014 10:28:59 -0700 posix: implement readpipe using non-blocking I/O (issue4336)
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sat, 16 Aug 2014 10:28:59 -0700] rev 22246
posix: implement readpipe using non-blocking I/O (issue4336) On Linux, fstat().st_size of a pipe always returns 0, even if the pipe has data available for reading. This meant that reading from and subsequently printing the stderr pipe content after wireproto commands over SSH meant that available data wasn't being printed. We now implement pipe reading on POSIX by doing a non-blocking read for all available data.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 20:02:18 -0700 platform: implement readpipe()
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 20:02:18 -0700] rev 22245
platform: implement readpipe() Reading all available data from a pipe has a platform-dependent implementation. This patch establishes platform.readpipe() by copying the inline implementation in sshpeer.readerr(). The implementations for POSIX and Windows are currently identical. The POSIX implementation will be changed in a subsequent patch.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 19:18:21 -0700 exchange: remove duplicated addition to pushop.stepdone
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 19:18:21 -0700] rev 22244
exchange: remove duplicated addition to pushop.stepdone Not sure how it got there but it is useless.
Mon, 18 Aug 2014 20:23:37 -0400 exchange: drop superfluous parens
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Mon, 18 Aug 2014 20:23:37 -0400] rev 22243
exchange: drop superfluous parens
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 19:03:42 -0700 push: add bookmarks to the unified bundle2 push
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 19:03:42 -0700] rev 22242
push: add bookmarks to the unified bundle2 push We use the `pushkey` part to exchange bookmark updates within the unified bundle2 push. Note that this only applies on update (moving a bookmark known on both sides) since bookmark export (creation of a new bookmark on remote) is apparently done outside of the _push function.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 19:03:33 -0700 test-bundle2: add bookmark movement to the push test
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 19:03:33 -0700] rev 22241
test-bundle2: add bookmark movement to the push test If we add bookmarks to bundle2, we need a way to test the new code. Tests are changed beforehand to highlight that inclusion of bookmarks in bundle does not introduce any behavior changes.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 18:40:57 -0700 push: use stepsdone to control bookmark push
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 18:40:57 -0700] rev 22240
push: use stepsdone to control bookmark push If bookmark are to be integrated in the unified bundle2, we need a way to disable the old-style push.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 18:39:39 -0700 push: move bookmark discovery with other discovery steps
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 18:39:39 -0700] rev 22239
push: move bookmark discovery with other discovery steps The discovery of necessary bookmark updates is now done within the "discovery phase". This opens the door to the inclusion of bookmarks in a unified bundle2 push.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 18:02:54 -0700 pushbookmark: split an ultra-long line into a saner version
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 18:02:54 -0700] rev 22238
pushbookmark: split an ultra-long line into a saner version We make a temporary variable for the remote bookmark data and we do not expand all elements from `bookmark.compare` since we are going to use only one.
Wed, 25 Jun 2014 00:02:17 +0100 revert: drop dead code for untracked files
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 25 Jun 2014 00:02:17 +0100] rev 22237
revert: drop dead code for untracked files Untracked files are handled through status now.
Wed, 25 Jun 2014 00:01:30 +0100 revert: handle unknown files through status
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 25 Jun 2014 00:01:30 +0100] rev 22236
revert: handle unknown files through status This will allow us to drop the code dedicated to this special case.
Tue, 24 Jun 2014 23:55:43 +0100 revert: drop more dead code
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 24 Jun 2014 23:55:43 +0100] rev 22235
revert: drop more dead code Now that we detect all clean files, we do not need this clause anymore.
Sat, 02 Aug 2014 13:07:01 -0700 revert: add a message to noop action
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 02 Aug 2014 13:07:01 -0700] rev 22234
revert: add a message to noop action This prepares for the arrival of a second "not touching file" action: revert of an untracked file.
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 11:41:56 -0700 revert: simplify loop conditional
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 11:41:56 -0700] rev 22233
revert: simplify loop conditional The two breaks can be joined into one. The code gains one level of indent.
Tue, 24 Jun 2014 18:04:13 +0100 revert: explode the action tuple in the for loop
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 24 Jun 2014 18:04:13 +0100] rev 22232
revert: explode the action tuple in the for loop noop is about to gain a message.
Sat, 02 Aug 2014 12:45:34 -0700 revert: use actions[...] in all disptable cases
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 02 Aug 2014 12:45:34 -0700] rev 22231
revert: use actions[...] in all disptable cases 1. Special cases are not special enough 2. There are two cases where nothing is done and a message is displayed. This prepares it.
Tue, 24 Jun 2014 17:54:33 +0100 revset: factorize backup decision
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 24 Jun 2014 17:54:33 +0100] rev 22230
revset: factorize backup decision The conditional controlling the creation of backup is fairly big. We move config related decisions outside of the loop.
Tue, 24 Jun 2014 17:44:31 +0100 revert: use a flat dispatch table
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 24 Jun 2014 17:44:31 +0100] rev 22229
revert: use a flat dispatch table Now that the table is simpler, remove one level of depth from it. This simplifies its usage in the for loop.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 18:26:21 -0700 pushbookmark: do not attempt to update bookmarks if the push failed (BC)
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 18:26:21 -0700] rev 22228
pushbookmark: do not attempt to update bookmarks if the push failed (BC) Before this patch, there was always an attempt to update bookmark even if prior steps of the push failed. I cannot see a good semantic reason to do so. We disable this possibility to simplify the push flow with bundle2. Bookmarks will be included in the bundle and fail with other steps.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 17:58:15 -0700 pushbookmark: remove a <cond> and <val> or <other> construct
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 17:58:15 -0700] rev 22227
pushbookmark: remove a <cond> and <val> or <other> construct We make the conditional explicit for the sake of readability.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 16:31:06 -0700 pushbookmark: stop unrolling ancestors
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 16:31:06 -0700] rev 22226
pushbookmark: stop unrolling ancestors Now that ancestors has the same boolean property as a list, we can stop unrolling the set of ancestors. This should provide a significant speedup to this step as ancestor objects are smart and lazy.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 15:57:50 -0700 ancestors: add a __nonzero__ method
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 15:57:50 -0700] rev 22225
ancestors: add a __nonzero__ method This allows using the object in a conditional the same way we can use list.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 15:25:12 -0700 push: update bookmarks within the remote lock
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 15:25:12 -0700] rev 22224
push: update bookmarks within the remote lock Updating bookmarks is part of the push. It should be done within the same lock as the other steps of the push.
Mon, 18 Aug 2014 12:12:57 -0700 hgweb: refresh repository using URL not path (issue4323)
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Mon, 18 Aug 2014 12:12:57 -0700] rev 22223
hgweb: refresh repository using URL not path (issue4323) hgweb detects out-of-date repository instances (using a highly suspect mechanism that should probably be fixed) and obtains a new repository object if needed. This patch changes the repository object copy to use the repo URL (instead of path). This preserves more information about the source repository and allows bundles to be served through hgweb. A test verifying that bundles can now be served properly via `hg serve` has been added.
Tue, 19 Aug 2014 10:01:06 -0700 obsmarker: add `date` as an explicit field
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 19 Aug 2014 10:01:06 -0700] rev 22222
obsmarker: add `date` as an explicit field The markers are now 5-item tuples (concluded by the date). The obsstore.fields contents have been updated accordingly. There is no change to the on-disk format yet, so the date has to be extracted every time we read binary markers and re-injected each team we write them. This introduces a slowdown that will be solved when a new version of the format is added. Such a slowdown was already introduced by the evolve extension anyway.
Tue, 12 Aug 2014 01:49:38 -0700 obsstore: add fields attribute to track each field in a marker
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 12 Aug 2014 01:49:38 -0700] rev 22221
obsstore: add fields attribute to track each field in a marker We are going to increase the amount of data explicitly stored in obsolescence markers. This mean we are going to have a longer tuple and some values will be shuffled around. So we add a ``fields`` attribute to the obsstore class to keep track of what entry is what. This will be useful for extensions and for documentation purpose.
Wed, 13 Aug 2014 23:42:36 -0700 debugobsolete: explicitly display date in the output
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 13 Aug 2014 23:42:36 -0700] rev 22220
debugobsolete: explicitly display date in the output As the date is becoming a first-class citizen, we are displaying it in an explicit field. As a bonus it is now readable by humans.
Thu, 14 Aug 2014 12:59:48 -0700 obsolete: add a date argument to the `createmarkers` function
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 14 Aug 2014 12:59:48 -0700] rev 22219
obsolete: add a date argument to the `createmarkers` function The function is now just passing the value to create markers.
Wed, 13 Aug 2014 23:25:07 -0700 debugobsolete: use the new date argument on obsstore.create
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 13 Aug 2014 23:25:07 -0700] rev 22218
debugobsolete: use the new date argument on obsstore.create Now that we have this new argument, we can just use it.
Wed, 13 Aug 2014 22:44:47 -0700 obsstore: add an explicit `date` argument to obsstore.create
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 13 Aug 2014 22:44:47 -0700] rev 22217
obsstore: add an explicit `date` argument to obsstore.create The date will become an official field in the markers (and ultimately in the on-disk format). We start by making it an official argument for the function.
Thu, 14 Aug 2014 01:53:07 -0700 obsolete: explicitly pass metadata argument using keyword argument
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 14 Aug 2014 01:53:07 -0700] rev 22216
obsolete: explicitly pass metadata argument using keyword argument We are about to add more arguments to this function (date, parents, etc). Passing metadata as a keyword argument gives us more flexibility when adding them.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 09:41:30 -0700 obsmarker: add a `flags` method
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 09:41:30 -0700] rev 22215
obsmarker: add a `flags` method We introduce a proper method to access the flag information.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 14:19:15 -0700 test-treediscovery: update output after merge
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 14:19:15 -0700] rev 22214
test-treediscovery: update output after merge Recent change in the push process introduced an extra listing of the phase name space before the push (on default). Meanwhile on default, a fix introduced a new test with debug output. We update the test output to be correct.
Tue, 24 Jun 2014 16:59:40 +0100 revert: add an XXX about rename tracking
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 24 Jun 2014 16:59:40 +0100] rev 22213
revert: add an XXX about rename tracking We check for rename information in the dirstate. This is probably not enough to preserve this behavior when using an explicit target rev. I just spotted this while working on this code, but this is outside the scope of my series so I'm just adding a comment to highlight this suspicious situation.
Tue, 24 Jun 2014 17:39:43 +0100 revert: inline a now useless closure
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 24 Jun 2014 17:39:43 +0100] rev 22212
revert: inline a now useless closure Now that a single call site remains, we can just inline its content.
Tue, 24 Jun 2014 17:37:24 +0100 revert: remove code killed by the double status
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 24 Jun 2014 17:37:24 +0100] rev 22211
revert: remove code killed by the double status All those checks were here to catch cases where files were not modified in dirstate but were different in the target revision. This is now properly handled by calling status on the target node too.
Tue, 24 Jun 2014 17:36:49 +0100 revert: drop `missingmodified` set
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 24 Jun 2014 17:36:49 +0100] rev 22210
revert: drop `missingmodified` set There cannot be any elements in this set since: dsmodified &= modified
Tue, 24 Jun 2014 17:28:20 +0100 revert: detect files added during a merge
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 24 Jun 2014 17:28:20 +0100] rev 22209
revert: detect files added during a merge In case of merge, file that are actually added can be reported as modified. This is currently handled by special-case code. We detect it beforehand instead. This will lets use remove the special-case code at some point in the future.
Sat, 02 Aug 2014 11:32:24 -0700 revert: simplify handling of `added` files
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 02 Aug 2014 11:32:24 -0700] rev 22208
revert: simplify handling of `added` files There are multiple possible cases for added files. But it's all handled by magic much lower in the stack. We document them, simplify the codes and move on.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 11:48:05 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 11:48:05 -0500] rev 22207
merge with stable
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 23:05:53 +0900 rebase: use "rebase.collapse" as "editform" for "--collapse" always
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 23:05:53 +0900] rev 22206
rebase: use "rebase.collapse" as "editform" for "--collapse" always Before this patch, if both "--message" and "--collapse" are specified for "hg rebase", "rebaes.normal" is used as "editform" unexpectedly. Unlike patches before and after in this series for improvement, this is bug fix patch.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 23:05:53 +0900 ui: invoke editor for committing with HGEDITFORM environment variable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 23:05:53 +0900] rev 22205
ui: invoke editor for committing with HGEDITFORM environment variable At the external editor invocation for committing, the value specified as "editform" for "cmdutil.getcommiteditor" is in "HGEDITFORM". This enables external editor to do own customization according to commit types.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 04:37:46 +0200 cleanup: name unused variables using convention of leading _
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 04:37:46 +0200] rev 22204
cleanup: name unused variables using convention of leading _ This helps checker tools ... and readability for those who knows and follows the convention.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 16:20:47 +0200 cleanup: rename check-translation.py checker function - don't hide global var
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 16:20:47 +0200] rev 22203
cleanup: rename check-translation.py checker function - don't hide global var
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 04:37:45 +0200 cleanup: remove some unused / duplicate imports
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 04:37:45 +0200] rev 22202
cleanup: remove some unused / duplicate imports
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 04:37:46 +0200 cleanup: fix some list comprehension redefinitions of existing vars
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 04:37:46 +0200] rev 22201
cleanup: fix some list comprehension redefinitions of existing vars In all the remaining cases the comprehension variable is used for the same thing as a previous loop variable. This will mute some pyflakes "list comprehension redefines" warnings.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 16:20:47 +0200 cleanup: avoid local vars shadowing imports
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 16:20:47 +0200] rev 22200
cleanup: avoid local vars shadowing imports This will mute some pyflakes "import ... shadowed by loop variable" warnings.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 16:20:47 +0200 cleanup: avoid _ for local unused tmp variables - that is reserved for i18n
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 16:20:47 +0200] rev 22199
cleanup: avoid _ for local unused tmp variables - that is reserved for i18n _ is usually used for i18n markup but we also used it for I-don't-care variables. Instead, name don't-care variables in a slightly descriptive way but use the _ prefix to designate unused variable. This will mute some pyflakes "import '_' ... shadowed by loop variable" warnings.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 04:37:45 +0200 cleanup: make sure we always access members of imported modules
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 04:37:45 +0200] rev 22198
cleanup: make sure we always access members of imported modules This will make sure we get import errors, even if demandimport is enabled. This will also mute some pyflakes 'imported but unused' warnings.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 20:28:51 +0900 largefiles: update lfdirstate for unchanged largefiles during linear merging
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 20:28:51 +0900] rev 22197
largefiles: update lfdirstate for unchanged largefiles during linear merging Before this patch, linear merging of modified largefiles causes an unexpected result, if (1) largefile collides with same-name normal one in the target revision and (2) "local" largefile is chosen, even though branch merging between such revisions works correctly. Expected result of such linear merging is marking the largefile as (re-)"added", but the actual result is marking it as "modified". The standin of modified "local largefile" is not changed by linear merging, and updating/merging update lfdirstate entries only for largefiles of which standins are changed. This patch adds the code path to update lfdirstate only for largefiles of which standins are not changed. In this case, "synclfdirstate" should be invoked with True as "normallookup" argument always to force using "normallookup" on dirstate for "n" files, because "normal" may mark target files as "clean" unexpectedly. To reduce cost of "lfile not in filelist", this patch converts "filelist" to a "set" object: "filelist" is used only in (1) the newly added code path and (2) the next line of "filelist = set(filelist)". This is a temporary way to fix with less changes. For fundamental resolution of this kind of problems in the future, "lfdirstate" should be updated with "dirstate" simultaneously during "merge.update" execution: maybe by hooking "recordupdates" (+ total refactoring around lfdirstate handling)
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 20:28:51 +0900 largefiles: keep largefiles from colliding with normal one during linear merge
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 20:28:51 +0900] rev 22196
largefiles: keep largefiles from colliding with normal one during linear merge Before this patch, linear merging of modified or newly added largefile causes unexpected result, if (1) largefile collides with same name normal one in the target revision and (2) "local" largefile is chosen, even though branch merging between such revisions doesn't. Expected result of such linear merging is: (1) (not yet recorded) largefile is kept in the working directory (2) largefile is marked as (re-)"added" (3) colliding normal file is marked as "removed" But actual result is: (1) largefile in the working directory is unlinked (2) largefile is marked as "normal" (so treated as "missing") (3) the dirstate entry for colliding normal file is just dropped (1) is very serious, because there is no way to restore temporarily modified largefiles. (3) prevents the next commit from adding the manifest with correct "removal of (normal) file" information for newly created changeset. The root cause of this problem is putting "lfile" into "actions['r']" in linear-merging case. At liner merging, "actions['r']" causes: - unlinking "target file" in the working directory, but "lfile" as "target file" is also largefile itself in this case - dropping the dirstate entry for target file "actions['f']" (= "forget") does only the latter, and this is reason why this patch doesn't choose putting "lfile" into it instead of "actions['r']". This patch newly introduces action "lfmr" (LargeFiles: Mark as Removed) to mark colliding normal file as "removed" without unlinking it. This patch uses "hg debugdirstate" instead of "hg status" in test, because: - choosing "local largefile" hides "removed" status of "remote normal file" in "hg status" output, and - "hg status" for "large2" in this case has another problem fixed in the subsequent patch
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 20:28:51 +0900 largefiles: add test for large/normal conflict at linear merging
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 20:28:51 +0900] rev 22195
largefiles: add test for large/normal conflict at linear merging Before this patch, there is no explicit test for it: test-issue3084.t seems to test such conflict only at branch merging. This patch uses "[debug] dirstate.delaywrite" feature for the tests expecting "M" status of largefiles, to confirm certainly whether files are marked unexpectedly as "clean".
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 20:28:51 +0900 largefiles: put whole "hgmerge" process into the same "wlock" scope
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 20:28:51 +0900] rev 22194
largefiles: put whole "hgmerge" process into the same "wlock" scope Before this patch, there are two distinct "wlock" scopes below in "hgmerge": 1. "merge.update" via original "hg.merge" function 2. "updatelfiles" specific "wlock" scope (to synchronize largefile dirstate) But these should be executed in the same "wlock" scope for consistency, because users of "hg.merge" don't get "wlock" explicitly before invocation of it. - merge in commands This patch puts almost all of the original "hgmerge" implementation into "_hgmerge" to reduce changes.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 20:28:51 +0900 largefiles: put whole "hgupdaterepo" process into the same "wlock" scope
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 20:28:51 +0900] rev 22193
largefiles: put whole "hgupdaterepo" process into the same "wlock" scope Before this patch, there are two distinct "wlock" scopes below in "hgupdaterepo": 1. "merge.update" via original "hg.updaterepo" function 2. "updatelfiles" specific "wlock" scope (to synchronize largefile dirstate) In addition to them, "dirstate.walk" is executed between these "wlock" scopes. But these should be executed in the same "wlock" scope for consistency, because many (indirect) users of "hg.updaterepo" don't get "wlock" explicitly before invocation of it. "hg.clean" is invoked without "wlock" from: - mqrepo.restore in mq - bisect in commands - update in commands "hg.update" is invoked without "wlock" from: - clone in mq - pullrebase in rebase - postincoming in commands (used in "hg pull -u", "hg unbundle") - update in commands This patch puts almost all original "hgupdaterepo" implementation into "_hgupdaterepo" to reduce changes.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 14:33:19 +0900 annotate: inline definition of decorate() functions
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 14:33:19 +0900] rev 22192
annotate: inline definition of decorate() functions
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 14:29:30 +0900 annotate: rewrite long short-circuit statement by if-elif-else
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 14:29:30 +0900] rev 22191
annotate: rewrite long short-circuit statement by if-elif-else
Tue, 24 Jun 2014 17:27:18 +0100 revert: use modified information from both statuses
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 24 Jun 2014 17:27:18 +0100] rev 22190
revert: use modified information from both statuses Using status information against the target ensures we are catching all files with modifications that need reverting. We still need to distinguish fresh modifications for backup purpose. test-largefile is affected because it reverted a file that needs no content change.
Tue, 24 Jun 2014 16:57:16 +0100 revert: drop special case handling for file unknown in parent
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 24 Jun 2014 16:57:16 +0100] rev 22189
revert: drop special case handling for file unknown in parent We had a special case for file not caught by any categories. It was aimed at files missing in wc and wc's parent but existing in the target revision. This is now properly handled using status information.
Tue, 24 Jun 2014 16:53:22 +0100 revert: use "remove" information from both statuses
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 24 Jun 2014 16:53:22 +0100] rev 22188
revert: use "remove" information from both statuses Using status information against the target to make sure we are catching all files that need to be re-added. We still need to distinguish fresh removal because they use a different message.
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 18:27:47 -0700 revert: process removed files missing in target as clean
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 18:27:47 -0700] rev 22187
revert: process removed files missing in target as clean If a file does not exist in target and is marked as removed in the dirstate, we can mark it as clean. There are no changes needed to revert it.
Thu, 31 Jul 2014 15:52:56 -0700 revert: also track clean files
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 31 Jul 2014 15:52:56 -0700] rev 22186
revert: also track clean files Tracking clean files is the simplest way to be able to reports files that need no changes. So we explicitly retrieve them. This fixes a couple of test outputs where the lack of changes was not reported.
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 18:57:53 -0700 revert: triage "deleted" files into more appropriate categories
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 18:57:53 -0700] rev 22185
revert: triage "deleted" files into more appropriate categories Status can return file as "deleted". This is only a special case related to working directory state: file is recorded as tracked but no file exists on disk. This will never be a state obtainable from manifest comparisons. "Deleted" files have another working directory status shadowed by the lack of file. They will -alway- be touched by revert. The "lack of file" can be seen as a modification. The file will never match the same "content" as in the revert target. From there we have two options: 1. The file exists in the target and can be seen as "modified". 2. The file does not exist in the target and can be seen as "added". So now we just dispatch elements from delete into appropriate categories.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 10:54:15 -0500 unshelve: silence internal revert
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 10:54:15 -0500] rev 22184
unshelve: silence internal revert This prepares for upcoming revert changes.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 10:47:03 -0500 tests: fixup issue markers to make check-commit happy
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 10:47:03 -0500] rev 22183
tests: fixup issue markers to make check-commit happy
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 03:24:40 +0200 incoming: don't request heads that already are common stable
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 03:24:40 +0200] rev 22182
incoming: don't request heads that already are common Pull would send a getbundle command where common heads were sent both as common and head, even though there is no reason to request a common head. The request was thus twice as big as necessary and more likely to hit HTTP header size limits. Instead, don't request heads that already are common. This is fixed in bundlerepo.getremotechanges . It could perhaps also have been fixed in discovery.findcommonincoming but that would have a bigger impact.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 03:24:40 +0200 tests: improve test coverage for discovery and actual parameters for pulling stable
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 03:24:40 +0200] rev 22181
tests: improve test coverage for discovery and actual parameters for pulling
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 02:46:44 +0200 changectx: ancestor should only prefer merge.preferancestor if it is a revision stable
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 02:46:44 +0200] rev 22180
changectx: ancestor should only prefer merge.preferancestor if it is a revision The value '*' currently designates that bid merge should be used. The best way to test bid merge is to set preferancestor=* in the configuration file ... but then it would abort with unknown revision '*' when other code paths ended up in changectx.ancestor . Instead, just skip and ignore the value '*' when looking for a preferred ancestor.
Fri, 15 Aug 2014 02:39:01 +0200 merge: show the scary multiple ancestor hint for merges only, not for updates stable
Mads Kiilerich <madski@unity3d.com> [Fri, 15 Aug 2014 02:39:01 +0200] rev 22179
merge: show the scary multiple ancestor hint for merges only, not for updates Updates with uncommited changes will always only have one ancestor - the parent revision. Updates between existing revision should (and will) always give the same result no matter which ancestor is used. The warning is thus only relevant when doing a "real" merge.
Thu, 14 Aug 2014 16:26:41 -0700 discovery: prevent crash on unknown remote heads with old repo (issue4337) stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 14 Aug 2014 16:26:41 -0700] rev 22178
discovery: prevent crash on unknown remote heads with old repo (issue4337) When a remote is not capable of the `branchmap` wireproto command, we denote incoming heads with None. This leads to a crash in the code in charge of displaying the list of unknown remote heads. We now properly detect this case and display a shorter message in this case. The reason for this `set([None])` value is now documented.
Thu, 14 Aug 2014 14:59:42 -0700 obsstore.create: add a simple safeguard against cyclic markers stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 14 Aug 2014 14:59:42 -0700] rev 22177
obsstore.create: add a simple safeguard against cyclic markers We detect when there is a cycle in the marker itself (precursors being listed as successors).
Thu, 14 Aug 2014 14:57:03 -0700 debugobsolete: catch ValueError that may be raised by obsstore.create stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 14 Aug 2014 14:57:03 -0700] rev 22176
debugobsolete: catch ValueError that may be raised by obsstore.create There are already a couple of errors that obsstore.create can raise and we are going to introduce a cycle check too.
Thu, 14 Aug 2014 16:39:27 -0500 check-code: extend try/except/finally check for multiple except clauses
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 14 Aug 2014 16:39:27 -0500] rev 22175
check-code: extend try/except/finally check for multiple except clauses
Thu, 14 Aug 2014 16:39:02 -0500 repoview: fix try/except/finally for py2.4
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 14 Aug 2014 16:39:02 -0500] rev 22174
repoview: fix try/except/finally for py2.4
Thu, 14 Aug 2014 16:25:47 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 14 Aug 2014 16:25:47 -0500] rev 22173
merge with stable
Thu, 14 Aug 2014 16:18:45 -0500 test-run-tests: fix up slash/backslash on diff chunks for Windows stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 14 Aug 2014 16:18:45 -0500] rev 22172
test-run-tests: fix up slash/backslash on diff chunks for Windows
Wed, 13 Aug 2014 15:55:45 -0700 test-largefiles: add test for hg log --follow --patch with path stable
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Wed, 13 Aug 2014 15:55:45 -0700] rev 22171
test-largefiles: add test for hg log --follow --patch with path This was the one case for test-largefiles that was not broken.
Wed, 13 Aug 2014 15:51:33 -0700 largefiles: don't override matchandpats for always matchers (issue4334) stable
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Wed, 13 Aug 2014 15:51:33 -0700] rev 22170
largefiles: don't override matchandpats for always matchers (issue4334) This makes hg log --follow --patch work, since in cmdutil._makelogrevset we use the non-follow matcher for hg log --follow --patch with no file arguments.
Wed, 13 Aug 2014 15:18:41 -0700 largefiles: in overridelog, use non-lf matcher for patch generation (issue4334) stable
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Wed, 13 Aug 2014 15:18:41 -0700] rev 22169
largefiles: in overridelog, use non-lf matcher for patch generation (issue4334) This has actually been broken since at least Mercurial 2.8 -- hg log --patch with largefiles only used to work when no largefiles existed. Rev 5809d62e7106 exposed this bug for all cases.
Wed, 13 Aug 2014 15:13:50 -0700 largefiles: drop setting lfstatus in overridelog (issue4334) stable
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Wed, 13 Aug 2014 15:13:50 -0700] rev 22168
largefiles: drop setting lfstatus in overridelog (issue4334) lfstatus should only be True for operations where we want standins to be printed out. We explicitly do not want that for historical operations like log. Other historical operations like hg diff -r A -r B don't print out standins either. This is required to fix issue4334, but doesn't fix anything by itself. That's why there aren't any tests accompanying this patch.
Wed, 13 Aug 2014 15:17:03 -0700 cmdutil: add a hook for making custom non-follow log file matchers stable
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Wed, 13 Aug 2014 15:17:03 -0700] rev 22167
cmdutil: add a hook for making custom non-follow log file matchers This will be used by largefiles (and basically only by largefiles) in an upcoming patch.
Wed, 13 Aug 2014 15:15:13 -0700 cmdutil: rename _makelogfilematcher to _makefollowlogfilematcher stable
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Wed, 13 Aug 2014 15:15:13 -0700] rev 22166
cmdutil: rename _makelogfilematcher to _makefollowlogfilematcher We're going to add a _makenofollowlogfilematcher in an upcoming patch.
Thu, 14 Aug 2014 15:21:48 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 14 Aug 2014 15:21:48 -0500] rev 22165
merge with stable
Wed, 13 Aug 2014 22:22:24 +0900 alias: exit from bad definition by Abort
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Wed, 13 Aug 2014 22:22:24 +0900] rev 22164
alias: exit from bad definition by Abort
Wed, 13 Aug 2014 22:18:28 +0900 alias: show one-line hint for command provided by disabled extension
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Wed, 13 Aug 2014 22:18:28 +0900] rev 22163
alias: show one-line hint for command provided by disabled extension It will be a hint of Abort exception. "hg help <alias>" provides the detailed version as before.
Wed, 13 Aug 2014 19:38:47 +0900 help: provide help of bad alias without executing aliascmd()
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Wed, 13 Aug 2014 19:38:47 +0900] rev 22162
help: provide help of bad alias without executing aliascmd() The output is slightly changed because of minirst formatting. Previously, ui.pushbuffer() had no effect because "badalias" message was written to stderr. "if not unknowncmd" should no longer be needed because there's no call loop.
Wed, 13 Aug 2014 19:28:42 +0900 alias: provide "unknowncmd" flag to tell help to look for disabled command
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Wed, 13 Aug 2014 19:28:42 +0900] rev 22161
alias: provide "unknowncmd" flag to tell help to look for disabled command This patch prepares for breaking the call loop: help.help_() -> cmdalias() -> commands.help_() -> help.help_().
Sat, 17 May 2014 21:13:31 +0900 alias: keep error message in "badalias" so that help can see it
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 17 May 2014 21:13:31 +0900] rev 22160
alias: keep error message in "badalias" so that help can see it Upcoming patches will - change help_() to get badalias message without executing cmdalias() - raise Abort on bad alias
Sat, 17 May 2014 20:47:31 +0900 alias: add test for alias command provided by disabled extension
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 17 May 2014 20:47:31 +0900] rev 22159
alias: add test for alias command provided by disabled extension This should complete cases where "badalias" is set.
Wed, 13 Aug 2014 23:21:52 -0700 alias: expand "$@" as list of parameters quoted individually (BC) (issue4200)
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Wed, 13 Aug 2014 23:21:52 -0700] rev 22158
alias: expand "$@" as list of parameters quoted individually (BC) (issue4200) Before this patch, there was no way to pass in all the positional parameters as separate words down to another command. (1) $@ (without quotes) would expand to all the parameters separated by a space. This would work fine for arguments without spaces, but arguments with spaces in them would be split up by POSIX shells into separate words. (2) '$@' (in single quotes) would expand to all the parameters within a pair of single quotes. POSIX shells would then treat the entire list of arguments as one word. (3) "$@" (in double quotes) would expand similarly to (2). With this patch, we expand "$@" (in double quotes) as all positional parameters, quoted individually with util.shellquote, and separated by spaces. Under standard field-splitting conditions, POSIX shells will tokenize each argument into exactly one word. This is a backwards-incompatible change, but the old behavior was arguably a bug: Bourne-derived shells have expanded "$@" as a tokenized list of positional parameters for a very long time. I could find this behavior specified in IEEE Std 1003.1-2001, and this probably goes back to much further before that.
Wed, 13 Aug 2014 22:37:09 -0700 test-alias: add some tests to ensure we aren't double-substituting
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Wed, 13 Aug 2014 22:37:09 -0700] rev 22157
test-alias: add some tests to ensure we aren't double-substituting An earlier iteration of an upcoming patch caused inadvertent double substitution. Ensure we have test coverage for this.
Thu, 31 Jul 2014 16:03:26 -0700 revert: issue "no changes needed" message for files missing on both side
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 31 Jul 2014 16:03:26 -0700] rev 22156
revert: issue "no changes needed" message for files missing on both side When a file was marked as removed in the working copy and did not existed in the target of the revert, we did not issued any message pointing that no change was needed to the file (implicitly saying that revert had changed the file). We now properly issue a message in this situation. Tests change in and handful of case where the message was documented as missing.
Tue, 24 Jun 2014 15:47:12 +0100 revert: call status against revert target too
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 24 Jun 2014 15:47:12 +0100] rev 22155
revert: call status against revert target too We now call status against the target (and possibly against the working directory parent is different). We do not use the information from the two sources yet, but this is coming soon. We need the status information aganst the dirstate in all case because we need to be able to backup local modification.
Tue, 24 Jun 2014 15:35:43 +0100 revert: prefix variable names for dirstate status with "ds"
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 24 Jun 2014 15:35:43 +0100] rev 22154
revert: prefix variable names for dirstate status with "ds" As we are going to introduce status again other revision we needs to distinguish between data from dirstate status and the other one. We prefix the existing data with "ds" to highlight this.
Tue, 24 Jun 2014 15:28:22 +0100 revert: move manifest membership condition outside of the loop
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 24 Jun 2014 15:28:22 +0100] rev 22153
revert: move manifest membership condition outside of the loop Currently, revset is using information from dirstate status and alter its behavior whenever the file exist in the target manifest or not. This tests are done a big for loop. We move this member ship testing outside of the loop and simplifies associates data structure. This is a step toward a cleaner implementation of revert based on status.
Wed, 06 Aug 2014 16:51:41 -0400 histedit: add "roll" command to fold commit data and drop message (issue4256)
Mike Edgar <adgar@google.com> [Wed, 06 Aug 2014 16:51:41 -0400] rev 22152
histedit: add "roll" command to fold commit data and drop message (issue4256) This new histedit command (short for "rollup") is a variant of "fold" akin to "hg amend" for working copy: it accumulates changes without interrupting the user and asking for an updated commit message.
Tue, 12 Aug 2014 09:39:14 -0700 repoview: cache hidden changesets
David Soria Parra <davidsp@fb.com> [Tue, 12 Aug 2014 09:39:14 -0700] rev 22151
repoview: cache hidden changesets Use the introduced caching infrastructure to cache hidden changesets. We crosscheck if the content of the cache unless experimental.verifyhiddencache is set to False. This will be removed in the future. Without crosschecking the caches speed ups hg status and other commands: without caching: $ time hg status hg status 0.72s user 0.20s system 100% cpu 0.917 total with caching $ time hg status hg status 0.49s user 0.15s system 100% cpu 0.645 total
Tue, 12 Aug 2014 16:48:54 -0700 repoview: add caching bits
David Soria Parra <davidsp@fb.com> [Tue, 12 Aug 2014 16:48:54 -0700] rev 22150
repoview: add caching bits Add a caching infrastructure to cache hidden changesets. The cache tries to read the cache lazily and falls back to recomputing if no wlock can be obtain. To validate the cache we store a sha of the obstore content and repo heads in the beginning of the cache which we check every request.
Wed, 06 Aug 2014 13:26:04 -0700 repoview: split _gethiddenblockers
David Soria Parra <davidsp@fb.com> [Wed, 06 Aug 2014 13:26:04 -0700] rev 22149
repoview: split _gethiddenblockers Split up _gethiddenblockers into two categories: (1) "static' blockers that solely rely on the contents of obstore and are visible children of hidden changsets. (2) "dynamic" blockers, appearing by having wd parents, bookmarks or tags pointing to hidden changesets. We assume that (1) doesn't change often and can be easily cached with a good invalidation strategy. (2) change often, but barely produce blockers, so we can recompute them if necessary.
Tue, 12 Aug 2014 16:42:24 -0700 repoview: use set for blockers
David Soria Parra <davidsp@fb.com> [Tue, 12 Aug 2014 16:42:24 -0700] rev 22148
repoview: use set for blockers Blockers should be unique but tags and bookmarks could point to the same rev, therefore use a set to ensure that we don't have duplicates.
Wed, 13 Aug 2014 11:50:13 -0700 histedit: preserve initial author on fold (issue4296) stable
Martin von Zweigbergk <martinvonz@gmail.com> [Wed, 13 Aug 2014 11:50:13 -0700] rev 22147
histedit: preserve initial author on fold (issue4296) When the authorship of the changeset folded in does not match that of the base changeset, we currently use the configured ui.username instead. This is especially surprising when the user is not the author of either of the changesets. In such cases, the resulting authorship (the user's) is clearly incorrect. Even when the user is folding in a patch they authored themselves, it's not clear whether they should take over the authorship. Let's instead keep it simple and always preserve the base changeset's authorship. This is also how "git rebase -i" handles folding/squashing.
Wed, 13 Aug 2014 18:50:35 -0500 run-tests: fix some io ordering stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 13 Aug 2014 18:50:35 -0500] rev 22146
run-tests: fix some io ordering backported from default
Wed, 13 Aug 2014 15:06:58 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 13 Aug 2014 15:06:58 -0500] rev 22145
merge with stable
Wed, 25 Jun 2014 17:40:41 +0100 test-revert: add case where file is tracked but deleted in working directory
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 25 Jun 2014 17:40:41 +0100] rev 22144
test-revert: add case where file is tracked but deleted in working directory
Fri, 27 Jun 2014 18:25:19 +0200 test-revert: add case with untracked files with unique content
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 27 Jun 2014 18:25:19 +0200] rev 22143
test-revert: add case with untracked files with unique content This test highlights similar misbehavior as its parent changesets.
Fri, 27 Jun 2014 18:23:45 +0200 test-revert: add case with untracked files with reverted content
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 27 Jun 2014 18:23:45 +0200] rev 22142
test-revert: add case with untracked files with reverted content This test highlights similar misbehaviors as its parent changesets.
Fri, 27 Jun 2014 18:10:45 +0200 test-revert: add case where file exists but is untracked in working directory
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 27 Jun 2014 18:10:45 +0200] rev 22141
test-revert: add case where file exists but is untracked in working directory This test highlights a small misbehavior in output when reverting to another revision not including the untracked file.
Fri, 27 Jun 2014 18:09:46 +0200 test-revert: add case where the file is marked as removed in the wc
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 27 Jun 2014 18:09:46 +0200] rev 22140
test-revert: add case where the file is marked as removed in the wc Unlike untracked, the file is also missing from the working directory. This test highlights a small misbehavior in output when reverting to another revision.
Fri, 27 Jun 2014 18:08:16 +0200 test-revert: add case where wc content is different from "base" and "parent"
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 27 Jun 2014 18:08:16 +0200] rev 22139
test-revert: add case where wc content is different from "base" and "parent" This test highlights a case where backups are not created and the user may lose data.
Fri, 27 Jun 2014 18:07:33 +0200 test-revert: add case where wc content is already reverted to base content
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 27 Jun 2014 18:07:33 +0200] rev 22138
test-revert: add case where wc content is already reverted to base content This test highlights multiple misbehaviors of revert. We augment the test comments accordingly.
Fri, 27 Jun 2014 18:02:09 +0200 test-revert: add case where file exists neither in "base" nor in "parent"
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 27 Jun 2014 18:02:09 +0200] rev 22137
test-revert: add case where file exists neither in "base" nor in "parent"
Fri, 27 Jun 2014 18:01:16 +0200 test-revert: add case where the file is removed between "base" and "parent"
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 27 Jun 2014 18:01:16 +0200] rev 22136
test-revert: add case where the file is removed between "base" and "parent"
Fri, 27 Jun 2014 18:00:49 +0200 test-revert: add case where file is unchanged between "base" and "parent"
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 27 Jun 2014 18:00:49 +0200] rev 22135
test-revert: add case where file is unchanged between "base" and "parent" This test highlights a minor misbehavior in the message displayed during an explicit revert with a target revision.
Wed, 13 Aug 2014 14:05:08 -0500 test-run-tests: fix stdout/stderr io ordering stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 13 Aug 2014 14:05:08 -0500] rev 22134
test-run-tests: fix stdout/stderr io ordering
Wed, 25 Jun 2014 17:37:13 +0100 test-revert: add case where file is added between "base" and "parent"
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 25 Jun 2014 17:37:13 +0100] rev 22133
test-revert: add case where file is added between "base" and "parent"
Tue, 12 Aug 2014 17:22:57 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 12 Aug 2014 17:22:57 -0500] rev 22132
merge with stable
Wed, 25 Jun 2014 17:31:53 +0100 test-revert: add methodical revert to "base" with explicit file path
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 25 Jun 2014 17:31:53 +0100] rev 22131
test-revert: add methodical revert to "base" with explicit file path We now also test reverting file to another revision's content. However this differs from previously introduced test by using the explicit path of each "case file" when calling revert. This should result in the same result regarding file content and backup creation, but the output of the `hg revert` call should differ.
Wed, 25 Jun 2014 17:22:47 +0100 test-revert: add methodical revert with explicit file path
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 25 Jun 2014 17:22:47 +0100] rev 22130
test-revert: add methodical revert with explicit file path We now also test reverting file to the working directory parent content. However this differs from the previously introduced test by using the explicit path of each "case file" when calling revert. This should result in the same result regarding file content and backup creation, but the output of the `hg revert` call should differ.
Wed, 25 Jun 2014 17:16:05 +0100 test-revert: add methodical revert to "base"
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 25 Jun 2014 17:16:05 +0100] rev 22129
test-revert: add methodical revert to "base" We now also test reverting s file to the content of another revision. This is still done using the `--all` flag.
Wed, 25 Jun 2014 17:03:55 +0100 test-revert: add methodical revert to parent for working directory
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 25 Jun 2014 17:03:55 +0100] rev 22128
test-revert: add methodical revert to parent for working directory Now that we can automatically generate states, we need to actually run revert on them and check the result. While running such tests we are checking multiple elements. The output of the `hg revert` command, the resulting content of file, and the creation of backup file. The first practical test is using the simple case `hg revert --all`, reverting all files to working directory parent content.
Wed, 25 Jun 2014 17:24:18 +0100 test-revert: display the list of all generated cases
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 25 Jun 2014 17:24:18 +0100] rev 22127
test-revert: display the list of all generated cases This will help to track all existing cases. (still very simple now)
Fri, 27 Jun 2014 16:08:09 +0200 test-revert: also create a text version of the snapshot
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 27 Jun 2014 16:08:09 +0200] rev 22126
test-revert: also create a text version of the snapshot The text version is just a list of existing files with their content. We use a small custom script for that. This is going to be very useful for comparing revert results with revert target content.
Tue, 12 Aug 2014 12:53:23 -0500 hg-test-mode: make exit code highlight work again
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 12 Aug 2014 12:53:23 -0500] rev 22125
hg-test-mode: make exit code highlight work again
Wed, 25 Jun 2014 16:37:06 +0100 test-revert: prepare methodical testing of revert cases
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 25 Jun 2014 16:37:06 +0100] rev 22124
test-revert: prepare methodical testing of revert cases We introduce a script to generate revert cases and use it to prepare a test repo. See the inline documentation for details.
Wed, 25 Jun 2014 15:59:21 +0100 test-revert: drop useless comments
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 25 Jun 2014 15:59:21 +0100] rev 22123
test-revert: drop useless comments There are multiple comments explaining the expected output of commands. This is an old relic of the pre-unified test era. We remove them for uselessness.
Tue, 12 Aug 2014 11:17:29 -0500 run-tests: don't double lines on build failure output stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 12 Aug 2014 11:17:29 -0500] rev 22122
run-tests: don't double lines on build failure output
Tue, 12 Aug 2014 11:10:57 -0500 test-run-tests: filter pwd alias for Windows stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 12 Aug 2014 11:10:57 -0500] rev 22121
test-run-tests: filter pwd alias for Windows
Tue, 12 Aug 2014 11:02:30 -0500 run-tests: self-test on Windows needs binary streams stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 12 Aug 2014 11:02:30 -0500] rev 22120
run-tests: self-test on Windows needs binary streams
Tue, 12 Aug 2014 04:50:58 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 12 Aug 2014 04:50:58 -0500] rev 22119
merge with stable
Tue, 12 Aug 2014 04:11:32 -0500 help: normalize helplist hints
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 12 Aug 2014 04:11:32 -0500] rev 22118
help: normalize helplist hints
Tue, 12 Aug 2014 04:00:42 -0500 help: fold repeatable option message into option table header
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 12 Aug 2014 04:00:42 -0500] rev 22117
help: fold repeatable option message into option table header This will hopefully conserve some limited user attention.
Tue, 12 Aug 2014 03:53:33 -0500 help: roll option list header into option formatter
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 12 Aug 2014 03:53:33 -0500] rev 22116
help: roll option list header into option formatter
Tue, 12 Aug 2014 03:42:09 -0500 help: refactor helplist optlist mess
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 12 Aug 2014 03:42:09 -0500] rev 22115
help: refactor helplist optlist mess No output changes
Tue, 12 Aug 2014 03:25:51 -0500 help: normalize topic and extension verbose hints
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 12 Aug 2014 03:25:51 -0500] rev 22114
help: normalize topic and extension verbose hints
Tue, 12 Aug 2014 03:18:50 -0500 help: normalize hint about enabling extensions
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 12 Aug 2014 03:18:50 -0500] rev 22113
help: normalize hint about enabling extensions
Tue, 12 Aug 2014 03:12:24 -0500 help: normalize extension shadow hint
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 12 Aug 2014 03:12:24 -0500] rev 22112
help: normalize extension shadow hint
Tue, 12 Aug 2014 03:09:26 -0500 help: improve command summary hint
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 12 Aug 2014 03:09:26 -0500] rev 22111
help: improve command summary hint This adds our normal hint parentheses, corrects the command syntax (consider config), and corrects the fullness of help you'll get.
Tue, 12 Aug 2014 03:01:37 -0500 help: tweak --verbose command help hint
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 12 Aug 2014 03:01:37 -0500] rev 22110
help: tweak --verbose command help hint We used to have two slightly different message which people wouldn't read... and then complain that they couldn't find the global options or examples. So we unify them into one message that's upfront that STUFF IS INTENTIONALLY HIDDEN and that looks more like our normal hint style.
Tue, 12 Aug 2014 00:42:05 -0500 hg-test-mode: don't highlight variables in output
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 12 Aug 2014 00:42:05 -0500] rev 22109
hg-test-mode: don't highlight variables in output This was disabling highlighting the rest of the line for $REASONS. Instead, we only highlight when we think we're on a 'command' line.
Tue, 12 Aug 2014 00:40:24 -0500 test-run-tests: test --view
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 12 Aug 2014 00:40:24 -0500] rev 22108
test-run-tests: test --view
Tue, 12 Aug 2014 00:33:48 -0500 run-tests: don't show 'i' for tests that don't match a keyword
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 12 Aug 2014 00:33:48 -0500] rev 22107
run-tests: don't show 'i' for tests that don't match a keyword
Tue, 12 Aug 2014 02:40:42 -0500 repoview: filter tags to non-existent nodes from blockers (issue4328) stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 12 Aug 2014 02:40:42 -0500] rev 22106
repoview: filter tags to non-existent nodes from blockers (issue4328)
Mon, 11 Aug 2014 23:45:08 -0400 revset: bookmark revset interprets 'literal:' prefix correctly (issue4329) stable
Michael O'Connor <mkoconnor@gmail.com> [Mon, 11 Aug 2014 23:45:08 -0400] rev 22105
revset: bookmark revset interprets 'literal:' prefix correctly (issue4329)
Mon, 11 Aug 2014 17:45:50 -0500 run-tests: attempt to fix iolock handling
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 11 Aug 2014 17:45:50 -0500] rev 22104
run-tests: attempt to fix iolock handling Ideally, when using -j and -i together, when a prompt comes up, we'd like all other output to wait (but testing to continue!). This gets other output to wait by adding back a bunch of the locking that formerly existed. We switch to a recursive lock to deal with the restructuring due to unittest compatibility. Running tests continue to run, but now the scheduler doesn't schedule any new tasks while waiting at a prompt because no task slots become available due to result output happening in the thread and blocking on the iolock.
Mon, 11 Aug 2014 13:10:00 -0500 unbundle: fix pyflakes warning about wc stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 11 Aug 2014 13:10:00 -0500] rev 22103
unbundle: fix pyflakes warning about wc
Mon, 11 Aug 2014 11:24:05 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 11 Aug 2014 11:24:05 -0500] rev 22102
merge with stable
Sat, 02 Aug 2014 17:04:53 -0700 check-code: allow an escape pattern to be specified for testpattern
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 02 Aug 2014 17:04:53 -0700] rev 22101
check-code: allow an escape pattern to be specified for testpattern Before this patch it was impossible to introduce a #no-xxx comment to disable a test pattern warning.
Sat, 02 Aug 2014 17:01:55 -0700 check-code: capture "wc" as a word
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 02 Aug 2014 17:01:55 -0700] rev 22100
check-code: capture "wc" as a word Otherwise entries such as "wcchange" give false negative
Wed, 25 Jun 2014 15:58:05 +0100 test-revert: improve comment
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 25 Jun 2014 15:58:05 +0100] rev 22099
test-revert: improve comment We highlight the behavior tested by each sections. (This is a gratuitous improvement before significant upgrade of the test and massive refactoring of the revert code)
Mon, 11 Aug 2014 22:29:43 +0900 largefiles: synchronize lfdirstate with dirstate after automated committing
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Mon, 11 Aug 2014 22:29:43 +0900] rev 22098
largefiles: synchronize lfdirstate with dirstate after automated committing Before this patch, after successful "hg rebase" of the revision removing largefiles, "hg status" may still show ""R" for such largefiles unexpectedly. "lfilesrepo.commit" executes the special code path for automated committing while rebase/transplant, and lfdirstate entries for removed files aren't updated in this code path, even after successful committing. Then, "R" entries still existing in lfdirstate cause unexpected "hg status" output. This patch synchronizes lfdirstate with dirstate after automated committing. This patch passes False as "normallookup" to "synclfdirstate", because modified files in "files()" of the recent (= just committed) context should be "normal"-ed. This is a temporary way to fix with less changes. For fundamental resolution of this kind of problems in the future, lfdirstate should be updated with dirstate simultaneously. Hooking "markcommitted" of ctx in "localrepository.commitctx" may achieve this. This problem occurs, only when (1) the parent of the working directory is rebased and (2) it removes largefiles, because: - if the parent of the working directory isn't rebased, returning to the initial revision (= update) after rebase hides this problem - files added on "other" branch (= rebase target) are treated not as "added" but as "modified" (= "normal" status and "unset" timestamp) at merging This patch tests also the status of added largefile, but it is only for avoiding regression. In addition to conditions above, "hg status" must not take existing files to reproduce this problem, because existing files make "match._files" not empty in "lfilesrepo.status" code path below: def sfindirstate(f): sf = lfutil.standin(f) dirstate = self.dirstate return sf in dirstate or sf in dirstate.dirs() match._files = [f for f in match._files if sfindirstate(f)] Not empty "match._files" prevents "status" on lfdirstate from returning the result containing problematic "R" files. This is reason why "large1" (removed) and "largeX" (added) are checked separately in this patch. Problematic code path in "lfilesrepo.commit" is used also by "hg transplant", but this problem doesn't occur at "hg transplant", because invocation of "updatelfiles" after transplant-ing in "overridetransplant" causes cleaning lfdirstate up. This patch tests also "hg transplant" as same as "hg rebase", but it is only for avoiding regression.
Mon, 11 Aug 2014 22:29:43 +0900 largefiles: drop orphan entries from lfdristat at "hg rollback"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Mon, 11 Aug 2014 22:29:43 +0900] rev 22097
largefiles: drop orphan entries from lfdristat at "hg rollback" Before this patch, newly added (but not yet committed) largefiles aren't treated as unknown ("?") after "hg rollback". After "hg rollback", lfdirstate still contains "A" status entries for such largefiles, even though corresponding entries for standins are already dropped from dirstate. Such "orphan" entries in lfdirstate prevent unknown (large)files in the working directory from being listed up in "unknown" list. The code path in "if working" route of "lfilesrepo.status" below drops largefiles tracked in lfdirstate from "unknown" list: lfiles = set(lfdirstate._map) # Unknown files result[4] = set(result[4]).difference(lfiles) This patch drops orphan entries from lfdristate at "hg rollback". This is a temporary way to fix with less changes. For fundamental resolution of this kind of problems in the future, lfdirstate should be rollback-ed as a part of transaction, as same as dirstate.
Mon, 11 Aug 2014 22:29:43 +0900 largefiles: restore R status of removed largefiles correctly at "hg rollback"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Mon, 11 Aug 2014 22:29:43 +0900] rev 22096
largefiles: restore R status of removed largefiles correctly at "hg rollback" Before this patch, removed or forgotten largefiles aren't treated as removed ("R") after "hg rollback". Removed ones are treated as missing ("!") and forgotten ones are treated as clean ("C") unexpectedly. "overriderollback" uses "normallookup" to restore status in lfdirstate for largefiles other than ones not added in rollback-ed revision, but this isn't correct for removed (or forgotten) largefiles. This patch uses "lfutil.synclfdirstate" to restore "R" status of removed (or forgotten) largefiles correctly at "hg rollback". This is a temporary way to fix with less changes. For fundamental resolution of this kind of problems in the future, lfdirstate should be rollback-ed as a part of transaction, as same as dirstate.
Mon, 11 Aug 2014 22:29:43 +0900 largefiles: factor out synchronization of lfdirstate for future use
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Mon, 11 Aug 2014 22:29:43 +0900] rev 22095
largefiles: factor out synchronization of lfdirstate for future use
Mon, 11 Aug 2014 22:29:43 +0900 largefiles: put whole rollback-ing process into the same "wlock" scope
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Mon, 11 Aug 2014 22:29:43 +0900] rev 22094
largefiles: put whole rollback-ing process into the same "wlock" scope Before this patch, there are three distinct "wlock" scopes in "overriderollback": 1. "localrepository.rollback" via original "rollback" command, 2. "merge.update" for reverting standin files only, and 3. "overriderollback" specific "wlock" scope (to synchronize largefile dirstate) But these should be executed in the same "wlock" scope for consistency.
Mon, 11 Aug 2014 09:35:24 -0500 tests: use a decorator for hghave checks
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 11 Aug 2014 09:35:24 -0500] rev 22093
tests: use a decorator for hghave checks
Sun, 10 Aug 2014 23:13:12 -0500 hg-test-mode: colorize HGFOO and TESTFOO environment variables
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sun, 10 Aug 2014 23:13:12 -0500] rev 22092
hg-test-mode: colorize HGFOO and TESTFOO environment variables
Sun, 10 Aug 2014 23:09:23 -0500 unbundle: don't advance bookmarks (issue4322) (BC) stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sun, 10 Aug 2014 23:09:23 -0500] rev 22091
unbundle: don't advance bookmarks (issue4322) (BC) This behavior didn't make much sense and interacts badly with things that use unbundle internally like shelve. Presumably, the original rationale was that since bundles didn't contain bookmarks, this gave a sense of keeping bookmarks up-to-date like would happen with a corresponding pull. However, since it only updated the current active bookmark, and bare update already did that anyway, this is pretty slim. Notably, the corresponding test actually works better without this feature.
Sun, 10 Aug 2014 15:26:33 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sun, 10 Aug 2014 15:26:33 -0500] rev 22090
merge with stable
Sun, 10 Aug 2014 15:26:12 -0500 tests: more bundle2 non-binary file test fixes stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sun, 10 Aug 2014 15:26:12 -0500] rev 22089
tests: more bundle2 non-binary file test fixes
Sun, 10 Aug 2014 14:30:30 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sun, 10 Aug 2014 14:30:30 -0500] rev 22088
merge with stable
Sun, 10 Aug 2014 13:53:36 -0500 hgweb: avoid config object race with hgwebdir (issue4326) stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sun, 10 Aug 2014 13:53:36 -0500] rev 22087
hgweb: avoid config object race with hgwebdir (issue4326) Turns out hgwebdir passes full repo objects to each hgweb request instance, but with a shared baseui. We explicitly break the sharing.
Sat, 09 Aug 2014 16:15:52 -0500 test-commandserver.py: filter path separator stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sat, 09 Aug 2014 16:15:52 -0500] rev 22086
test-commandserver.py: filter path separator Was failing on Windows: -bundle.mainreporoot=$TESTTMP/repo +bundle.mainreporoot=$TESTTMP\repo
Sat, 09 Aug 2014 16:06:01 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sat, 09 Aug 2014 16:06:01 -0500] rev 22085
merge with stable
Sat, 09 Aug 2014 16:05:03 -0500 merge with i18n stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sat, 09 Aug 2014 16:05:03 -0500] rev 22084
merge with i18n
Sat, 09 Aug 2014 16:04:36 -0500 i18n-ru: fix RST breakage spotted by test-gendoc stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sat, 09 Aug 2014 16:04:36 -0500] rev 22083
i18n-ru: fix RST breakage spotted by test-gendoc test-gendoc complained: % extracting documentation from ru checking for parse errors + gendoc-ru.txt:5686: (WARNING/2) Field list ends without a blank line; unexpected unindent. + gendoc-ru.txt:8327: (WARNING/2) Definition list ends without a blank line; unexpected unindent.
Sat, 09 Aug 2014 15:46:54 -0500 i18n-ru: undo fix buildbot breakage stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sat, 09 Aug 2014 15:46:54 -0500] rev 22082
i18n-ru: undo fix buildbot breakage Buildbot complained: $ python check-translation.py *.po + ru.po:9576:fatal(promptchoice): number of choices differs between msgid and msgstr + [1] Prompt text was obviously wrong.. because it didn't include a prompt.
Fri, 08 Aug 2014 17:45:36 -0500 contrib: add emacs mode for *.t files
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 08 Aug 2014 17:45:36 -0500] rev 22081
contrib: add emacs mode for *.t files
Thu, 07 Aug 2014 14:11:36 -0700 phase: attach phase to the transaction instead of the lock
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 07 Aug 2014 14:11:36 -0700] rev 22080
phase: attach phase to the transaction instead of the lock The phase cache file is no longer written on lock release, it is now handled by the transaction (as changesets and obsolescence markers are). (Hooray) As we stop relying on the lock to write phase, repos with no existing phase information will need to wait for a phase move or a strip to happen in order to get the first write in the `phaseroots` file. This explain the change in test-inherit-mode.t. This should not have any side effects but in very obscure cases where people interact with pre-2.1 and post-2.1 versions of Mercurial on the same repo while having MQ patches applied but the MQ extension disabled from time to time. A case unlikely enough to not be worth preserving the old behavior with awful hacks.
Thu, 07 Aug 2014 14:41:00 -0700 phase: extract the phaseroots serialization in a dedicated method
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 07 Aug 2014 14:41:00 -0700] rev 22079
phase: extract the phaseroots serialization in a dedicated method In most case, the file creation logic will be handled by the transaction itself. The write method has to stay around for the case where the repository is modified outside a transaction (strip).
Thu, 07 Aug 2014 14:40:02 -0700 transaction: add a file generation mechanism
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 07 Aug 2014 14:40:02 -0700] rev 22078
transaction: add a file generation mechanism A new `transaction.addfilegenerator` function is added. It allows external code to register files to be generated. See inline documentation for details. It is important to gather all file creation logic on the transaction as at some point we'll want to mimic the "pre-transaction-commit" logic that we use for revlog. I'm refering to the logic that lets hooks see the result of the transaction before it actually gets committed.
Thu, 07 Aug 2014 10:54:17 -0700 transaction: backup file in a dedicated "namespace"
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 07 Aug 2014 10:54:17 -0700] rev 22077
transaction: backup file in a dedicated "namespace" File backup may conflict with other "journal.*" file. We add a fixed part in the backup name file to prevent it.
Thu, 07 Aug 2014 11:56:32 -0700 transaction: use `self.journal` to create backup file
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 07 Aug 2014 11:56:32 -0700] rev 22076
transaction: use `self.journal` to create backup file Transaction journal name is "journal" in most case, but it can be something else. We use the appropriate attribute to create the file.
Tue, 17 Jun 2014 20:55:06 -0700 memctx: add note about p2
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Tue, 17 Jun 2014 20:55:06 -0700] rev 22075
memctx: add note about p2
Fri, 25 Jul 2014 20:20:26 -0500 memfilectx: add remove and write methods
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Fri, 25 Jul 2014 20:20:26 -0500] rev 22074
memfilectx: add remove and write methods Similar to the previous patch for workingfilectx, this patch will allow abstracting localrepo.remove / write method to refactor working directory code but instead operate on files in memory.
Wed, 02 Jul 2014 14:01:01 -0500 workingfilectx: add remove and write methods
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Wed, 02 Jul 2014 14:01:01 -0500] rev 22073
workingfilectx: add remove and write methods This patch will allow abstracting localrepo.remove / write method to refactor working directory code.
Fri, 25 Jul 2014 19:36:01 -0500 memctx: create a filectxfn if it is not callable
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Fri, 25 Jul 2014 19:36:01 -0500] rev 22072
memctx: create a filectxfn if it is not callable This will allow future patches to construct a memctx based on another context or any other store-type object.
Thu, 07 Aug 2014 11:39:19 -0400 test-patchbomb.t: work around Python change d579866d6419 (issue4188)
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Thu, 07 Aug 2014 11:39:19 -0400] rev 22071
test-patchbomb.t: work around Python change d579866d6419 (issue4188) Python 2.7.7 and later (as well as some ubuntu/debian packages of 2.7.6) include a fix that makes the email module more pedantically correct for MIME boundaries, but this breaks our tests. We work around this by filtering the output of any 'hg email' invocations in the test that produce MIME messages.
Tue, 05 Aug 2014 23:52:21 -0700 phase: add a transaction argument to retractboundary
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 05 Aug 2014 23:52:21 -0700] rev 22070
phase: add a transaction argument to retractboundary We now pass a transaction option to this phase movement function. The object is currently not used by the function, but it will be in the future. All call sites have been updated. Most call sites were already enclosed in a transaction for a long time. The handful of others have been recently updated in previous commit.
Wed, 06 Aug 2014 01:54:19 -0700 phase: add a transaction argument to advanceboundary
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 06 Aug 2014 01:54:19 -0700] rev 22069
phase: add a transaction argument to advanceboundary We now pass a transaction option to this phase movement function. The object is currently not used by the function, but it will be in the future. All call sites have been updated. Most call sites were already enclosed in a transaction for a long time. The handful of others have been recently updated in previous commit. The retractboundary function remains to be upgraded.
Wed, 06 Aug 2014 00:54:37 -0700 pull: pre-filter remote phases before moving local ones
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 06 Aug 2014 00:54:37 -0700] rev 22068
pull: pre-filter remote phases before moving local ones We were relying on the phase internals to filter out redundant phase information from remove. However as we plan to integrate phase movement inside the transaction, we want to avoid useless transaction creation on no-op pulls. Therefore we filter out all the information that already matches the current repository state. This will let us create a transaction only when there is actual phase movement needed.
Wed, 06 Aug 2014 01:40:51 -0700 test-check-commit-hg.t: automatically test all 'draft() and ::.' changesets
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 06 Aug 2014 01:40:51 -0700] rev 22067
test-check-commit-hg.t: automatically test all 'draft() and ::.' changesets We introduce a test-check-commit-hg.t file that will happily run the check-commit file on all draft changeset under the working directory. This should help newcomers to catch up with the rules. (And will helps old timer from time to time).
Mon, 04 Aug 2014 16:08:42 +0100 i18n-ru: syncronized with 45a01832cad1 stable
Alexander Sauta <demosito@gmail.com> [Mon, 04 Aug 2014 16:08:42 +0100] rev 22066
i18n-ru: syncronized with 45a01832cad1
Mon, 04 Aug 2014 16:21:58 +0100 merge with i18n stable
Alexander Sauta <demosito@gmail.com> [Mon, 04 Aug 2014 16:21:58 +0100] rev 22065
merge with i18n
Mon, 04 Aug 2014 18:51:18 +0400 i18n-ru: sync with ad56fc55cbc3 (fuzzies) stable
Alexander Sauta <demosito@gmail.com> [Mon, 04 Aug 2014 18:51:18 +0400] rev 22064
i18n-ru: sync with ad56fc55cbc3 (fuzzies)
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 19:49:28 +0400 i18n-ru: sync with ad56fc55cbc3 (missing strings) stable
Alexander Sauta <demosito@gmail.com> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 19:49:28 +0400] rev 22063
i18n-ru: sync with ad56fc55cbc3 (missing strings)
Wed, 30 Jul 2014 17:24:08 +0400 i18n-ru: update 'revisions' translation stable
Vladimir Zakharov <zakharov.vv@gmail.com> [Wed, 30 Jul 2014 17:24:08 +0400] rev 22062
i18n-ru: update 'revisions' translation
Tue, 29 Jul 2014 19:08:41 +0400 i18n-ru: update 'revsets' translation stable
Vladimir Zakharov <zakharov.vv@gmail.com> [Tue, 29 Jul 2014 19:08:41 +0400] rev 22061
i18n-ru: update 'revsets' translation
Wed, 16 Oct 2013 08:22:06 +0100 i18n-ru: prompts fixed stable
Alexander Sauta <demosito@gmail.com> [Wed, 16 Oct 2013 08:22:06 +0100] rev 22060
i18n-ru: prompts fixed
Thu, 07 Aug 2014 14:58:12 -0500 whitespace: nuke triple blank lines in **.py
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 07 Aug 2014 14:58:12 -0500] rev 22059
whitespace: nuke triple blank lines in **.py
Thu, 07 Aug 2014 14:57:20 -0500 check-commit: spot growing whitespace
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 07 Aug 2014 14:57:20 -0500] rev 22058
check-commit: spot growing whitespace We discourage PEP-8-style double blank lines, spot them creeping in.
Thu, 24 Jul 2014 15:06:08 -0400 strip: remove -b/--backup codepaths
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Thu, 24 Jul 2014 15:06:08 -0400] rev 22057
strip: remove -b/--backup codepaths cset ba3bc6474bbf has removed this option. This commit just tidies the code that was associated to it. It also fixes the internal calls to the strip() function. Before this change, any function that thought it would want as a final safety to keep a partial backup bundle (bundling changes not linearly related to the current change being stripped), had to explicitly pass a backup="strip" option. With this change, these backups are always kept in case of an exception and always removed if there is no exception. Only full backups can be specified with backup=True or no full backups with backup=False.
Thu, 07 Aug 2014 12:51:45 -0400 simplemerge: remove dead code
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Thu, 07 Aug 2014 12:51:45 -0400] rev 22056
simplemerge: remove dead code The following functions in simplemerge are dead code. I reran "make test-merge*" after this change, and it passed. Looks like cruft that we've been carrying since we nabbed this code from bzr.
Tue, 17 Jun 2014 20:26:51 -0700 basectx: add missing, merge, and branch args to dirty method
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Tue, 17 Jun 2014 20:26:51 -0700] rev 22055
basectx: add missing, merge, and branch args to dirty method This fixes a discrepency for basectx and classes that inherit from it. Now callers can pass these arguments to any context without an exception being raised.
Fri, 25 Jul 2014 20:11:47 -0500 basefilectx: move isexec and islink from memfilectx
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Fri, 25 Jul 2014 20:11:47 -0500] rev 22054
basefilectx: move isexec and islink from memfilectx This will be used in the future for creating memctx objects from other store-type objects, such as a patch store or even another context.
Wed, 06 Aug 2014 12:16:58 -0500 tests: fix pyflakes test whitespace breakage
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 06 Aug 2014 12:16:58 -0500] rev 22053
tests: fix pyflakes test whitespace breakage
Wed, 06 Aug 2014 00:54:58 -0700 pushkey: wrap pushkey phase movement in a transaction
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 06 Aug 2014 00:54:58 -0700] rev 22052
pushkey: wrap pushkey phase movement in a transaction Phases are not yet inside the transaction, but we need to prepare for it. So we wrap the phase movement inside a transaction.
Wed, 06 Aug 2014 00:54:15 -0700 push: wrap local phase movement in a transaction
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 06 Aug 2014 00:54:15 -0700] rev 22051
push: wrap local phase movement in a transaction Phases are not yet inside the transaction, but we need to prepare for it. So we wrap the phase movement inside a transaction.
Wed, 06 Aug 2014 00:50:53 -0700 phase: wrap `hg phases` phase movement in a transaction
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 06 Aug 2014 00:50:53 -0700] rev 22050
phase: wrap `hg phases` phase movement in a transaction Phases are not yet inside the transaction, but we need to prepare for it. So we wrap the phase movement inside a transaction.
Wed, 06 Aug 2014 00:50:07 -0700 mq: wrap qimport phase movement in a transaction
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 06 Aug 2014 00:50:07 -0700] rev 22049
mq: wrap qimport phase movement in a transaction Phases are not yet inside the transaction, but we need to prepare for it. So we wrap the phase movement inside a transaction.
Wed, 06 Aug 2014 00:48:51 -0700 mq: wrap qfinish phase movement in a transaction
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 06 Aug 2014 00:48:51 -0700] rev 22048
mq: wrap qfinish phase movement in a transaction Phases are not yet inside the transaction, but we need to prepare for it. So we wrap the phase movement inside a transaction.
Wed, 06 Aug 2014 11:53:08 -0500 tests: change some #ifs to #requires
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 06 Aug 2014 11:53:08 -0500] rev 22047
tests: change some #ifs to #requires
Wed, 06 Aug 2014 11:43:59 -0500 tests: replace exit 80 with #require
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 06 Aug 2014 11:43:59 -0500] rev 22046
tests: replace exit 80 with #require
Wed, 06 Aug 2014 10:34:54 -0500 run-tests: add #require to abort full test
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 06 Aug 2014 10:34:54 -0500] rev 22045
run-tests: add #require to abort full test This allows nuking a bunch of ugly hghave || exit 80 lines.
Tue, 05 Aug 2014 21:17:11 -0400 run-tests: add support for xunit test reports
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Tue, 05 Aug 2014 21:17:11 -0400] rev 22044
run-tests: add support for xunit test reports The Jenkins CI system understands xunit reports natively, so this will be helpful for anyone that wants to use Jenkins for testing hg or extensions that use run-tests.py for their testing.
Wed, 06 Aug 2014 02:45:55 -0500 contrib: add check-commit hook script to sanity-check commits
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 06 Aug 2014 02:45:55 -0500] rev 22043
contrib: add check-commit hook script to sanity-check commits
Tue, 05 Aug 2014 13:51:13 -0700 shelve: use `targetphase` while unbundling
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 05 Aug 2014 13:51:13 -0700] rev 22042
shelve: use `targetphase` while unbundling This removes the last manual phase movement in shelve.
Tue, 05 Aug 2014 13:49:38 -0700 changegroup: add a `targetphase` argument to `addchangegroup`
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 05 Aug 2014 13:49:38 -0700] rev 22041
changegroup: add a `targetphase` argument to `addchangegroup` This argument controls the phase used for the added changesets. This can be useful to unbundle in "secret" phase as required by shelve. This change aims at helping high-level code get rid of manual phase movement. An important milestone for having phases part of the transaction.
Tue, 05 Aug 2014 14:37:45 -0700 shelve: do not retract phase boundary by hand
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 05 Aug 2014 14:37:45 -0700] rev 22040
shelve: do not retract phase boundary by hand We rely on the internal mechanism to commit the changeset in the right state. This is similar to what the mq extension is doing. This is an important change as we plan to move phase movement with the transaction. Avoiding phase movement from high level code will avoid them the burden of transaction handling. It is also important to limit the need for transaction handling as this limits the odds of people messing up. Most common expected mess-up is to use a different transaction for changesets creation and phase adjustment.
Tue, 05 Aug 2014 18:53:05 -0700 commit: update the --secret code to use backupconfig and restoreconfig
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 05 Aug 2014 18:53:05 -0700] rev 22039
commit: update the --secret code to use backupconfig and restoreconfig Those dedicated methods also preserve all associated data (eg: sources, lack of value).
Tue, 05 Aug 2014 13:22:44 -0700 rebase: do not retract phase boundary by hand
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 05 Aug 2014 13:22:44 -0700] rev 22038
rebase: do not retract phase boundary by hand We rely on the internal mechanism to commit the changeset in the right phase. This similar to what the mq extension is doing. This is an important change as we plan to includes phase movement within the transaction. Avoiding phase movement from high-level code will avoid the burden of transaction handling. It is also important to limit the need for transaction handling as this limits the odds of people messing up. Most common expected mess-up is code using a different transaction for changeset creation and phase adjustment.
Tue, 05 Aug 2014 21:16:24 -0700 config: fix restoreconfig of non existing config
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 05 Aug 2014 21:16:24 -0700] rev 22037
config: fix restoreconfig of non existing config When the section, but no value existed, the `del` call raised a key error.
Thu, 31 Jul 2014 13:51:17 -0700 push: use stepsdone for obsmarkers push
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 31 Jul 2014 13:51:17 -0700] rev 22036
push: use stepsdone for obsmarkers push We do not have infrastructure to include obsolescence markers in the bundle2 push from core. But extensions may so we make sure it would not be sent twice.
Sat, 05 Jul 2014 19:32:20 +0200 push: introduce a discovery step for obsmarker
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 05 Jul 2014 19:32:20 +0200] rev 22035
push: introduce a discovery step for obsmarker The discovery step is still not doing anything smart. But this will allow extension to wrap it.
Sat, 05 Jul 2014 19:17:09 +0200 push: move the list of obsmarker to push into the push operation
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 05 Jul 2014 19:17:09 +0200] rev 22034
push: move the list of obsmarker to push into the push operation The list is now carried in the push operation, this will let extensions override it.
Fri, 04 Jul 2014 19:31:49 +0200 push: explicitly encode a list of obsmarkers to push
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 04 Jul 2014 19:31:49 +0200] rev 22033
push: explicitly encode a list of obsmarkers to push Sending obsmarkers through pushkey requires extra encoding (since pushkey can't take binary content) and slicing (since we can hit http header limit). As we send all obsolescences markers that exists in the repo for each push, we used to just look at the content of the "obsolete" pushkey namespace (already encoded and sliced) and send its content. However, future changeset will make it possible to push only parts of the obsmarkers. To prepare this we now explicitly encode a list of markers. The list of markers is still "all of them" but future changeset will takes care of that. The new code uses a "_protected" method but that seems reasonable to keep it private as this is the is the only external user of it and this whole pushing obsmarker through pushkey things in fairly hacky already)
Mon, 04 Aug 2014 16:32:41 -0700 merge-tools: add a `premerge=keep-merge3` config option
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 04 Aug 2014 16:32:41 -0700] rev 22032
merge-tools: add a `premerge=keep-merge3` config option This value leaves premerge markers that includes the merge base too. This is a the same as what `internal:merge3` would do.
Mon, 04 Aug 2014 16:58:39 -0700 merge-tools: make premerge valid values extensible
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 04 Aug 2014 16:58:39 -0700] rev 22031
merge-tools: make premerge valid values extensible We want to introduce a version leaving merge3 style markers.
Mon, 04 Aug 2014 16:50:15 -0700 mergetools: add a test for premerge --keep
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 04 Aug 2014 16:50:15 -0700] rev 22030
mergetools: add a test for premerge --keep It works! No surprise.
Mon, 04 Aug 2014 16:39:47 -0700 test-merge-tools: introduce a "revision 4" that merges with conflict
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 04 Aug 2014 16:39:47 -0700] rev 22029
test-merge-tools: introduce a "revision 4" that merges with conflict We need conflicts to test the premerge=keep configuration.
Tue, 05 Aug 2014 14:58:45 -0700 merge: add an internal:merge3 tool
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@ens-lyon.org> [Tue, 05 Aug 2014 14:58:45 -0700] rev 22028
merge: add an internal:merge3 tool This variant gives access to a feature already present in ``internal:merge``: displaying merge base content. In the basic merge (calling ``hg merge``) case, including more context to the merge markers is an interesting addition. But this extra information is the only viable option in case conflict from grafting (, rebase, etc…). When grafting ``source`` on ``destination``, the parent of ``source`` is used as the ``base``. When all three changesets add content in the same location, the marker for ``source`` will contains both ``base`` and ``source`` content. Without the content of base exposed, there is no way for the user to discriminate content coming from ``base`` and content commit from ``source``. Practical example (all addition are in the same place): * ``destination`` adds ``Dest-Content`` * ``base`` adds ``Base-Content`` * ``source`` adds ``Src-Content`` Grafting ``source`` on ``destination`` will produce the following conflict: <<<<<<< destination Dest-Content ======= Base-Content Src-Content >>>>>>> source This that case there is no way to distinct ``base`` from ``source``. As a result content from ``base`` are likely to slip in the resolution result. However, adding the base make the situation very clear: <<<<<<< destination Dest-Content ||||||| base Base-Content ======= base Base-Content Src-Content >>>>>>> source Once the base is added, the addition from the grafted changeset is made clear. User can compare the content from ``base`` and ``source`` to make an enlightened decision during merge resolution.
Tue, 05 Aug 2014 15:09:54 -0700 internal:merge: update documentation
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 05 Aug 2014 15:09:54 -0700] rev 22027
internal:merge: update documentation Highlight the fact there are two regions in the markers and what their contents are. This prepares for the arrival of merge3.
Tue, 05 Aug 2014 15:17:38 -0700 filemerge: allow the formatting of three labels instead of two
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 05 Aug 2014 15:17:38 -0700] rev 22026
filemerge: allow the formatting of three labels instead of two When a third label is provided (to included the base content) it is properly processed as the two others. Nothing changes if only two labels are provided.
Tue, 05 Aug 2014 15:12:22 -0700 filemerge: drop extra white space
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 05 Aug 2014 15:12:22 -0700] rev 22025
filemerge: drop extra white space There should be no white space around the brace.
Tue, 05 Aug 2014 15:10:50 -0700 simplemerge: support three labels when merging
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 05 Aug 2014 15:10:50 -0700] rev 22024
simplemerge: support three labels when merging If a third label is provided it will be used for the "base" content: <<<<<<< local content from local ||||||| base former common ======= other conflicting >>>>>>> other
Tue, 05 Aug 2014 14:56:25 -0700 simplemerge: burn "minimal" feature to the ground
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 05 Aug 2014 14:56:25 -0700] rev 22023
simplemerge: burn "minimal" feature to the ground Matt Mackall said: The goal of simplemerge should have always been to be a drop-in replacement for RCS merge. Please nuke this minimization thing entirely. This whole things is now dead.
Tue, 29 Jul 2014 11:55:01 -0700 merge: use no-minimal for premerge too
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 29 Jul 2014 11:55:01 -0700] rev 22022
merge: use no-minimal for premerge too ecc1387138ba disabled minimal for `internal:merge` but forgot to also disabled it for premerge. This is now done. This gives me an occasion to shamelessly includes my explanation of why this minimisation feature must disappear: [this is why it's pointless to reject patches with misspellings in the description - mpm] Detailled explanation ===================== The ``simplemerge`` code use in ``internal:merge`` has a feature called "minimization". It reprocess conflicting chunks to find common changes inside them and excludes such common sections from the marker. This approach seems a significant win at first glance but produces very confusing results in some other cases. Simple example -------------- A simple example is enough to show the benefit of this feature. In this merge, both sides change all numbers from letters to digits, but one side is also changing some values. $ cat << EOF > base > Small Mathematical Series. > One > Two > Three > Four > Five > Hop we are done. > EOF $ cat << EOF > local > Small Mathematical Series. > 1 > 2 > 3 > 4 > 5 > Hop we are done. > EOF $ cat << EOF > other > Small Mathematical Series. > 1 > 2 > 3 > 6 > 8 > Hop we are done. > EOF In the minimalists case, the markers focus on the disagreement between the two sides. $ $TESTDIR/../contrib/simplemerge --print local base other Small Mathematical Series. 1 2 3 <<<<<<< local 4 5 ======= 6 8 >>>>>>> other Hop we are done. warning: conflicts during merge. [1] In the non minimalist case, the whole chunk is included in the conflict marker. Making it harder spot actual differences. $ $TESTDIR/../contrib/simplemerge --print --no-minimal local base other Small Mathematical Series. <<<<<<< local 1 2 3 4 5 ======= 1 2 3 6 8 >>>>>>> other Hop we are done. warning: conflicts during merge. [1] Practical Advantages of minimalisation: merge of grafted change --------------------------------------------------------------- This feature can be very useful when a change have been grafted in another branch and then some change have been made to the grafted code. $ cat << EOF > base > # empty file > EOF $ cat << EOF > local > def somefunction(one, two): > some = one > stuff = two > are(happening) > here() > EOF $ cat << EOF > other > def somefunction(one, two): > some = one > change = two > are(happening) > here() > EOF The minimalist case recognises the grafted content as similar and highlight the actual change. $ $TESTDIR/../contrib/simplemerge --print local base other def somefunction(one, two): some = one <<<<<<< local stuff = two ======= change = two >>>>>>> other are(happening) here() warning: conflicts during merge. [1] Again, the non-minimalist case produces a larger conflict. Making it harder to spot the actual conflict. $ $TESTDIR/../contrib/simplemerge --print --no-minimal local base other <<<<<<< local def somefunction(one, two): some = one stuff = two are(happening) here() ======= def somefunction(one, two): some = one change = two are(happening) here() >>>>>>> other warning: conflicts during merge. [1] Practical disadvantage: multiple functions on each side --------------------------------------------------------------- So, if this "minimalist" help so much, why introduce a setting to disable it? The issue is that this minimisation will grab any common lines for breaking chunks. This may result in partial context when solving a merge. The most simple example is a merge where both side added some (different) functions separated by blank lines. The "minimalist" approach will recognise the blank line as "common" and over slice the chunks, turning a simple conflict case into multiple pairs of conflicting functions. $ cat << EOF > base > # empty file > EOF $ cat << EOF > local > def function1(): > bla() > bla() > bla() > > def function2(): > ble() > ble() > ble() > EOF $ cat << EOF > other > def function3(): > bli() > bli() > bli() > > def function4(): > blo() > blo() > blo() > EOF The minimal case presents each function as a separated context. $ $TESTDIR/../contrib/simplemerge --print local base other <<<<<<< local def function1(): bla() bla() bla() ======= def function3(): bli() bli() bli() >>>>>>> other <<<<<<< local def function2(): ble() ble() ble() ======= def function4(): blo() blo() blo() >>>>>>> other warning: conflicts during merge. [1] The non-minimalist approach produces a simpler version with more context in each block. Solving such conflicts is usually as simple as dropping the 3 lines dedicated to markers. $ $TESTDIR/../contrib/simplemerge --prin --no-minimal local base other <<<<<<< local def function1(): bla() bla() bla() def function2(): ble() ble() ble() ======= def function3(): bli() bli() bli() def function4(): blo() blo() blo() >>>>>>> other warning: conflicts during merge. [1] Practical disaster: programing language have a lot of common line ================================================================= If only blank lines between function where the only frequent content of a code file. But programming language tend to repeat them self much more often. In that case, the minimalist approach turns a simple conflict into a massive mess. Consider this example where two unrelated functions are added on each side. Those function shares common programming constructs by chance. $ cat << EOF > base > # empty file > EOF $ cat << EOF > local > def longfunction(): > if bla: > foo > else: > bar > try: > ret = some stuff > except Exception: > ret = None > if ret is not None: > return ret > return 0 > > def shortfunction(foo): > goo() > ret = foo + 5 > return ret > EOF $ cat << EOF > other > def otherlongfunction(): > for x in xxx: > if coin: > break > tutu > else: > bar() > baz() > ret = week() > try: > groumpf = tutu > fool() > except Exception: > zoo() > pool() > if cond: > return ret > > # some big block > ret ** 6 > koin() > return ret > EOF The minimalist approach will hash the whole conflict into small chunks that does not match any meaningful semantic and are impossible to solve. $ $TESTDIR/../contrib/simplemerge --print local base other <<<<<<< local def longfunction(): if bla: foo ======= def otherlongfunction(): for x in xxx: if coin: break tutu >>>>>>> other else: <<<<<<< local bar ======= bar() baz() ret = week() >>>>>>> other try: <<<<<<< local ret = some stuff ======= groumpf = tutu fool() >>>>>>> other except Exception: <<<<<<< local ret = None if ret is not None: ======= zoo() pool() if cond: >>>>>>> other return ret <<<<<<< local return 0 ======= >>>>>>> other <<<<<<< local def shortfunction(foo): goo() ret = foo + 5 ======= # some big block ret ** 6 koin() >>>>>>> other return ret warning: conflicts during merge. [1] The non minimalist approach will properly produce a single set of conflict markers. Highlighting that the two chunk are unrelated. Such conflict from unrelated content added at the same place is usually solved by dropping the marker an keeping both content. Something impossible with minimised markers. $ $TESTDIR/../contrib/simplemerge --prin --no-minimal local base other <<<<<<< local def longfunction(): if bla: foo else: bar try: ret = some stuff except Exception: ret = None if ret is not None: return ret return 0 def shortfunction(foo): goo() ret = foo + 5 return ret ======= def otherlongfunction(): for x in xxx: if coin: break tutu else: bar() baz() ret = week() try: groumpf = tutu fool() except Exception: zoo() pool() if cond: return ret # some big block ret ** 6 koin() return ret >>>>>>> other warning: conflicts during merge. [1]
Mon, 09 Jun 2014 23:37:36 -0700 merge: refactor labels selection code
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 09 Jun 2014 23:37:36 -0700] rev 22021
merge: refactor labels selection code The code is simplified to prepare the future introduction of a third labels for the merge base.
Tue, 01 Jul 2014 23:08:17 +0200 push: include phase push in the unified bundle2 push
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 01 Jul 2014 23:08:17 +0200] rev 22020
push: include phase push in the unified bundle2 push Phase push is now included in the same bundle2 push as changesets. We use multiple pushkey parts to transmit the information. Note that phase moves are still not part of the repository "transaction".
Wed, 30 Jul 2014 19:26:47 -0700 push: perform phases discovery before the push
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 30 Jul 2014 19:26:47 -0700] rev 22019
push: perform phases discovery before the push This will allow including phase information in the same bundle2 as the changesets.
Tue, 01 Jul 2014 17:06:02 +0200 push: make discovery extensible
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 01 Jul 2014 17:06:02 +0200] rev 22018
push: make discovery extensible We need to gather all discovery before the unified bundle2 push. We use the same pattern as bundle2 parts generation.
Wed, 30 Jul 2014 19:04:50 -0700 push: rework the bundle2partsgenerators logic
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 30 Jul 2014 19:04:50 -0700] rev 22017
push: rework the bundle2partsgenerators logic Instead of a single list of functions, we now have a list of names and a mapping of names to functions. This simplifies wrapping of steps from extensions. In the same move, declaration becomes decorator-based (syntax sugar, nom nom nom!).
Tue, 01 Jul 2014 17:27:22 +0200 push: move common heads computation into pushop
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 01 Jul 2014 17:27:22 +0200] rev 22016
push: move common heads computation into pushop Now that both options (push succeed or fall back) live in pushop, we can move the common heads computation there too. It is a very commonly accessed attribute so it makes a lot of sense to have it in pushop.
Tue, 01 Jul 2014 17:20:47 +0200 push: extract fallback heads computation into pushop
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 01 Jul 2014 17:20:47 +0200] rev 22015
push: extract fallback heads computation into pushop Similar motivation to `futureheads`, we extract the computation into pushop to make it available early to all possibly interested parties.
Tue, 01 Jul 2014 17:20:31 +0200 push: extract future heads computation into pushop
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Tue, 01 Jul 2014 17:20:31 +0200] rev 22014
push: extract future heads computation into pushop Bundle2 will allow pushing all different parts of the push in a single bundle. This mean that the discovery for each part needs to be done before trying to push. Currently we may have different behaviors for phases and obsolescence markers when the push of changesets fails. For example, information may still be exchanged for a part of the history where changesets are common but where phases mismatch. So the preparation of the push need to determine what information need to be pushed in both situations. And it needs a different set of heads for this. Therefore we are moving heads computation within pushop for easy access by all parties. We start with the simplest set of heads.
Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:27 +0900 cmdutil: use '[committemplate]' section like as map file for style definition
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:27 +0900] rev 22013
cmdutil: use '[committemplate]' section like as map file for style definition Before this patch, each template definitions for 'changeset*' in '[committemplate]' section have to be written fully from scratch, even though many parts of them may be common. This patch uses '[committemplate]' section like as the map file for the style definition. All items other than 'changeset' can be referred from others. This can reduce total cost of template customization in '[committemplate]' section. When the commit template other than '[committemplate] changeset' is chosen by 'editform', putting '[committemplate] changeset' value into the cache of the templater causes unexpected result, because the templater stores the specified (= chosen) template definition into own cache as 'changeset' at construction time. This is the reason why '[committemplate] changeset' can't be referred from others.
Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:27 +0900 cmdutil: look commit template definition up by specified 'editform'
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:27 +0900] rev 22012
cmdutil: look commit template definition up by specified 'editform' Before this patch, '[committemplate] changeset' definition is shared between all actions invoking 'commitforceeditor()'. This prevents template definition from showing action specific messages: for example, 'hg tag --remove' may need specific message to call attention, but showing it may be redundant for other actions. This patch looks commit template definition up by specified 'editform' introduced by prior patches. 'editform' are dot-separated list of names, and treated as hierarchical one.
Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:27 +0900 import: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor'
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:27 +0900] rev 22011
import: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor' This patch passes 'editform' argument according to the format below: COMMAND[.ROUTE] - ROUTE: name of route, if there are two or more routes in COMMAND In this patch, 'normal' and 'bypass' are used as ROUTE.
Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:27 +0900 commit: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor'
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:27 +0900] rev 22010
commit: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor' This patch passes 'editform' argument according to the format below: COMMAND[.ROUTE] - ROUTE: name of route, if there are two or more routes in COMMAND In this patch, 'normal' and 'amend' are used as ROUTE.
Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:27 +0900 tag: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor'
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:27 +0900] rev 22009
tag: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor' This patch passes 'editform' argument according to the format below: COMMAND[.ROUTE] - ROUTE: name of route, if there are two or more routes in COMMAND In this patch, 'add' and 'remove' are used as ROUTE
Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:27 +0900 graft: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor'
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:27 +0900] rev 22008
graft: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor' This patch passes 'editform' argument according to the format below: COMMAND[.ROUTE] - ROUTE: name of route, if there are two or more routes in COMMAND In this patch, ROUTE is omitted.
Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:27 +0900 backout: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor'
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:27 +0900] rev 22007
backout: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor' This patch passes 'editform' argument according to the format below: COMMAND[.ROUTE] - ROUTE: name of route, if there are two or more routes in COMMAND In this patch, ROUTE is omitted..
Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:26 +0900 transplant: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor'
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:26 +0900] rev 22006
transplant: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor' This patch passes 'editform' argument according to the format below: EXTENSION[.COMMAND][.ROUTE] - EXTENSION: name of extension - COMMAND: name of command, if there are two or more commands in EXTENSION - ROUTE: name of route, if there are two or more routes in COMMAND In this patch, COMMAND and ROUTE are omitted.
Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:26 +0900 shelve: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor'
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:26 +0900] rev 22005
shelve: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor' This patch passes 'editform' argument according to the format below: EXTENSION[.COMMAND][.ROUTE] - EXTENSION: name of extension - COMMAND: name of command, if there are two or more commands in EXTENSION - ROUTE: name of route, if there are two or more routes in COMMAND In this patch: - 'shelve' is used as COMMAND - ROUTE is omitted
Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:26 +0900 rebase: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor'
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:26 +0900] rev 22004
rebase: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor' This patch passes 'editform' argument according to the format below: EXTENSION[.COMMAND][.ROUTE] - EXTENSION: name of extension - COMMAND: name of command, if there are two or more commands in EXTENSION - ROUTE: name of route, if there are two or more routes in COMMAND In this patch: - COMMAND is omitted - 'normal' and 'collapse' are used as ROUTE
Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:26 +0900 mq: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor'
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:26 +0900] rev 22003
mq: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor' This patch passes 'editform' argument according to the format below: EXTENSION[.COMMAND][.ROUTE] - EXTENSION: name of extension - COMMAND: name of command, if there are two or more commands in EXTENSION - ROUTE: name of route, if there are two or more routes in COMMAND In this patch: - MQ command names (qnew/qrefresh/qfold) are used as COMMAND - ROUTE is omitted
Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:26 +0900 histedit: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor'
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:26 +0900] rev 22002
histedit: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor' This patch passes 'editform' argument according to the format below: EXTENSION[.COMMAND][.ROUTE] - EXTENSION: name of extension - COMMAND: name of command, if there are two or more commands in EXTENSION - ROUTE: name of route, if there are two or more routes for COMMAND In this patch: - 'edit', 'fold', 'mess' and 'pick' are used as COMMAND - ROUTE is omitted 'histedit.pick' case is very rare, but possible if: - target revision causes conflict at merging (= requires '--continue'), and - description of it is empty ('hg commit -m " "' can create such one) In the code path for 'histedit --continue' (the last patch hunk), 'canonaction' doesn't contain the entry for 'fold', because 'fold' action causes: - using temporary commit message forcibly, and - making 'editopt' False always (= omit editor invocation if commit message is specified)
Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:26 +0900 gpg: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor'
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:26 +0900] rev 22001
gpg: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor' This patch passes 'editform' argument according to the format below: EXTENSION[.COMMAND][.ROUTE] - EXTENSION: name of extension - COMMAND: name of command, if there are two or more commands in EXTENSION - ROUTE: name of route, if there are two or more routes in COMMAND In this patch, 'sign' is used as COMMAND, and ROUTE is omitted.
Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:26 +0900 fetch: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor'
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:26 +0900] rev 22000
fetch: pass 'editform' argument to 'cmdutil.getcommiteditor' This patch passes 'editform' argument according to the format below: EXTENSION[.COMMAND][.ROUTE] - EXTENSION: name of extension - COMMAND: name of command, if there are two or more commands in EXTENSION - ROUTE: name of route, if there are two or more routes in COMMAND In this patch, COMMAND and ROUTE are omitted.
Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:26 +0900 cmdutil: introduce 'editform' to distinguish the purpose of commit text editing
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sat, 02 Aug 2014 21:46:26 +0900] rev 21999
cmdutil: introduce 'editform' to distinguish the purpose of commit text editing This information will be used to switch '[committemplate] changeset' definition according to its purpose in the subsequent patch. This information also makes it easier to hook commit text editing only in the specific cases.
Tue, 22 Jul 2014 22:40:16 -0700 log: allow patterns with -f
Durham Goode <durham@fb.com> [Tue, 22 Jul 2014 22:40:16 -0700] rev 21998
log: allow patterns with -f It's not uncommon for a user to want to run log with a pattern or directory name on the history of their current commit. Currently we prevent that, but I can't think of any reason to continue blocking that. This commit removes the restriction and allows 'hg log -f <dir/pat>'
Mon, 28 Jul 2014 19:48:59 -0400 run-tests: fix test result counts with --keyword specified or skips occurring
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Mon, 28 Jul 2014 19:48:59 -0400] rev 21997
run-tests: fix test result counts with --keyword specified or skips occurring This preserves the current behavior that excludes ignored or skipped tests from the number of tests run, except when tests are ignored due to the --retest flag.
Tue, 29 Jul 2014 22:35:59 -0400 test-run-tests.t: add tests for skips
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Tue, 29 Jul 2014 22:35:59 -0400] rev 21996
test-run-tests.t: add tests for skips This will make some minor behavior changes in a future patch more obvious.
Mon, 28 Jul 2014 20:54:14 -0400 test-run-tests.t: add extra data to tests for keyword tests
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Mon, 28 Jul 2014 20:54:14 -0400] rev 21995
test-run-tests.t: add extra data to tests for keyword tests This adds a fair amount of overall instability in the enclosing .t. As such, this is performed in its own commit, and a test for --keyword on run-tests.t will be added in a followup change.
Mon, 04 Aug 2014 15:24:57 -0500 purge: drop stat import
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 04 Aug 2014 15:24:57 -0500] rev 21994
purge: drop stat import
Mon, 04 Aug 2014 14:42:24 -0500 run-tests: add iolock to failure output
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 04 Aug 2014 14:42:24 -0500] rev 21993
run-tests: add iolock to failure output
Mon, 04 Aug 2014 14:32:34 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 04 Aug 2014 14:32:34 -0500] rev 21992
merge with stable
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 13:09:06 -0500 color: pass on key error for win32 (issue4298) stable
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 13:09:06 -0500] rev 21991
color: pass on key error for win32 (issue4298) This is a quick fix for some consoles on windows (consoles that are not mingw based) so that the debugcolor command doesn't throw a KeyError when effects aren't supported (e.g. italic).
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 18:30:18 -0700 context: call normal on the right object stable
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 18:30:18 -0700] rev 21990
context: call normal on the right object dirstate.normal is the method that marks files as unchanged/normal. Rev 20a30cd41d21 started caching dirstate.normal in order to improve performance. However, there was an error in the patch: taking the wlock, under some conditions depending on platform, can cause a new dirstate object to be created. Caching dirstate.normal before calling wlock would then cause the fixup calls below to be on the old dirstate object, effectively disappearing into the ether. On Unix and Unix-like OSes, the condition under which we create a new dirstate object is 'the dirstate file has been modified since the last time we opened it'. This happens pretty rarely, so the object is usually the same -- there's little impact. On Windows, the condition is 'always'. This means files in the lookup state are never marked normal, so the bug has a serious performance impact since all the files in the lookup state are re-read every time hg status is run.
Sat, 31 May 2014 16:48:29 -0700 getbundle: add a ``cg`` boolean argument to control changegroup inclusion
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 31 May 2014 16:48:29 -0700] rev 21989
getbundle: add a ``cg`` boolean argument to control changegroup inclusion The ``getbundle`` function was initially design to return a changegroup bundle. However, bundle2 allows transmitting a wide range of data. Some bundle2 requests may not include a changegroup at all. Before this changeset, the client would request a changegroup for ``heads=[nullid]`` and receive an empty changegroup. We introduce an official boolean parameter, ``cg``, that can be set to false to disable changegroup generation on getbundle. A new bundle2 capability is introduced to let the client know.
Thu, 22 May 2014 17:20:52 -0700 wireproto: add a ``boolean`` type for getbundle parameters
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Thu, 22 May 2014 17:20:52 -0700] rev 21988
wireproto: add a ``boolean`` type for getbundle parameters This will be used to control inclusion of some parts in a bundle2.
Sun, 03 Aug 2014 19:19:23 +0900 i18n: detect UI language without POSIX-style locale variable on Windows (BC)
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sun, 03 Aug 2014 19:19:23 +0900] rev 21987
i18n: detect UI language without POSIX-style locale variable on Windows (BC) On Windows, it isn't common to set LANG environment variable. This patch makes gettext honor Windows-style UI language [1] if no locale variables are set. Because of this change, LANG=C or HGPLAIN must be set in order to disable translation on non-English Windows. [1]: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd374098(v=VS.85).aspx
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 22:16:54 -0700 locate: use ctx.matches instead of ctx.walk
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 22:16:54 -0700] rev 21986
locate: use ctx.matches instead of ctx.walk On mozilla-central, which is around 100,000 files, best of 5: $ hg --time locate > /dev/null before: real 1.460 secs (user 1.140+0.000 sys 0.320+0.000) after: real 0.620 secs (user 0.610+0.000 sys 0.020+0.000) $ hg --time locate README > /dev/null before: real 0.630 secs (user 0.330+0.000 sys 0.290+0.000) after: real 0.120 secs (user 0.110+0.000 sys 0.020+0.000) Larger repositories see correspondingly larger performance gains.
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 22:07:29 -0700 context: add a method to efficiently filter by match if possible
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 22:07:29 -0700] rev 21985
context: add a method to efficiently filter by match if possible For non-working contexts, walk and matches do the same thing. For working contexts, walk stats all the files and looks for unknown files, while matches just filters the dirstate by match.
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 22:05:16 -0700 dirstate: add a method to efficiently filter by match
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 22:05:16 -0700] rev 21984
dirstate: add a method to efficiently filter by match Current callers that require just this data call workingctx.walk, which calls dirstate.walk, which stats all the files. Even worse, workingctx.walk looks for unknown files, significantly slowing things down, even though callers might not be interested in them at all.
Sat, 02 Aug 2014 09:45:21 +0100 purge: prefer util.unlink instead over own removefile
Christian Ebert <blacktrash@gmx.net> [Sat, 02 Aug 2014 09:45:21 +0100] rev 21983
purge: prefer util.unlink instead over own removefile
Sat, 02 Aug 2014 09:44:45 +0100 keyword: bump copyright year
Christian Ebert <blacktrash@gmx.net> [Sat, 02 Aug 2014 09:44:45 +0100] rev 21982
keyword: bump copyright year
Sat, 02 Aug 2014 09:44:11 +0100 keyword: really clean up kwdemo temp tree
Christian Ebert <blacktrash@gmx.net> [Sat, 02 Aug 2014 09:44:11 +0100] rev 21981
keyword: really clean up kwdemo temp tree
Sat, 26 Jul 2014 14:54:36 -0700 graft: make --force apply across continues (issue3220)
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Sat, 26 Jul 2014 14:54:36 -0700] rev 21980
graft: make --force apply across continues (issue3220) Since --force determines the list of revisions to be grafted, it doesn't really make sense for users to have to keep typing --force --continue as they continue grafting.
Fri, 25 Jul 2014 18:21:16 -0700 graft: allow regrafting ancestors with --force (issue3220)
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Fri, 25 Jul 2014 18:21:16 -0700] rev 21979
graft: allow regrafting ancestors with --force (issue3220)
Fri, 04 Jul 2014 19:52:39 +0200 test-obsolete: better logging template
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 04 Jul 2014 19:52:39 +0200] rev 21978
test-obsolete: better logging template Gratuitous improvement of the test readability.
Thu, 26 Jun 2014 01:22:50 +0530 run-tests: '--time' option provide more details to Linux users
anuraggoel <anurag.dsps@gmail.com> [Thu, 26 Jun 2014 01:22:50 +0530] rev 21977
run-tests: '--time' option provide more details to Linux users As our tests execute in child processes, this patch uses os.times() module in replace of time.time() module to provide additional info like user time and system time spent by child's processes along with real elapsed time taken by a process. There is one limitation of this patch. It can work only for Linux users and not for Windows. "os.times" module returns a 5-tuple of a floaing point numbers. 1) User time 2) System time 3) Child's user time 4) Child's system time 5) Ellapsed real time On Windows, only the first two items are filled, the others are zero. Therefore, below test cases does not break on Windows but instead gives the zero value.
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 18:32:52 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 18:32:52 -0500] rev 21976
merge with stable
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 18:23:18 -0500 Added signature for changeset 3178e4989202 stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 18:23:18 -0500] rev 21975
Added signature for changeset 3178e4989202
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 18:22:56 -0500 Added tag 3.1 for changeset 3178e4989202 stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 18:22:56 -0500] rev 21974
Added tag 3.1 for changeset 3178e4989202
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 13:01:35 -0700 status: do not reverse deleted and unknown stable 3.1
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 13:01:35 -0700] rev 21973
status: do not reverse deleted and unknown When reversing a status, trading "added" and "removed" make sense. Reversing "deleted" and "unknown" does not. We stop doing it. The reversing is documented in place for the poor soul not even able to remember the index of all status elements by heart.
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 12:49:00 -0700 status: don't drop unknown and ignored information (issue4321) stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 12:49:00 -0700] rev 21972
status: don't drop unknown and ignored information (issue4321) By the magic of code movement, we ended up dropping unknown and ignored information when comparing the working directory with a non-parent revision. Let's stop doing it and add a test.
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 13:13:24 -0700 status: explicitly exclude removed file from unknown and ignored stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 13:13:24 -0700] rev 21971
status: explicitly exclude removed file from unknown and ignored Changeset 64fe488b5179 introduced a test to validate that file were not reported twice when both unknown and removed. This behavior change was introduced by 65cdc6bab91e alongside a bug that dropped ignored and unknown completely (issue4321). As we are going to fix the bug, we need a proper implementation of the behavior tested in 64fe488b5179.
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 11:45:26 -0500 merge with i18n some more stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 11:45:26 -0500] rev 21970
merge with i18n some more
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 11:44:50 -0500 merge with i18n stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 11:44:50 -0500] rev 21969
merge with i18n
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 17:29:02 +0900 i18n-ja: synchronized with f582fa1167f7 stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 17:29:02 +0900] rev 21968
i18n-ja: synchronized with f582fa1167f7
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 02:02:06 -0300 i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with dccbf52ffe9f stable
Wagner Bruna <wbruna@yahoo.com> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 02:02:06 -0300] rev 21967
i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with dccbf52ffe9f
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 21:36:56 +0900 log: do not use exact matcher for --patch --follow without file (issue4319) stable
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 21:36:56 +0900] rev 21966
log: do not use exact matcher for --patch --follow without file (issue4319) e2530d4a47c1 is valid only if file argument is specified. If no pattern specified, it can simply fall back to the original matcher.
Thu, 31 Jul 2014 16:32:12 -0500 qimport: record imported revs incrementally (issue3874) stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 31 Jul 2014 16:32:12 -0500] rev 21965
qimport: record imported revs incrementally (issue3874) When an import fails, this doesn't lose the state for the earlier revisions.
Thu, 31 Jul 2014 16:01:01 -0500 test-bundle2: add missing os import stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 31 Jul 2014 16:01:01 -0500] rev 21964
test-bundle2: add missing os import
Thu, 31 Jul 2014 14:42:14 -0500 merge with i18n stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 31 Jul 2014 14:42:14 -0500] rev 21963
merge with i18n
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 01:13:53 +0900 i18n-ja: synchronized with 838025b15925 stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 01:13:53 +0900] rev 21962
i18n-ja: synchronized with 838025b15925
Thu, 31 Jul 2014 14:31:31 -0500 help: always show command help with -h (issue4240) stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 31 Jul 2014 14:31:31 -0500] rev 21961
help: always show command help with -h (issue4240) Old behavior: hg help x hg x -h hg help -e x hg help -c x config topic topic (!) - cmd showconfig cmd topic (!) - cmd rebase cmd cmd ext cmd New behavior: hg help x hg x -h hg help -e x hg help -c x config topic cmd - cmd showconfig cmd cmd - cmd rebase cmd cmd ext cmd
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 02:14:24 +0900 templater: add i18n comments to error messages of newly added functions stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 02:14:24 +0900] rev 21960
templater: add i18n comments to error messages of newly added functions This patch adds i18n comments to error messages of newly added functions "startswith" (introduced by 4a445dc5abff) and "word" (by 8f23f8096606).
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 02:14:24 +0900 commands: make the warning message for "patch --partial" translatable stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 02:14:24 +0900] rev 21959
commands: make the warning message for "patch --partial" translatable This patch makes the warning message for "patch --partial" translatable: this message was introduced by bee0e1cffdd3, and there is no reason to prevent this from being translatable.
Fri, 01 Aug 2014 02:14:24 +0900 convert: fix argument mismatch at formatting the abort message stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 01 Aug 2014 02:14:24 +0900] rev 21958
convert: fix argument mismatch at formatting the abort message This patch fixes argument mismatch at formatting the abort message, introduced by a204fd9b5ba9: the last '%s' doesn't have corresponded argument. This patch uses "unexpected size" in the abort message, to distinguish the reason of failure from "unexpected type" failure checked in the prior code path below: if info[1] != type: raise util.Abort(_('cannot read %r object at %s') % (type, rev))
Thu, 31 Jul 2014 10:31:56 +0100 debuginstall: handle quoted path for editor (issue4316) stable
Alexandre Garnier <zigarn@gmail.com> [Thu, 31 Jul 2014 10:31:56 +0100] rev 21957
debuginstall: handle quoted path for editor (issue4316) When using an editor path with spaces and options, you can set 'ui.editor' to '"/path to your/editor" -opt' and it works fine but 'hg debuginstall' is complaining about it because it simply splits the editor and tests presence of '"/path'. Now correctly parse 'ui.editor' string by handling quoted path.
Wed, 30 Jul 2014 18:28:37 -0500 test-bundle2: move file mode setting after sys import stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 30 Jul 2014 18:28:37 -0500] rev 21956
test-bundle2: move file mode setting after sys import
Sat, 26 Jul 2014 09:27:11 +0300 config: allow 'user' in .hgrc ui section (issue3169) stable
anatoly techtonik <techtonik@gmail.com> [Sat, 26 Jul 2014 09:27:11 +0300] rev 21955
config: allow 'user' in .hgrc ui section (issue3169)
Wed, 30 Jul 2014 14:51:56 -0500 merge with i18n stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 30 Jul 2014 14:51:56 -0500] rev 21954
merge with i18n
Tue, 29 Jul 2014 19:29:02 -0300 i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with ad56fc55cbc3 stable
Wagner Bruna <wbruna@yahoo.com> [Tue, 29 Jul 2014 19:29:02 -0300] rev 21953
i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with ad56fc55cbc3
Wed, 30 Jul 2014 00:14:52 +0900 doc: unify help text for "--edit" option stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 30 Jul 2014 00:14:52 +0900] rev 21952
doc: unify help text for "--edit" option This patch changes help text for "--edit" option of commands below: - fetch - qnew - qrefresh - qfold - commit - tag This unification reduces translation cost, too. This patch chooses not "further edit commit message already specified" (of "hg commit") but "invoke editor on commit messages" as unified help text for "--edit" option, because the latter is much older than the former.
Wed, 30 Jul 2014 00:13:59 +0900 doc: unify help text for "--message" option stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 30 Jul 2014 00:13:59 +0900] rev 21951
doc: unify help text for "--message" option This patch changes help text for "--message" option of commands below for unification. - sign (of gpg) - tag This unification reduces translation cost, too. This patch doesn't change the description for "--message" of "hg rebase" below, because this should contain "collapse" word to explain its purpose (only for "--collapse") clearly. use text as collapse commit message
Mon, 28 Jul 2014 19:20:13 -0400 histedit: respect revsetalias entries (issue4311) stable
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Mon, 28 Jul 2014 19:20:13 -0400] rev 21950
histedit: respect revsetalias entries (issue4311) We now expand user-provided revsets before using repo.revs() to locate the root(s) of the user-specified set.
Mon, 28 Jul 2014 10:05:17 +0200 graft: add a reference to revsets to the help text (issue3362) stable
Alexander Becher <Alexander.Becher@RuD-Steuerungstechnik.De> [Mon, 28 Jul 2014 10:05:17 +0200] rev 21949
graft: add a reference to revsets to the help text (issue3362)
Sat, 26 Jul 2014 03:35:42 +0200 i18n: add parenthesis in Brazilian translation of the resolve message stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 26 Jul 2014 03:35:42 +0200] rev 21948
i18n: add parenthesis in Brazilian translation of the resolve message Eu falo brasileiro agora. Eu não sou uma batata!
Sat, 26 Jul 2014 03:32:49 +0200 resolve: add parenthesis around "no more unresolved files" message stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Sat, 26 Jul 2014 03:32:49 +0200] rev 21947
resolve: add parenthesis around "no more unresolved files" message This message may be confused with an error message. Adding parenthesis around it will make it more recognisable as an informative message.
Fri, 25 Jul 2014 15:51:42 -0500 help: mention '-T list' in templater topic stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 25 Jul 2014 15:51:42 -0500] rev 21946
help: mention '-T list' in templater topic
Fri, 25 Jul 2014 15:38:26 -0500 help: drop reference to glog in templates topic stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 25 Jul 2014 15:38:26 -0500] rev 21945
help: drop reference to glog in templates topic
Fri, 25 Jul 2014 15:35:09 -0500 templates: re-add template listing support stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 25 Jul 2014 15:35:09 -0500] rev 21944
templates: re-add template listing support We used to have --style nosuch to list templates, but --style is now merged with --template/-T where random strings are acceptable templates. So we reserve 'list' to allow listing templates.
Mon, 21 Jul 2014 11:44:20 +0900 help: use --template to specify existing style stable
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Mon, 21 Jul 2014 11:44:20 +0900] rev 21943
help: use --template to specify existing style --style is deprecated since 3a35ba2681ec and 870d60294b04.
Thu, 24 Jul 2014 23:39:25 +0900 test-status: add test for removed-and-untracked state (BC) stable
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Thu, 24 Jul 2014 23:39:25 +0900] rev 21942
test-status: add test for removed-and-untracked state (BC) In Mercurial 3.0, "hg status" can list the same file twice if it was removed but still exists in working directory, i.e. removed by "hg forget": $ hg status --rev 0 removed R removed ? removed But since 65cdc6bab91e, untracked state, "?", is no longer displayed in this example. I think the new behavior is correct since a file should have single state, but if it is a bug, this patch should be dropped.
Wed, 02 Jul 2014 16:13:48 +0200 bundle2: only use callable return as reply handler stable
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 02 Jul 2014 16:13:48 +0200] rev 21941
bundle2: only use callable return as reply handler When a bundle2 parts generator returns a non callable value, it should not be used as a reply handler. The changegroup part generator is already having this case of behavior when there is no changegroup to push. This changeset prevent a crash for user of the experimentable bundle2 feature.
Thu, 24 Jul 2014 14:29:08 -0700 resolve: report no argument warning using a hint stable
Nathan Goldbaum <ngoldbau@ucsc.edu> [Thu, 24 Jul 2014 14:29:08 -0700] rev 21940
resolve: report no argument warning using a hint With this change resolve and revert produce consistent output when run with no arguments: $ hg resolve abort: no files or directories specified (use --all to remerge all files) $ hg revert abort: no files or directories specified (use --all to revert all files)
Thu, 24 Jul 2014 12:12:12 -0700 revset: optimize baseset.__sub__ (issue4313) stable
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Thu, 24 Jul 2014 12:12:12 -0700] rev 21939
revset: optimize baseset.__sub__ (issue4313) dd716807fd23 regressed performance of baseset.__sub__ by introducing a lazyset. This patch restores that lost performance by eagerly evaluating baseset.__sub__ if the other set is a baseset. revsetbenchmark.py results impacted by this change: revset #6: roots(0::tip) 0) wall 2.923473 comb 2.920000 user 2.920000 sys 0.000000 (best of 4) 1) wall 0.077614 comb 0.080000 user 0.080000 sys 0.000000 (best of 100) revset #23: roots((0:tip)::) 0) wall 2.875178 comb 2.880000 user 2.880000 sys 0.000000 (best of 4) 1) wall 0.154519 comb 0.150000 user 0.150000 sys 0.000000 (best of 61) On the author's machine, this slowdown manifested during evaluation of 'roots(%ln::)' in phases.retractboundary after unbundling the Firefox repository. Using `time hg unbundle firefox.hg` as a benchmark: Before: 8:00 After: 4:28 Delta: -3:32 For reference, the subset and cs baseset instances impacted by this change were of lengths 193634 and 193627, respectively. Explicit test coverage of roots(%ln::), while similar to the existing roots(0::tip) benchmark, has been added.
Wed, 16 Jul 2014 13:07:39 -0500 memctx: substate needs to be {} instead of None stable
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Wed, 16 Jul 2014 13:07:39 -0500] rev 21938
memctx: substate needs to be {} instead of None Setting substate to None was an oversight in 7cfd94ec5d30 and this patch corrects it by setting substate to an empty dictionary which matches what subrepo code expects.
Wed, 23 Jul 2014 11:16:22 -0500 version: don't traceback if no extensions to list (issue4312) stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 23 Jul 2014 11:16:22 -0500] rev 21937
version: don't traceback if no extensions to list (issue4312)
Wed, 23 Jul 2014 10:50:21 -0500 merge with i18n stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 23 Jul 2014 10:50:21 -0500] rev 21936
merge with i18n
Sun, 20 Jul 2014 18:08:29 -0300 i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with 6c36dc6cd61a stable
Wagner Bruna <wbruna@yahoo.com> [Sun, 20 Jul 2014 18:08:29 -0300] rev 21935
i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with 6c36dc6cd61a
Wed, 23 Jul 2014 00:10:24 +0900 largefiles: use "normallookup" on "lfdirstate" while reverting stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 23 Jul 2014 00:10:24 +0900] rev 21934
largefiles: use "normallookup" on "lfdirstate" while reverting Before this patch, largefiles gotten from revisions other than the parent of the working directory at "hg revert" become "clean" unexpectedly in steps below: 1. "repo.status()" is invoked (for status check before reverting) 1-1 "dirstate" entry for standinfile SF is "normal"-ed (1-2 "lfdirstate" entry of largefile LF (for SF) is "normal"-ed) 2. "cmdutil.revert()" is invoked 2-1 standinfile SF is updated in the working directory 2-2 "dirstate" entry for SF is NOT updated 3. "lfcommands.updatelfiles()" is invoked (by "overrides.overriderevert()") 3-1 largefile LF (for SF) is updated in the working directory 3-2 "dirstate" returns "n" and valid timestamp for SF (by 1-1 and 2-2) 3-3 "lfdirstate" entry for LF is "normal"-ed 3-4 "lfdirstate" is written into ".hg/largefiles/dirstate", and timestamp of LF is stored into "lfdirstate" file (by 3-3) (ASSUMPTION: timestamp of LF differs from one of "lfdirstate" file) Then, "hs status" treats LF as "clean", even though LF is updated by "other" revision (by 3-1), because "lfilesrepo.status()" always treats "normal"-ed files (by 3-3 and 3-4) as "clean". When largefiles are reverted, they should be "normallookup"-ed forcibly. This patch uses "normallookup" on "lfdirstate" while reverting, by passing "True" to newly added argument "normallookup". Forcible "normallookup"-ing is not so expensive, because list of target largefiles is explicitly specified in this case. This patch uses "[debug] dirstate.delaywrite" feature in the test, to ensure that timestamp of the largefile gotten from "other" revision is stored into ".hg/largefiles/dirstate" (for ASSUMPTION at 3-4)
Wed, 23 Jul 2014 00:10:24 +0900 largefiles: invoke "normallookup" on "lfdirstate" for merged files stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Wed, 23 Jul 2014 00:10:24 +0900] rev 21933
largefiles: invoke "normallookup" on "lfdirstate" for merged files Before this patch, largefiles gotten from "other" revision (with conflict) at "hg merge" become "clean" unexpectedly in steps below: 1. "repo.status()" is invoked (for status check before merging) 1-1 "dirstate" entry for standinfile SF is "normal"-ed 1-2 "lfdirstate" entry of largefile LF (for SF) is "normal"-ed 2. "merge.update()" is invoked 2-1 SF is updated in the working directory (ASSUMPTION: user choice "other" at conflict) 2-2 "dirstate" entry for SF is "merge"-ed 3. "lfcommands.updatelfiles()" is invoked (by "overrides.hgmerge()") 3-1 largefile LF (for SF) is updated in the working directory 3-2 "dirstate" returns "m" for SF (by 2-2) 3-3 "lfdirstate" entry for LF is left as it is 3-4 "lfdirstate" is written into ".hg/largefiles/dirstate", and timestamp of LF is stored into "lfdirstate" file (by 1-2) (ASSUMPTION: timestamp of LF differs from one of "lfdirstate" file) Then, "hs status" treats LF as "clean", even though LF is updated by "other" revision (by 3-1), because "lfilesrepo.status()" always treats "normal"-ed files (by 1-2 and 3-4) as "clean". When state of standinfile in "dirstate" is "m", largefile should be "normallookup"-ed. This patch invokes "normallookup" on "lfdirstate" for merged files. This patch uses "[debug] dirstate.delaywrite" feature in the test, to ensure that timestamp of the largefile gotten from "other" revision is stored into ".hg/largefiles/dirstate". (for ASSUMPTION at 3-4)
Tue, 22 Jul 2014 23:59:34 +0900 largefiles: use "normallookup", if "mtime" of standin is unset stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Tue, 22 Jul 2014 23:59:34 +0900] rev 21932
largefiles: use "normallookup", if "mtime" of standin is unset Before this patch, largefiles gotten from "other" revision (without conflict) at "hg merge" become "clean" unexpectedly in steps below: 1. "merge.update()" is invoked 1-1 standinfile SF is updated in the working directory 1-2 "dirstate" entry for SF is "normallookup"-ed 2. "lfcommands.updatelfiles()" is invoked (by "overrides.hgmerge()") 2-1 largefile LF (for SF) is updated in the working directory 2-2 "dirstate" returns "n" for SF (by 1-2) 2-3 "lfdirstate" entry for LF is "normal"-ed 2-4 "lfdirstate" is written into ".hg/largefiles/dirstate", and timestamp of LF is stored into "lfdirstate" file (ASSUMPTION: timestamp of LF differs from one of "lfdirstate" file) Then, "hs status" treats LF as "clean", even though LF is updated by "other" revision (by 2-1), because "lfilesrepo.status()" always treats "normal"-ed files (by 2-3 and 2-4) as "clean". When timestamp is not set (= negative value) for standinfile in "dirstate", largefile should be "normallookup"-ed regardless of rebasing or not, because "n" state in "dirstate" doesn't ensure "clean"-ness of a standinfile at that time. This patch uses "normallookup" instead of "normal", if "mtime" of standin is unset This is a temporary way to fix with less changes. For fundamental resolution of this kind of problems in the future, "lfdirstate" should be updated with "dirstate" simultaneously while "merge.update" execution: maybe by hooking "recordupdates" It is also why this patch (temporarily) uses internal field "_map" of "dirstate" directly. This patch uses "[debug] dirstate.delaywrite" feature in the test, to ensure that timestamp of the largefile gotten from "other" revision is stored into ".hg/largefiles/dirstate". (for ASSUMPTION at 2-4) This patch newly adds "test-largefiles-update.t", to avoid increasing cost to run other tests for largefiles by subsequent patches (especially, "[debug] dirstate.delaywrite" causes so).
Tue, 22 Jul 2014 23:59:30 +0900 dirstate: delay writing out to ensure timestamp of each entries explicitly stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Tue, 22 Jul 2014 23:59:30 +0900] rev 21931
dirstate: delay writing out to ensure timestamp of each entries explicitly Even though "dirstate.write()" is invoked explicitly after "normal" invocations, timestamp field of entries may be still "unset" in the "dirstate" file itself , because "pack_dirstate" drops it when it is equal to the timestamp of "dirstate" file itself. This can avoid overlooking modification of files, which are updated at same time in the second. But on the other hand, this may hide timing critical problems. For example, incorrect "normal"-ing (or lack of "normallookup"-ing on the already "normal"-ed entry) is visible only when: - the target file is modified in the working directory at T1, and - "dirstate" file is written out at T2 (!= T1) Otherwise, T1 is dropped by "pack_dirstate" in "dirstate.write()" invocation, and "unset" is stored into "dirstate" file. It often fails to reproduce problems from incorrect "normal"-ing by Mercurial testset, because automated actions in the small repository almost always causes that T1 and T2 are same. This patch adds the debug feature to delay writing out to ensure timestamp of each entries explicitly. This feature is used to make timing critical "dirstate" problems reproducable in subsequent patches.
Mon, 21 Jul 2014 11:27:24 -0700 tests: cat error messages are different on Solaris stable
Danek Duvall <danek.duvall@oracle.com> [Mon, 21 Jul 2014 11:27:24 -0700] rev 21930
tests: cat error messages are different on Solaris
Sun, 20 Jul 2014 15:06:12 -0300 commands: fix typo in import documentation stable
Wagner Bruna <wbruna@yahoo.com> [Sun, 20 Jul 2014 15:06:12 -0300] rev 21929
commands: fix typo in import documentation
Sat, 19 Jul 2014 00:11:40 -0500 Added signature for changeset 6c36dc6cd61a stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sat, 19 Jul 2014 00:11:40 -0500] rev 21928
Added signature for changeset 6c36dc6cd61a
Sat, 19 Jul 2014 00:11:10 -0500 Added tag 3.1-rc for changeset 6c36dc6cd61a stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sat, 19 Jul 2014 00:11:10 -0500] rev 21927
Added tag 3.1-rc for changeset 6c36dc6cd61a
Sat, 19 Jul 2014 00:10:22 -0500 merge default into stable for 3.1 code freeze stable 3.1-rc
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sat, 19 Jul 2014 00:10:22 -0500] rev 21926
merge default into stable for 3.1 code freeze
Fri, 18 Jul 2014 19:46:56 -0400 revset: avoid a ValueError when 'only()' is given an empty set
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Fri, 18 Jul 2014 19:46:56 -0400] rev 21925
revset: avoid a ValueError when 'only()' is given an empty set This previously died in _revdescendants() taking the min() of the first set to only(), when it was empty. An empty second set already worked. Likewise, descendants() already handled an empty set.
Tue, 15 Jul 2014 23:34:13 +0900 cmdutil: make commit message shown in text editor customizable by template
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Tue, 15 Jul 2014 23:34:13 +0900] rev 21924
cmdutil: make commit message shown in text editor customizable by template This patch makes commit message shown in text editor customizable by template. For example, this can advertise: - sample commit messages for routine works, - points to call attention before commit, - message of the day, and so on To show commit message correctly even in problematic encoding, this patch chooses the latter below: - replace "buildcommittext" with "buildcommittemplate" completely - invoke "buildcommittemplate" only if '[committemplate] changeset' is configured explicitly For example, if multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is followed by ASCII character 'n' in the customized template, sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly (and multibyte character is broken, too). This corruption occurs in 'decode("string-escape")' while parsing template string.
Fri, 18 Jul 2014 23:15:28 -0500 commiteditor: refactor default extramsg
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 18 Jul 2014 23:15:28 -0500] rev 21923
commiteditor: refactor default extramsg
Thu, 26 Jun 2014 01:20:25 +0200 filemerge: add internal:tagmerge merge tool
Angel Ezquerra <angel.ezquerra@gmail.com> [Thu, 26 Jun 2014 01:20:25 +0200] rev 21922
filemerge: add internal:tagmerge merge tool Add a new internal:tagmerge merge tool which implements an automatic merge algorithm for mercurial's tag files The tagmerge algorithm is able to resolve most merge conflicts that currently would trigger a .hgtags merge conflict. The only case that it does not (and cannot) handle is that in which two tags point to different revisions on each merge parent _and_ their corresponding tag histories have the same rank (i.e. the same length). In all other cases the merge algorithm will choose the revision belonging to the parent with the highest ranked tag history. The merged tag history is the combination of both tag histories (special care is taken to try to combine common tag histories where possible). The algorithm also handles cases in which tags have been manually removed from the .hgtags file and other similar corner cases. In addition to actually merging the tags from two parents, taking into account the base, the algorithm also tries to minimize the difference between the merged tag file and the first parent's tag file (i.e. it tries to make the merged tag order as as similar as possible to the first parent's tag file order). The algorithm works as follows: 1. read the tags from p1, p2 and the base - when reading the p1 tags, also get the line numbers associated to each tag node (these will be used to sort the merged tags in a way that minimizes the diff to p1). Ignore the file numbers when reading p2 and the base 2. recover the "lost tags" (i.e. those that are found in the base but not on p1 or p2) and add them back to p1 and/or p2 - at this point the only tags that are on p1 but not on p2 are those new tags that were introduced in p1. Same thing for the tags that are on p2 but not on p2 3. take all tags that are only on p1 or only on p2 (but not on the base) - Note that these are the tags that were introduced between base and p1 and between base and p2, possibly on separate clones 4. for each tag found both on p1 and p2 perform the following merge algorithm: - the tags conflict if their tag "histories" have the same "rank" (i.e. length) _AND_ the last (current) tag is _NOT_ the same - for non conflicting tags: - choose which are the high and the low ranking nodes - the high ranking list of nodes is the one that is longer. In case of draw favor p1 - the merged node list is made of 3 parts: - first the nodes that are common to the beginning of both the low and the high ranking nodes - second the non common low ranking nodes - finally the non common high ranking nodes (with the last one being the merged tag node) - note that this is equivalent to putting the whole low ranking node list first, followed by the non common high ranking nodes - note that during the merge we keep the "node line numbers", which will be used when writing the merged tags to the tag file 5. write the merged tags taking into account to their positions in the first parent (i.e. try to keep the relative ordering of the nodes that come from p1). This minimizes the diff between the merged and the p1 tag files This is done by using the following algorithm - group the nodes for a given tag that must be written next to each other - A: nodes that come from consecutive lines on p1 - B: nodes that come from p2 (i.e. whose associated line number is None) and are next to one of the a nodes in A - each group is associated with a line number coming from p1 - generate a "tag block" for each of the groups - a tag block is a set of consecutive "node tag" lines belonging to the same tag and which will be written next to each other on the merged tags file - sort the "tag blocks" according to their associated number line - put blocks whose nodes come all from p2 first - write the tag blocks in the sorted order Notes: - A few tests have been added to test-tag.t. These tests are very specific to the new internal:tagmerge tool, so perhaps they should be moved to their own test file. - The merge algorithm was discussed in a thread on the mercurial mailing list. In http://markmail.org/message/anqaxldup4tmgyrx a slightly different algorithm was suggested. In it the p1 and p2 tags would have been interleaved instead of put one before the other. It would be possible to implement that but my tests suggest that the merge result would be more confusing and harder to understand.
Fri, 18 Jul 2014 21:49:52 -0500 filemerge: use non-minimal conflict marker regions (BC)
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 18 Jul 2014 21:49:52 -0500] rev 21921
filemerge: use non-minimal conflict marker regions (BC) As extensively detailed by Pierre-Yves[1], simplemerge's minimal markers can result in hopeless confusion for many common merges. As it happens, we accidentally inherited this behavior when we borrowed simplemerge from bzr; it is not the behavior used by RCS's merge(1), Since merge(1) (and not bzr) is what we aim to emulate when emulating RCS's merge markers, we simply turn this feature off. This brings us in line with the behavior of CVS, SVN, and Git as a bonus. (NB: using conflict markers with Mercurial is discouraged.) [1] http://markmail.org/message/wj5mh3lc46czlvld convert glob tessa
Mon, 09 Jun 2014 03:49:07 -0700 test: use more elaborated content in ``test-conflict.t``
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 09 Jun 2014 03:49:07 -0700] rev 21920
test: use more elaborated content in ``test-conflict.t`` We are going to introduce a setting to control the "minimisation" feature of ``internal:merge``. So we need more interesting conflicting content. We change the content in an independent changeset to make sure the coming code change leave the output unchanged.
Fri, 18 Jul 2014 17:52:18 -0500 run-tests: make --view work again
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 18 Jul 2014 17:52:18 -0500] rev 21919
run-tests: make --view work again
Sun, 06 Jul 2014 02:56:41 +0900 filemerge: use 'basic' as the default of '[ui] mergemarkers' for safety
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sun, 06 Jul 2014 02:56:41 +0900] rev 21918
filemerge: use 'basic' as the default of '[ui] mergemarkers' for safety Before this patch, 'detailed' is used as the default of '[ui] mergemarkers'. This embeds non-ASCII characters in tags, branches, bookmarks, author and/or commit descriptions into merged files in the encoding specified by '--encoding' global option, 'HGENCODING' or other locale setting environment variables. But, if files to be merged use another encoding, this behavior breaks consistency of encoding in merged files. For example, ISO-2022-JP or EUC-JP are sometimes used as the file encoding for Japanese characters, because of historical and/or environmental reasons, even though UTF-8 or Shift-JIS are ordinarily used as the terminal encoding. This can't be resolved automatically, because Mercurial doesn't aware encoding of managed files. This patch uses 'basic' as the default of '[ui] mergemarkers' to avoid embedding encoding sensitive characters for safety. This patch puts '[ui] mergemarkers = detailed' into default hgrc file for tests, to reduce changes for tests in this patch.
Thu, 17 Jul 2014 20:17:17 -0400 largefiles: avoid unnecessary creation of .hg/largefiles when opening lfdirstate
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Thu, 17 Jul 2014 20:17:17 -0400] rev 21917
largefiles: avoid unnecessary creation of .hg/largefiles when opening lfdirstate Previously, the directory '.hg/largefiles' would always be created if it didn't exist when the lfdirstate was opened. If there were no standin files, no dirstate file would be created in the directory. The end result was that enabling the largefiles extension globally, but not explicitly adding a largefile would result in the repository eventually sprouting this directory. Creation of this directory effectively changes readonly operations like summary and status into operations that require write access. Without write access, commands that would succeed without the extension loaded would abort with a surprising error when the extension is loaded, but not actively used: $ hg sum -R /tmp/thg --config extensions.largefiles= parent: 16541:00dc703d5aed repowidget: specify incoming bundle by plain file path to avoid url parsing branch: default abort: Permission denied: '/tmp/thg/.hg/largefiles' This change is simpler than changing the callers of openlfdirstate() to use the 'create' parameter that was introduced in ae57920ac188, and probably how that should have been implemented in the first place.
Tue, 05 Nov 2013 14:47:35 -0500 run-tests: write out scripts in binary mode
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Tue, 05 Nov 2013 14:47:35 -0500] rev 21916
run-tests: write out scripts in binary mode Caught because Python 3 refuses to write bytes to a non-binary fd.
Tue, 15 Jul 2014 15:34:50 -0700 match: use util.re.escape instead of re.escape
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 15 Jul 2014 15:34:50 -0700] rev 21915
match: use util.re.escape instead of re.escape For a pathological .hgignore with over 2500 glob lines and over 200000 calls to re.escape, and with re2 available, this speeds up parsing the .hgignore from 0.75 seconds to 0.20 seconds. This causes e.g. 'hg status' with hgwatchman enabled to go from 1.02 seconds to 0.47 seconds.
Tue, 15 Jul 2014 15:14:45 -0700 util.re: add an escape method
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 15 Jul 2014 15:14:45 -0700] rev 21914
util.re: add an escape method The escape method in at least one of the modules called 're2' is in C. This means it is significantly faster than the Python code written in 're'. An upcoming patch will have benchmarks.
Tue, 15 Jul 2014 15:01:52 -0700 util.re: move check for re2 into a separate method
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 15 Jul 2014 15:01:52 -0700] rev 21913
util.re: move check for re2 into a separate method We're going to use the same check for another method in an upcoming patch.
Tue, 15 Jul 2014 14:52:40 -0700 util: remove no longer used compilere
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 15 Jul 2014 14:52:40 -0700] rev 21912
util: remove no longer used compilere
Tue, 15 Jul 2014 14:52:22 -0700 commands: use util.re.compile instead of util.compilere
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 15 Jul 2014 14:52:22 -0700] rev 21911
commands: use util.re.compile instead of util.compilere
Tue, 15 Jul 2014 14:50:58 -0700 config: use util.re.compile instead of util.compilere
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 15 Jul 2014 14:50:58 -0700] rev 21910
config: use util.re.compile instead of util.compilere
Tue, 15 Jul 2014 14:49:45 -0700 match: use util.re.compile instead of util.compilere
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 15 Jul 2014 14:49:45 -0700] rev 21909
match: use util.re.compile instead of util.compilere
Tue, 15 Jul 2014 14:40:43 -0700 util: move compilere to a class
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 15 Jul 2014 14:40:43 -0700] rev 21908
util: move compilere to a class We do this to allow us to use descriptors for other related methods. For now, util.compilere does the same thing. Upcoming patches will remove it.
Tue, 15 Jul 2014 14:35:19 -0700 util: rename 're' to 'remod'
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 15 Jul 2014 14:35:19 -0700] rev 21907
util: rename 're' to 'remod' Upcoming patches will introduce a binding called 're'.
Wed, 02 Jul 2014 15:47:39 +0200 bundle2-push: drop _pushbundle2extraparts
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 02 Jul 2014 15:47:39 +0200] rev 21906
bundle2-push: drop _pushbundle2extraparts All core user are now using the new way. We drop the old way.
Wed, 02 Jul 2014 16:10:14 +0200 bundle2-test: use the new way to extend push content
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 02 Jul 2014 16:10:14 +0200] rev 21905
bundle2-test: use the new way to extend push content The only core user of the old way were tests. We update them.
Wed, 02 Jul 2014 15:26:04 +0200 bundle2-push: introduce a list of part generating functions
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 02 Jul 2014 15:26:04 +0200] rev 21904
bundle2-push: introduce a list of part generating functions Instead of explicitly calling a few function to generate part in the bundle, we now have a list of all part generators. This should make it easier for extensions to adds new part in the bundle. This new way to extend the push deprecates the old `_pushbundle2extraparts` way.
Wed, 02 Jul 2014 12:55:09 +0200 bundle2-push: move changegroup push validation inside _pushb2ctx
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 02 Jul 2014 12:55:09 +0200] rev 21903
bundle2-push: move changegroup push validation inside _pushb2ctx When bundle2 push includes more than just changesets, we may have no changegroup to push yet still have other data to push. So we now try to performs a bundle2 push in all cases. The check for changegroup inclusion is moved into the ``_pushb2ctx`` function in charge of creating the changegroup part. The bundle2 part is aborted if no actual payload part have been added to the bundle2.
Mon, 07 Jul 2014 12:30:31 +0200 push: use `stepsdone` to control changegroup push through bundle10 or bundle20
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Mon, 07 Jul 2014 12:30:31 +0200] rev 21902
push: use `stepsdone` to control changegroup push through bundle10 or bundle20 We use the newly introduced `pushop.stepsdone` attribute to inform older methods than changegroup have already been pushed using a newer method.
Wed, 02 Jul 2014 12:48:54 +0200 push: add a ``pushop.stepsdone`` attribute
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 02 Jul 2014 12:48:54 +0200] rev 21901
push: add a ``pushop.stepsdone`` attribute This attribute will record what steps were performed during the bundle2 push. This will control whenever the old way push must be performed or skipped. This will ultimately be used by changegroup, phases, obsmarkers, bookmarks and any other kind of data ones may want to exchange even when bundle2 support is missing.
Wed, 02 Jul 2014 16:17:54 +0200 bundle2: add a ``bundle20.nbparts`` property
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 02 Jul 2014 16:17:54 +0200] rev 21900
bundle2: add a ``bundle20.nbparts`` property This property can be used to know how much parts have been added to the bundle2. This will be useful to check if any part have been generated for a push.
Wed, 02 Jul 2014 11:42:35 +0200 bundle2-push: extract changegroup logic in its own function
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 02 Jul 2014 11:42:35 +0200] rev 21899
bundle2-push: extract changegroup logic in its own function We extract the creation of changegroup related parts into its own function. This precludes the inclusion of more diverse data during the bundle2 push. We use a closure to carry the logic that need to be perform when processing the server reply.
Wed, 02 Jul 2014 14:09:24 +0200 bundle2: call _pushbundle2extraparts a bit sooner
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Wed, 02 Jul 2014 14:09:24 +0200] rev 21898
bundle2: call _pushbundle2extraparts a bit sooner This is the first step of a refactoring that will ease the inclusion of new part in the bundle2 push and includes more information (like phases) in this push We need to move the function a bit sooner to be able to group the generation of `b2x:check:heads` and `b2x:changegroup` part in an external function. We move it sooner to preserve parts creation order bundle2 tests rely on. At the ends of this refactoring the `_pushbundle2extraparts` will be replaced by another mechanism anyway.
Tue, 15 Jul 2014 23:34:13 +0900 templatekw: add 'subrepos' keyword to show updated subrepositories
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Tue, 15 Jul 2014 23:34:13 +0900] rev 21897
templatekw: add 'subrepos' keyword to show updated subrepositories 'subrepos' template keyword newly added by this patch shows updated subrepositories. For the compatibility with the list of subrepositories shown in the editor at commit: - 'subrepos' is empty, at revisions removing '.hgsub' itself - 'subrepos' is calculated between the revision and the first parent of it, at merge revisions To avoid silent regression, this patch also confirms "hg diff" of ".hgsubstate" and parents for each target revisions in the test.
Tue, 15 Jul 2014 23:34:13 +0900 templatekw: add 'currentbookmark' keyword to show current bookmark easily
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Tue, 15 Jul 2014 23:34:13 +0900] rev 21896
templatekw: add 'currentbookmark' keyword to show current bookmark easily Before this patch, complicated template expression below is required to show current active bookmark if it is associated with the changeset. "{bookmarks % '{ifeq(bookmark, current, \"{bookmark}\")}'}" This patch add 'currentbookmark' keyword to show current bookmark easily.
Wed, 16 Jul 2014 14:53:03 -0700 context: extend efficient manifest filtering to when all paths are files
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Wed, 16 Jul 2014 14:53:03 -0700] rev 21895
context: extend efficient manifest filtering to when all paths are files On a repository with over 250,000 files and 700,000 commits, this improves cases like hg status --rev <rev> -- <file> # rev is not . from 2.1 seconds to 1.4 seconds. There is further scope for improvement here: for a single file or a small set of files, it is probably more efficient to use filelog linkrevs when possible. However there will always be cases where that will fail (multiple commits pointing to the same file revision, removed files...), so this is independently useful.
Sat, 12 Jul 2014 00:37:08 -0700 revset: remove no longer used _missingancestors revset
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Sat, 12 Jul 2014 00:37:08 -0700] rev 21894
revset: remove no longer used _missingancestors revset This was undocumented.
Sat, 12 Jul 2014 00:31:36 -0700 revset: replace _missingancestors optimization with only revset
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Sat, 12 Jul 2014 00:31:36 -0700] rev 21893
revset: replace _missingancestors optimization with only revset (::a - ::b) is equivalent to only(a, b).
Sat, 28 Jun 2014 01:42:39 +0200 tags: introduce _readtaghist function
Angel Ezquerra <angel.ezquerra@gmail.com> [Sat, 28 Jun 2014 01:42:39 +0200] rev 21892
tags: introduce _readtaghist function The existing _readtags function has been modified a little and renamed _readtaghist. A new _readtaghist function has been added, which is a wrappger around _readtaghist. Its output is the same as the old _readtaghist. The purpose of this change is to make it possible to automatically merge tag files. In order to do so we will need to get the line numbers for each of the tag-node pairs on the first merge parent. This is not used yet, but will be used on a follow up patch that will introduce an automatic tag merge algorithm. I performed some tests to compare the effect of this change. I used timeit to run the test-tags.t test a 9 times with and without this patch. The results were: - without this patch: 3 loops, best of 3: 8.55 sec per loop - with this patch: 3 loops, best of 3: 8.49 sec per loop The the test was on average was slightly faster with this patch (although the difference was probably not statistically significant).
Fri, 20 Jun 2014 00:42:35 +0900 subrepo: ensure "close()" execution at the end of "_initrepo()"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 20 Jun 2014 00:42:35 +0900] rev 21891
subrepo: ensure "close()" execution at the end of "_initrepo()" Before this patch, "close()" for the file object opened in "_initrepo()" may not be executed, if unexpected exception is raised, because it isn't executed in "finally" clause. This patch ensures "close()" execution at the end of "_initrepo()" by moving it into "finally" clause. This patch puts configuration lines into "lines" array and write them out at once, to narrow the scope of "try"/"finally" for review-ability. This patch doesn't use "vfs.write()", because: - current "vfs.write()" implementation doesn't take "mode" argument to open file in "text" mode - writing hgrc file out in binary mode may break backward compatibility
Fri, 20 Jun 2014 00:41:31 +0900 subrepo: add test whether "[paths]" is configured correctly at subrepo creation
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 20 Jun 2014 00:41:31 +0900] rev 21890
subrepo: add test whether "[paths]" is configured correctly at subrepo creation This test is added for changes in the subsequent patch. This test doesn't use "(glob)" for expected output, because "[paths]" is configured at subrepo creation by "_abssource()" using "posixpath.join()" to join path components.
Fri, 20 Jun 2014 00:21:19 +0900 subrepo: ensure "close()" execution at the end of "_cachestorehash()"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 20 Jun 2014 00:21:19 +0900] rev 21889
subrepo: ensure "close()" execution at the end of "_cachestorehash()" Before this patch, "close()" for the file object opened in "_cachestorehash()" may not be executed, if unexpected exception is raised, because it isn't executed in "finally" clause. This patch ensures "close()" execution at the end of "_cachestorehash()" by moving it into "finally" clause.
Fri, 20 Jun 2014 00:21:19 +0900 subrepo: ensure "close()" execution at the end of "_readstorehashcache()"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 20 Jun 2014 00:21:19 +0900] rev 21888
subrepo: ensure "close()" execution at the end of "_readstorehashcache()" Before this patch, "close()" for the file object opened in "_readstorehashcache()" may not be executed, if unexpected exception is raised, because it isn't executed in "finally" clause. This patch ensures "close()" execution at the end of "_readstorehashcache()" by moving it into "finally" clause.
Fri, 20 Jun 2014 00:21:19 +0900 subrepo: ensure "close()" execution at the end of "_calcfilehash()"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 20 Jun 2014 00:21:19 +0900] rev 21887
subrepo: ensure "close()" execution at the end of "_calcfilehash()" Before this patch, "close()" for the file object opened in "_calcfilehash()" may not be executed, if unexpected exception is raised, because it isn't executed in "finally" clause. This patch ensures "close()" execution at the end of "_calcfilehash()" by moving it into "finally" clause.
Fri, 20 Jun 2014 00:21:19 +0900 subrepo: ensure "lock.release()" execution at the end of "_cachestorehash()"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 20 Jun 2014 00:21:19 +0900] rev 21886
subrepo: ensure "lock.release()" execution at the end of "_cachestorehash()" Before this patch, "lock.release()" for "self._repo" in "_cachestorehash()" of "hgsubrepo" may not be executed, if unexpected exception is raised, because it isn't executed in "finally" clause. This patch ensures "lock.release()" execution at the end of "_cachestorehash()" by moving it into "finally" clause.
Fri, 20 Jun 2014 00:21:19 +0900 subrepo: ensure "lock.release()" execution at the end of "storeclean()"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 20 Jun 2014 00:21:19 +0900] rev 21885
subrepo: ensure "lock.release()" execution at the end of "storeclean()" Before this patch, "lock.release()" for "self._repo" in "storeclean()" of "hgsubrepo" may not be executed, if unexpected exception is raised, because it isn't executed in "finally" clause. This patch ensures "lock.release()" execution at the end of "storeclean()" by moving it into "finally" clause. This patch chooses moving almost all lines in "storeclean()" into "_storeclean()" instead of indenting them for "try/finally" clauses, to keep diff simple for review-ability.
Mon, 07 Jul 2014 18:45:46 +0900 largefiles: confirm existence of outgoing largefile entities in remote store
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Mon, 07 Jul 2014 18:45:46 +0900] rev 21884
largefiles: confirm existence of outgoing largefile entities in remote store Before this patch, "hg summary" and "hg outgoing" show and count up all largefiles changed/added in outgoing revisions, even though some of them are already uploaded into remote store. This patch confirms existence of outgoing largefile entities in remote store, to show and count up only really outgoing largefile entities at "hg summary" and "hg outgoing".
Mon, 07 Jul 2014 18:45:46 +0900 largefiles: show also how many data entities are outgoing at "hg outgoing"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Mon, 07 Jul 2014 18:45:46 +0900] rev 21883
largefiles: show also how many data entities are outgoing at "hg outgoing" Before this patch, "hg outgoing --large" shows which largefiles are changed or added in outgoing revisions only in the point of the view of filenames. For example, according to the list of outgoing largefiles shown in "hg outgoing" output, users should expect that the former below costs much more to upload outgoing largefiles than the latter. - outgoing revisions add a hundred largefiles, but all of them refer the same data entity in this case, only one data entity is outgoing, even though "hg summary" says that a hundred largefiles are outgoing. - a hundred outgoing revisions change only one largefile with distinct data in this case, a hundred data entities are outgoing, even though "hg summary" says that only one largefile is outgoing. But the latter costs much more than the former, in fact. This patch shows also how many data entities are outgoing at "hg outgoing" by counting number of unique hash values for outgoing largefiles. When "--debug" is specified, this patch also shows what entities (in hash) are outgoing for each largefiles listed up, for debug purpose. In "ui.debugflag" route, "addfunc()" can append given "lfhash" to the list "toupload[fn]" always without duplication check, because de-duplication is already done in "_getoutgoings()".
Mon, 07 Jul 2014 18:45:46 +0900 largefiles: show also how many data entities are outgoing at "hg summary"
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Mon, 07 Jul 2014 18:45:46 +0900] rev 21882
largefiles: show also how many data entities are outgoing at "hg summary" Before this patch, "hg summary --large" shows how many largefiles are changed or added in outgoing revisions only in the point of the view of filenames. For example, according to the number of outgoing largefiles shown in "hg summary" output, users should expect that the former below costs much more to upload outgoing largefiles than the latter. - outgoing revisions add a hundred largefiles, but all of them refer the same data entity in this case, only one data entity is outgoing, even though "hg summary" says that a hundred largefiles are outgoing. - a hundred outgoing revisions change only one largefile with distinct data in this case, a hundred data entities are outgoing, even though "hg summary" says that only one largefile is outgoing. But the latter costs much more than the former, in fact. This patch shows also how many data entities are outgoing at "hg summary" by counting number of unique hash values for outgoing largefiles. This patch introduces "_getoutgoings" to centralize the logic (de-duplication, too) into it for convenience of subsequent patches, even though it is not required in "hg summary" case.
Mon, 07 Jul 2014 18:45:46 +0900 largefiles: add tests for summary/outgoing improved in subsequent patches
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Mon, 07 Jul 2014 18:45:46 +0900] rev 21881
largefiles: add tests for summary/outgoing improved in subsequent patches This patch adds tests for summary/outgoing improved in subsequent patches, to reduce amount of diffs in each patches. This patch adds new revisions below: - revision #2 adds new largefiles, but they contain as same data as one already existing this causes that multiple standins refer the same data entity - revision #3, #4 and #5 change the already existing largefile this causes that multiple data entities are outgoing for the standin. #5 can be used to check de-duplication of "(hash, filename)" pair.
Sat, 12 Jul 2014 17:59:03 -0700 context: generate filtered manifest efficiently for exact matchers
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Sat, 12 Jul 2014 17:59:03 -0700] rev 21880
context: generate filtered manifest efficiently for exact matchers When the matcher is exact, there's no reason to iterate over the entire manifest. It's much more efficient to iterate over the list of files instead. For a repository with approximately 300,000 files, this speeds up hg log -l10 --patch --follow for a frequently modified file from 16.5 seconds to 10.5 seconds.
Sat, 12 Jul 2014 17:57:25 -0700 manifestdict: add a new method to intersect with a set of files
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Sat, 12 Jul 2014 17:57:25 -0700] rev 21879
manifestdict: add a new method to intersect with a set of files This is meant to be used when the set of files is known in advance, e.g. with a match object with no patterns.
Sat, 12 Jul 2014 18:31:18 -0700 log: use an exact matcher for --patch --follow
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Sat, 12 Jul 2014 18:31:18 -0700] rev 21878
log: use an exact matcher for --patch --follow The arguments to log --patch --follow are expected to be exact paths. This will be used to make manifest filtering for these cases more efficient in upcoming patches.
Wed, 16 Jul 2014 17:35:04 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 16 Jul 2014 17:35:04 -0500] rev 21877
merge with stable
Sat, 12 Jul 2014 02:23:17 -0700 log: make --patch --follow work inside a subdirectory stable
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Sat, 12 Jul 2014 02:23:17 -0700] rev 21876
log: make --patch --follow work inside a subdirectory Previously, the 'patch' code for hg log --patch --follow would try to resolve patterns relative to the repository root rather than the current working directory. Fix that by using match.files instead of pats, as done elsewhere nearby.
Sat, 12 Jul 2014 20:07:24 +0900 mergetools: add --nofork option to gvimdiff.diffargs for extdiff
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 12 Jul 2014 20:07:24 +0900] rev 21875
mergetools: add --nofork option to gvimdiff.diffargs for extdiff Without --nofork, temporary files are removed immediately before gvimdiff starts. "-d -g -O" are put just for consistency with gvimdiff.args.
Sat, 05 Jul 2014 16:32:28 +0300 contrib/vagrant: use Vagrant for running tests on virtual machine
anatoly techtonik <techtonik@gmail.com> [Sat, 05 Jul 2014 16:32:28 +0300] rev 21874
contrib/vagrant: use Vagrant for running tests on virtual machine $ cd contrib/vagrant $ vagrant up $ vagrant ssh -c ./run-tests.sh Repository is shared at /hgshared in guest machine.
Mon, 14 Jul 2014 18:53:03 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 14 Jul 2014 18:53:03 -0500] rev 21873
merge with stable
Sat, 12 Jul 2014 20:44:00 -0700 log: allow revset for --follow to be lazily evaluated
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Sat, 12 Jul 2014 20:44:00 -0700] rev 21872
log: allow revset for --follow to be lazily evaluated It is unclear to me why evaluation was forced. For a repository with over 700,000 commits, 'hg log -f' drops from 1.2 seconds to 0.2 seconds.
Mon, 14 Jul 2014 15:42:31 -0700 parsers: remove unused getintat function
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Mon, 14 Jul 2014 15:42:31 -0700] rev 21871
parsers: remove unused getintat function Warning detected by clang.
Mon, 14 Jul 2014 17:55:31 -0500 revset: maintain ordering when subtracting from a baseset (issue4289)
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 14 Jul 2014 17:55:31 -0500] rev 21870
revset: maintain ordering when subtracting from a baseset (issue4289)
Tue, 15 Jul 2014 00:59:09 +0900 cmdutil: separate building commit text from 'commitforceeditor'
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Tue, 15 Jul 2014 00:59:09 +0900] rev 21869
cmdutil: separate building commit text from 'commitforceeditor' This separation makes it easier to extend/hook building commit text from the specified context. This patch uses 'committext' instead of 'edittext' for names of newly added variable and function, because the former is more purpose specific than the latter, even though 'edittext' in 'buildcommittext' is left as it is to reduce amount of diff.
Mon, 14 Jul 2014 23:33:59 +0900 convert: detect removal of ".gitmodules" at git source revisions correctly stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Mon, 14 Jul 2014 23:33:59 +0900] rev 21868
convert: detect removal of ".gitmodules" at git source revisions correctly Before this patch, all operations applied on ".gitmodules" at git source revisions are treated as modification, even if they are actually removal of it. If removal of ".gitmodules" is treated as modification unexpectedly, "hg convert" is aborted by the exception raised in "retrievegitmodules()" for ".gitmodules" at the git source revision removing it, because that revision doesn't have any information of ".gitmodules". This patch detects removal of ".gitmodules" at git source revisions correctly. If ".gitmodules" is removed at the git source revision, this patch records "hex(nullid)" as the contents hash value for ".hgsub" and ".hgsubstate" at the destination revision. This patch makes "getfile()" raise IOError also for ".hgstatus" and ".hgsubstate" if the contents hash value is "hex(nullid)", and this tells removal of ".hgstatus" and ".hgsubstate" at the destination revision to "localrepository.commitctx()" correctly. For files other than ".hgstatus" and ".hgsubstate", checking the contents hash value in "getfile()" may be redundant, because "catfile()" for them also does so. But this patch chooses writing it only once at the beginning of "getfile()", to avoid writing same code twice both for ".hgsub" and ".hgsubstate" separately.
Mon, 14 Jul 2014 12:44:45 -0500 templates: escape NUL bytes in jsonescape (issue4303) stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 14 Jul 2014 12:44:45 -0500] rev 21867
templates: escape NUL bytes in jsonescape (issue4303) It's currently possible for various fields to contain NUL bytes, which are disallowed in JSON.
Sat, 12 Jul 2014 10:52:58 -0700 localrepo: document localrepo.hook()
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sat, 12 Jul 2014 10:52:58 -0700] rev 21866
localrepo: document localrepo.hook()
Sun, 06 Jul 2014 02:56:41 +0900 filemerge: use 'util.ellipsis' to trim custom conflict markers correctly
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sun, 06 Jul 2014 02:56:41 +0900] rev 21865
filemerge: use 'util.ellipsis' to trim custom conflict markers correctly Before this patch, filemerge slices byte sequence directly to trim conflict markers, but this may cause: - splitting at intermediate multi-byte sequence - incorrect calculation of column width (length of byte sequence is different from columns in display in many cases) This patch uses 'util.ellipsis' to trim custom conflict markers correctly, even if multi-byte characters are used in them.
Sun, 06 Jul 2014 02:56:41 +0900 filemerge: use only the first line of the generated conflict marker for safety
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sun, 06 Jul 2014 02:56:41 +0900] rev 21864
filemerge: use only the first line of the generated conflict marker for safety Before this patch, with careless configuration (missing '|firstline' filtering for '{desc}' keyword, for example), '[ui] mergemarkertemplate' can make conflict markers multiple lines. For ordinary users, advantage of allowing '[ui] mergemarkertemplate' to generate multiple lines for customizing seems to be less than advantage of disallowing it for safety. This patch uses only the first line of the conflict marker generated from '[ui] mergemarkertemplate' configuration for safety.
Sun, 06 Jul 2014 02:56:41 +0900 progress: use 'encoding.colwidth' to get column width of items correctly
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sun, 06 Jul 2014 02:56:41 +0900] rev 21863
progress: use 'encoding.colwidth' to get column width of items correctly Before this patch, 'progress' extension applies 'len' on byte sequence to get column width of it, but it causes incorrect result, when length of byte sequence and columns in display are different from each other in multi-byte characters. This patch uses 'encoding.colwidth' to get column width of items in output line correctly, even if it contains multi-byte characters.
Sun, 06 Jul 2014 02:56:41 +0900 progress: use 'encoding.trim' to trim items in output line correctly
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sun, 06 Jul 2014 02:56:41 +0900] rev 21862
progress: use 'encoding.trim' to trim items in output line correctly Before this patch, 'progress' extension trims items in output line by directly slicing byte sequence, but it may split at intermediate multi-byte sequence. This patch uses 'encoding.trim' to trim items in output line correctly, even if it contains multi-byte characters.
Sun, 06 Jul 2014 02:56:41 +0900 encoding: add 'leftside' argument into 'trim' to switch trimming side
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sun, 06 Jul 2014 02:56:41 +0900] rev 21861
encoding: add 'leftside' argument into 'trim' to switch trimming side
Sun, 06 Jul 2014 02:56:41 +0900 progress: use 'encoding.colwidth' to get column width of output line correctly
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sun, 06 Jul 2014 02:56:41 +0900] rev 21860
progress: use 'encoding.colwidth' to get column width of output line correctly Before this patch, 'progress' extension applies 'len' on byte sequence to get column width of it, but it causes incorrect result, when length of byte sequence and columns in display are different from each other in multi-byte characters. This patch uses 'encoding.colwidth' to get column width of output line correctly, even if it contains multi-byte characters.
Sun, 06 Jul 2014 02:56:41 +0900 progress: use 'encoding.trim' to trim output line correctly
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sun, 06 Jul 2014 02:56:41 +0900] rev 21859
progress: use 'encoding.trim' to trim output line correctly Before this patch, 'progress' extension trims output line by directly slicing byte sequence, but it may split at intermediate multi-byte sequence. This patch uses 'encoding.trim' to trim output line correctly, even if it contains multi-byte characters. "rm -f loop.pyc" before changing "loop.py" in "test-progress.t" ensures that re-compilation of "loop.py", even if "loop.py" and "loop.pyc" have same timestamp in seconds.
Sun, 06 Jul 2014 02:56:41 +0900 histedit: use 'util.ellipsis' to trim description of each changesets
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sun, 06 Jul 2014 02:56:41 +0900] rev 21858
histedit: use 'util.ellipsis' to trim description of each changesets Before this patch, trimming description of each changesets in histedit may split at intermediate multi-byte sequence. This patch uses 'util.ellipsis' to trim description of each changesets instead of directly slicing byte sequence. Even though 'util.ellipsis' adds '...' as ellipsis when specified string is trimmed (= this changes result of trimming), this patch uses it, because: - it can be used without any additional 'import', and - ellipsis seems to be better than just trimming, for usability
Sun, 06 Jul 2014 02:56:41 +0900 util: replace 'ellipsis' implementation by 'encoding.trim'
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sun, 06 Jul 2014 02:56:41 +0900] rev 21857
util: replace 'ellipsis' implementation by 'encoding.trim' Before this patch, 'util.ellipsis' tried to avoid splitting at intermediate multi-byte sequence, but its implementation was incorrect. Internal function '_ellipsis' trims specified unicode sequence not at most maxlength 'columns in display', but at most maxlength number of 'unicode characters'. def _ellipsis(text, maxlength): if len(text) <= maxlength: return text, False else: return "%s..." % (text[:maxlength - 3]), True In many encodings, number of unicode characters can be different from columns in display. This patch replaces 'ellipsis' implementation by 'encoding.trim', which can trim string at most maxlength columns in display correctly, even though specified string contains multi-byte characters. '_ellipsis' is removed in this patch, because it is referred only from 'ellipsis'.
Sun, 06 Jul 2014 02:56:41 +0900 encoding: add 'trim' to trim multi-byte characters at most specified columns
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Sun, 06 Jul 2014 02:56:41 +0900] rev 21856
encoding: add 'trim' to trim multi-byte characters at most specified columns Newly added 'trim' is used to trim multi-byte characters at most specified columns correctly: directly slicing byte sequence should be replaced with 'encoding.trim', because the former may split at intermediate multi-byte sequence. Slicing unicode sequence ('uslice') and concatenation with ellipsis ('concat') are defined as function, to make enhancement in subsequent patch easier.
Thu, 03 Jul 2014 10:48:37 +0100 bugzilla: stop trying to cache setup across hook invocation stable
Jim Hague <jim.hague@acm.org> [Thu, 03 Jul 2014 10:48:37 +0100] rev 21855
bugzilla: stop trying to cache setup across hook invocation In the context of standalone Hg receiving a set of incoming changes, it makes sense for the Bugzilla module to cache basic setup to avoid reconnecting to Bugzilla for each change. After processing the changes, Hg will exit and so the connection is short-lived. But this doesn't work too well when used from a long-lived environment such as hgweb or Kallithea where, for example, the connection can time out. So take the simple approach, abandon the cache and do the basic setup on each call. This fixes current problems with Kallithea.
Fri, 11 Jul 2014 18:04:51 -0500 strip: drop -b/--backup option (BC)
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 11 Jul 2014 18:04:51 -0500] rev 21854
strip: drop -b/--backup option (BC) This option had very limited utility and counterintuitive behavior and collided unfortunately with the much later -B option. Normally we would no-op such a feature so as to avoid annoying existing scripts. However, we have to weigh that against the silent misbehavior that results when users mistakenly intended to use -B: because -b takes no arg, the bookmark gets interpreted as a normal revision, and gets stripped without removing the associated bookmark, while also not backing up the revision in question. A no-op behavior or warning would only remove the latter half of the misadventure. The only users I can find of this feature were using it in error and have since stopped. The few (if any) remaining users of this feature would be better served by --no-backup.
Thu, 07 Nov 2013 17:24:14 -0800 purge: add options for deleting only files or only directories
Ben Kehoe <benk@berkeley.edu> [Thu, 07 Nov 2013 17:24:14 -0800] rev 21853
purge: add options for deleting only files or only directories
Fri, 20 Jun 2014 16:15:38 +0900 shelve: accept '--edit' like other commands creating new changeset
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 20 Jun 2014 16:15:38 +0900] rev 21852
shelve: accept '--edit' like other commands creating new changeset After this patch, users can invoke editor for the commit message by '--edit' option regardless of '--message'.
Fri, 20 Jun 2014 16:15:38 +0900 shelve: refactor option combination check to easily add new ones
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Fri, 20 Jun 2014 16:15:38 +0900] rev 21851
shelve: refactor option combination check to easily add new ones Before this patch, the name of a newly added option had to be added into each string that was passed to the "checkopt()" internal function: these are white-space-separated list of un-acceptable option names (= "black list" for the specified "opt"). This new option had to be added into multiple strings because each option could belong to only one action of "create", "cleanup", "delete" or "list". In addition to this redundancy, each string passed to "checkopt()" was already too long to include a new one. This patch refactors option combination check to make it easier to add a new option in a subsequent patch. New "checkopt()" only takes one action ("cleanup", "delete" or "list"), and checks whether all explicitly activated options are allowed for it or not (if specified action is activated in "opts"). The "date" entry is listed in "allowables", but commented out, because: - "date" shouldn't be checked for test checking "date" causes unexpected failure of "test-shelve.t", because "run-test.py" puts "[default] shelve = --date '0 0'" into hgrc. - explicitly listing it can advertise that ignoring it is intentional This patch doesn't choose "white list" for the specified "opt", to avoid treating global options.
Wed, 09 Jul 2014 12:30:12 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 09 Jul 2014 12:30:12 -0500] rev 21850
merge with stable
Tue, 08 Jul 2014 22:57:54 -0400 test-extension: add check for 'hg version -v' listing enabled extensions
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Tue, 08 Jul 2014 22:57:54 -0400] rev 21849
test-extension: add check for 'hg version -v' listing enabled extensions
Tue, 10 Jun 2014 13:44:37 +0300 version: show enabled extensions (issue4209)
anatoly techtonik <techtonik@gmail.com> [Tue, 10 Jun 2014 13:44:37 +0300] rev 21848
version: show enabled extensions (issue4209) This code is based by hg-versions extension (GPLv2) by Markus Zapke-Gruendemann <info@keimlink.de> http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/VersionsExtension
Tue, 08 Jul 2014 16:24:23 -0700 strip: remove bookmarks after strip succeed (issue4295)
David Soria Parra <davidsp@fb.com> [Tue, 08 Jul 2014 16:24:23 -0700] rev 21847
strip: remove bookmarks after strip succeed (issue4295) In case we have revs to strip, delete the bookmark after the strip succeeds, not beforehand as we might still abort due to dirty working directory, etc.
Thu, 12 Jun 2014 18:02:23 -0700 templater: introduce word function
Ryan McElroy <rmcelroy@fb.com> [Thu, 12 Jun 2014 18:02:23 -0700] rev 21846
templater: introduce word function This function allows returning only the nth "word" from a string. By default a string is split as by Python's split() function default, but an optional third parameter can also override what string the string is split by.
Thu, 03 Jul 2014 23:01:37 -0500 committablectx: move __contains__ into workingctx
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Thu, 03 Jul 2014 23:01:37 -0500] rev 21845
committablectx: move __contains__ into workingctx This was mistakenly moved from workingctx to committablectx in 9d56a3359011. Since the method is querying the dirstate, the only logical place is for it to reside is in workingctx.
Wed, 02 Jul 2014 15:24:43 -0500 memctx: explicitly set substate to None
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Wed, 02 Jul 2014 15:24:43 -0500] rev 21844
memctx: explicitly set substate to None In d2743be1bb06, memctx was changed to inherit from committablectx, this in turn added the 'substate' property to memctx. It turns out that the newcommitphase method tested for this property: def newcommitphase(ui, ctx): commitphase = phases.newcommitphase(ui) substate = getattr(ctx, "substate", None) if not substate: return commitphase Currently, memctx isn't ready to handle substates, nor removed files, so we explicitly must set substate=None to get the old behavior back. In the future, we can decide how memctx should play with substate. For now, this fixes third-party extensions and some internal code dealing with subrepos.
Tue, 08 Jul 2014 14:45:55 -0500 bookmarks: avoid deleting primary bookmarks on rebase stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 08 Jul 2014 14:45:55 -0500] rev 21843
bookmarks: avoid deleting primary bookmarks on rebase Prior to this, doing "hg rebase -s @foo -d @" would delete @, which is obviously wrong: a primary bookmark should never be automatically deleted. This change blocks the deletion, but doesn't yet properly clean up the divergence: @ should replace @foo.
Thu, 03 Jul 2014 10:56:03 +0100 bugzilla: correct config documentation error stable
Jim Hague <jim.hague@acm.org> [Thu, 03 Jul 2014 10:56:03 +0100] rev 21842
bugzilla: correct config documentation error The config documentation specifies the wrong access method in the XMLRPC+email configuration.
Sun, 06 Jul 2014 15:43:26 -0400 Merge with crew.
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Sun, 06 Jul 2014 15:43:26 -0400] rev 21841
Merge with crew.
Sun, 06 Jul 2014 15:39:01 -0400 Merge with stable.
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Sun, 06 Jul 2014 15:39:01 -0400] rev 21840
Merge with stable.
Sat, 05 Jul 2014 07:31:08 -0700 setup: fixed for Pythons which don't have a CFLAGS stable
Alex Gaynor <alex.gaynor@gmail.com> [Sat, 05 Jul 2014 07:31:08 -0700] rev 21839
setup: fixed for Pythons which don't have a CFLAGS Specifically this is observed to happen on the PyPy one gets from homebrew
Thu, 03 Jul 2014 19:05:04 +0200 util.h: declare dirstateTupleType variable instead of defining it
André Sintzoff <andre.sintzoff@gmail.com> [Thu, 03 Jul 2014 19:05:04 +0200] rev 21838
util.h: declare dirstateTupleType variable instead of defining it The definition is already in parsers.c This patch avoids, at least on Mac OS X 10.6.8, build issue since e250b8300e6e
Fri, 13 Jun 2014 15:59:18 -0700 test-context: add test for performing a diff on a memctx
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Fri, 13 Jun 2014 15:59:18 -0700] rev 21837
test-context: add test for performing a diff on a memctx We now see the first result of all that refactoring of memctx: we can now diff against a memctx.
Fri, 13 Jun 2014 15:56:11 -0700 test-context: add test for memctx status
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Fri, 13 Jun 2014 15:56:11 -0700] rev 21836
test-context: add test for memctx status
Thu, 29 May 2014 16:12:59 -0500 memctx: add _manifest implementation that computes the filenode
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Thu, 29 May 2014 16:12:59 -0500] rev 21835
memctx: add _manifest implementation that computes the filenode This is an initial implementation of having a manifest for memctx that computes the hash in the same way that filenodes are computed elsewhere.
Tue, 29 Apr 2014 16:43:59 -0500 basectx: pass raw context objects to patch.diff
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Tue, 29 Apr 2014 16:43:59 -0500] rev 21834
basectx: pass raw context objects to patch.diff
Wed, 14 Aug 2013 13:10:27 -0500 patch: use ctx.node() instead of bare node variable
Sean Farley <sean.michael.farley@gmail.com> [Wed, 14 Aug 2013 13:10:27 -0500] rev 21833
patch: use ctx.node() instead of bare node variable Future patches will allow patch.diff to take a basectx so node1 (and node2) could make hexfunc error out. Instead, we'll call the node function on the context object directly.
Wed, 02 Jul 2014 00:01:13 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 02 Jul 2014 00:01:13 -0500] rev 21832
merge with stable
Tue, 01 Jul 2014 23:32:18 -0500 Added signature for changeset 2d8cd3d0e83c stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 01 Jul 2014 23:32:18 -0500] rev 21831
Added signature for changeset 2d8cd3d0e83c
Tue, 01 Jul 2014 23:32:11 -0500 Added tag 3.0.2 for changeset 2d8cd3d0e83c stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 01 Jul 2014 23:32:11 -0500] rev 21830
Added tag 3.0.2 for changeset 2d8cd3d0e83c
Tue, 01 Jul 2014 23:27:32 -0500 merge with i18n stable 3.0.2
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 01 Jul 2014 23:27:32 -0500] rev 21829
merge with i18n
Mon, 30 Jun 2014 18:52:57 -0300 i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with a4b67bf1f0a5 stable
Wagner Bruna <wbruna@softwareexpress.com.br> [Mon, 30 Jun 2014 18:52:57 -0300] rev 21828
i18n-pt_BR: synchronized with a4b67bf1f0a5
Mon, 30 Jun 2014 19:09:01 +0900 i18n-ja: synchronized with a4b67bf1f0a5 stable
FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> [Mon, 30 Jun 2014 19:09:01 +0900] rev 21827
i18n-ja: synchronized with a4b67bf1f0a5
Sat, 07 Jun 2014 15:23:12 -0400 rebase: fix bug that caused transitive copy records to disappear (issue4192) stable
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Sat, 07 Jun 2014 15:23:12 -0400] rev 21826
rebase: fix bug that caused transitive copy records to disappear (issue4192) The defect was that copies were always duplicated against the target revision, rather than the first parent of the revision being rebased. This produced nominally correct results if changes were rebased one at a time (or with --collapse), but was wrong if we rebased a sequence of changesets which contained a sequence of copies.
Sat, 07 Jun 2014 15:14:36 -0400 cmdutil: add copy-filtering support to duplicatecopies stable
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Sat, 07 Jun 2014 15:14:36 -0400] rev 21825
cmdutil: add copy-filtering support to duplicatecopies In order to fix issue 4192 we need to be able to skip some copies while doing duplicatecopies.
Tue, 01 Jul 2014 19:54:48 -0500 dispatch: handle empty IOError args
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Tue, 01 Jul 2014 19:54:48 -0500] rev 21824
dispatch: handle empty IOError args We occasionally throw bare IOError objects (especially in convert), don't choke on them.
Sun, 29 Jun 2014 13:52:35 +0200 repoview: do not crash when localtags refers to non existing revisions stable
Angel Ezquerra <angel.ezquerra@gmail.com> [Sun, 29 Jun 2014 13:52:35 +0200] rev 21823
repoview: do not crash when localtags refers to non existing revisions This fixes a crash that may happen when using mercurial 3.0.x. The _gethiddenblockers function assumed that the output of tags.readlocaltags() was a dict mapping tags to of valid nodes. However this was not necessarily the case. When a repository had obsolete revisions and had local tag pointing to a non existing revision was found, many mercurial commands would crash. This revision fixes the problem by removing any tags from the output of tags.readlocaltags() which point to invalid nodes. We may want to add a warning when this happens (although it might be annoying to get that warning for every command, possibly even more than once per command). A test for this problem has been added to test-obsolete.t. Without this fix the test would output: $ hg tags abort: 00changelog.i@3816541e5485: no node! [255] Instead of: $ hg tags tiptag 2:3816541e5485 tip 2:3816541e5485 visible 0:193e9254ce7e
Thu, 12 Jun 2014 18:07:21 -0700 templater: add symbol to error
Ryan McElroy <rmcelroy@fb.com> [Thu, 12 Jun 2014 18:07:21 -0700] rev 21822
templater: add symbol to error This patch makes it easier to debug writing templater functions by telling the user exactly what was sent to the templater.
Thu, 12 Jun 2014 17:53:37 -0700 templater: introduce startswith function
Ryan McElroy <rmcelroy@fb.com> [Thu, 12 Jun 2014 17:53:37 -0700] rev 21821
templater: introduce startswith function This function returns a string only if it starts with a given string. It is particularly useful when combined with splitlines and/or used with conditionals that fail when empty strings are passed in to take action based on the contents of a line.
Thu, 12 Jun 2014 17:45:41 -0700 templatefilter: add splitlines function
Ryan McElroy <rmcelroy@fb.com> [Thu, 12 Jun 2014 17:45:41 -0700] rev 21820
templatefilter: add splitlines function This is useful for applying changes to each line, and it's especially powerful when used in conjunction with conditionals to modify lines based on content.
Thu, 01 May 2014 19:57:25 +0900 serve: tidy up indent level of repository not found message
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Thu, 01 May 2014 19:57:25 +0900] rev 21819
serve: tidy up indent level of repository not found message
Thu, 01 May 2014 19:54:43 +0900 serve: inline checkrepo() that is used only when --stdio is specified
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Thu, 01 May 2014 19:54:43 +0900] rev 21818
serve: inline checkrepo() that is used only when --stdio is specified Since e811b93f2cb1, --cmdserver is allowed to start without repository, so checkrepo() function is meaningless.
Sat, 28 Jun 2014 13:02:44 +0900 serve: make sure to print "listening at" message immediately
Yuya Nishihara <yuya@tcha.org> [Sat, 28 Jun 2014 13:02:44 +0900] rev 21817
serve: make sure to print "listening at" message immediately If stdout is piped, status message won't be flushed until client connects to the server and access log is written to stdout. It seems bad idea to queue start-up banner of server process.
Fri, 27 Jun 2014 15:20:50 -0700 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 27 Jun 2014 15:20:50 -0700] rev 21816
merge with stable
Wed, 25 Jun 2014 14:50:48 -0700 match: make glob '**/' match the empty string stable
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Wed, 25 Jun 2014 14:50:48 -0700] rev 21815
match: make glob '**/' match the empty string Previously, a glob pattern of the form 'foo/**/bar' would match 'foo/a/bar' but not 'foo/bar'. That was because the '**' in 'foo/**/bar' would be translated to '.*', making the final regex pattern 'foo/.*/bar'. That pattern doesn't match the string 'foo/bar'. This is a bug because the '**/' glob matches the empty string in standard Unix shells like bash and zsh. Fix that by making the ending '/' optional if an empty string can be matched.
Sun, 23 Feb 2014 03:13:21 +0100 tags: read tag info into a sorted dict (rather than into a regular dict)
Angel Ezquerra <angel.ezquerra@gmail.com> [Sun, 23 Feb 2014 03:13:21 +0100] rev 21814
tags: read tag info into a sorted dict (rather than into a regular dict) This lets us preserve the original tag order (as specified on the .hgtags file that is being read). This will be useful to preserve the tag order when saving the result of a successful automated .hgtags merge (which will be introduced on a future patch). There shouldn't be much impact on performance because the sortdict that _readtags returns is then used to update the alltags regular dict (which remains a regular dict).
Sun, 23 Feb 2014 01:56:31 +0100 config: move config.sortdict class into util
Angel Ezquerra <angel.ezquerra@gmail.com> [Sun, 23 Feb 2014 01:56:31 +0100] rev 21813
config: move config.sortdict class into util This makes it more natural to use the sortdict class from outside config.py.
Mon, 23 Jun 2014 09:33:07 -0400 hg: add support for HGUNICODEPEDANTRY environment variable
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Mon, 23 Jun 2014 09:33:07 -0400] rev 21812
hg: add support for HGUNICODEPEDANTRY environment variable This lets us easily verify that there are no implicit conversions between unicodes and bytes in Mercurial's codebase. Based on something mpm did by hand periodically, but it kept regressing, so just open the door to running it in a buildbot.
Tue, 27 May 2014 21:02:16 -0700 dirstate.status: assign members one by one instead of unpacking the tuple
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 27 May 2014 21:02:16 -0700] rev 21811
dirstate.status: assign members one by one instead of unpacking the tuple With this patch, hg status and hg diff regain their previous speed. The following tests are run against a working copy with over 270,000 files. Here, 'before' means without this or the previous patch applied. Note that in this case `hg perfstatus` isn't representative since it doesn't take dirstate parsing time into account. $ time hg status # best of 5 before: 2.03s user 1.25s system 99% cpu 3.290 total after: 2.01s user 1.25s system 99% cpu 3.261 total $ time hg diff # best of 5 before: 1.32s user 0.78s system 99% cpu 2.105 total after: 1.27s user 0.79s system 99% cpu 2.066 total
Tue, 27 May 2014 21:02:16 -0700 dirstate.status: assign members one by one instead of unpacking the tuple
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 27 May 2014 21:02:16 -0700] rev 21810
dirstate.status: assign members one by one instead of unpacking the tuple With this patch, hg status and hg diff regain their previous speed. The following tests are run against a working copy with over 270,000 files. Here, 'before' means without this or the previous patch applied. Note that in this case `hg perfstatus` isn't representative since it doesn't take dirstate parsing time into account. $ time hg status # best of 5 before: 2.03s user 1.25s system 99% cpu 3.290 total after: 2.01s user 1.25s system 99% cpu 3.261 total $ time hg diff # best of 5 before: 1.32s user 0.78s system 99% cpu 2.105 total after: 1.27s user 0.79s system 99% cpu 2.066 total
Tue, 27 May 2014 14:27:41 -0700 parsers: inline fields of dirstate values in C version
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 27 May 2014 14:27:41 -0700] rev 21809
parsers: inline fields of dirstate values in C version Previously, while unpacking the dirstate we'd create 3-4 new CPython objects for most dirstate values: - the state is a single character string, which is pooled by CPython - the mode is a new object if it isn't 0 due to being in the lookup set - the size is a new object if it is greater than 255 - the mtime is a new object if it isn't -1 due to being in the lookup set - the tuple to contain them all In some cases such as regular hg status, we actually look at all the objects. In other cases like hg add, hg status for a subdirectory, or hg status with the third-party hgwatchman enabled, we look at almost none of the objects. This patch eliminates most object creation in these cases by defining a custom C struct that is exposed to Python with an interface similar to a tuple. Only when tuple elements are actually requested are the respective objects created. The gains, where they're expected, are significant. The following tests are run against a working copy with over 270,000 files. parse_dirstate becomes significantly faster: $ hg perfdirstate before: wall 0.186437 comb 0.180000 user 0.160000 sys 0.020000 (best of 35) after: wall 0.093158 comb 0.100000 user 0.090000 sys 0.010000 (best of 95) and as a result, several commands benefit: $ time hg status # with hgwatchman enabled before: 0.42s user 0.14s system 99% cpu 0.563 total after: 0.34s user 0.12s system 99% cpu 0.471 total $ time hg add new-file before: 0.85s user 0.18s system 99% cpu 1.033 total after: 0.76s user 0.17s system 99% cpu 0.931 total There is a slight regression in regular status performance, but this is fixed in an upcoming patch.
Tue, 27 May 2014 17:10:28 -0700 dirstate: add dirstatetuple to create dirstate values
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 27 May 2014 17:10:28 -0700] rev 21808
dirstate: add dirstatetuple to create dirstate values Upcoming patches will switch away from using Python tuples for dirstate values in compiled builds. Make that easier by introducing a variable called dirstatetuple, currently set to tuple. In upcoming patches, this will be set to an object from the parsers module.
Tue, 27 May 2014 15:22:23 -0700 parsers: remove no longer used dirstate_unset
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 27 May 2014 15:22:23 -0700] rev 21807
parsers: remove no longer used dirstate_unset
Tue, 27 May 2014 15:17:38 -0700 pack_dirstate: in C version, for invalidation set dict to what we write to disk
Siddharth Agarwal <sid0@fb.com> [Tue, 27 May 2014 15:17:38 -0700] rev 21806
pack_dirstate: in C version, for invalidation set dict to what we write to disk For files written out in the last second, Mercurial used to invalidate all the stat data (state, size, mode, mtime) while persisting to disk. This included invalidating the data in the dirstate dict as well. In commit 187bf2dde7c1, this was found to be unnecessary, and Mercurial switched to invalidating only the mtime. However, in the C version of pack_dirstate the value set in the dict was still the fully invalidated one. Switch to invalidating just the mtime in the dict as well.
Thu, 26 Jun 2014 11:10:28 -0400 record: update comment to match code
Jordi Gutiérrez Hermoso <jordigh@octave.org> [Thu, 26 Jun 2014 11:10:28 -0400] rev 21805
record: update comment to match code Commit 205599e31870 changed how newfiles get passed to commitfunc, but did not change the corresponding comment that explains this. This commit also updates this comment.
Sat, 21 Jun 2014 14:49:49 +0530 hg: update newly added listdir function of vfs in clone
Chinmay Joshi <c@chinmayjoshi.com> [Sat, 21 Jun 2014 14:49:49 +0530] rev 21804
hg: update newly added listdir function of vfs in clone This change invokes os.listdir() via newly added vfs function in clone.
Sat, 21 Jun 2014 14:44:09 +0530 hg: use vfs functions in clone
Chinmay Joshi <c@chinmayjoshi.com> [Sat, 21 Jun 2014 14:44:09 +0530] rev 21803
hg: use vfs functions in clone This change applies vfs functions in clone. destvfs.exists will invoke os.path.lexists via lexists of vfs to check for broken symbolic links.
Sat, 21 Jun 2014 14:40:29 +0530 hg: update util.writefile method to use write with vfs in share
Chinmay Joshi <c@chinmayjoshi.com> [Sat, 21 Jun 2014 14:40:29 +0530] rev 21802
hg: update util.writefile method to use write with vfs in share This patch replaces util.writefile() to use destvfs.write().
Sat, 21 Jun 2014 14:37:39 +0530 hg: update to use vfs functions in shared destination repository
Chinmay Joshi <c@chinmayjoshi.com> [Sat, 21 Jun 2014 14:37:39 +0530] rev 21801
hg: update to use vfs functions in shared destination repository This patch uses destvfs with base as .hg directory in shared destination repository to update filesystem function with vfs. Some methods are changed to use vfs functions with destvfs. branch 'default' HG: bookmark '@' HG: changed mercurial/hg.py
Sat, 21 Jun 2014 14:29:20 +0530 hg: use vfs functions in destination repository with share
Chinmay Joshi <c@chinmayjoshi.com> [Sat, 21 Jun 2014 14:29:20 +0530] rev 21800
hg: use vfs functions in destination repository with share In this patch, dstwvfs is added to use vfs functions in working directory of destination shared repository. Existing filesystem operations are updated to use vfs functions through dstwvfs.
Fri, 20 Jun 2014 21:18:14 +0530 vfs: add listdir for os.listdir in vfs
Chinmay Joshi <c@chinmayjoshi.com> [Fri, 20 Jun 2014 21:18:14 +0530] rev 21799
vfs: add listdir for os.listdir in vfs This patch adds listdir() in vfs to use os.listdir().
Mon, 23 Jun 2014 09:24:56 -0400 templater: restore use of callable() since it was readded in Python 3.2
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Mon, 23 Jun 2014 09:24:56 -0400] rev 21798
templater: restore use of callable() since it was readded in Python 3.2
Mon, 23 Jun 2014 09:24:38 -0400 hook: restore use of callable() since it was readded in Python 3.2
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Mon, 23 Jun 2014 09:24:38 -0400] rev 21797
hook: restore use of callable() since it was readded in Python 3.2
Mon, 23 Jun 2014 09:24:24 -0400 help: restore use of callable() since it was readded in Python 3.2
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Mon, 23 Jun 2014 09:24:24 -0400] rev 21796
help: restore use of callable() since it was readded in Python 3.2
Mon, 23 Jun 2014 09:24:06 -0400 extensions: restore use of callable() since it was readded in Python 3.2
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Mon, 23 Jun 2014 09:24:06 -0400] rev 21795
extensions: restore use of callable() since it was readded in Python 3.2
Mon, 23 Jun 2014 09:24:16 -0400 fancyopts: restore use of callable() since it was readded in Python 3.2
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Mon, 23 Jun 2014 09:24:16 -0400] rev 21794
fancyopts: restore use of callable() since it was readded in Python 3.2
Mon, 23 Jun 2014 09:23:57 -0400 gendoc: restore use of callable() since it was readded in Python 3.2
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Mon, 23 Jun 2014 09:23:57 -0400] rev 21793
gendoc: restore use of callable() since it was readded in Python 3.2
Mon, 23 Jun 2014 09:23:47 -0400 check-seclevel: restore use of callable() since it was readded in Python 3.2
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Mon, 23 Jun 2014 09:23:47 -0400] rev 21792
check-seclevel: restore use of callable() since it was readded in Python 3.2
Mon, 23 Jun 2014 09:22:53 -0400 check-code: drop ban on callable() which was restored in Python 3.2
Augie Fackler <raf@durin42.com> [Mon, 23 Jun 2014 09:22:53 -0400] rev 21791
check-code: drop ban on callable() which was restored in Python 3.2 A followup will restore use of callable() in place of the awkward hasattr() construction we were using to be one step closer to Python 3.
Sat, 21 Jun 2014 15:56:49 +1000 diff: add nobinary config to suppress git-style binary diffs
Stephen Lee <sphen.lee@gmail.com> [Sat, 21 Jun 2014 15:56:49 +1000] rev 21790
diff: add nobinary config to suppress git-style binary diffs
Mon, 23 Jun 2014 13:50:44 -0500 branchmap: don't use ui.warn for debug message
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 23 Jun 2014 13:50:44 -0500] rev 21789
branchmap: don't use ui.warn for debug message
Mon, 23 Jun 2014 13:46:42 -0500 branch: add debug message for branch cache write failure
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 23 Jun 2014 13:46:42 -0500] rev 21788
branch: add debug message for branch cache write failure
Sun, 04 May 2014 22:36:07 -0700 record: define inferrepo in command decorator
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 04 May 2014 22:36:07 -0700] rev 21787
record: define inferrepo in command decorator
Sun, 04 May 2014 22:30:47 -0700 mq: define inferrepo in command decorator
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 04 May 2014 22:30:47 -0700] rev 21786
mq: define inferrepo in command decorator
Sun, 04 May 2014 22:23:45 -0700 largefiles: define inferrepo in command decorator
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 04 May 2014 22:23:45 -0700] rev 21785
largefiles: define inferrepo in command decorator
Sun, 04 May 2014 22:32:15 -0700 keyword: define inferrepo in command decorator
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 04 May 2014 22:32:15 -0700] rev 21784
keyword: define inferrepo in command decorator
Sun, 04 May 2014 22:33:22 -0700 hgk: define inferrepo in command decorator
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 04 May 2014 22:33:22 -0700] rev 21783
hgk: define inferrepo in command decorator
Sun, 04 May 2014 22:28:46 -0700 graphlog: define inferrepo in command decorator
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 04 May 2014 22:28:46 -0700] rev 21782
graphlog: define inferrepo in command decorator
Sun, 04 May 2014 22:29:27 -0700 extdiff: define inferrepo in command decorator
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 04 May 2014 22:29:27 -0700] rev 21781
extdiff: define inferrepo in command decorator
Sun, 04 May 2014 22:25:28 -0700 children: define inferrepo in command decorator
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 04 May 2014 22:25:28 -0700] rev 21780
children: define inferrepo in command decorator
Sun, 04 May 2014 22:24:38 -0700 churn: define inferrepo in command decorator
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 04 May 2014 22:24:38 -0700] rev 21779
churn: define inferrepo in command decorator
Sun, 04 May 2014 22:22:59 -0700 commands: define inferrepo in command decorator
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 04 May 2014 22:22:59 -0700] rev 21778
commands: define inferrepo in command decorator
Sun, 04 May 2014 22:20:00 -0700 cmdutil: support inferrepo in command decorator
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 04 May 2014 22:20:00 -0700] rev 21777
cmdutil: support inferrepo in command decorator
Sun, 04 May 2014 22:16:56 -0700 keyword: define optionalrepo in command decorator
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 04 May 2014 22:16:56 -0700] rev 21776
keyword: define optionalrepo in command decorator
Sun, 04 May 2014 22:16:05 -0700 commands: define optionalrepo in command decorator
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 04 May 2014 22:16:05 -0700] rev 21775
commands: define optionalrepo in command decorator
Sun, 04 May 2014 22:12:34 -0700 cmdutil: add optionalrepo argument to command decorator
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 04 May 2014 22:12:34 -0700] rev 21774
cmdutil: add optionalrepo argument to command decorator
Sun, 04 May 2014 22:07:45 -0700 tests: define norepo in command decorator
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 04 May 2014 22:07:45 -0700] rev 21773
tests: define norepo in command decorator
Sun, 04 May 2014 22:03:11 -0700 share: define norepo in command decorator
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 04 May 2014 22:03:11 -0700] rev 21772
share: define norepo in command decorator
Sun, 04 May 2014 22:04:14 -0700 mq: define norepo in command decorator
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 04 May 2014 22:04:14 -0700] rev 21771
mq: define norepo in command decorator
Sun, 04 May 2014 21:11:15 -0700 largefiles: define norepo in command decorator
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 04 May 2014 21:11:15 -0700] rev 21770
largefiles: define norepo in command decorator
Sun, 04 May 2014 22:02:25 -0700 convert: define norepo in command decorator
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 04 May 2014 22:02:25 -0700] rev 21769
convert: define norepo in command decorator
Sun, 04 May 2014 20:57:01 -0700 commands: define norepo in command decorator
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 04 May 2014 20:57:01 -0700] rev 21768
commands: define norepo in command decorator
Sun, 04 May 2014 20:58:25 -0700 commands: add norepo argument to command decorator
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 04 May 2014 20:58:25 -0700] rev 21767
commands: add norepo argument to command decorator Since decorators are evaluated at module load time and since the @command decorator imports commands, the norepo variable (along with its friends) may not be declared yet. These variables are now declared before @command usage to ensure they are present.
Sun, 04 May 2014 18:45:04 -0700 cmdutil: better document command()
Gregory Szorc <gregory.szorc@gmail.com> [Sun, 04 May 2014 18:45:04 -0700] rev 21766
cmdutil: better document command()
Wed, 11 Jun 2014 22:19:29 -0400 convert: update the transplant, rebase and graft references in 'extra'
Matt Harbison <matt_harbison@yahoo.com> [Wed, 11 Jun 2014 22:19:29 -0400] rev 21765
convert: update the transplant, rebase and graft references in 'extra' This change allows the origin() and destination() revsets to yield the same results in the new and old repos after a conversion. Previously, nothing would be listed for queries in the new repo. Like the SHA1 updates to the commit messages, this is only operational when the 'convert.hg.saverev=True' option is specified. If the old reference cannot be found, it is left as-is. It seems slightly better to leave stale evidence of the graft/transplant/rebase than to eliminate it entirely.
Wed, 18 Jun 2014 20:59:36 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 18 Jun 2014 20:59:36 -0500] rev 21764
merge with stable
Wed, 18 Jun 2014 20:51:49 -0500 run-tests: hold iolock across diff/prompt when interactive
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 18 Jun 2014 20:51:49 -0500] rev 21763
run-tests: hold iolock across diff/prompt when interactive Otherwise diff may get separated from the corresponding prompt by other threads. This required moving the interactive prompting from one helper method to another.
Wed, 18 Jun 2014 15:26:07 -0500 bookmarks: improve the bookmark help (issue4244)
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 18 Jun 2014 15:26:07 -0500] rev 21762
bookmarks: improve the bookmark help (issue4244)
Wed, 18 Jun 2014 19:46:18 -0500 push: restore contents of HG_URL for hooks (issue4268) stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 18 Jun 2014 19:46:18 -0500] rev 21761
push: restore contents of HG_URL for hooks (issue4268)
Wed, 18 Jun 2014 13:47:14 -0500 tests: ignore missing file with PYTHONDONTWRITEBYTECODE (issue4239) stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Wed, 18 Jun 2014 13:47:14 -0500] rev 21760
tests: ignore missing file with PYTHONDONTWRITEBYTECODE (issue4239)
Mon, 16 Jun 2014 13:30:46 -0500 hgweb: avoid initialization race (issue4280) stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 16 Jun 2014 13:30:46 -0500] rev 21759
hgweb: avoid initialization race (issue4280)
Mon, 16 Jun 2014 12:04:48 -0500 p4: accept changesets with no description (issue4282) stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Mon, 16 Jun 2014 12:04:48 -0500] rev 21758
p4: accept changesets with no description (issue4282)
Sat, 14 Jun 2014 11:56:20 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sat, 14 Jun 2014 11:56:20 -0500] rev 21757
merge with stable
Fri, 30 May 2014 12:57:58 -0700 test-run-tests.t: test the --nodiff option
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 30 May 2014 12:57:58 -0700] rev 21756
test-run-tests.t: test the --nodiff option
Fri, 30 May 2014 12:12:12 -0700 test-run-tests.t: test the --interactive option
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 30 May 2014 12:12:12 -0700] rev 21755
test-run-tests.t: test the --interactive option
Fri, 13 Jun 2014 14:45:23 +0530 run-tests: fixes the '--interactive' option error
anuraggoel <anurag.dsps@gmail.com> [Fri, 13 Jun 2014 14:45:23 +0530] rev 21754
run-tests: fixes the '--interactive' option error This patch fixes a regression recently introduced by a refactoring. Previously when failure occurs while testing with '--interactive' was enable, it didn't prompt user by asking whether he wants to accept this failure changes or not. This was happening beacuse of the 'if' condition if ret or not self._options.interactive or \ not os.path.exists(test.errpath): Everytime failure occurs, this condition gets true and returns back even when '--interactive' is enabled. This condition don't led the function to execute further, which consist the '--interactive' functionality. Now, on failure with '--interactive' enabled, it prompts user whether he wants to accepts failure changes or not. If yes then test gets passed and returns true, else test gets failed. On every failure, results gets stored in "self.failures.append((test, reason))" But if failure changes accepted by user then test must get "pop out" from failed test list.
Fri, 13 Jun 2014 14:33:02 +0530 run-tests: checks behaviour of test on failure while testing
anuraggoel <anurag.dsps@gmail.com> [Fri, 13 Jun 2014 14:33:02 +0530] rev 21753
run-tests: checks behaviour of test on failure while testing On failure while testing, if this function "result.addFailure(self, str(e))" returns true then test get 'passed' else count as 'failed'.
Sat, 14 Jun 2014 11:49:02 -0500 revlog: fix check-code error stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Sat, 14 Jun 2014 11:49:02 -0500] rev 21752
revlog: fix check-code error
Fri, 13 Jun 2014 17:42:04 -0500 merge with stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 13 Jun 2014 17:42:04 -0500] rev 21751
merge with stable
Fri, 13 Jun 2014 14:17:14 -0500 revlog: hold a private reference to self._cache stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 13 Jun 2014 14:17:14 -0500] rev 21750
revlog: hold a private reference to self._cache This keeps other threads from modifying self._cache out from under us. With this and the previous fix, 'hg serve' survives 100k hits with siege.
Fri, 13 Jun 2014 14:16:03 -0500 revlog: make _chunkcache access atomic stable
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 13 Jun 2014 14:16:03 -0500] rev 21749
revlog: make _chunkcache access atomic With this and related fixes, 'hg serve' survived 100000 hits with siege.
Mon, 09 Jun 2014 10:34:21 -0700 tests: cat error messages are different on Solaris stable
Danek Duvall <danek.duvall@oracle.com> [Mon, 09 Jun 2014 10:34:21 -0700] rev 21748
tests: cat error messages are different on Solaris
Tue, 10 Jun 2014 17:00:31 -0700 error: restore python 2.4 compatibility for BundleValueError
Brendan Cully <brendan@kublai.com> [Tue, 10 Jun 2014 17:00:31 -0700] rev 21747
error: restore python 2.4 compatibility for BundleValueError Under python 2.4, this: super(BundleValueError, self).__init__(msg) raises this: TypeError: super() argument 1 must be type, not classobj
Thu, 12 Jun 2014 14:40:45 -0500 i18n: explicitly decode paragraphs
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Thu, 12 Jun 2014 14:40:45 -0500] rev 21746
i18n: explicitly decode paragraphs This was triggering an exception when the default encoding was disabled.
Fri, 13 Jun 2014 14:14:02 -0500 minirst: explicitly decode substitutions
Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> [Fri, 13 Jun 2014 14:14:02 -0500] rev 21745
minirst: explicitly decode substitutions Caught by Augie and sys.setdefaultencoding("undefined")
Fri, 30 May 2014 12:12:03 -0700 test-run-tests.t: tests --jobs option
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 30 May 2014 12:12:03 -0700] rev 21744
test-run-tests.t: tests --jobs option
Fri, 30 May 2014 12:11:51 -0700 test-run-tests.t: test --debug option
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 30 May 2014 12:11:51 -0700] rev 21743
test-run-tests.t: test --debug option
Fri, 30 May 2014 12:11:39 -0700 test-run-tests.t: test selection of testfile from the command line
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 30 May 2014 12:11:39 -0700] rev 21742
test-run-tests.t: test selection of testfile from the command line
Fri, 30 May 2014 12:11:17 -0700 test-run-tests.t: tests the --retest option
Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@fb.com> [Fri, 30 May 2014 12:11:17 -0700] rev 21741
test-run-tests.t: tests the --retest option
Thu, 12 Jun 2014 03:20:28 +0530 run-tests: fixes the number of tests ran when '--retest' is enabled
anuraggoel <anurag.dsps@gmail.com> [Thu, 12 Jun 2014 03:20:28 +0530] rev 21740
run-tests: fixes the number of tests ran when '--retest' is enabled This patch fixes a regression recently introduced by a refactoring. (see 92a6b16c9186 and about 200 previous changesets from Gregory Szorc) While retesting, that is when '--retest' is enabled, only failure tests run and others either skipped or ignored. During retesting, "result.testsRun" holds the count of failure test that has run. But as while printing output, we have subtracted the skipped and ignored count from "result.testsRun". Therefore, to make the count remain the same, we need to add skipped and ignored count before printing.
Thu, 12 Jun 2014 02:36:52 +0530 run-tests: skipped test should not produce 'i' mark while retesting
anuraggoel <anurag.dsps@gmail.com> [Thu, 12 Jun 2014 02:36:52 +0530] rev 21739
run-tests: skipped test should not produce 'i' mark while retesting When '--retest' option is enabled then skipped test should not produce 'i' mark. This fixes a regression introduced by 92a6b16c9186 and about 200 previous changesets from Gregory Szorc.
(0) -10000 -1920 +1920 +10000 tip